(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The one line psalmist : embracing Day and Beal's new musical notation and sight-singing method ... ; also a large variety of sacred music, new and old, by German, English, and American composers, comprising tunes in the usual meters and keys; together with sentences, anthems, chants"

& 



38? V 



■ai«»5?*e3»* 



£S£sS!33«?. 



*«w**SJ 



MiWSI! 



i im. 




LIU f SHI 



EMBRACING 




A 



^-"tlmw-irt"-*! 3 i * ! »"»t*- : ! *~ 3 t*- h : »-■ foryfif-f "*t*-H s-afs-a |-i-j| 

DA"? AITX) HE/iI/L! HEW MUSICA*. NOT <VZ»XO?f AN2J 

SlfilT-S'i-ICIir IITI-SB. 

,.v • 

CLASSES, SCHOOLS AJI) CHOIRS, 

In a few lessons become better *] nailers ef Music than Gftmum Si . tlic Old waj during Kfe : 



E,<tf>, V LA.P 






'. A 



§ AC HUP' HI IT SI ft, 

Up Cerninn, Er-'i !, n-U American Compi^. 

COMPRISING TU39ES IN 1 HE USUAL MdTm&'i AND KEY§ 



rOOET)ti'.n WITH 



SENTFNCES, mTHEMS AND ."'HANTS, 



S4-? Pa 



I 

Presii 



v'- AM) DEAL' 
sill nil 1 ( I'rotessor in thp Dcuon Fr>nm >In«ienl institution. 




rrni.isi: 



BOSTOU. 

.)! l'-'-MlUAtlF. • WD SUNT l'E> OfcD] 



.lET.S 



ffe 






-■<*•-»» ■ , 






Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Ontario Council of University Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/onelinepsalmisteOOdayh 





[BE 

PSALMIST; 

EMBRACING 



DAT AND SEAL'S HSW MUSICAL NOTATION AND 

:(IT-SIItIH METHOD, 



BV V, 



CLASSES, SCHOOLS AND CHOIRS, 

b lessons become better Readers of Music lhan ('ommou Siugcrsdo the Old way during life : 

ALSO, .V LaUBE VARIETY OF 



In a f 

SilCRED MUSIC, 



C03IPR 



USING 



^mw &sris) c_^j 

Tty German, English, anil American Composers, 



TUNES IN THE USUAL METRES AND KEYS; 



rOG ETHER WITH 



SENTENCES, ANTHEMS AND CHANTS, 

BY H. W. DAY, A. M., 

EDITOR OF niv AND BEAL's SIGHT -SINGING BOOKS J 

ALSO, 

President and First Professor in the Boston Phonographic Mnilcnl Institution. 



30STC 

'UBLISHED AT NO. 8 COURT-SQUARE ; AND SENT PER ORDER TO BOOKSELLERS AND TEACHERS 
OF MUSIC TO ALL TARTS OF TUP. UNITED -T.VI I - 



PREFACE 



about music, except to learn it second hand, by roe, from the leader or an in- 
strument? 

We commend these remarks to the common sfcnse and experience of the 
public, and the present work and system as a rem d\ for the evils referred to, 
and as furnishing a pretty good supply of music lor ait the uses of public woi- 
ship. A large portion is entirely new, and has been rrranged and harmonized 



It is now just three years since the inventors and proprietors of this Sight- 
Singing Method brought it to its present state of perfection; after very many 
experiments and improvements in manuscript, on large diagrams, as published 
in the '"Vocal School," and in private lessons and exercises, during about fif- 
teen years. Friends at that time, induced them to publish the Numeral Har- 
mony, and friends now, whose numbers have increased, have encouraged 

them to publish a still larger work. The ease and rapidity with which persons with unwearied pains, to say nothing of Us meriis In regard to that and the 
of all ages can learn to read music at sight, and sing in all keys in this method, | system, we are truly glad that the people will judpafo' themselves. We tender 
is wonderful, and entirely bevond the belief of singers in the old method, until 
they see a school in a few evenings made better readers of music than choir 
members, who have been to school and sung in church or otherwise lor twenty 
years. This remark is positively true — does not except more than one in fifty 
of all the singers in the country, and is abundantly sustained by teachers and 
leaders of choirs who have used the Numeral Harmony. All this, after all, 
is nut mure wonderful than travelling by steam sixty miles per hour, or than 
writing by lightning 200,000 miles per second; but it is surprising that any 
who profess to be the friends and promoters of church music, should oppose 
this method, probably because they had no hand in its invention or promulga- 
tion; or, because its success must diminish the sales of music in the old nota- 
tion But they are the few — while the great mass of mankind is open to the 
convictions of common sense; especially, when the difference between two sys- 
tems draws in the one case heavily on their time and pockets, and rewards 
them with disappointed hopes; while in the other, for the slightest demands, 
it rewards them with a most practical and satisfactory knowledge of music. 

Without argument, this is the system for the people. By it all can be taught 
to sing in a short time, and practical music will become the common property 
of all men. Every church may be tilled with singers, with praise to the Most 
High; every family may have at hand a fund of the sweeiest enjoyment; in 
every school room, all who have learned their A, B, C, may read music in all 
keys. In this country, these things can never be done by the old method: for 
after all that, has been done and said, the number of singers in our congregations 
is small, and by satisfactory inquiry, it is found that not more than one in 
fventy of the members of choirs can read the plainest music at sight; so that 
the true definition of the phrase "Old Singers" is — those who do not know how 
to read music. By the New Method, choirs will immediately become perfect 
readers in all keys, and large numbers of persons in our congregations, who 
have irood voices, good ears, and a taste for music, but who have not had time 
or patience to learn the old way, will at once learn to sing understandingly. 
These have been the first fruits where the system has been introduced. Who 
does not know that the great reason why so few learn to sing is, because the 
old method is so difficult to master and comprehend? And who does not know 
that the principal reason why our church music throughout the country is so 
poorly performed, is, because nearly all the singers, after all, know but little 

Bostok, December 20, 1848, 



in gentlemen in different parts of the country, whdhenames we have not room 
to enumerate, our sincere thanks, and the thanks of future generations, for the 
interest they have taken, and are still manifesting, in some cases at a sacrifice, 
to promote the One Line Sight Singing Method. Teachers write us that "it 
must prevail." None need trouble themselves abffllt the old system; let that 
take care of itself. We enjoin it on all who wistato learn, or who desire to 
improve music and singing, to try this svstem, and wall who are convinced 
thai it is the best, to use all reasonable efforts to promote its introduction every 
where. This they can efficiently do, by comparingl publicly and .privately, the 
old and the new systems together. Of those w hu have arrived at the honorable 
distinction of "old singers," and of the thousands wio have tried to learn to 
sing the old way and have given up in despair, scarcely one would ever have 
attempted, had they been told at the outset what must be accomplished, and 
how much time, money, and patience, would hi necessary. In a single eve- 
iiiiil', beginners have learned losing at sight, by ihfe method, tunes which they 
never saw before. Teachers in different parts of (lit country, would nut say 
tins if it were not true. The contrast between tbejtwo systems is very great; 
and he who can skillfully show it, will not fail meoivince all candid minds. 
Would that we could feel such gratitude as we ought to a kind Providence, 
which has to some extent given us favor with the people, and blessed our 
efforts in promoting tins method thus far, though we have had to meet the most 
u::i easonable opposition. 

Gentlemen whose names stand over some of the tunes, will see that we have 
exercised our prerogative of making such alteratioasor corrections as seemed 
desirable for the present work. We are sorry if we iave rendered their com- 
positions less meritorious. Perhaps we may also irvive the use of some of 
the old turns which have their excellencies beyond all controversy. This work, 
not having any of the same tunes, will in no respats interfere with or super- 
cede the use of the Numeral Harmony; though it Ins the same Rudiments, 
which will he an advanlaje to those who have used that book. The one or the 
other may be inlroduced first with the greatest propriety. Persons having 
lunes in this book will he entitled to a copy grans: and those who may furnish 
one or more good tunes hereafter, shall be entitled lo a copy of the book in 
which they appear. The Invcntoks ami ^ H. W. DAY, 

Proprietors of the Method, ( R. F. BEAL. 



Entered according to ActftfCon^ress, in the rear eighteen Siundred and forty-nine 
BY H. W. DAS' AKD It. F. BEAL, 
In tEie Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 



ELEMENTARY 

RITEES AID EXERCISES 



FOR 



HEADING MUSIC AT SIGHT, 

WITH QUESTIONS TO AID BOTH THE TEACHER AND PUPIL 



Chapter 1. 



Departments or General Divisions. 

A.RTICLE 1. The rules, instructions and ex- 
ercises for sic ,»e have arranged under four 
departments, as follows : 

First, MELODY, which relates to a succession 
of sounds differing in pitch. 

Secoxd, RHYTHM, which relates to sounds dif- 
fering in length. 

Third, DYNAMICS, which relates to sounds 
differing in force. 

Fourth, MUSICAL ELOCUTION, which re- 
lates to a correct intonation of voice, and pronun- 
ciation of words. 

£., Such is the nature of music, that the* differ- 
ent departments will he intermingled in theory and 
practice, though in the main, considered separately. 
Questions. 

1. How many departments 1 What is the first 7 The sec- 



ond ? The third ? The fourth 7 To what do they severally 
relate 7 2. How will they be taken op 1 



<£!)aptcr 2. 

MELODY. On the scale, production of sonnds, posturo of 
the body, aud comparative distances oi the scale. 

X • At the foundation of is a series of 

sounds, i DIATONIC SCALE ' I 

ounds of the scale are indicated by nun 
which represent both the pitch and the order of the 
sounds. 

The Scale 1 Ascendintr. 

Numerals. 133 4 5678 

Musical names ) , . r , , . , 

tables. , do re mlfa so1 la Slli " 
Pronounced do ray mee fah sola lab. see do 



The Scale Descending. 

8 7 6 ii ! 3 3 



bles. 

Pronounced 



do si 
do see 



lah sole 



i re 
fah mee ray 



3 

do 
do 



JL. Practise the scale by syllables and numerals 
until the numerals and their musical najrii 
other. In 
to always use the musical syllables in calling 
singing the sounds the numerals represent. 

*>• The 1 k 'dn) of the scale beine the most im- 
portant i ■ . FUNDAMEN- 
TAL or KEY NOTE. 

4» ?ing DO (1) with the mouth elongated per- 

ilarly . 
Sing it:-: (3) "'it' 1 l 'ie mouth a little opened. 

mi (JJ) with the mouth the same as for RE 
(3)> hut with the sides of the tongue pressed against 
I i i the mouth, leaving a small aperture for 
the sound to escape. 

fa (1) with the mouth elongated horizontal- 
though about to ! 

' sol (;"») with the mouth the same as singing 
do(1.1 

•To distinguish it Irom the chromatic scale ; vide chap. 10. 
leather can accompany with a piano, violin, or the 
school con practise without, in long sounds. 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Sinir la (6) with tlie mouth about the same as for 
pa (4). 

Sing si (7) like mi (3) 

«5o Do not change the vocal organs in the least 
degree, when producing any particular sound. 

O* Never make a drawling, nasal or unpleasant 
tone. Let. the voice flow out clear and smooth as a 
river : — sweet, round and ringing like silver, and as 
I ure as the mountain air ; — in other words, sing in 
ti e orotund voice.* 

4 • Let the position of the body be erect — straight. 
Sui ply the lungs frequently with fresh air, and as 
often expel the bad air from the lungs. f 

0« The scale presents a series of steps and half 
steps, or as some prefer, major seconds and minor 
seconds. The half steps occur between 3 and 4, 
and 7 and 8- 



Steps find Half Steps of the Scale. 
1 step •$ step 8 4 step o step 6 step 7 8 

halfsicp half step 

do re mi fa sol la si do 

C7» The relations of steps and half steps in the 
scale, it is very important to remember and practical- 
ly understand, as the scale is both the alphabet and 
grammar of music. 

liJ, The exact comparative distances of the 
sounds of the scale. are represented below. 



Comparative Distances. 

20 12 22 20 22 



2 

re 



34 

mi fa 



i» 



6 

la 



7 8 

si do 



*See Vocal School, part IV on Musical Elocution. 
IThe teacher will explain such other things as he may deem 
»mr>oria.iu A living example is quite important for many 
things in relation to the voice 



11, Pianos, organs and all similar instru- 
ments are tuned in exact steps and half steps, or near- 
ly so, not regarding the philosophical exactness as 
above given, though the voice with a good ear al- 
wavs strikes these distances. They will aid the pu- 
pil in learning the scale. 

1 j£ t From 1 (do) to 2 (re) is the distance or 
difference of 22. From «2 (re) to 3 (mi) the dis- 
tances or difference of 20, and so on ascending and 
vice versa descending. 

Questions. 

1. What lies at the foundation of melody? What called? 
How indicated 1 How sung ? 2. How are the syllables pro- 
nouncod 1 3. What is ) (do) called ? 4. What lie positions 
and vocal organs ? ti. what sounds must not be made ? 
With what voice ^iould we sing I 7. The position of the 
bodv, what? About the lungs? 8. The order of the sounds 
of the scale 7 Where the lion steps 1 0. What is the scale .' 
10. Comparative distances, what 1 11. How are instruments 
tuned .' 



Chapter 3. 

MELODY Continued. On the intervals of the scale Major 
and Minor. 

1 • Differences or distances between sounds of 
the scale are called intervals ; i. e., from one sound 
to any other is termed an interval. An interval in- 
cluding onlv two sounds, is called a second. One in- 
cluding three sounds is called a tlard, &c. 

Ji! Counting from different sounds of the scale, we 

have Major (ureater) and Minor (lesser) intervals 
of seconds, thirds, &c. 



Major and Minor Seconds. 

ABBREVIATIONS. 

Ma. S. Major Second. Mi. S. Minor Second. 
Ma.S. Ma.S. Mi.S. Ma.S. Ma.S. Ma.S. Mi.S. 



3 4 



6 



7 8 



Major and Minor Thirds. 



Mi. Third. 



3 4^ 



Ma. Third. Mi Third 
5 ~~6 78 



Ma. Third. Mi. Third. Ma. Third. 

0. Major and minor fourths, fifths, sixths and 
sevenths are reckoned in the same way from any 
sound in the scale. When we reckon from 1 (do) 
in one scale to S (re) in the scale above, &c, we 
call the intervals ninths, tenths, &c. 

Note. See Hamilton's Catechism of Thorough Base r 
Burrow's Base Primer : Harmony Made Easy, by Charles 
Czerney. 

Questions. 

1. What are distances between sounds called ? 2. How do 
we reckon intervals ? 3. How reckon Major and Minor 
fourths, Ate? From ] (do) to 2 (re) in the next scale is what ? 
To3? 



Cljaptcr &. 



MELODY and RHYTHM. Bars; Measures; Strains J Beats; 
the Dash ; Accent ; Common and Compound Time and 
Measures ; Whole and Half Notes and Rests. 

OX TIME. 

a. • The marks drawn between the sounds in mu- 
sic are called Bars, of which there are two kinds, 
single (thin) and douele (thick) bars. From one 
single bar to another is a measure ; — bars divide 
the time inlo equal measures. 

j£a . Double bars show the end of a strain or 
line ot poetry. Sometimes they are used in the place 
of a single bar, as below. Sometimes thev divide 
measures. They have nothing to do with the time. 
A strain may embrace a scale, more or less ; a line 
in poetry, or a sentence in prose, set to music. 

O. Now sing the scale slowly, first counting 
one, then two, then three, then four to each 
sound (numeral) 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINKING. 



Bars, Measures and Strains. 
First Strain. 

1 | 3 I S I -1 I .1 I 6 | 7 | 8 1 

Ascending. 

Second Strain. 



8|7|6 



S | 4 | 3 I 2 

: iding. 



4-» As we cannot count and sing, the hand is 
moved to keep ami beat the tune, — down — up, — or, 
down, — left, — ur, describing a triangle ; or, Down, 
left, right, up, accordingas we have two, three, or 
four countings in each measure. 

Different kinds of Time. 

»3« Different kinds of vocal and instrumental mu- 
sic give rise to two kinds of time, Common and 
Compound. 

Common time has one primitive part to a beat in a 
measure. Compound time has three primitive parts 
to a beat. 



On the use of the Dash. 



6. 



i. The short dash- indicates that the numeral 

or sound after which it is placed is to be prolonged to 

twice its usual length. The medium dash — in- 

that the sound aftei which it is placed should 

be prolonged to three times its usual length. The 

long dash prolongs the sound indefinitely, to 

make out the lime. 



COMMON TIME AND MEASURES. 

S • Common time is used for church and instru- 
mental music - , and has three forms or kinds of meas- 
ure, viz: — I 1 i two heats and two parts ; 
Tkiple, of three beats and three parts; and Quad- 
ruple, of four beats and four parts. The move- 



ment of the hand is indicated by the abbreviations, d. 
down ; u. up ; L. left ; r. right. 



Double Measure hns two Tarts ; Accent ou 
the First. 







Example. 




1 

do 


3 

re 


1 3 

do re 


1 

,1, 


D 


u 


D u 


D 



Triple Measure; three Parts and three Beats; 
Acceut on the First. 



1 2 3 

do re mi 
D l u 



Example. 

1 3 31 1- 

do re mi | do 

D L U I D ] 



Quadrnple Mcnsnre; four Parts and four 
Beats; Accent on the First and Fourth. 



1 2 

do re 
D I. 



3 


4 


Illl 


la 


K 


i 



Example. 
3 



1 3 

do re 
D L 



mi 

K 



1 

do 
D L 



o. Any number of sounds may occur to a sin- 
i in any kind of measure, if they are short 
enough to keep the time correct. 



COMPOUND TIME AND MEASURES. 



9. 



Compound time is derived from two or more 
triple measures, and ismostly used for instrumental 

■ •- It has three forms or kinds of measure, 

viz : — compound Double, compound Triple and 
compound Quadruple. Each kind of measure has 
three primitive parts to a beat. 



Compound Double Measure;— has two Beats 
and mx Parts; — accent on tho 1st und !;'•. 



12 3 12 3 

do re mi do re mi 

D U 



Example. 

12 3 8 2 3 

do te mi do re mi 



1- 1- 

do do 

D U 



Compound Triple Measure;— has three 

mid nine Parts; accent on the 1st, 4th and 
7th. 

Example. 



133123123 12—2- 

do re mi, & c. I re re 

D L U D L 



l- 

do 



Compound Quadruple Measure;— has twelve 
Parts and four Beats; accent on the lnt, 4lh, 
7th und 10th. 

Example. 
123123133133 i 3-1-3-31 1 fl 

do re mi, &c 1 

D L R U DLRUDLRUr 



On Beating Time. 

1 0» The movement of the hand should be im- 
mediate from one point to the other, where il 
rest the remaining part of the beat. It should not 
move in a. slow, indolent manner. 



Whole and half Note*;— whole und hnlfRests. 

4 3. Numerals are regarded as skins of 
sounds, or Notes. So any numeral of the 
is a note. A numeral without any thing attached, 
sustains the relation of a half note : — i. e., it indi- 
cates a sound one half as long as one with a 
dash after it, which is called a whole note. 

Rest , cs The whom 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



equal in time to a whole note, is made below a line, 
thus : — ■■ 

The half rest, equal in time to a half note, is 
made above the line, thus: — m — . 



Whole ( 

Notes & < 

Rests. ( 



Example. 
1- 2- 

do re 



Example. 



3- 

mi 



4 

fa 



&c 



Half { 1 2 3 4 &c. 

Notes &■! do re mi la 
Rests. ( -"- -" - -™- ~ m ~ 
The whole rest, by an arbitrary rule, fills any kind 
of a measure. 

Questions. 
What arc ihe marks drawn through music called 7 How 
many kinds 1 What do they divide? 2. What is the use of 
.;, ■ A strain embraces what? 4. How is the han.i 

moved in singing 1 o. Different kinds ol time arise how? 
How many kinds of lime? How many parts to a ■ ,"at in 
common nme? In compound time? 6. The dash is tv.J how 
many ways ? 7. What kind of music is principally written in 
common time ? How does tVe hand move in double measure ? 
' How in triple measure 1 Accent? How in quad- 
ruple? Accent' 9. How many forms in compound measure 7 
Parts to a heat ? What the heats, parts and accent in each 7 
in. How should the hand move in beating time? 11. Howare 
numerals regarded ? What is a whole note ? A half note 7 
What is a whole rest ? A half rest ? In what arbitrary way is 
the whole rest used ? 



€i)aptcr 



5. 



mav oe tatten on any pilcn to suit convenience, sometimes 
higher, sometimes lower. The judicious teacher will know 
whether it will be proper to omit any of the exercises. 



EXERCISES IN COMMON TIME. 

Beat down, up, Double Measure. 1 (do) 2 (re) 

(1) 
1 1 I fl 1 I 2- II 2 2 | 2 2 | 1- || 

1 211 1 I 2- ( || 2 111 2|1- || 

(3) 
1 212 112- II 1 112 2 1 1- || 

1 112 1|2- II 1 111 2|1- II 

(5) 

1 111 2|2- II 2 2| 1 2| 1- || 

(6) 

1 2|1 2|2- II 2 112 2|1- II 

(?) 
1 2|2 2|2- II 1 211 2| 1- II 

(8) 

1 111 1 1 2- II 2 1 | 1 211- II 

Rests. 



Esfircises in Singing and Beating Time ; in the lower, mid- 
dle, and upper parts of the Scale. 

A • If in point of comparison, to learn to sing 
were a hundred things, to sing the scale correctly 
would be ninety-nine. Hence the great importance 
of inductive singinj exercises in the scale indifferent 
skips and forms of measures. 

Note. Siug all the following exercises, calling the syllabic 
tiaines of the numerals do, re, and not one, two, &c. 1 (do) 



1 " 1 1 "■ 

1- 12- 

1- 1 ^- 

1- I -- 



(9) 

2- II 2 -' 

(10) 

-m _ <T2> II *►>_ 



2 -- | 1 
--- 2 I 1- 
--- I 1- 
1- 



(ii) 
-.- | 2- II 22 | --- 

(12) 

| -_- 1 2- || --- | -.- 

^2. The tie < s , made longer or shorter, 

shows how many sounds are united in one ; and, 
where words are used, how many sounds are sung to 
one syllable. 

Triple Measnre. 

1 (do) 2 (re). Beat down, left, up. 

(1) 

111122212-11222122211- I 



(2) 

122121212- II 211 | 122| 1 11|| 

(3) 

112112112— II 11212 121 11111 

W 

1121 1 12|2-|| 22112221 111! 

Rests. 

1---1122--12- || 12--- | --- 1 1- | 

(6) 

1-11 --- I 2- II 2 --- ] -*- I 1- | 



Quadruple Measure. 

(1) 

1 1 I 1 1 1 1 | 2 1| 2222 | 2222 | 1- 

(2) 
11 1 2222 | 2 1| 2222 | 1111 | 1- 

(3) 
1211223 12 1| 12<21 1111 | 1- 

(4) 
11 I 1121 |2 1| 2121 I 212 2 | 1- 

(5) 

11 12-2212 1| 1-221 1-221 1- 

(6) 

11 |22-1 12 II 31-2 1 11-21 1- 

(?) 
1- |2-2-|2 112-2-1 1-2- | 1- 



Rests. 

(8) 

1 --- 1 2 --- 2 --- |2 || --- 1--- 1 | 2 - || 

(9) 

1- I 1111 I -.- ] 2 || 2222 | --- | 1- || 

*5» Every new sound practised should be prop- 
erly understood and correctly produced, both in relic- 
tion to its quality and the relation, or comparative 
distance it sustains to the tonic (do). 



4-, 'When the first measure of a piece of music 
is not full, the d> .. made up in the last, so 

that the first and last measures in such cases always 
equal one whole measure. 



Double Pleasure. 

1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi). Beat two beats. 
(1) 

1 1 I 22 | 33 I 2- ,; S3 I 22 | 32 I 1- 

11 I 13 I 33 I 3- Y 13 I 33 I 33 I 1- 

(3) 

13 I 33 | 33 | 3- il 33 1 33 | 32 | 1- 

(4) 

13 | 33 | 13 | 3- li 33 I 1 1 I 23 | 1- 
3|23| US | 2- « S3 | 23 | I2| 1 
1 | 33 | 22 1 2- I 31 | 22 | 32 I 1 

(T) 

1112-1 33 | 2- II 33 I 3- | 33 | 1- 

1313-1 12 13- II 31|3-| 12| 1- 

(9) 

S3 | 1- 13112- i 33 I 2- I 13 | 1- 

(10) 

31 131 |3G |3- li 31 [31 | 33 | 1- 

(ii) 
3112- - 321 1- II 38 li- 

nes . 

(12) 

3 -I3---I 11 |2-I13--|3-|33| I 

11 | --2 I 33 I 3-1133 | -3| 12|1- 

12 I -- I 32 1 1-1133 I ~ | 12|3- 

(15) 

1 -|2- 13- | 2-11 3-- 12-12-11- 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING, 

Triple Measure. 



1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi). Beat three beats. 
(1) 

1111 222 1 333 || 333 I 222 | Til II 

(2) 

1 12 | 5 52 | 333 II 332 | 322 | lllll 
(3) 

3:12 1 322 1 1— I! 

(■i) 
|| 321 |332| 1—11 



122 | 233 1 2— 
1231 123 12 — 
1 |212|3- 
3 | 222 | 1 - 
11- |22-|3- 
33-122-13— 
1-1 12-213- 
13 



(•->) 

3 I 212 I 1- 

(0) 

3123213- 

(7) 



(8 



33-122- | 1— 
32-1 12- 1 1— 



(9) 

9 



». -il I •» _ o 



2-21 1- 



(10) 

23-12- I 32-1 12- | 1- || 

(ID 
1-213-312- |l 3-2 12-3 1 1- II 

1-311-3 12- if 3-1 |3-2| 1- II 

1 12 | 33- I 2- || 321 1 22- | 1- II 

3121312 13— I; 312 1 313 I 1— II 

133 1 233 | 3- 1*313 I 332 1 1- II 

Rests. 

1 - 1 | 2 - 2 | 3-1 3 - 2 I 1 - 2 I 3-1 

333 | - 211 2-|| 113 I ' 33 I 3-1 



CI 



(18) 



| 22 -"- | 2— i 13 - I 23 - 1 1-11 
321 | --- 12- || 232 1 -. | 1-H 



Quadruple Mensure. 

1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi). Beat four heals. 
(I) 

lllll 2233 1 3— 113333 1 2232 1 1— 

(2) 

1 123 1 1 123 1 2 — U 3323 1 3322 1 1 — II 
11121 3321 2—1 2233 2232 1 1— U 

(4) 

3223 ,113-1,3322. 323 - « 

(5) 

3333 1 133-11 2212 \ 321- II 

13131131312 — 1131311313211—11 

(7) 

11I2312I3-H 11 233211- fl 
1-11323 1 132- 1, 13231133-1 1- | 
111-1222-13— Ji 333- 1333-11— || 

(10) 

333-1331-13— I' 223- 1312-11— II 

1-1112-3313- 3 3211— II 

i - 
3- 22 11-23 1 2 — i; £ - 23 I 1-23 1 1 — II 

(13) 

11-1111-113 — 133-3 33-311 — li 

Rests. 
(14) 
1-111 2-22 13— II 32 - 1 1 32 ---3 1 1— II 

33331 — 12—01122 --■ '3 — U 



RULES Ai\D EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINULMJ. 



Double Measare. 



1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi) 4 (fa). Beat two beats. 

(1) 
1 1 1 S2 | 33 | 34 II 33 | S3 | 13 1 1- 

(2) 

13 | 33 | 43 | 3- II 43 I 34 | 33 li- 
es) 

3 314 3 144 | 3- II 43 | 331 3211- 

(4) 

1| 33 1 3311-13- 13 ||3i33i43i3 -13-11 

(5) 

2212314- II 3311313- || 4312211- 

(6) 

SSI 221 33 I 4- || 43 I 241 33 1 3- 

(7) 

13 |23| 44 I 3- II 34! 34 I 22 II- 
3 3 |44| 3314- || 4 3 14 31 4413- 

(9) 

IS I 33 1 4- || 32 143 1 3- || 311 24 1 3- 

(10) 

13 I 3 4 I 3 1 1 2- II 4 3 | 2 1 | 24 |S- 

(ii) 
S3 I 3- II 43 I 3 - || 34 | 3- || 32 1 1- 

£314- II 3313- |f4 4|3- || 2211- 

V 3 I 34 | IS 13- | 1 3 I 3 4 I 3 3 I 3- 

34 | 24 1 13 I 3-*|| 34 | 34 1321 S- 
1-14-1 1- 14- if 4- | 1- | 4- I 1- 
1411411413-11 4 1141 I 321 1- 



Rests. 

33 I 4 --- | 33 I 2- || 33 | 4 -"- 32 I 1- 
1 3 1 --- I ---3 13-1 43j - I •" 3 i S - 



Triple SJeasme. 

1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi) 4 (fa). Beat three beats. 
(1) 

111IS22I3S3I2— 1 3331444133211—11 

(2) 

1231133113314— II S31|432|21S|3— II 

(3) 

83412831 11£|8 — II 443|224|313|1— II 

(4) 

1111333144418 — II 833|443|284|3— li 

(5) 

333|323I444|3— || 1 131334 313| 1— II 

(6) 

1331433133314— II 3441344134413-1! 

(7) 

343i224|S32|l— II 1S3|334|433|3— II 

(8) 

13314-11 144-13-11 43311- II 34S;3-|| 



Rests. 

(9) 

33 --I31--- 132313- || 1111 



132311-11 



Quadruple Measure. 

1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi) 4 (fa). Beat lour beats. 

•»* 

«), At the end of a tune, d. c. means that we must 
finish with the first strain. 

(1) D C. 

1313 | 321- I! 2323 I 432- || 

(2) D. C. 

12121323211 — II 23231434312 — II 

(3) 

1 1221332- 1| 3343 1 443 -|| 4434133 1-|| 

(4) 

12341321- 1121231432-11 3434!321-|| 

(5) 

1234 ! 3231 II 1234 ! 321- 11 



(«) 
123-1 1- 3- 1 234-1 2-4- | 
4- 2- II 321- | 3- 1- || 

(7) 

1- 1 S I 3-33 ! 2-23 I 2432 II 1-11 
2-24 | 3432 | 1 — II 

(8) 

3- 33 | 2- 42 | 3- S3 1 3432 1! 1- 22 I 
3-43 121221 1 — II 

(9) 

1 - 22 | 3- 44 1 3- 23 | 4S24 II 3- 33 H 
2-341 3142 1 3 — || 

11-1 122-2 133-3 14342 || 22-21 
33-3 1 1234 13—11 

33- 2 | 1 1 12 | 33- 2 | S — II 44- 3 ! 
22-. 1 14332 13 — | 

1333 1 24- 4 | 3432 IS— || 13- 3 1 
24- 4 | 3212 | 1 — II 

Rests. 

(13) 

334412 2! 1 — II 8312|3~ ---4)3 — II 

(14) 

12--- 31 - 1234 --13 — | 32--— I --- I 
432 - 1 1— II 

Miscellaneous. 

1 (do) 2 (re) 3 (mi) 4 (fa) 5 (so!). D. M. Beat two 

beats. 

(1) 

35 | 14 | 32 | 1- || 25 | S3 1 54 I 3- B 

13153 1 S3| 5- |i 5313115511- 11 

T. M. Three beats. 
(3) 

3 35 I 531 j 2— ii 13515321 1— j 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



9 



111 |.1-4|3- 
443 I 433 | 3- 



(■») 

ii 

(5) 



s-si lisi l-l 

234 I 554 I 3- 



Uests. 
(6) 

355-1123 2- I! 43---I32-M544IS 

Q. M. Four beat3. 
(7) 



1155 1432 



2211 |543 



(8) 



3543 1251- U 4325 | 4 13 



55-5 53-3 2 
1111! -- 13- 



Itests. 
(9) 



11-3125-43- 



(10) 



w»«*»5»i 



T. M. Three beats. 
(ID 

113|334|543|3-|| 432|345[ 11211— | 

(12) 

33311-31334 3-5 || 1 12I3531354I3 — I 
3432-314321 i-5 || 4441331 123413- I 

(14) 

313153112.5515- || 434|313|433| 1—1 



Middle or the Scale. 

2 (re) 3 (mi) 4 (fa) 5 (sol) G (la). D. M. Beat 
two beats. 

(I) 

33 [ 44 | r»- t | G- || 55 | 66 | 54 I 3- II 

(2) 

55 ! 6 6 | J .2 | 3 - II 33 | 1 5 | 6 6 ! 5- II 



(3) 

34 I 56 | 34 | 3- It 55 | 43 I 22|3- 

(4) 
35|65| 44 | 3- I! 32 | 35 | 65 | 5- 

(5) 

34 I 55 | 66 I 5- II 66 | 54 | 32|3- 
32 I 34 | 56 I 5- || 65 | 43 I 22 I 3- 

T. M. Threi 

(T) 

3331234 56513- II 164 : 353125413 — 

554143312-11 234565 3- U 

Q. M. Four beats. 
(9) 



555516666; 



(10) 



44 8 1333213 — 



55441332 -i;3341|565-||55C5;443- 1 

(ii) 
5435655 H4323I432 116543 223 - I 

(12) 

33341565 -123451432 -1(223-1 543 - I! 

Rests. 

543*133- II 3—1 ---II 4--- ---41333- II 

332-13 --- --- 4 3—1543 -- 13 * -■ 2|3 — 1| 

t T l>pcr part of the Scale. 

8 (do) 7 (si) C (la) 5 (sol). Q. M. Four beats. 

(1) 
SH88|7777|6«66| 7— IIG666I 

77771 8 8871 8 — I! 
(2) 

88S7IGG67IS876I5 — II 66671 

88871667718— II 



(3) 



*767| 8-5-1 8767 1 8- 
7-5-|5677| 8-|| 

(4) 

8867 1 887- I KS7-I67S-I 
665- |778^|77!s- || 



567< 
6655 



D. M. Two 

(."-) 
871871 88|7- II S7| 87|67|8-| 

S7 | 66 | 78 | 7- 6 |l 66 I 7.8 I 87 I 8-1 
85|75|85|7-|| 751 85 | 67 | 8 I 

(S) 

88|7- |66|7- II 8817- | 87| 8-1 



Fxerciscs in the Scale. 

Q. M. Heat four 
(1) 

18341 5- 1456718—11 87651 4— I 
5432 I 1— 11 

T. M. Beat three beats. 
(2) 

123 | 123 I 4- || 334 1 23 ! I 5- fl 
■156 I 456 | 7 — H 567 | 567 | 8- 

Q. M. Beat four ! 
(3) 

123 -11-3- II 234 - 1 2 - 4 - II 315-1 3 -5 -|| 

456-14- 6||567-'5- 7- 

(4) 

56511343211 — || 4345 1 6567 1 8 — 1 

1231 1876514— f 4343154331 1— U 

1-3-13-4-13-5- || 4- 6- I 5- 71 
678- I 



(?) 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 

Rounds. 



R-6-f -5-16-4- II 5-3-14-3- I 
SSI- I 

(8) 

I331|5555|5— II 85531222213 — II 

(9) 

1331155871ft— II 13351555311 — 1 
Cio) 

13511853115 — |l 85311135511 — II 

(ll) 
123415675 || 876514321 II 

1878! 6878 1587S | 4878 2878 
1S11I5654I3— I 

(13) 

1213 | 14151 1617| 181- J S786 I 
85841 83821 811- ll 

(14) 

123415678 11 876514321 II 



Harmonics of the Scale. 

Q, The more perfect sounding bodies, like, for in- 
stance, a church bell, give out 1, 3, 5 and 8 of the 
scale. These sounds are strongly related to each 
othei Mr a simple ratio, which exists between the vi- 
brations of each in consequence of which they are, 
when produced together, agreeable to the ear — or 
more harmonious. They occur more frequently in 
: than any other sounds, and constitute, the frame- 
of harmony. They are to me icale, what the 
vowels or tonic elements are to language. 

Exercises. 
D. M. Two Beats. 

(I) 
II | S3 155 I 8- || 88 I 55 133 I 1- I! 

(2) 
5513-15511- || 8815-15513- K 

(3) 

18 I S3 I 55 I S- II 13 1 58 | 55 1 5- 11 



4 a Rounds and catches are a species of mu- 
sic, where the parts commence successively and fol- 
low each other, so that the tune can be sung any 
length of time. 



1st part. 

13151 



Round. Two Beats. 
(1) 



2d part. 

85|3- 



3d part. 
55 | 5- 



4lh part. 

33 1 1- 



Round. Four Beats. 

(2) 

2d part. 

33351111- || It 13155 

T. M 



1st part. 



3d part. 



Three Beats. 
' (3^ 
123 | 553 | 575 I 3-115- I S35 | S35| 

535 | 1- || 

W 
853IS33I535I1- II 1351135113518— II 

(5) 

55513-|] 55511- || 813|5-]535|8— || 
Q. M. Four Beats. 
») 



55331 115- 
131315 31 



;:«si5j 



(D 



(8) 



31331551- 
31311351- 
553 1 I 553- 



lst part. 

135- 



Rodnd. Four Beats. 

(9) 
2d part. 3d part. 

358- 11 S5S- 



4th part. 

531- 



Round. Three Beats. 
(10) 

55513-11 3331 1- II 88815- 



COHPOBND TIME. 



0« Previous exercises have been in different 
parts of the scale in common time. A few exercises 
now follow, sufficient to enable the learner to get 
a right idea of the forms of measure, and peculiar 
movement of compound time. 



Compound Double Measure. 

(1) 

111111 12222221 3333331 2 — 2 — I! 
3333331 1111111 11122211 II 

(2) 
12312812 — 2— | 23423413—3— B 

32132112—2—11—232 11 I 

(3) 

1111111 222222 1 333343 - 1 2 — 2 — 1| 

333333 1 222232 1 1 1 1232 1 1 il 

(4) 

11112312— 2— 122223413— 3— II 
33354312- 2-144443213 | 

(5) 

1—33211—232 II 1—23413 II 

8 — 432 I 3—432 I 1-222 I 1 II 

3-2- I 1-2- I 1 II 

(6) 
3-123 14-3—13-12312 1 



3-123 14-3-1 2-232 1 1 H 

(T) 

3-43213—1—13-43211 1|2— 2341 

3—2-12-234-13 I! 

The dots denote a repeat. 
(8) 

5- 34516- 5-111=4- 23413- 9— ill 
3- 45615- 8—111 44433312321-1 
3-23211-2- II 3- 23211 1 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



] : 



.«— i 



Compound Triple Measure. 
(1) 

111111111 2- 2.22- 3-3 

3 3 r - s M ill 3-3333- 

2-9-2- 1 1 II 

(2) 

1112 — 2 — ! 1112 -2 — 13— 3 — 2- 
3 I 3131-1- I 3334-4- 

3- 3- 2- I 1 li 

(3) 

3-333 333 I 2-222 222 
12 3 12 3 12 3 1 4- 3- 2- 

1- 111111 | 3— 33 3 333 
3-543-132 ! 1 II 

(4) 

3—2—1- I 2- 
•1— 3 

(•■•) 
1-1 1111 II1-2-3-I2- 

2— 222222 ! 2— 3— 4 — I 3- 

1111-2— 8333—4—13- 
5335- -1— 3333- 2-|l- 



1111111 31 



Componnd Quadruple Measure. 
(1) 

111 11111111112 — 2—2-2— i 

.1 J I I 4 4 4 444 4 44 I 

3-3-3- 2- I 1 

Ill 111 1-1-222 222 2-2-11 
3333334— 3- I 2222221-1- || 

(3) 

3-3331-3- 2-2223-1- II 

3-3334-3- 2-2 321 I 



Questions. 
1 \\ . nporlant in i 

<'o we ap] 

ery new sound be learni VVI 

of a in. I 

cs give out what ? 
. I 

cises in Coi 

Time ' 



Cliaptcv G. 



MUSICAL ELOCUTION. » Elements of Language t Pronun- 
ciation of Words and Elementary Practice. 



J . The foundation of Musical Elocution is a 

• of t|iiri nentary 

. out of which all the word anguage 

\\ a practical under- 

, it is impossible to sing 
must be learned 
from an licr. 

Ji, These sounds an to three classes;! 

viz. : 1 5l BT0N1C ELEMENTS and 

Atoxic ei 

In words or s\]laldcs each element should be 
sounded with i n anelemenl 

from the syllable of which it forms a part. 

«5. The Atonics are in ihe following 

! .rations or vocal whis- 

pers : — 



By p 


as 


in 


p — in, 


U P. 


F 


" 


" 


F — an, 


1 F. 


WH 




. ( 


wu — en. 




11 


(t 


(< 


H — 1111. 




e i 


■ . 


(t 


sn — all. 


a — sh 


a 


i . 


it 


s — 1- 


ye — s. 



t as 111 T — op, oil T. 

Til " " Til ill. 

K " " K — ar — k 

• are nine Atonic elements as above illustra- 
ted. 

•4-« tonics have more vocality and are. 

follows : — 



- Sec Vocal School. 

t See Rush on tho Voice 



• 


r c. 


as 


in 


r, — one. 




lo G. 




V 






v — ane, 




gi — ve 




V 


" 




Y — e. 








T'i 


" 


" 


th — en. 








1. 


it 


"' 


L — oud, 




a — ll. 




N 


" 


■■ 


N 0, 




pe — .s . 




IS 


" 




V Is — 


-ion 






C 




" 


B OW, 




a — ii. 


<; 


& J 


u 


■ < 


J — ay. 




a — ce. 


z 


& s 
w 

HO 


i . 
it 


1 1 


z — one, 
w — e. 




h — is. 
so — sr 




U 




;. 


H — an. 




hi — M. 




D 


<. 


1 . 


i) — are, 




ha — D. 




R 


1 1 


(1 


R — oa - 


— n 





There are fifteen Subtonics as above illustrated 

t3 » Neither these nor the Atonies arc \ 
in singing; — rather forcibly articulated. i ! 
tho voice on each, as they occur in difli 
until they are perfectly uttered bv ihe voice. 

0« Exception. One 
rule occurs in the L, which is sometimes 

prolonged, as in tabLe and similar words. 

i , The Tonic elements have the mot 
are prolonged in singing and a 

in two classes oi d pure : — 

The Mixrn tonics are 



Indicated by 





as 


in 


g — — no 




A 


it 


it 


in — a — n. 




I 


cc 


ii 


l — sle. 




A 


if 


it 


A — rt 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



o 

OCT 



O — Id. 

ou — r. 



There are seven mixed elements above 



The Pure tonics are 
Indicated by ee as ii 



in hEEd. 
e " " Err. 
u " " full. 

B " " pED. 

i " " pm. 
oo " " ooze. 

There are six pure elements as above. 

O* The Mixed elements are so called, oecause 
they terminate in another called the vanish of the el- 
ement. For instance, o in old, if slowly pronoun- 
ced, would be o oo - 1 - d. The sound of the dou- 
ble oo, through which the voice passes, is termed the 
vanish of the element indicated by o. The sound of 
o befni passes to oo, is termed the Radi- 

cal ii! I ;t, and is the part of this element 

which should be prolonged in singing. It would be 
improper to let the voice dwell on the vanish (sound 
of oo). 

Radical and Vanish of the Mixed Tonics. 

vanishes into 



a — 11 
i — sle 
a — n 
a — rt 
a — id 
o — Id 
ou — r 



Err. 

EE. 
ERR 

Err. 
ee. 
oo. 
oo 



«y» Practical exercises in the tonic elements, 
though simple, are exceedingly important in aiding 
the singer to pronounce words with distinctness. In 
singing a mixed tonic element, the radical must al- 
ways be prolonged. The word old, for instance, 
should be sung o-ld, letting the voice vanish 
through the sound of oo, giving it light and quick. 



The same is true of the vanish of every mixed cle- 
ment. 

J. %J* The vocal organs must be held on the 
radical perfectly firm, and without the least chan°e 
of the mouth, tongue or any muscle, until the time 
requires an articulation or finish of the syllable or 
word. The voice should then slide rapidly through 
the vanish ami articulate (i. e. make a joint) forcibly 
on the subtonic or atonic that follows. 

Exercises on the Mixed Tonics. 

Count Two, Three, or Four. 

In long sounds practise a as in a11. Any consonant 
may be prefixed, thus : — 1a (law) or nA (naw.) 



12 3 4 

A - 11 a a a 



Example. 

<T5 



6 7 8 

a a a 

8765433 1 

aaaa aa a a 

Count Two, Three or Four. 
In long sounds practise a as in Art, 1a (lah). 

EXAMFLE. 

1234567S 
A-rt a aa a a aa 

8765432 1 

aa aaaaa a 

In long sounds practise a as in idaii, 1a, (or iha.) 
Example. 



12 3 4 

An a a a 



a 



6 7 8 
a a a 



8 7 6 

a a a 



5 

a 



4 3 2 

a a a 



I 

a 



In long sounds practise I as in isle, li (lye). 
Example. 



12 3 4 



6 



7 8 
i i 



8 7 



6 



i 



4 3 

i i 



2 
i 



Note. There is a strong tendency Cor ilie voice in singing 
this element in many words, to prolong the vanish altogether 
which is i In consequence of closing up the ap- 
erture to make ee, the element becomes insignificant, and liia 
sound of tin word suffers ; — thus, — liee — t. tor li grit. 

In long sounds practise A as in fiAil, 1a (lay). 
Example. 



12 3 4 


5 


6 7 8 


ail a a a 


a 


a a a 


8 7 6 5 


4 


3 2 1 


a a a a 


a 


a a a 



In long sounds practise o as in old, lo (lo !). 
Example. 



1 2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


* 


Old 

















» 


8 7 


6 


5 


4 


3 


2 


a 





<i 


















In long sounds practise ou as in our, nou (now 
Example. 



1 


2 


3 4 


5 


6 


7 8 


ou 


ou 


ou ou 


ou 


ou 


ou ou 


8 


7 


6 5 


4 


3 


2 1 


ou 


ou 


ou ou 


ou 


ou 


ou oa 



Note. There is danger m singing this element, of letting 
the voice draw] through something like a-ou-oo-err. It wil 
require particular attention. 

1 !• The Pure elements are all radical, hay- 
ing no vanish, unless the singer is careless and al 
lows the voice to chancre. 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SJ 



Wnnls containing the element indicated by ee are 
often badly sung, thus: Tear — r, hear — r, near — r, 

dear — r, and many such, instead of fea r, 

hea r, &c, prolonging the sound of i:, i 1 1 Err, 

rather than the right Bound of Eiu inc. 



Practising the Elements. 

B. ^i« Articulate si each m of the 

Atonics, in connection with words in which they 
occur, and always let them be heard, or do their part, 
in the formation of every word. 

3 *S • The Subtonics practise in the same way, 
only with more force and energy. 

Nnrr. The precise F the mouth and tone 

■ : . m le different < 

1 1 ,u instruction. See 
the " Vo< Rush "On the Voice," and Russell and 

■k's work on Elocution. 

\ 4B-. The Atonies and Subtonics are only artic- 
ulated, but the Tonics are prolonged. These should 
be sung; in exercises in long sounds, from the low est 
to the highest pitch. 



Sins 



Tunes by Word. 



A »5. First analyze every syllable and read 
slowly by tonic elements ; — then sing, prolonging the 
tonics and articulate the Subtonics and Atonies ac- 
cording to the foregoing instructions. 

Pronunciation of Particular Words. 

A \J« Amen, The, &c. Analytical practice 
it once and forever the pronunciation of all 
words • iine in singing as in ci 

\nd it is us ik "I bi ing a good sing- 

er without being a good r< ader. 

er sing the, thah, or ther, or thih, or t 
thur. Sing this word one ai lewayalways, 

as all words should be sung. Sing it as pronounced 
»y the he6t speakers, T1IF.. The tome - 



(vowel sound) is alway i the i in tins word — is 

heard mere distinctly before vov ' 
sonants, becau e it smoothly joins in with tonic el- 
ements; but before consonant '■ cut 
short by the shutting of the mouth, which dues not 
occur in the i 

, has but 01 non and 

I . ■.. \ . . can and 

mi. It 

should always so b .. . ■ a . I 'ho- 

ruses of i order and • ■ Glees, w her". 

Mi sic.vl efi i cl aimed al . 

:1ns otherwise solemn i 
made a play thing by license, it may be pronoun- 
ced AHmen. 

tion of c nunciation, and sboul 

vail in s tools or in the « 

High, » here th choii - hould :. ke up ll 
rea.i by the minister and pronounce in the 
manner. .Surely the ho c to ex- 

hibit the fantasia of the theal I i. 

B_ it Toward, Towards, Lioved, Moved and 
imilar words should be tincr a 
ithei 
[n the en Is of not pronounce ness niss ; 

or cut 1st ; or ing in; or en ing. A little thouj lit- 
fulness : vledge v. ill coi rect ma- 

ny common ei 

fl r$. Enunciation. Words should be enunci- 
ated as distinctly and understood by the audience as 
well as in reading. All this may !"■ done and the 
lull effect given to the rat 

When n is difficult (in church music) to give the 
true nu ! I and music mi 

tually \ield. The music must not bespo 

i distinct utterance to the « ni i Bhould 

vi ul-: be metamoi , to I to the 

It should never be forgotten, that, i 

d in singing, the thii tried al is to 

the sentimi nl more forcible. If therefon n 
music well adapted, the w nrds are 
it were better to hear them simply read, if to ex 
luhit the beauties of music be the nbjey of thi 



poser and singer, the words are treated as mere play 

(as w uli A ur n. in some ca i | . the 
might as well listen to a performance of solf 

Questions. 
1. Wh t lies at : VI ti How 

1 
rlov J. How an \\ 

re the 'I Hi es ?— 

\ : \ , , 

How long 

M I I J ' I ' I ' 

\ men I Whai 
'Miii con Ic between words and musiel 



€l)aptcr 7. 

MUSICAL CHARACTERS. 

S, • The Hold, made thus <"*> is an arbitrary 
sign, and signifies a prolongation of sound or silence 
as it may he used. Over • liar, over a space, and 
OVi a rest, It means sn.l \VK PROLONGED. 

Wri rl ev. 

3S1|2*3|432|1—1 

Performed. 

.■» t3 1 | 2 n 3 I 1 3 2 | 3— »■ 

\ \ RI TT F N . 



4 S 



»I> - cB 



4 3 2 | 1-| 



I'm i i ■ i, 
J 4 5 | O - 5 I U' 2 11- 



14 

j£d» As performed, the exactness of the Rhythm 
is entirely suspended. The exact lime of prolonga- 
tion is left entirely with the performer. 

*>• A repeat, several dots, thus: — indicates a 
lion of some part of the music. The first, the 
middle, the last part, or all of a tune, may he re- 
peated. 



Example (1). T. M. Three Beats. 
Repeat the first part as indicated. 

1 93 | 438 13—111 888 | 333 |[ 8— 1| 
1831439 1 1 — || 

Example (2). T. M. Four Beats. 

3 5 3 3 | 3 3 8 5 | 6 6 5 5 | 4 4 3- ;!| 
6655|6G5-|4433|33I- II 

Example (3). T. to. Three Beats. 
Repeat the middle part. 

1 1 J | 233 | 333 19-111 438 | 1 — ill 
54^14321 112 1 1 -II 

Example (4). 

3»5|424|3 13|8—!|f 536 15— SB 
4841313 1919 1 1 — || 

4. Douele ending. Some tunes, the last part 
of which is repeated, have what is called a double 
ending, indicated by two figures, a 1 and a 2. Tho 
note or notes under figure 1 should be sung the first 
time, and under figure 2 the second time, omitting 
under figure 1. 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



ExAMPLI (I.) 



1 13 3 18 3 4-|| 3 3 6 6 | 5 4 3- I 

2 

3 4 5 6 1 5 7 8 -if 

Example (2.) 



1324I3 6S-U 3 o 4 3| 8 S3-! 
3543 | 1181 -!| 

Questions. 

1, What i* the general use of tlie hold ? What are lis par- 
ticular uses ? 3. What pans of the tune are repeated? 4 What 

is said of the double ending ? 



<&l)Cintcr $. 

ESERCISES WITH WORDS. 
Q. M. (1) 

1 3 2 4 13 6 5 || 3 5 4 91 

Youth-lul days are hap-py days, when they're spent in 

S 8 l-IH 

wis-dom's waj s. 

Q. M. (2) 
5 6 5 817 6 5 3D4 4361 

Save to-day and spend to-mor-row, That's the way to 

5 3 3 S ill 

keep from sor row. 

Q. M. (3) 

112 3|4 5|6 7|8|| 

Now we sing through the up ward scale; 



8 | 7 G | 3 413 9 111 

Now we sing through tlie down-ward scale. 

Vespers (4) T. M. 
Smooth and Flowing. 

5 3 3| ~S— 3 | G § G | 5 || 

Row, brothers, row, as on ward we go; 

4 6 4|35 318431 1— ill 

Low breathe tlie vespers, heave hearties, heave O ! 

Neaiung Port (5) T. M. 
Lively. 

5-5 | 5 4 3 | 2 1 8 1 1 - I 

Shout, hur raJi lor our old na live shore, 

1-113 2 2133312- | 

There's the light we have oft seen be fore 

19 314 5 6156 718-11 

Dashing the sur ges and loud the winds roar; 

87615 4 312 1211— U 

Bearing us safe to our old na-tive shore. 



Way to get Rich. (6) T. M. 
1 1 113-213 3 3|4I 

Ear-ly to bed, and ear ly to rise, 

5 « I 5 6 7 | 8 5 3 | 8 3 8 | 1 - | 

Is the wav to be healthy, and wealthy and wise. 
Surf. Hope. (T) Q. M. 

515 3 3 5 14334 13 1 48 12 — 8 

Unshaken as the sacred lull, and firm as mountains be, 

5|5 3 3 5|6786|5343|1 1 

Firm as a rock the soul shall rest, That leans, O Lord, oa thee 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Not walls or hills could guard so well 
Old Salem's happy ground, 

As those eternal arms of love, 
That every saint surround. 

Deal gently, Lord, with souls sincere, 

And lead them safely on, 
Within the gates of Paradise, 

Where Christ, their Lord, is gone. 



Morning Shi.veth. (8) Q. M. 

5 | 5 13 1|4- 3 

Go when tho morn ing shin eth, 

And in thy clos i t kneel ing, 

End. 

5 I 5 1 3 3' | 1- 

Go when the moon is bright, 



Do thou in 



.s<; 



cret 



pray. 



5 | 5 1 3 1 1 4 - 3 

Go when the eve de clin eth, 



3 | G 7 8 6| 5 — 
Go in the hush of night; 

3|8 7 6 5 | 5 - 3 

Go with pure mind and feel ing, 

D. C. 

3 II 4 3 3 1 | 3 1 

earthly thought a way, 

2 Remember all who love thee, 

All wiio are loved by thee; 
Pray, too, for those who hate thee, 

If any such th re be; 
Then for thyself, m meekness, 

A blessing humbly claim, 
And blend with each petition 

Thy gr a ier'« name. 



3. Or, if 'lis e'er denied thee 

In solitude to pray, 
Should holy thoughts come o'er thee 

When friends are round thy way, 
E'en thi n the sib nt bn atlfing, 

Thy spirit raised alio . e, 
Will reach bis throne of glory, 
Where dwells eternal love. 

4. O, not a joy or blessing 

With tins can we compare — 
The grace our Fa! her gave us 

't . pour our souls in j 
Whene'er thou pin'st in sadness, 

Before his foot. tool fall ; 
Remember, in thy gladness, 

His love who L r a\o thee all. 



€l)aj)tcv 0. 



SCALE EXTENDED. Staff; Scales on one slaff; Exercisos 
in different Scali . 

JL • When we have occasion to sing higher than 
one scale, we repeat llie samo syllables of the | 
scale, and observe the same order of steps and half 
steps. Thus one scale is precisely like another, ex- 
cept the differences of pitch. 

*a. Staff. — On a single line, which is called 
a Staff, three successive scales are represented. 
One Scale, i. e. all the sounds of one scale, are 
written below the line. All the sounds of another 
scale are written on the line, and all the sounds of 
another scale are written above the line. 



Three Scales on one Staff. 
Scale below the Line. 



3 4" 



« 



7 § 



on a ii r Line. 

2 3-4 5 «- 



15 



-7-8 



Scale a im\ e the Like. 



3 4 



JL 



7 8 



*3» It will of course be understood, that the W of 
really thi urn sound as the 1 of the 
scale above. TheShelow the staff is the 
tho 1 on the 8 on the line is the same 

sound as \ above the line. The one or the other is 
used in writing music, to accommodate circumstances. 

Exercises in two Scales. 
T. M. (I) Tine, beats. 

5-5-3|3 3-3i«-3-5li= -l^~~l 
1 1 113 3 311- 



II 



I). M. (2) Two beats. 

5 _5JJ Ij3 313^44_3j3_l| 7 . 6 | 5 .-I. 

3 Si* 1|3 3|3- J 3.1] 3 113^3.11 
. in three Parts. f3) D. M. 

-55|il|5 511A+ 2313_343J5|334 

.1 515513 •"»!."» ."a j ! 

1). M. (11 Two beats. 

3 3|,j_ g 13 3| 1 - 1 4 31^14.313^ 
34|3.3|l_3[3,4 5 . 3 | 6 _ y |l_3|I^j 

D M (5) Two beats. 

-~)1 l|3 y |l J 43_l.| 7 . 6 ] 5 .^ 5 ^ 



1 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Exercises with Words. 

Rodxd — " Love your Neighbor." 
Q. M. (1) Four beats. 

First part. Second part. Third part. Fourth part. 

i-»tffH* a l ia 1* 5 ! ai tffsl.Mt 

JJvehy lib or, love your neigbhoi ') Would you prosper, that's the way. 

Time Flies, (2) D. M. Two beats. 

s-^tcr^-rl^t 4 -- 3 ! 2 - 1 * 

Swift ly Hies our time a way, 'Vouth im prove it 

D. C. 
4— 3|St:[| 

while you may. 

Patience and Prcdence. (3) Round, T.M. Three 
beats. 

& _j_*_3_^.|^ l _ a _ B | ir _ r _ ytl _|. 

Your patience and prudence will not be in vain; 

S-j-1-1-2 | y-y-a|4-4-4-|-8r-f 

They'll help vou to con quer a gain and a-gain. 

"1 i-»-i-ftrjrarhnmt 1: it 

do do do do sol sol mi fa sol sol do 

Round— "Let us endeavor." 
T. M. (4). Throe beats. 

Fir^t j/art. Second part. 

B r-5-irt- 1 - 1 - 1 t s - a ^l s - a -?t 

Let us en dea vor to see that, whenever We 

Third part. Fourth part. 

5-5-5-|-5-4-3-|-2-l-2-| 1-S-ljf 

Join in a song, we can keep time to geth er; And 

Questions. 

1. How is the scale extended ? Are successive scales alike? 
- V\ hat is the line called on which scales are written ? How 
manv scales are written on one staff ? 3. What is said of 1 
and 81 



Cljciptcv 10. 



STAFF, CLEFFS, AND ADDED SCALES. 

I • To accommodate high and low voices, to get a 
sufficient compass for instrumental music, and to 
make due allowance for the change of key or pitch 
of tunes, Two Staffs are used ; one for high and 
the other for low voices or sounds. One is called the 
Treble Staff; the one for low voices is called the 
Bass Staff. 

« o The Treble Staff is a single horizontal line, 

thus ; , and is indicated by this character, JP 

which is called the Treble Cleff. The Bass staff 

is a single horizontal line, thus; , and is 

indicated by this character, thus, f5?, with two dots 
succeeding. It is called the Bass Cleff. 

tS» On the treble and Base Staffs five scales are 
represented, which furnish sufficient compass for all 
vocal purposes. 



4. 



• Common Scale. — The scale between the two 
staffs is common to both ; i. e. it is the scale below 
the Treble staff and scale above the Base staff, and it 
is therefore called the Common Scale. 



Treble and Bass Staffs, Common Scale. 

q Ascending. Descending. 



~& J 



*3, Several lines of words may come between 
the two staffs, so as to separate them more or less, 
which, however, does not alter the arrangement of 
this scale. 



Scales on the Treble and Bass Staffs. 

Common scale between the staffs. 

^-8-7-6-5-4 3-8-1-g-anrt— -a>r«T 

Descending. . 87()^4rfai 



The same reversed. 

Descending. 

< g87_OS_43 9_l.g. 7 _ c _ ff _ 4 . 3 _ a _ 1 

Common Scale. 

@r^lT4 5 « -7 8 a -S-S4-5-6-78 

Ascending. 

0« When it becomes necessary to extend the 
notation beyond the ordinary compass of two staffs, 
added scales on a staff above and a staff below are 
used. 



Added Scales to the Treble StaiT. 

Staff and Scales above. 



<g 



in ana ocaies aoove. „ n n * r ffi » B 

l-S-3 4-5-©-7S- 1 ^ ?5 - 4 ^-^-2 



8-7-©-5-4-3-2-l-?5-»-}5-«jr-j-«-s^ 

Staff and Scales below. SJOOIrf^l 

4 • The Staff added below is substantially the 
Base Staff, which is used in this way in cases of 
convenience. 



Added Scales to the Bass Staff. 



Staff and Scales above. 

1-2-3 4-5-0-7-8 



I 2 34 5 6 78 



8 7-6-«-43-9-l 1? T«-| rs -2r3-grT 

Staff and Scales below. S7«>«S<i.S~Jl 

8. The added Staff above is substantially the 
Treble Staff, and is only used in this way as a mat- 
ter of convenience. By means of the added staffs, a 
compass of nine scales is obtained, as follows 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



17 



Nine Scale9. 



1-* — 



a. 



8th-' 



9th 



T 1 " TFt 2J 



-8- 



-8- 



8 



8 



s 



8 



Questions, 

1 to 5. Why are two St.nl- used I What' are the*j called ! 
What is said of the Common Scale J How do we distinguish 
the different Staffs? How many scales are written on one 
Staff? How many on two Staffs? G. How is thft compass 
•f sound extended still further ? 



(Hhaptcr 11. 

LENGTH OF NOTES AND RESTS. 

J. • Notes. — We have already learned wholo 
and half notes and rests (chap. 4). Such is the 



comparative length of sounds in music, that it be- 
comes necessary to have notes sustaining shorter re- 
lations 



2. N 



umerals with stems attached thus — 



13 3, Sic, sustain the relation of Quarter 

Notes. 

Numerals with a hook ami a stem attached, thus — 
1 2 3. &c, sustain the relation of Eighth 

JNoTES. 

Numerals with a stem and two hooks attached 
thus — 

9 2 3, &c, sustain the relation of Sixteenth 

t* p* * 

A - " " " 

JNOTKS. 

Three hooks and a stem attached, thus — 

12 3i &c, represent Thirty-seconc Notes. 

it i 

A stem and four hooks attached, thus — 

12 3, &c., represent Sixty-fourth Notes. 



II 



All the above, in addition to the whole and half 
notes, make seven different kinds of notes. 

»>. Rests. — Corresponding to il itc» are signs 

of silence, called Rests. Wholeand hall n 

villained (chap. 4). The rests have the same 
relations as the notes. 



Whole. Half. 



Rests. 

Quarter. Eighth. 



16th. 32d. 64th. 



Observe how they are made — the whole below the 
line ; the half rest above ; the quarter, with a hook, 
to the right, &c. 

4» Notes have a relative but no particular length. 
A tune in 64th notes might with propriety bi 
as slow as the same tune in whole notes. 

Sing the following lessons in the relations of notes, 
from left to right ; first the whole relations, then the 
half, &c; sing the quarter, sixteenth, and other re- 
lations in a similar manner. 



Relations of Notes and Exercises. 



LESSON (1) DO RE MI. 

Whole, Hall; Quarter and Eighth Relatione 

[Play a Major Accompaniment.] 
Count Four. 



One Whole. 
1- 



equal 

1 

oqual 

1 1 

i 
equal 

1111 



■> 
1 

to 

1 1 

I I 

to 

1111 



One Whole. 
to 



equal 

2 
equal 

2 2 



to 

•» 



equal to 

22222222 



One Whole. 

3- 

equal to 

3 3 

3 3 3 3 

i i i n 

equal to 

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 



LESSON (2) DO RE MI. 
Eighth, Sixteenth, Thirty-Second and Sixty-fourth Relations. 



[Play a Major Accompaniment. Count Four.] 



One Eighth. 
1 

equal to 



equal 
1 



1 

equal 
1111 

tr*- 



to 

1 

I 

to 

1 1 1 



2 
5 



~ 



^= 



2 



One Eighth. 

2 

■» 

equal to 



lllh. 



2 

I 
2 2 



equal 
»> 

f 
equal 



to 

a 

I 

to 



2 



2 2 2 2 



2 

I 

2 2 
5 5 



One Ei 

3 

equal to 

3 3 

! to 

3 3 3 

5 e s 



::! tO 

3 3 3 3 3 3 



i ..- .. - i 



3 3 

3 



18 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING 



LESSON (3). MI FA SOL. 
Whole, Half, Quarter and Eighth Relations. 

[Play a Major Accompaniment. Count Four.]. 



One Whole. 

3- 

equal to 

3 3 

equal to 

3 3 3 3 

i i i i 

equal to 
«£ eS •> •> 9% ti *> 

«» *• * *• «< ■» * 



One Whole. 

4- 

equal to 

4 4 

equal to 

4 4 4 4 
i i i i 

equal to 

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

*■ ■> + - •* * * t> 



One Whole. 

5 - 

equal to 

5 5 

equal to 

5 5 5 5 

i i i i 

equal to 

a a 5 a 5 5 a .i 



LESSON (4). MI, FA, SOL. 
Eighth, Sixteenth, Thirty-second and Sixty-fourth Relations. 

[Play a Major Accompaniment.] 

One Eighth. 

5 

» 

equal to 

5 5 

equal to 

5 5 5 5 

«• #■ «« »» 

^ ^ «• ^ 

+ +*><* 

equal to 

55 5 5 5 5 55 

e> * *» *> * ■*• * 



LESSON (5). LA, SI, DO. 
Whole, Half, Quarter and eighth Relations. 

[Play a Minor Accompaniment. Count Four.] 
One Whole. One Whole. 

7- 

equal to 

7 7 

equal to 

7 



One Eighth. 






One Eight]]. 


3 






4 


1* 






» 


equal to 






equal to 


3 3 






4 4 


»• «» 






»• i* 


-■ •» 






#• •> 


equal to 






equal to 


3 3 3 3 




4 


4 4 4 


p |* ** I* 




*■ 


>» •» ■» 


*» «* ^ * 




*■ 


* «« ,» 


B* I* #» «* 




.» 


* + * 


equal to 






equal to 


3 3 »s •§ «$ «» «* 
^j & ^ & & & ** 


4 4-1 


■*» .*• * ^ *" ** 

C »* * *• •* c* 


r" 


! T^"*^*^iP^T^^ri^S 



6- 










7- 


equal to 










equal to 


6 6 










7 7 


equal to 










equal to 


6 6 6 


6 






7 


7 7 


equal to 


1 








equal to 


« 6 6 6 6 6 


6 


6 


7 


7 


J'777 


•» i* * »< * * 


» 


•> 


:■> 


* 


■» ■* ^ * 



One Whole. 

8- 
equal to 

S 8 

equal to 
8 8 



I 



8 8 



equal to 

8 8 8 8 8 8 
*> * + * ■+ * 



LESSON (G). LA, SI, DO. 
Sth, 10th 33d and 64th Relations. 

[Play a Minor Accompaniment. Count Four.] 
One Eighth. 



6 

equal 



6 



6 
6 6 



equal 
6 



to 

6 

I* 

to 

6 



6 



x .» i* 
equal to 

6 6 6 6 6 6 

■o «• *■ *" ■» 

^ «» *« ■* <» 

y* ^" ^ ^ e» 



One Eighth. 

7 



One Eighth. 










8 








<* 








equal to 








8 8 








>* *• 








»> »« 








equal to 






s 


8 8 






p 


■* •» 






.• 


«• »» 






+ 


equal to 


7 


8 


8 


8 8 8 8 


*J 


? 


^ 


•* «* *» <*■ 




.-• 


^ 


***•*"(* 




.* 


.' 


t* t* ** 0> 



8 



Questions. 

2. How do vou distinguish whole notes? Half notes ? Quarter notes? Eighthnotes? 
lb"th notes? 3 u 2d notes ? (Uth notes? How do vou distinguish die different rests? Describe 
tbera . Have notes any particular length ? 



tfljciptcr 12. 

VARIETIES OF MEASURE J USE OF THE DOT. 

Varieties of Measure. 

4 o There can be as many varieties in each kind or form of measure as there 
are different kinds of notes (seven). And as there are six primitive forms or 
kinds of measure, three common and three of compound, we could have forty- 
two varieties. 

£ . The fractions at the bejrinning of music indicate a particular variety of 
measure. The numerator indicates the kind of measure — Double, Triple, 
Quadruple, &c. The lower figure, or denominator, indicates the relation of 
notes taken as primitives. 

tfe« These fractions are called the Signs of tho varieties of measure. A 9 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



aver a 2 signifies that two half notes fill a measure A 2 over a four signifies 
that two quarter notes fill a measure. 



Doublo Measure. 

MM! t 



Compound D. M. 
t t 1 t 



Varieties in Common I'sc. 
Common Time. 
Triple Measure. Quadruple Measure. 



M M i t M M St 



CoMPOCND TllTE. 

Compound T. M. 
I 9 

4 8 



Compound Q. M. 

? IM 



Uses of the Dot. 

4r» A single dot, immediately succeeding a note, increases its length one 

half; a dotted half note is equal to three quarters, thus; 2 , = 5> *} ^> ; a 

dotted quarter is equal to three eighths, thus ; 3 . = 3 3 3 

I •> *■ * 

O • A second dot increases, the length of the first one half, thus ; 4 . . is 

f j y -\ 

equal to 4 4 4 4 Adouble dotted quarter, thus ; 3 .. is equal to 3 3 33 

i * l p p p g 

O* A third dot adds one half to the second dot. 

Questions. 

1. How many varieties can we have 7 2. What do the figures denote at the beginning of 
tnnes ? 3. We ailed 1 4. What is the use of the doll 5 and 6. What is ihe use 

of the second and third dot?, .' 



Chapter 13. 

LESSONS IN DIFFERENT RELATIONS. 

Exercises aud Tunes. 

Halves (I) and Quarters. 

i-l-l-2|3-3-t j .7 6 .1 |3_-|-*-4-3-j-2_— f 

-4-M|-l— : t :-ff- 1- * a^p-S-S-^tJ 



Wholes (2) and Halves. 
-4 S-f-9- 1 -J-flt — |— 3 4-J-3 2-|-l-|f 

Wholes (3) and Halves. 

Is— s-f-B — 7-\ l =-i-s — ^hr-iri-jFt 

|-4 3-J-2 l-|-2z \-S 1|S 2-f-l : \\ 

Halves. (4). Old Hundred. 

l-i-l -i-rhnrl * 2t3-t-3+3-3-f-2-ij4-3|2-|- 

Praise God from whom all blessings flow; Praise him all croatures here below; 

-I-l-a-S-J-a-l-l-B-rl-lHj ff-|-S-l-| 2-4|3 2|l,| f 

Praise him a bove, ye heavenly host ; Praise Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. 



T. M. (5) 

'-3-2-1 [2-2-5^ 6T | l=+4 4 5|3 3 4|2 2 1 \ T _\\ 

rtf-o-rl*-*- 1 ! 3 :t 2 I^H 

Balerma. (6). ('. M. 
A dot before a half note makes it equal to three quarters. 

,_ 1 .|. 3 _ Jt .|. 1 _ |r | iF _ ir j_ 1 _. fr9 |-3^ 2 -| 3-«-3j*r| 

-2-j 3-2 t-i^rhP « 1 5 - I gia-g-a^i-at 1 ^ 

I. 1 1RTERS (7) AND Minimis. 

End. D- C. 

:5 3 211-513-3-2+1— F4-4 3|2-5f4-4-3i2 1 « 

I **l, I * * I I »■ * I ill * <> I H 



2 :c 

t 



20 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



■-1-1 1-1 | V15 - 



(8) 

A dotted quarter note is equal to three eighths. 

End. 



D. C. 



111 * * 



& o 



Poetry of the Loom. 

Words hy B.Cornwall. (9). Count Three. 

Kepeat the first with the last. 

— 1—1— 2-3-4+-5-5-6-6-I -5.-1-3-2! 1+ 



Labor's strong and iner ry children, Comrades of the rising sun; 

l>. C. 



n rr[ 



■1—1-1-2-3-44-5- 



5—5—5- 

I o a> 



<i 



-5-2! 



7\\ 



Let us sing some songs to gether; Now our daily toil is done. 
No desponding, no repining ; Even God's all holy labor 

Leisure must by toil be bought; Framed the air, the stars, the sun; 
Never yet was good accomplished Built our earth on deep foundations; 

Without labor, without thought. And the spacious world was won. 

HAPrT Voices. 
(10) 
2-5-5-4[3-3|4-3-4-5[3-l f S-©|5-3[2-3-2( l-ljj- 
Kaise a loud your hap py voices; Every thing around rejoices. 

(ID 
Do, Re, Mi. Catch, By Haydn. 

4 J- J H- J— 3- -3-|-4 4— j- 

. do re mi mi fa fa 

-5-5-45-5 [-4-4-5-4-+ -3-3 4-3-12-2 3-241 

11 1 . 1 1 1 . 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 

I am sick of this sol fa- ing; And I know not what you're saying. 

Fkom Trouble Free. 
(12) 



2-5— 5— 4- !-3-3-l 4-5 

* — f 1 1 iii 1 

If you would be from trouble 



free, Come and learn to sing, to sing with me. 

-1-1-1-4-2-2+3-3 1-4+6-5 | 5-1-2-1 -3-2-f-l- 
T » f I 1 1I1 1 I 1 1 1I1 __ I 

If you would be from trouble free. Come and learn 10 sins- with me. 



Base, 
~3 I 



Second. Soprano. All. 

l-2-l-3-*4-| -5 |-5-|-5-4-3-4|5-l-2|3-2|-!-ff 



•» «• <■ f \ 



With me, with me, with mfi Come and learn to sing — to sing with me. 
Sentence. (13) Pro v. 22 : 9. 

-5-4- [-3 -2 1 1-1-1 |2-2-2|3— +3-2fl— 1— 112-21 



He that hath a boun-ti-ful eye shall be ble.--.sed 



+3-2 

, For he 



giveth his bread, his 



-2-3^4 j 5— +6-6-© j 5 — 



1 4-3-2 H 



\*=ft 



bread, to the poor ; He shall be blessed; he he shall be blessed 

Round, (14) in Eight Parts. 
First part. Second part. 

lTrB-h 1 - 1 1-y^t- 1 - 1 i* H »-t- 8| - 8 1- a -*t- 3 - :i t 

Third part. Fourth part. 

Fifth part. Sixth part. 



1 1 1 1 

Seventh part 



I I I 1 



Seventh part. i lu'htn part. 

5-5- J - 1 - 1 - j -5-5] 1 - 1 j 5 -5-} 3-3- [-5-5- [-3-Sjj 



Exercises with Rests. 
(16) 

r 5- f -5-5-j-l-l-^lt2 1 -Vr-2-|3^5-3-r-5-| 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



«1 



Varied Measures mid Relations. 

Without (10) Rbsts. 



I 



(20) 



l-^l-l-l\9-?-Hr-l-7^\5-s-s-\r-l-l-l\ 

-3-2-115—4-3-21 1 If 

i i i, — »- »— i ■ ■ 



1-1- 



Arlini 

(20) 



(an 



|-3-3-3-3|2-2 2 2|4 I 11J3 t 3 s-jpy] 

-1—1- 1-21 3—3-3-9} l^-H 

i «» «• « i «« «< ^ i 



»• 3-3-2M—1-1-2 I 3-5-4-3-[-3-2— |- 

When I can read my ti tie clear To mansions in the skies, 
-4 | "3^3-3-6 -j-5,-5-5-1 j 2 4 3 2 | -4- -Jf 

I'll bid farewell to every fear, And wipe my weeping eyes. 

Words With Iti M>. 

Just and Pi 



(22) 



3 -3—4-3-413-1-3 1 2-2 3 2 111-5—4-3-4- 

4 I + »• « I I I +- * + I II k«» i»> ta> 1 

-3-1-3 1 4- - 55-4-5 1 3--ff 

i i iii . -■ «• i li 

(23) 

1—1-1-113- -3-3 -3 1 2 +T-V---7--- I 



4 .» 



.* •> i> 

+ + + 

-1 3 — 5 [4- -3-2|3-fl 



Exercises with Words. 
Blest (24) Morn. 



End. 



a 3-3- \ 12 

•t .» i* 1 1 

H iou blest 



2-2-311-1-312 — -13 -3-112-3- 21 1-4 211 I 

l poll * *\ «l .« »• I *" •• i , " ** ' , ■ 

t mom ! sec the great Mediatorl Down from the regions ol glory descend; 

Srrtf-T-JI 2 ? Jlf - 4 l*-*-fl^-J-?t?-| : *l" 2 H 

Shepherds go worship ihc babe in the man-ger: Lo for liis guard the bright angels attend. 

[ WOULD NOT (25) LIVE ALWAY. 

Mm*?!, 1 "alrt'cLilal" ,««!,■ -f 5 !- 5 ^^! 

I would not live al way, I ask nut lo stay, Wl tiler storm rises o'er the darl 

Sll-l-S^fl-l-sfcl ti | s | - 3 |a-l -2|3 5 - 5fs - 5 y |lj| 

I 111 t 

The few iucid mornings that dawn on us here, Are enough for life's woes, full enough for its cheer. 



4-l-l-2|-3---3|2 I T* | 2- -|» |3-3-2-2 t 
Be just and pure, of what thousay'st be sure, Ot what thou say at he 

-1—1—2—2-1-3—1—2 2 1-1- It 
b» ». ,» * I * * * «» I " 

sure be sure; Of what thou say st he sure. 

K INDNESS. 

(28) 



I *ni 

3-3-.l|5-3|l-2 | l.t2--2-3|-^-2|2_3--<.l|5-|t 



How to the poorman's wants thine ear, And wipe away the orphan s tear; 

-314 -3-4-5-6-7 I-8-1J I- 21 1 I! 

A„j wipe a-way the orphan's uar. 

Pity. 

■ ►., 

•-' 3-3 211 2 313 54 3I2+V4I3 2 3413 112 I 2 31 B || 

4 i * » I _ I _ w- 1 1 I i <• I — k— I i i I — « ' ■ 

who with generous pity glows ; Who learns to feel for others' woes. 

\NCE. 

J-r l ||j t ^ 4 lf^ltiHSl?115ltr T -i^ltr*^ 

A thou-sand chains keep man in thrall, Bui per se ve ranee 

-3-*4 | M«|l 2-?-f|3 - 4|3 f ||-^-f-tt 
breaks them all. Bui pel e ve ram them all, all. 

i 9 II 

Perseverance breaks them all, breaks them all. 



1-2— 3-415— 413 •" 511 



2^ 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Cljctjitcr Vx. 



MUSICAL CHARACTERS ; Triplets, Syncopation, Staccato 
Marks, Leaning and after Notes. 

X . A figure 3 placed over any three notes, 
indicates that they are to be sung in the time of two 
of the same kind. Such notes are called Triplets. 

D Example of Triplets. 

o ;j O equal to 3 3 or to 5 5 same relations. 



5 n 5 

cried 



5 5 " 5 5 same relations. 

Kd CSS 

Syncopated Notes. 

£, A long note in the middle of a measure, 
■which receives the accent (instead of the first note in 
the same measure) is said to be syncopated. In the 
following example, the syncopated note is marked 
thus : > 



Example. 

3 3 3|82 8|3l 8|i 

i ii ii i 



Syncopated Measures. 

*>• By writing two measures in such a manner 
as id suspend or destroy the regular accent, Synco- 
pated Measures are formed. 

Example. 



1 1 1 1 1 I 1 S 1 113— II 33 3 3 1 3 3 

do do do do re mi mi re 

3 3| 1 — II 

re re do 

•4« All the sounds indicated under the slur, or 
tie, should be sung at one syllable, as above marked. 



Staccato Marks. 

*3 m When certain notes in a piece of music are 
to be sung short and distinct, Staccato Marks ire 
used, thus ; ' ' ' or simple dots, tints ; „, 

Example. 

23 3 5|4 3 4|3 3 2|a-:|| 
Illustrated. 

5 3 3 r 5 r i 4 s r 4 r 1 3 s 3 1 1— :u 

* I I II 

Staccato Marks and Double Ending. 



|-t=t-- 11 1354313 3-3 l-f* T - s : + 

*«>0|||iiiii I I i I # t» o . | 

ii ii 

Sing staccato marks distinctly, Now prepare for a repeat 
2 

And the double end complete. 

O. Leaning Notes take their time from the 
notes before which they are placed, and should be 
gently touched in passing. 

Example. 

2-5 4 313 3 oil 2-3f4— 54|3Hh 

* I 1*1 ll " I . k»l ll fl II II 



Illustrated. 

■-»— A^pfa— ar^|i— o^«[4i— «^4j3^- 

i , After Notes take their time from the notes 
after which they are placed. 



Example. 

}-^\^\wr-y*\?--? i *\rm 



I K> 

Illustrated. 



i-}-^\^<Frm*r'l$\?Wtt 



Questions. 



1. What effect has a figure 3 over any three notes! 
What are they called? 2. A syncopated note is what ? 
3. By syncopated measure you understand what ? 5. What is 
the use of staccato marks? 6. Of leaning notes what is saidT 
7. Alter notes — what about them? 



Chapter 15. 

CHROMATIC SCALE ; Uses of Sharps, Flats, and the Na- 
tural ; Singing Exercises. 

1 . The Diatonic Scale, as we have learned, has 
five Major Seconds (steps) and two Minor Seconds, 
(half steps,) as follows: — 

Diatonic Scale. 



1 


3 


3 4 


5 


6 


7 8 


Do 


re 


mi fa 


sol 


la 


si do 



£, This scale answers for ordinary purposes; 
but refined music, and occasional instances in com- 
mon tunes, give rise to Chromatic Sounds, whicli 
divide the whole steps of the Diatonic Scale. 

O. Chromatic Sounds are indicated in ascending 
by sharps, made thus; $ and in descending by 
flats, made thus ; b Thus we get a scale of minor 
seconds, which is called the Chromatic Scale. 



Chromatic Scale ascending by Sharps. 

Sharped sounds end in i (ee). 
1 81 3 «3 3 4 »4 5 $5 6 «6 7 8 

Syllables. 

Do di re ri mi fa fi sol si la li si do 

Pronounced. 

Do dee ray ree mee fall fee sol see lah lee see da 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



2:1 



Chromatic Scule descending by Flats. 

8 7 b 7 6 6 .> r '5 4 » "3 2 b 9 I 

iles. 
Do si so la le sol se fa mi mo re ra do 

Pronounced. 
Do see say lali lay sol say fah mee may ray rah do 

The Natural* 

9 are restored to their original sound by a 
Natural, made thus ; 3 

Examples for Practice.! 

(1) 
Sinfj and count Two to each note, slowly. 

1- | *1- | 2- | *9- I 3- 1 -1- I #4- I &- II 

Do di re n mi la li sol 

.7- | .» - | 6- | SG- | 7- | 8- | 7- |S-!1 

Sol si la It si do si do 

(2) 

Sing and count Two, as above. 

S- | 7- | b 7- I 6- I Hi- | .1- | «4- | 5- II 

]).i si te la le sol li sol 

5- i r, .v 1 4- 1 3- I "3- | 2- I *3- I m— li 

So1 se mi me re r:t do 

4r. The i sounds ^2 and D 3 ; ^ S ami 

,; i5 : '«"» -• ■■! 6: -- • ' ! ' ■■ 7; though tli' i 

on harmony notice 
and explain, are practically the same. 

Examples for Practice. 

Flat (1) Sharp 2d. 

I: 2 2 b 3 2 1 1 ill: 3 13^1 3 :1 

(2) Sharp 3d. 

I: 9 *1 3 3 I 3— ill! 5 6 5 **4 I 5— ill 

Sharp 5th. (3) 

liG«8 6 716 II! 6 "76*516 — -li 

t Teachers will make such use of instruments as they may 
deem proper j accom| ic separate soumls, or 

without. 



»J. The chromatic sounds in more common use, 
are the *3, #4, #5 and l>7. 

Examples for Practick. 

(1) 

III 5 «ff 5 5 | 6 III; 4=14 41 5 1| 

(2) 



II: 6 6 b 7 7 I G- 



•1 *4 .» 54 | 3 : 



(3) 



III 8*76^718-5-1 I S "76^7 I 8 — || 

(4) 

||:5 *4 ."5 6|543-!||: 1 9*3 9| b 391-:ll 

t>. Accidentals. — When a sharp, flat, or a 
natural appears in any part til music, it is 

called an Accidental. 



Questions. 

1. Ahnnt thf Diatonic Scale wc have learned whot f 5. To 
what does 1 do chromatin 

occur I 3. How are they indicated I \\ 

id? How d 

soiui Is end ' What is the I the natural ' 4. What 

chromatic sounds an- die - • sounds 

hi common use are what 7 6. What is said ol ace,.!. 



(Hljnptcr 1G. 

MINOS SOALE AND ErEF.CISES, 

B • Any sound of the I 1 le mi!»ht be 

as a tonic : and thus v many 

And 

in con- 1 the half 

different!} 1 the tonic, music 

written in either would bo readily dislinguiti 



*m . The scale which makes G (la) its ; 
menial is 1.. eculiar ; and because its lirst 

fir la in do, (,, to S>) is minor, it is calli d 

or Scali . 
Mosl h .li. 
is made more pathetic b ; 1 ol ; but 

in descending ihey are • natural. 

*S. In 1 1 1 ' ils of the .Minor 

. 7 (si) the 
I (do) the third, &c 



Elinor Scale Iscend 


ins 1 
•» 


nil 


Decend 


in-'. 


6 7 * ~ 

La si do re 

tx 1 11 *l 


mc 






1 


si la 


La sol fa mi 


re 




do si 


<> 

la 



Notk. — Good Minor Music is exquisitely touching, mvi 13 

ed. It is a 
mistake 1 suited to utuumiul suhjucts. 

Old W ladbam is a gouti specimen. 

Exercises. 

Ascending-. (1) Count Three. 

do re mi li si la 

Descendin?. (2) Count Three. 

5=rf4— t3 = H9 = - T l- \ v _ \q_\ 



B=|7= 

La si 



6 

La 



fa mi re do 

ExERCisr, CM. Count Four. 

-mnrcl 7 7-7 7 1 il -3-9+3=rt 

3 3 a*|l-I-|-y| iriri5 -y| ff =f|- 

Exercise (1). Count Four. 

jhstttI* -» -7-|»-»-"-7|«Pwipfl- 

Exercise (5). Count Four. 
3-3-3-3 1 2-3-9-2 1 1 ■ 1 - 1 - 1 1 yz=\ 

« 6 «~6|7" 7~"7 7| 1 " 1 ^7Ti«=lt 



24 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Sing and (6) Count Three. 

M-ip-l-7J^l-l-lt»**t*=if 

Sing and (7) Count Two. 

siikT| 1 - 2 M 3 - s l 1 -y|«-%--t 

1-112-811-31344-313-117-^11- 

Sing and (8) Count Three 

-3-3-2-j !-l-ri©-«-*5 

11—1—1—12-2 — 2 



End. 



"3~o~3 



6- 

i). c. 

3— 



II 



Sing and (9) Count Four. 



1-3-9-y [l-y 1 ptl-y-| r3 -l- rra --|- 

^ oiret 1 2 3 1 3 2 » r 1 *TT5 it 

We Wept. (10) Count Four. 
We hanged our harps upon the wil-lows, in the 

—2-2- 1 3;r-f-3 1 3—3 1 2—2- 1 1 -y — 

midst thereof. We wept, we wept when we remem- 



E-l 



If-yf^t 



"»- 



\wm\r t — W 



bered Zion. We wept, we wept for Zion wept. 

4r« Minor tunes are distinguished by the last 
note in the base, or by the melodic feeling of the 
leading part, which is more or less pathetic or mourn- 
ful. Minor tunes have © (la) for the last note in 
the Base. The last note of Major tunes is 1 (do.) 

Baldwin. C. M.,Miaor. 

Alas and did my Saviour bleed, And did my Sovereign 
-3 t 3j2-2|l-y| |f -l| r j- s |g- ? fl-| 
die; Would he dsvote that sacred head, tor such a worm 

-7\W\\ 

asl» 



Questions. 

1. How many different scales could we obtain? 2. What 
is tin- most peculiar? What called — and why? What is 
the difference between the Minor Ascending and Descending 
Scales. 3, How are intervals reckoned ? 4. How are Minor 
and Major tune* distinguished ? 



€l}nntcr 17. 



DEFINITE PITCH OF SOUNDS ; Scales by Letters ; differ- 
ent Farts in Music ; Compass of Voices ; Transpositions 
of the Scale; seating a school. 

1 * Every piece of music is understood to have 
its tonic on some particular sound, of a definite pitch, 



which is called Key. The Key indicates the pitch 
of the tonic or do (1) of major tunes, and the tonic, 
la, (C) of minor tunes. 

JL» By the use of the first seven letters of the 
alphabet, which are repeated to suit convenience, a 
series of Fixed Scales are indicated, winch are use- 
ful for vocal and instrumental purposes. Different 
scales are represented by large and small letters, and 
by placing over them one, two, and three marks, &c. 
These scales are reckoned upward and downward 
from middle C. 

«•>• The natural order of these scales has a half 
step between E and F and B and C ; so that when 
we take 1 (do) on any C of the fixed scales, the 
steps and half steps of the diatonic and fixed scales 
exactly correspond; and this is called the Natural 
Position of the scale. 



Natural Order of the Scale by Letters, or Fixed Scales. 



ASCENDING, WE HAVE: 



Vocal. 



Thrice marked Octave. — 



Twice marked Octave. 



e 



Once marked Octave. 



d e 7 

2 3 4 



p a 

5 6 78 



^c "3" e T 
bl 2 3 4 



— — — c 3"eTg a ~E : 

7 T "51 2345 678 
5 



6 7 8 

Instrumental Treble. 



_^ 



DESCENDING FROM MIDDLE", WE HAVE: 



Small Octave. 



Great Octave. 



c b a 

8 7 6 



f e d c, 

4 3 2 1 B 

87 
Vocal. 



A 
6 



F E D 



Instrumental Basb. 
~^ Double Octave. 



5 43 2 1 Bli AA GG FFEE! DD OC 
87654331 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



25 



4« According to the sounds of the fixed scales by 
etters, the sounds on all musical instruments are 
earned, known and |>!ayed. 

rj. Human Voice. — The compass of the human 
voice required in music, extends from great G to the 

wice marked g, including the highest and lowest 
voices of both sexes, being as above laid down, a 
part of four octaves, or about three octaves complete. 
Extraordinary voices go higher and lower. 



Parts in Vocal Music. 



6. 



>. The ordinary extent of a single voice is about 
an octave and a half; and to accommodate m 
different voices, four parts are usually written. Thus 
arises the Bass. <>r Lowest part in music, adapted 
to male voices only. Next above the Base is the 
Tenor, designed for male voices only. Next above 
the Tenor is the Alto. Second, or Counter, adapt- 
ed to high, thin voices of men — to boys to the age of 
fourteen, and to thi md firmest voici a of fe- 

males. The next, and the highest part is the SO- 
PRANO, First Treble or Air, adapted to the high- 
est and purest female voices. The idea of changing 
parts and singing correctly, is entirely out of the 
question. 

Instruments adapted to the different Parts. 

i . For the First Treble violins and flutes; the 
clarinet played soft will do well. 

For the second Treble, violins and clarionet. 
For the Tenor, Tenor viols and clarionet. 

For the J! : ' viols; various other instru- 
ments are useful. The Organ is superior to all. 

Compass of different Voiced. 

0» According to the following compass of voices, 
persons or the teacher can judge what part they can 
best sinjr. 

The Bass extends from large G to the once marked 

c, a compas3 of twelve diatonic degrees 



G A Bed ef g a be 
The Tenor extends from small c to the once 

marked g* 

c d ef g a be 3" eTg 

The Second extends from small g to the twice 

marked c 

g a be 7T eT g "a TT c 

The Soprano extends from the onca marked c 

to the twice marked g* 

cTeT g a Tj c d ef ~g 
Seating a School. 

»*, A School may be seated as follows — the 
same arrangement answers well for a choir. 

First Treble. Second Treble. 

dm*vo»»44 * c , „ . a c e c 



Tenor. 
, , c . . . . . 



444444444 
All on a certain part should sit together. Lei 
each one esteem others better than themselves. The 

ngers are usually willing to sit any where. 
The more persons know, the less they think of them- 
selves. 

Questions. 

1. Wiiat doi e ofmusic It '"' ' The K- 

cates what 7 - How are the sound 

(■■1 ' [low are they represented and «iarki 11 3. VVhalislhe 
natural order ol V the fixed Rnd diatonic 

scales agree ? rlowaredifli ntcd? k How 

are the sounds on instruments Known 7 5 How 
pass embraces the extent of rocality in both sexes? G.The 
1 Mow many parts in vocal music ? 
Di 7. What instruments arc suited to i 

parts? 8. What is the compass of different voii 
9, How should the parts be houidthe 

members of a school or rh*iir have ofcachothci 1 \ 

particular about stats? What is a sign of increasing 
knowki 



Cljaptcv 18. 

TRANSPOSITIONS OF THB SCALE. 

1 . Different tunes require that 1 (d< 
taken on ditferent letters or pilclu s, that all 

the sounds in the several pa-ts may comu within tho 
propel compass of voice. 

j£. Changing the place of 1 (do) to A 
letters and thus altering the pitch, is called 
posing the scate. If I (do) be taken on 
letter than C, more or less i rTERsf 

must be introduced, to make thi arc. 

O, By sharps the Key is transposed from its 
natural position into the fifth above, or, which is tho 
same thins, into the fourth below for c\ 
sive new Key ; because in this way, i 
chromatic letter is necessary in each 
sinon, to make the: fixed and diato 
pond, G is a fifth from t'J, and will be the first 
transposition. 

4-» The following table will now be understood. 
To persons playing instruments the ti 
arc substantially the scales of different Keys. Hero 
the scale of each Key may easily bo learned, so us 
to play any tune in any Key, at sight. 



5. 



Tabic of Transpositions. ' 
Natural Kf.y 01 I 
C D E F G A 

t 3 :t i r» g 

Firt»T Transposition bv Sharps. 

Key of G ; F made sharp introduced. 



1! C 

78 



(•■ 


\ 


B C 


D 


E 


I 


I 


2 


:t i 


•> 


« 


7S 



f Chromatic Icntor* indicate sounds whioh divide the who'o 
stcpn ofiho 6xi : 

I For practical purposes, no notice is tjikmi of large, small, 
once marked letters, fee, since ihf relations and ehangea In 

*io are necessarily the samo vi ill octa 



26 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



D 

% 



E 
J 



B 
I 



Second Transposition. 

Key of D ; C made sharp. 

E 8F G A B 

2 34 5 6 

Third Transposition. 
Key of A ; G made sharp. 
B iC D E #F 

"i 3-1 .1 (| 

Fourth Transposition 
Key of G ; D made sharp 
IF tGA B «C 

3 3-15 4$ 

Fifth Transposition. 
Key of B ; A made sharp. 
8C *D E IF ?G 

•2 3 4 ."5 «; 



§}• Six and seven sharps are little used. 
therefore omit those scales. 

The transpositions of the scale by flats : 
the fourth above and fifth below. 



Table of Transpositions by Flats. 

First Transposition py Flats. 

Key of F ; B fiat introduced 
G A B b C D 

3 3 4 5 G 



*C D 

7 8 



£G A 

78 



*D E 

78 



?A B 
7 8 

and we 



A* 



G A b 



D b 
1 



Fourth Transposition. 
Key of A* 1 ; D fiat added. 
rjtJ C D b E b F 

Fifth Transposition. 

Key of D^ ; G flat added. 

E* 1 F Gt> A b B b C D* 5 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Six and seven flats are little used, and those scales 
are therefore omitted. 

Questions. 

1. Different lunesrequirewhat? 2. Changing the place of 1 
(do) is called what ? What happens in changing the place 
of 1 (do) to different letters? 3. Why is the Key transposed 
into the fifth above or fourth below ? 5. What letter is 
sharped in the tirst transposition by sharps? On what letter 
is do ? What letters are sharped in the second transposition ? 
On what letter do 7 Inthethird? Where do ? In the fourth 
and Hih 1 [Where do? 6. How is the scale transposed by Hals/ 
Wh ii chromatic sound appears in the first transposition ? On 
what letter is do ? In the second transposition what chro- 
matic letters are used ? Where do ? Describe the third, fourth 
aLd fifth transpositions. 



r 

1 



1 



a 



t- f 
7 8 



Second Transposition. 
Key of B b ; E flat, added 
C B E b F G 

'-3 3 4 5 6 

Third Transposition. 
Key of E h ; A flat introduced. 
P G A b B : > G 

2 3 4 5 <fi 



A Ji b 
7 8 



7 8 



<£i)aptcr 19. 



THE CHROMATIC SCALE BY LETTERS; Pitch of Tunes; 
Tabi<? of Tonics. 

i. • Transposing the scUe, as we have seen, into 
different letters, renders it necessary to divide all the 
whole steps ; thus we have by the natural and chro- 
matic sounds, a scale of twelve half steps, which is 
called the Chromatic Scale. On either of these 
fixed sounds we can take 1 (do) as a key ; hence 
iheYe are really twelve different keys in music, one 
of which is when 3 (do) is on C, or in the Natural 
position. 



Chromatic Scale by Letter*. 

Let this character H indicate the sounds. 
Ascending from left to right. 

A.codinj C *C D »£> E F 8F G «G AttABO 

sound,. ricjrjarjoirjeiuaarJd 

Descending.fj D b D E b E F G h G A b A B b B C 
Descending from right to left. 

£m It will he seen that SC and D b are one and 
the same sound ; so of iD and E b , which are the 
same ; 8F and G b , &c, i. e. we express the same 
chromatic scale by sharps and flats. Ascending, we 
read <5, C sharp ; D, D sharp, &c. Descending, we 
read C, B ; B flat ; A, A flat, &c. 



On the Pitch of Tones. 

«$• Tunes alwavs have a tonic, 1 (do) on some 
natural or chromatic letter, which is indicated at the 
beginning of the tune. Thus we say that the Key, 
tonic, 1, or do, is on G, or A, or B", natural, 
&c. 

Without a knowledge of the transpositions of the 
scale, a common singer, with a pitch pipe, or any in- 
strument upon which he can get the proper sounds 
of the letters, can easily get the sound of A, B b , YP, 
&c, which, according as the tune is marked, will he 
the sound of 1 (do) and from this, the pitch of the 
other parts will be readily obtained. 

Tuning forks give but one sound, usually A or C; 
from either kind the voice can easily run up or down 
to the pitch or sound of the tonic (do). 

The more common Keys are C, D, E", E, F, G, 
A'\ A, 13 I s . 

■Si-9 Temperament. — All Instruments are tuned 
in exact steps and half steps, or nearly so ; which is 
a slight variation from strict correctness. This slight- 
ly altering the scale is called Temperament, and 
enables performers to play from any pitch. The ear 
and vocal organs would become weary by singing al- 
ways from the same key. Experienced players on 
stringed instruments can produce correct sea es from 
any key 



RULES AM) EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 
TABLE. Illnstrating the relative Pitch of all the different Tonics. 



£7 



♦3, Any person who may wish to write music, will derive from the following table all the nor 
information in relation to different Keys. The letters on the common stall' represent the pitch of 8 (i!u) 
when taken on letters with which it corresponds. 



Pitch of Tonics Illustrated by the use of the Common Staff. 



-~°- 



-_-«_P- 



:s=z?z r 'z=^- ■ • 



-^r-&-*- 




@-l 1 1 1-1 1 -1-1-1-1 -1-1 

E» U» A" B* D" E&, &c 



-e-e? 



a — K-=- 



E F G A 11C D E F G A BC D 

0. Tlie sharped and flatted tonics are not all laid down, though, from the foregoing instruction 
positions will he at once recognized. 

It will be seen that Q — j — corresponds to middle c~ below the old Treble Staff. One (1) JP — 1 — 

key of E ! \ would be the same sound as V,'' on theold Treble Staff, lower tine, &c. 

n arbitrary and necessary rule, we represent the difference bi tweert D and E, when regarded as to- 
rn common notation, thus ; £: -1— in the key of 1) is really but one degree below 

— in the key of E he next D above all the tonics come above the base staff. The 

next E comes on the treble stall", thus ; Q -E or-J — It is by no means necessary that this table be un- 
derstood, except by those who compo 

(|uestions. 

1. How is. the wale derived 7 How many keys arc there in music ? 2. What sound is the same a? gClgDi 
Howdoweread the chroma ' How dot In I ofthepiirhof tunc? How can a person 
pet ttie pitch oi a I from a tuning fork ? 4 and b. What is said about Temperament? 5.6. Do you understand 
tf*e table of to 



£ I) ap lev (20. 



DYNAMICS, TERMS, TONES, EXAMPLES. 

1 . Dynam i nilely ic tl •• 

■ s the terms peculiar ic 
this department, and the different musical tonoo. 

Dynamical Terms. 

^b. There are :t few dynamic i sad to 

« various • force, as follows : — 

- MO, \.';\ soft. 

I'l ISO, soft. 

, or a common degree of louilue- s 

. loud. 
I loud. 

Dynamical Abbreviations. 

#5« These terms are usually abbreviated 
lows : — 
Fokte, F, or /. 
P, or p. 

i, M, or m. 

Fortissimo, F F, or ff. 

}': INISS1MO, P 1', or pp. 

Dynamical Tones. 

4. A sound beginning p. continuing and i 
ly the same on p, is called an Organ '1 



Example. 



la 



We may have a soft, medium or loud organ t 
. quire, which won 
p,in, or/. We now speak of a singlet 

A tone commencing very soft and eading very 
loud, or any musical sound which inerei- 
it is product d, is called an incri 
and is usually marked cres. or crescendo, or _ == ^ 

' la?:-- . _/■ 



28 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



A sound which diminisliesas it is produced is called 
a diminishing tone, diminuendo, or is marked 
thus ; ;^=_ 

Ex - a * 

e5« A 60und or tone which diminishes from loud 
to soft immediately is called an explosive tone, or 
Forzando,/*., marked thus > 

Ex. 



la 



/. 



V- 



A sound commencing soft and gradually increasing 
to loud, then gradually diminishing to soft again, is 
called a Swelled Tone, marked -«c^^=- 

Ex. ]a _^ ff. p. 

O. The inverted swell is indicated by this char- 
acter, but not often used, ->< 

The pressure tone is indicated thus, 



<> 



Exercises. 



/• ?■ f 

1113 2| 2-1439111 2| m — II 

i i i i 

i , Dynamical abbreviations govern until contra- 
dicted by some other. 

V- /■ (2) 



ii-i-i t ir^ 

-2=3-4-|-5-6-7-f-g=l-l-|-l= \[ 



-rtH-tfi 



f- 

5- 



I 3 3 1 



(3) 
\ P i < 



1 2| 34|56| 76 | 76|54| 33| 1- 1| 

(5) 
Crts. Dim. 

12 3 415678 1| 876514321 III 



Questions. 

1. What do dynamics teach? 2,3. State the different 
terms and abbreviations. 4. Describe an organ tone Des- 
cribe the crescendo tone. The diminuendo. 5. What is an 

explosive tone V Describe ihe swell. 6. The inverted swell. 
7. How Tar do dynamical abbreviations govern ? 



Cljctptcr 21. 



ON OHANTS AND CHANTING. 

I , Chanting, as an occasional exercise for a 
school, is important; and for Church service, is a 
most delightful and devotional exercise, though it is 
less effective to kindle the feelings and rouse the soul, 
than spirited melody. It deserves an honorable place 
in church music. 

£, Perhaps the fewer the rules the better. The 
music of chants is generally very easy. Common 
chants confine the music to two strains, of three 
measures. 

(1) 
Gregorian Form. 

•- — s 

(■hanlinsr note. 

1 |2 

I will run the way of thy 



213- II 

com-mandments, 



Chanting note. 

3 14 3|2 3 1 1- || 

When thou shalt en-large my heart. 

(2) 
Gregorian Form. 
5 1 1 2 | 3-11 

O how Jove I thy law ! 

3 1|3 1|3 3 | 1-|| 

It is my medit-ation all the day. 

t>. Chanting is reading in musical tones, all 
together. The first object of a school or choir is to 
distinctly pronounce all the syllables, as though there 
was but one voice reading or singing. 



There is one important difference between singing 
prose and poetry. In chanting, each one should 
try to keep with the others. In singing metrical 
music, each one should sing as independent as though 
he were alone ; i. e. should keep correct time. 
In chanting, the last two measures of the first 
strain, or all but the chanting note, may be sung in 
time, also the last three measures of the second 
strain, or all but the chanting note. 

Questions. 

1,2. How many strains in common chants? 3. What is 
the first ot'jert ? What is the difference between singing the 
chant and other music ? 



t£l)aptcr 22. 



ARTICULATION. 

J. , Good articulation is a great beauty in singing. 
Bad articulation results from bad teaching, or a care- 
less enunciation — drawling words together — mum- 
bling over syllables, and leaving many words unfin- 
ished. 

Jd a We copy a few examples from the Vocal 
School, which, if studied with a view to correct ar- 
ticulation, will afford some aid. 

eS« Ex. I. " Fix tin ane ternal state." 
For " Fix'd irr'an eternal state." 
Ex. II. " Will I for hell prepair." 

For " Will I for help repair.'.' 

The last example is of a shocking character; and 
shows how a slight departure from correct pronun- 
ciation, is productive of bad sentiment. 

Another quite exceptionable case is where shep- 
herds are made to swash their flocks, instead of 
watching them by night. 

Ex. " While shephardz-swash their flocks," &c 
For " While shepherds watch their flocks," &» 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOB SIGHT SINGING 



29 



4« The <i in the emls of words is often omitted : 

Ex. I. 

Thus, " His guardian ban by day." 
Fur, " His {juardian hand by day." 
Kx. II. 
Thus, •' Ho ! yc that pan for living stream, 
Zan pine away — an — die'" 
For. " Ho ! vi that pant for living streams, 
And pine away and — die." 
Such, to say the least, is a very careless, indolent 
manner o 

The error of separating it from the word to whirl) 
it properly belongs, and of joining it to another, is 
most common and most confusing. 

Ex. 

Thus, " He by hi zown almighty wor, 
Dwil lall your love ; 

Fo revrv worm dis precious blough 
Da sovereign halm shall prove - " 

For, " He, by his own almighty word, 
Will all your fears remove ! 
For every wound, his precious blood 
A sovereign balm shall prove." 

• J. Many, otherwise excellent singers, render 
their services of little worth -by thus jumbling toge- 
ther the words of a hymn. Cases are not rare, for 
rs of a congregation to have their hymn books 
open, (and if not sufficiently acquainted with music 
p the lime of the tune,) yet he none the « isi r 
as to what line or word the choir are singing. By 
the interludes, they will perhaps distinguish the ver- 
ses. Such music, it is true, may be pretty noise, 
hut quite unsuitable to he substituted for the praises 
of a christian church. 

O. The v is torn from the word to which it be- 
'oii2s : — 
Thus, " 1 m for ter come down, 

And lie van rnoo vin me." 
For, " Bless'd comforter come down, 
And live and move in me." 

T • Error on the y. — The principal error in 
singing this element, is, that of not beginnin 



arately, rather permitting the voice wilhont an artio- 
ulation of a previous element, to slide into it from 
another word. 

Thus, " O turnye, tnrnye." 
For, " 0, turn, ye, 0, turn, ye !" 

It is a kind of tempter to misprom :e other words, 

because the voice easil '. It. 

Thus, " And bidz-our In ppetites," 

Fur, " Aiid hi, is our loi pi tiles." 

!*< . The error on w i in letting ' ] e vi 

slide into it. as in omi . from a previo 

inent. 

Thus, " In oownrlz above, an ooworlz below." 



I' 



In worlds above and worlds beli 



»/. Ng. — This is purely a nasal sound. Son,;, 

SING, riv;, WroNG, throNR, luNO. writi.No, proloNG. 
The same element is indicated by N, as in thiNk, 
iNk, suNk. Upon this elemenl there is a ven fre- 
quenl and a very disagreeable mistake ; viz., that of 
ring it instead of the tonic element which i3 as 
follows : 

Thus, song , kin? , in k. 

For, so ng, ki tig. i nk. 

This error is exceedingly unpleasant. 

The man who " talks through his nose," is a kind 
of an anomaly, affording a tin l to all ; hit 

wlnn tins nasal sound i d in the sanctuary, 

or on any occasion of entertainment in vocal music, 
the offensive impropriety produces a worthy di 
There is little danger of its being articulated with 
too much force ; hut it should ho given quick, and 
not prolonged. 

1 \9 o Errors on T. — Two general errors oc- 
cur in singing tins element, at almost every line of 
a hymn. The first, that of not articulating it with 
sufficient force, is almost universal : the second, that 
. ration; it from the word to v. lungs, is 

VERY common. 
Ex. I 
Thus, " His paths, I cannaw trace " 
or, " I cannot rac 

For, " I cannot 1 1 



Ex. II. 

i \Vhen w:ll thy love the res tree veal." 

For, tiic i' 

Ex. III. 

Thus, " ntmos ky." 

For, " " on 

Ja 1 r, Ci I ON s, (with corrections, 

&c.) — The nature of 
render it c Hem 

" when an) thing nature. 

ft is w ell know n. i 

consecutive octaves above tin pari il accom] 
is always productive of a had efll there 

am other instruments suffic the mixture 

i : ■ elftll in lie 

which is tuned twi Ive notes above the principal, and 
the fifteenth, w hicb is turn d still liigln r, v. oul 
intolerable accom without the diapasons 

and prim 

\\ in ii violins a;; are used in a 

common church choir, il ive the pal 

company, a very little philosophy will show, 
- it al» ays is. bad.f 1 
instrument played on an key, and at 

ne tune quite di i . 

would only render lie effect still i cable. 

i i i the elemi d by the let- 

ter s. It is produced principally by the vibrations of 

ih — is of a pilch ci ily higher til 

vocal musical sound, ami probably never in i 
of any thing which is sun« 1 ' nc , tin ioi ter the 
Hon of this , |i nieiii. the better. 

When the elm. : 

rather he held hack, and not let h tic teeth 

like steam from a safety valve, nor prolonged like 
the hollow whistle of the wind, through the shattered 
lie. No less dissonant with 
ile feel Ii it is to he i 

i 
untasteful prolongation of tin 

It is often badly given in the middle and at tho 
i words, and aim i illy wrong, whon 

it ends and eomru 



I no general rule without some exception, 



30 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Ex. I. "In Is rael's — God we - trus- 
tor, " In Israel's God we trust. " 
Ex. II. 

" S alvash tin the joyful s- 

For, " Salvation ! U the joyful sound." 
Ex. 111. 

" And plentious-iz-iz gras." 
For, " And plenteous is liis grace." 
Ex. IV. 



-ound. 



For, 



Kv'n crosses fro miz zovereign lian." 
Ev'n crosses from Ins soverei'* hand. 



i .is o Eruor on Sh. — Many of the remarks on 
the element indicated by s, are applicable to this ; 
though the error in the present case is not so offen- 
sive : the kev of the element being at least an octave 
below that of s. 

It is erroneously prolonged at the beginning, in the 
middle and at the end of words. 
Ex. I. 

" For thy sh — ame thou sh — alt have double." 
For, " For thy sha — me thou sua — It have double." 
Ex. II. 

" Some fresh — memorials of thy grace." 
For, " Some fre — sh memorials of thy grace." 
Ex. III. 

" Hath joys substanti — al and sincere. " 
For, " Hath joys substantial and sincere." 

It becomes very disagreeable, when made thus 
prominent. The hiss is an expression of disgusi and 
i !>t ; and were there no other reason, this would 
be sufficient to forbid its being prolonged in singing, 
since the least prolongation of it more than is neces- 
sary for a distinct articulation, is productive of a 
feeling similar in its nature to that which induces the 
hiss. The hush is allied to the hiss ; not however 
being so stron? in character. We feel imposed on 
when we are hissed. We are constrained to a forced 
obedience, rather contrary to our wishes and disso- 
nant with our feelings, when we are hushed, ^or 
ean we rid ourselves of impressions similar in nature, 
though less in degree, when either of these elements 
is prolonged beyond what we feel to be a necessary 
articulation. 



fit5» Error on IT. — Mistakes in giving this 
element are very frequent. The error consi in 
omitting the element entirely, which serves very 
much to obscure the sense. 

Ex. " ( Jail, w hil c may be foun 
Doh see-kim whil-e's near 
Serv-im wi-thall thy art-an mine 
Dan worshi-pim with fear." 
For, ''('all while he may be found. 

Oh. seek him while lie's near ; 

Serve linn with all thy heart and mind, 

And worship him with fear." 

1 4« Two rules may be given as the result of 
the examination. 

First, in regard to the tonics. 

RrLn. — The radical of the mixed and the pure to- 
iii'- ( li ments only should be prolonged. 

Rule second. — The subtonies and atonies should 
be forcibly given or articulated but not prolonged. 

A general rule in regard to all the elements, may 
be briefly slated in the language of another. 

'• .\ Iways articulate with such energy, deliberate- 
ness and accuracy, that every sound of the voice may 
he fully and exactly formed, distinctly heard and 
tly understood." 

Taking breath. 

M *3. Never take breath in the middle of a word. 
Uways endeavor to breathe all out before any more 
is taken in ; or, keep a constant supply of fresh air 
in the lu 

raking breath eight times in a common or long 
metre hymn, is amply sufficient, if the voice has been 
rightly developed. 

Qnestions. 

1- What is said about articulation? 3. How does a bad pro- 
nunciation affect die sense 1 How is d mispronounced"? 6. 
laid of v? 7. VVhai is ihe ermr in singing y? 
■'. What is said of die w 1 9. How is ng mispronounced 1 
In. \\ bai errors occur in pronouncing i I 11- Sum up what 
issaid about s. l~. Specify ihe errors in singing sli. 13. 
What is said about h ! 14. What two imporlant rules are 
given? 15. What should be observed in taking breadi ? 



Cijnpicr Q3. 



ARRANGEMENT OF MUSIC for the different Parts : the 
; Duets ; Quartets and Chorus Sing- 
ing. 

JS , Music for a particular part is usually arran- 
ged on a single staff; and as most tunes are written 
for four parts, four staffs are necessarily required 
for common, and, indeed, for nearly all sacred, and 
for much of secular music. 

ai For ihe Base and Tenor, the Base staff is 
used. For the Alio and Soprano, the Treble staff is 
used. The arrangement of the parts are as we 
should think their relative positions would require. 
The Base first ; Tenor next above; the Alto next 
above the Tenor ; the Soprano above the Alto. 

*>• A character called a Beace, placed at the 
beginning of a tune, unites the staffs, and shows how 
many parts are sung together, or at the same time. 



Representation of the Parts. 

O 1st Treble or Sopranoj_Jbr the highest voices. 
D 2d do. Alto or Counter, low female and boys do. 
^Te nor. for high male voices. 



f ^ Bass, for low ma le voices. 



f 

I 

48r» Voices adapted to particular parts should al- 
ig on those parts. A Second singer should 
not change to the First Treble, nor a First Treble 
singer to the Second Treble. A Jack at all trades, 
who is, consequently, good at none, is always chang- 
ing. Tenor and Base singers should not attempt to 
sing the First Treble. From the fact that they are 
unable to do it. arises bad harmony, false progres 
sions, and forbidden chords. Let a person find out 
in the first place what part his voice is adapted to 
sing, then pay due attention, and make suitable ef- 
forts to cultivate a good taste, and duly exercise his 
voice in the compass of his appropriate part 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



31 



*y , To become a cood solo singer requires pri- 
vate instruction, or such observation and prae 
but few enjoy- A solo passage should so be sung, 
i. e. by one voice. 

A Dikt (for two voices) should be sung by only 
two voices, and not by a semi-chorus of a half dozen. 
But when impracticable, the next best plan must be 
adopted. In a solo or duet, no other person should 
" hum," or make the least noise. 

\ Trio (for three voices) should be sung by three 
voices. A Quartet, by lour voices. 

(3» Confidence. — -Persons can acquire confidence 
by practice ; and a singer in the high-way of improve- 
ment, should not stop short of an acquired ability to 
perform all that may be expected of him. 

«• Chorus Singing is when all together unite 
in all the parts, or in unison on one part " to swell 
ilted theme," in songs of praise, in words like 
the following : 

" Salvation ! O the joyful sound." 

Then let every voice join in notes sublime. It is 
music when, at the extent of the voice, hundreds lift 
the joyful anthem, " Glory be to God on high." It 
is music when the softest notes of nature's melody 
die away upon the ear. 

1. How is music arranged? How many staffs 7 2. How 
do the pal 3. What shows lum' many 

parts are performed 
adapted to particular parts 1 What arises from changing parts 

: ' .*>. How can one become a s^nnd solosinger? 

"1" hum- 
ming while others are singing! What is said of a trio? 6. 
How is confidence acquired I 7. What is said of chorus singing? 



The notes are as follow : 
Whole. Half. Qr. 8th 

a p 



IGth. .ISd. 6-Hh. 



r f res 

»» r* K« 

*» f *• *> 



The Rests are as we have explained them, and 
so are all the musical characters. 

« . Letters are applied to the Treble and Bass 
Stall's, as follows : 

Treble Staff. _ 

4£ _ o- - 



-3- " 
Middle c, D 



O' 



EF G A lie 

Bass Staff. 



D EF G 



SEE 



:s_ 



iSEE?H?| 



A BC D EF G 



A BC 

iuiddl 



'6 



Cljaptcr 25. 

READING MTJSIO FROM FIVE LINES. 

\ t We will now sum up in a few words such 
further instructions as will enable the pupil to read 
music in " round notes " from astafTof five lines. 



»"$• A Staff, as above, consists of five lines, on 
which, and on the spaci i which, the notes 

are written. The relations of tin letters are the 
same as we have explain I 5i chap. 17 and 

18.] 

The plnce of (I) do. 

4-» When there are no flats or sharps at the be- 
jrinnin;; of a tune, do ( 1 ) is always on C — the added 
line below the Treble :e on the 

Ba taff. Lines and spaces are counted upward. 

d the same as we have ex- 
plained it. [See chap. 18.] 

The Sisrnaturt is, 

ij>. Differenl transpositions arc marked atthe bo- 
ginning of turn i le, two, three and four flats or 
sharps according to the number of chromatic letters. 
[See chap. 18, art. 2.] Hence ai tatures. 

If there is one sharp at the 1" i I a lime, we 

say the signature is one sharp, do on G; if there are 



us, we say the signature is t«<> (Is 
on B 1 ', &.c. 



Utiles to fiud do ( g ) on both Staffs, ]>nse nml 
Treble. 

"" ! » R PS . 

O. When the Si 

" Two sharps, " " D 

•• Three A 

" Four •• •• ■ : 
" Five ' B 



}. 



Flats. 



When the Signatun I Flat, do is on F 

•• Two flats, " 

" " '• Three " " ' 

" our " " " V 

" " •' Five " 

i . The learner must not suppose that ther 
| 

1 ! , e b u i 
fen ni ways ol writ 

following ayi hows what signatures 

signify substantial | do ( J) 

is on the same place on 



Synopsis of Signatures, 

Treble 5 I Treble 'J le one- '' 

i 



•no- 



-BO- 



DO ' 



-»o- 



-DO- 

I 
| Bas e, natural. 



1 



Treh 



IK) 






Lei tins synopsis be perfectly committed. It an. 
alyses theory so as to make practice more easy. 



tip jxd 



RULES AND EXERCISES FOR SIGHT SINGING. 



Reading Mnsic. 



§. Tn read music in the common way, it is ne- 
Srst to determine the cleff; then the signa- 
ture, and find the place oi" do on the staff, bach 
line and space being a degree, the syllables will be 
itlie notes as follow: 
Natural Key. Key of G . 



_ t--s>-~- 

a , — o- a 

do re mi fa sol la si do, &c. do re mi, &c. 
Key of D. 




-o — - 



do re mi fa, &c. 




do re mi fa,&c 

t) a Thus in all the Keys and on the Bass staff, 
find on what letter do ( 1) 'comes, then read the de- 
grees of the staff ascending, do, re, mi, &c, and de- 
scending from the tonic read the degrees, do, si, la, 
&c. When notes ascend or descend regularly, it is 
easy to apply the syllables, after having found the 
key. When they skip about, they must be learned 
and the name of the proper syllable applied to them, 
by counting the degrees. 

Note.— Herein consists the difficulty of reading music the 
way. To become perfectly familiar with all the keys, 
read ai sight, isequal in mental labor to the toil of ac- 
quiring a gocd knowledge oi the Latin lauguage. Hence it 



isanhumhlingfact,that not more than one in fifty of all tho 
common singers in the United Slates, who have been to school 

a halt dozen or more quarters, anil have occupied a seat, it 
may be, in a choir as many years, can read at sight the most 

simple music in all keys '. Tins is positively true. T ) 

one who may deny it, do no more than to open a common 
singing book, and let such an individual prove the incorrect- 
ness of this statement by reading a do7.en(!) tunes, one or 
more in each kev. Discussion on this point is useless — tacts 
speak louder. Not to say which is best, but in this respect 
the difference between the two systems of notation is very 
great. . . 

Tne new system, hv a short direct rail road, brings the 
learner at once into the heart ol the musical held, where, from 
a gentle elevation (vocal practice) he can overlook thu sur- 
rounding beauhes, and satiate his enraptured imagination at 
one view. 

The common notation jolts the weary traveller (pupil) over 
log bridges, up and down hills, bv a route so much like a laby- 
rinth (learning to apply syllables to notes) that no one (learn- 
er) knows whence he came or whither he is going, except lor 
bis guide (singing master). On Ins arrival at the musical held 
he ii placed down in one comer (natural key of one ciefl ). 
Having surveyed all this key, walled in by the peculiar 
application of syllables, affords, he is dependent on his guide 
to lead him on another labyrinth route, and at last arrives at 
another corner of the field (key of G). Thus every succes- 
sive key costs the poor traveller (pupil) a toilsome journey. 
Nor is it strange that he should beat a loss, after consuming 
much time ana strength, to get a peep into all the keys, to 
remember what he saw in the first corner he visited. 

This is positively and solemnly a true representation ot the 
manner in which music has to the present time been taught 
and learned. Theory and practice multiply difficulties. 

But in the system here presented, one key being tear I, the 

whole secret is revealed. To learn music this way is pi ri 

and once learned, how can it be forgotten ? No more could 
the bystanders forget howto make an egg stand on one end, 
after seeing Franklin do it the first time. True, the public 
mini decide the question, and with them we leave it. 



Keeping Time. 



\ Vf. Singing and keeping correct time depend 
on an accurate and familiar knowledge of the differ- 
ent kinds of notesrhythmically considered, and a fa- 
miliar acquaintance with tho application of syllables 
in different keys. 



Questions. 

1. What instructions are to be summed up in the 24th chap- 
ter? How many notes 1 What is the form of each ? What 
of the rests 1 2. How many staffs 1 How are letters applied 
to the Treble staff! How to the Bass staff? 3. How many 
lines make a staff ' Where are the notes written ? 4. When is 
(1) do on c ? How are lines and spaces counted ? 5. How are 
Transpositions marked ? What called ? 6. Where is 1 (do) 
when there is one sharp ? Two sharps ? Three and lour sharps? 
What signature has F ? 15b ? Eb 1 \b ? Db ? 7. How 
many ways of applying the scale to the staff ? What are 
the signa'tures ofl'(do) on the third space? On the fourth 
line? On the first line ? On the first space? On the second line? 
On Ihe second space ? On the middle line ? 8. What is neces- 
sary to read music 1 What are the lines and spaces called ? 
9. How are the notes called ascending from the tonic ? When 
notes skip about how must we learn diem 1 What is said in 
article 10 ? 




THE 

(III PSALMIST, 

DAY AND DEAL'S SIGHT SINGING METHOD. 

m^ m* Wo nDAia a« So 

Editor of Day and BeaTs Sight Singing Books, of the Joarnal of Masic, Author of the "Vocal School" and van on* other works. 
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1340. by H. \V. Day and H. F. Beal, in the Clerk's office of the District Court of Massachusetts 

NEW HUNDRED. 
l-arfir-'yt 1 - 1 ^^ 1 ^^ 3 j s-4+3-i^-y t i-p* j s-vfi^s^s^sf^^i-tfi-ft 

1 Come, O mv soul, in sa-credlays At-lempt thv great Cre - a • tor's praise: But, O, what tongue can speak Ins fame? What vene can reach the lof - ty theme? 

^i-3t«-3t , -3t3- , -hrt 1 t 1 -ft 1 -Sf6-5t5-t 1 t 1 -7t , - 2 t 1 - 1 t7-t , t6- | 1 6-« t 9S 1 .1 11 

2 Enthroned a - mid the radiant spheres. He glo - ry rtke a gar-meat wears; To form a ro(>e of lighl di - vine. Ten thousand suns a- round him shine. 
3 In all our Ma-ker's grand de-ngns, Al-might-y power, with wis-doin, shiues; His works, thro' all tins wondrous frame, De- dare the ^]r» - ry of his 1 

@ | 3|4 4 |3 5 I l_» |J8_| S\H 5| 5 5 |4 4|3 | 5 | .1 4 | 3 5|5 g | 8 | 1 | 1 I | I 1 | .1 2 :t_ |j. 

4 Raised on de - vo - lion's lof - ly wiog, Do thou, my soul, his glo • ries sing; And let his praise em- plov thy tongue TU1 Uslen-ing worlds shall join the song. 

Iguf-M^+e-^g-l-^ 1 1 3 8 1 » 3-U-g4-l-M-| l_.^-6-r-[J-64 5-41+4-414-4-1-5-5 I 1-41 

OLD HUNDRED, 

G or A major. Martin Luther. 

1 Be thou, God, ex -alt -ed high. AnH as thy trio - ry fills the sky, So let it be on earth display'd, Till thou art here, as there, ' obi 

<Si 3ls gls-si^-s-hrtsts-'tr:- 1 I lI ir-l^lr^tr-sto^tslal^-ils-ols-r tall 

^§_1|3 a[,l_l|.l, , y |l|14JL_g|54 3|6 S\S[»\S S\5 1 ; 1 X ; 3{3|5 ljy^j I 7 

Be thou, God, ex -alt-ed high, And as thv glo - ry fills the sky, So let it be on earth display'd, Till thou art here, as there, obeyed. 

-14J_ 5 I 6_ 3 I 6-5 U-4-141-J45— c4-4-l|54 5 6|5-l-l-5-3-r-4-5 I l-P4J-*l«-84-3^-54-l4l 



34 



PATTEN. C. M- 



E. Major, H. W. Day. 

(gr^t 6 -^ 7 --^- 3 ^ 3 ^^ 3 -^^ 

l\Vhen faint-ing in the sul- try waste, And parched With thirst ex-treme,The wea- ry pil- grim longs to taste,The cool refreshing stream 

2 So longs the wea- ry, faint- ing mind, Op-press-ed with sins and woes.bome soul- re- viv-ing spring tofind, Whence heavenly comfort flows. 
O, may I thirst for thee, my God, With ar dent, strong de sire;And still, through all this des ert road, To taste thy grace aspire- 

4 Then shall my prayer to thee as-cend, A grateful' sac- ri- fice; My mourning voice thou wilt at-tend, And grant me full supplies 

SUNDAY. C. M. 

A Major. 

This is the day the Lord hath made, He calls the hours his own;Let heaven, rejoice; leteartli be glad, Andpraise surround the throne. 



(§4 



&-i-*te— i\ri&s—itxU{} 



3 

4 
5 

i-4- 



To— day 
Ho— san-na 

-I_|i__lll_44.«l_^4i+l|7- 



\tt^\*u\?>- 



." 



_u_ 



'I _i L.JL_ J i_k_ 



"eis^iisj] 



lie rose and left the dead. And Sa - tan's em- pire felUTo— day the saints his tri-umph spread, And all his wonders tell. 
to th' a - noint- ed Kim'.To Da- vid's ho ly Son;Help us, O Lord; des-cend and brins Sal-va- tion from thylhrone. 

our sin— ful race. 



-7^7- 



-gWW 



Blest be the Lord.who comes to men, With mes - sa - ges of grace;Who comes inGod the Fa - ther's name,To save 

Ho-san - na in the highest strainsThe church on earth can raise;Thehigh-est heavens in which he reigns. Shall give him nobler praise 



G>i 



l 

2 
3 
-2 
@2" 



KEYTON. C, M. 

Key of E Major. H. S. Merriam. 

Un-sha-ken as the sa- cred hill, And firm as mountains be, Firm as a rock the soul shall rest. That leans, Lord, on thee. 



Not walls nor hills could guard so well Old 
Deal gent-lv. Lord, with souls sin-cere. And 

3 3 315- 4|3_5 .1[g '|[*| 



1 1 

1 — i 



tpu 



- lem's hap - py ground, As those e-ter-nal arms of love.Thnt eve- ry saiiu snr-round. 
ad them safe- ly on, With- in the gates of Par a-Hise, Where Chris , theirLord, is june 



4V- 



3 1 



l«4W- 






DARLEM. S. M. , 35 

D Major. LEV 

<n-3ts — it*" rt-t.Tl- 1 -rtir-*-Tt-y7h5tB— utr— st 1 — »t a t , ty— l U~ 5+3 If 

1 The pi - ty of tlie Lord, To those that fear his name, Is such as ten - der par - ents feel; He knows our fee - hie frame. 

<8"i sli " lla _ 7 _+* lila all — atTrirti — rti~ 5+3—3+51-3+2 — iti y - 1 1 II" 

2 He knows we are but dust, Scat-ter- ed with eve-ry brenthTIis an - per, like a ris - ing wind, Can •end us swift to death. 

3 Our days are as the grass. Or like the morn -ing flower; W hen blast-ing wmds.sweep o'er the field, It wilh -erg in an hour. 

#-2-5-1-5 3-1-4 »+3— |-3+3-5+ J O-l- 7— 1-3-U 4+S 54-5 y-Mis-U — 3-1-4 4-J-3- II 

4 But thy corn-pass- ions, Lord, To end-less years en-dure;And child- ren's child- ren ev - er tind Thy words of prom - lse sure. 

CALAIS, S. M. 

AMajor. HART 

fri-lfa— 5t-5-3t9-tn 3 — 1 1T— rfa-hff 1 — 3t5-3 t 2-#-4 t 5 1 -4 1 -3— l-^g— y-fl-ff 

1 Be-hold the Prince of Peace, The cho- sen of the Lord, God's well be-loved Son, ful tills,The sure, pro— phct- in word 

<g-«-3T15-^5t~5-st5-t5l-5— 5t5-«-4t5-t5l3— Slu-^y- ^"M^tsrst^-^ W 

2 No roy - al pomp a-Jorns This King of righteous-ness, And meekness, patience, truth, and love, Compose his prince- ly dress. 

3 The Spir - it of the Lord, In rich a- bund-ance shed, On this great Prophet gent - Iv lights, And rests up-on his head. 

g4_JL|JL__»4_»JL|-7_4 7+ 1 — H*— "4-7-4 r-i-i — * | 8 , ff l g — *\*\*\* g l 4 8 I 8 II 

4 He is the Li"ht of men;His doc- trine life im-parts; O, may we feel its quicken-ing powerTo warm and cheer our hearts 

@ _*_i ]X_ _J4_ T _J4*-4 a +i_ 3I2— 2-U-4-54J— <+7-i+ 8 — 2 +*J-r-M— s4 4— 5+1-IJ 

CHARLESTOWN. S. M. 

G or A Major. WOOD 

ri-yj-e—r4- l - 2 i- 8 1- | ty-- l t 8 — 3 t 8 t 4 t 8 - a t 1 ^ l e 8 Isinff-^'-y+'tt 

1 Lord our heavenly King, Thy name is all di-vine; Thy glories round the earth are spread, And o'er the heavens thev shine 

<8-2 _ 3t-T[ — 5~f5"5t-3t^if7~~6tS S+STm 1 S\5 51 6 4 I s> 1 5 I *J <{ hra+sft 

2 When to thy works on high, I raise my wonder-ing eyes, And see the moon, complete in light, A- dorn the even-bag *ki<-s 

3 Wnen I survey the stars, And all their shining forms, Lord, what is man, that worthless thing, A- kin to ilust and worms 

t-jil » « IL-y-j-JLMI 4 'H*~- 1-U4 3 1 *- - a I aJ-l-i-^-i-rM-JJ— |L ' I :B *-| 8 || 

4 Lord what is worthless man, That thou shouldstlovc him so' Next to thine angels is he placed, And lord of all be-low. 

5 How rich thy bounties are, How wond-rous are thy wavs,That,from the dust, thypowcr should frame A mon- u- ment of praise. 

@_»_ 1 4„4~S- T -3-«4- S-M+S 6-1-7 »+345+±-7+l-a^4-2-+5+3+4--6-4+5-5+l II 



3fi FRAIL. S. M. 

E h Major * H. W. DAT 

1 Am! must this bo - dy die? This mor-tal frame decay? And must these ac-tive limbs of mine Lie moulder-ing in the clay? 

■J ti. id, inv Redeem- er, lives, And of-ten from the skies, Looks dawn, and watches all my dust, Till he shall bid it rise. 

3 Ar-tay-ed in glorious graceShall these vile bodies shine, And eve - ry shape,and eve - ry face, Look heavcn-!y and di- vine. 

4 These live— ly hopes we owe To Je- sus'dying lo\e. We would a-dore his grace be- low, And sing his pow-er above. 

5 Lord, ac-cept the praise Of those our humble songs, Till strains of nob-ler sound we raise With our im- mor- tal tongues 

G Major. BALDWIN. S. M. Words by Dr Baldwin. 

1 The day is past and gone,The e- ven-ing shades ap-pear; may we all re- mem-ber wellThe night of death draws near. 

2 We lay our gar- ments by, Up- on our beds to rest; So death will soon disrobe us nil Of what we here pos-sess. 

3 Lord, keep us safe this night, Se- cure from all our fears; May an-gels guard us while we sleep, Till morning light ap-pears. 

4 And if we ear- ly rise And view the un-wearied sun. May we set out to win the prize.And af- ter glo- ry run. 

e % 1 |1 1 |J 4 |3| 3^|g 3{54/ai|5| 3|5 :Oi 1 5 5|4 ^^S^U.^i^d^j.^ 

5 And when our days are past, And we from time re- move, O may we in thy bosom rest, The bosom of thy love. 

D Major. CHURCH. S. M. C. H. FULLER, Ms. 

1 The Lord my Shepherd is; I shall be well supplied;Since he is mine and I am his, What can 1 want be- side. 

2 He leads me to the place Where heavenlv pasture grows, Where living waters gently pass, And full sal- va- tion flows 

3 If e're 1 go a-stray, He doth my soul reclaim, And guides me m his own right way, For his most ho- )y name. 

4 While he affords bis aid, I can- not yield to fear;Tho'I should walk through death's dark shade. MyShepherd's with me there. 

5 In sight of all my foes, Thou doest my ta- hie spread ;My cup with blessings overflows, And joy exalts my head 

g:-2_5-5-J-5 i -3-4-3'4-2-— 4 5-L- 5-5-5-5-1-5- '] 5±5'-S-5-S-5-S—\-fc 4.8-J-8--5-5 &- — r-3^—- H- 

6 The bounties of thy love Shall crown my future days;Nor from thy house will I remove, Nor cease to speak thy praise. 

@-2-i^i^i-i-i'i 5 --+i^-^-J--^^i4i4i-l-^-i-^-i-4-4=---44-r-.'>---5-ji — &-A-1- — H- 



\ 



F Major 



BALLSTON. 7s k (is 37 

te - res -trial things,Towurds 



1 Rise, my soul, and stretch thy \vings;Thy bet - ter por-tion trace; Rise from 



2 Riv-ers to the ocean 

3 I 1 1 I 1.1 



1 ' 



t r 

3 Cease, ve 



o 

run, Nor stav 

1.1 ±2_ 

i — i»- — 



O 

in 

-i - 



T 1 1 1 V 1 T ? tT 

pilgrims, cease to mourn ;Press on - ward 

-3— I— 4-4— I— 3 tt— 1-4 1- 



-i" 



-j- 



I 



44—- 3j2~i-i — |-i~2 — £}-- j 1-i-j- 

all their course I re, as - cend- ing,seeks ihe sun;Both 
2 4 | 3 | 1831 |2Jt- 4 |JJj5 5 j 5_3_j_ 



"VI — — T 

to the prize; Soon our Sav- iour 

5-5-4J-M 



will re - turn, Tri- 

11 ~ 1 1 I I ~_ 1 S j.3 ■ 

vH-7-j — 7 1 -r-a y_J — 



1 r 



►j 1 — yj^|-Sg-4— j- g I ff f -[-3-gj-g^4-3_a-|-3 I O.C I ^^^—^^3^t-f—f-9-e-ffS-S-S-^- 

heaven, thy native place; Sun, and moon, and stars, de- cay Timewill soon this earth re— move; Rise my soul, and haste a— way To 

speed them to their source; So a soul that's horn ol God Pants to view his plori - ous face Up-ward tends to his a-boHe, To 

4 8312 2 12 13 SIS 312 5 I 5 1 4.4 1 5.5 1 S 5 15 14 4 4 413 5 5 5 1 

umph- ant in the skies; Yet a sea-son, and you know Happy entrance will be given, All our Borrows left he-low, And 

-^r^^^s^-nM^-iUUH-ri^i I ? JT } I s If 4 4 fr HMLg-j; 



rest in 



seats prepared a - bove, To 

his em - brace To rest in his em- brace, To 

"vrth exchanged for heaven, And earth exchanged for heaven, And 

1-4—1-^-2-4—1-3—3-3—11 sj— 1 



- 7 7 



-4-4-3-3— f— 6-^-4- 

seats prepared a - bnve. To 



3-5—5- 



-M-V 



:t I 1 6-fi-6-+-2-T-443 5 } 6-5 4+3-2 

■el »■ * * * I I * I I | ,— —— I I I 

seats pre-pared a bove To seats pre- pared a - bove. 

rest in his em- brace, To rest in his em- brace. 

earth exchanged for heaven And earth ex— chanced lor hi 



It 



seats prepared a— bove, 
rest in his em- brace, 
earth exchanged for heaven, 

2 2 11 



5 13 5 5 5 

--* \-v - * ' ' 

To seals prepared a 
To rest in his 



2-4-4 
I 



-4- 



-sM-fJ- u f-2-t i 






bnve, 
cm-brace, 
And earth exchanged for heaven, 

4-4-; -^-4-m — 4-41- ? ^ : i I b 



^1 



•J> 2 2 5 15 3 1 "2 J 3 4 3 11 

Toseais prepared a - bove,To seals pnpan il a- 
To rest in his em-braee, To rest in Ins em - brace. 
And earth exchanged for henvpn ,& earth excl anged for lieavon. 

' (■ |-7-f .75 1 1 I ? —4- I 5- 5 - -'-rr 



38 VILLAGE. L P. M 

A or C Major. Lively. 
1 Let nil the earth their voic - es raise, To sing the choicest psalm of praise, To sing and bless Je-hovah' name: His 



2 

£§S — 



He fram-cd the globe: he built the sky, He made the shining worlds on high, And reigns complete in glo - ry there: His 

3 Come, the great dav, the glorious hour, When earth shall feel his sav - ing pow - er, And bar-ba-rous nations fear his name: Then 

«» 

glo - ry let the heathen know, His wonders to the na - tions show, And all his saving works pro - claim. 

beams are maj - es- ty and light; His beau-ties how di - vine- ly bright, His temple, how di- vine- ly fair. 

shall the race of men con - less The beauiies of his ho - li - ness, And in his courts his grace pro - claim. 

-^r-f+y-^-l-M-l-r-i-F-l ■ g 4-— -4— 1— — \^44U-UW-4-\-?-U- 

glo — ry Jet the heath-en know, His wonders to the na- tions show, And all his saving works proclaim, 

beams are maj- es - ty and light, His beauties how di- vine- ly bright, His temple, how divinely fair, 

shall the race of men confess The beauties of his ho )i- ness, And in his courts his grace proclaim. 

-i-^-54-5-1- I— l-e-4-j-stl M |e^-4-;i|-sf — af — 1^4— 3^»4-i^4-i4-i-£-3-I14— 5-l-i-U- 

DOWE. S. M. 

D Minor. ^DoonF. , H. W.Day. 

{(Ti-a-i-G-a-^j-i^-irl^^ 

1 Be- hold the amazing sight, The Sav-iour lift- ed high; Be- hold the son of God's de- light Ex- pire in ag- o- ny. 

2 For whom, for whom, my heart, Were all these sor-rows home? Why did he feel that painful smart, And meet that van- ous scorn. 

«-«— *-!-*-« — 1-»-»Tr1-«r-f-B-|^« — ?ri- a — *"! — ^-f-*-!"* — *-!"■ — *-|-»-«-|*ar-i— ^1"« — »-|-» — »-1-»7t|- 

3 For us he hung and bled, Eor us in torture diedj'Twas love that bowed his faint-irg head, And oped his gush- ing side- 
1 [ see, and I a- dore In svm- pa- lhy of love; I feel the strong at- trac-tive power To lift my soul a bove. 

!@_|^_|JL«L4j_3_3_J_3_jj3_]l3_5_|_5_6_| 7 | 3 j 6 5 | 3 5 | 6 4 | 3 | fi | 6 6 | G 3_|JL|J. 

5 Drawn by such cords as these, Let all the earth com- bine ,With cheer-ful ar- dor; to confess The en- er- gy di- vine. 



HOLINESS BECOMETH THY HOUSE. Sentence. 39 

A or Bb Major. Chappie. 

Ho - h - ness, Ho - li - ness, Ho - li - nsss be- com- eth thy house, Ho - li - ness be— com-eth thy house, Ho - li - ness, Ho- li- 

&-i^}^nr-*t l -n i -^tt?~rt« g i\it r \v n 1 -^] tts* i s f t »-f rt*}**? t 

®4 ? 8 l g t4 g g 1 g f^-g- f I ? f ? l^-a-g-^-l 5 ?\ * ? 4^-«-jM- y -4-^-4- (—4- 

Ho - li - ness, Ho-li- ness, Ho - li - ness be- com- eth thy house, .Ho - li - ness be- com-eth thy house, Jlo-li-ness 



ness, Ho --li- ness be-com-eth thy house, for ev- er and ev- er, for ev - er A-men, for ev- er and ev- er for ev- er A-men for 
Ho-li-ness, Holi - ness be-com-eth thy house for ev - er and ev - er, for ev-er A-men, for ev - er and ev - er for ev-er A-men for 



^- l i[ , 1t, , - , it , - , t 1 - l t , tt 

ev- er A-men, for ev-'er A-men, A-men, A-men. 

to 5 -i \ r i\i g 'i \s dt I g-^tSit 

©r s fi 8 5 i 4 s fi* * i m i H 



ev- er A-men, for ev - er A-men, A-men, A-men. 

©-4-3-2 j-1-1 44-3-2- T -l-l-l-4-4 l 4 1 II 



C Major. 
G> 2~ S 7 " 



©-l—i= 



Hymn CHANT. 

1 _ ytl _ 1_ 



TT"3TSP~ 
-5-3 1-5=— 



-4-5-5-1-1= 1- 



ip hs~ 1 ta~itiF — It 
4- hnrt i~2 f i- — It 

Iz. _jJ_i+. 5 -5- r -5=--tt 
3-l|.l-,h_|t 



-- i — — i - ■ -m — | .» — ■ | .» - | I 

! < From every stormy wind that blows, from every swelling | tide of| woes 
> There is a culm, a sure retreat ; 'tis found be- [fore the | mercy | seat . 

2 S There 13 a place where Jesus sheds The oil of gladness | on our |heads 

( A place of all on earth most sweet ; It is the | blood-bought | mercy- 1 scat. 



40 



THE LORD'S PRAYER. 



m L> major. "<- - = ^, i i i j i i i ■ — i t i ' l_ ^J. 

(g-i-st ^-©ts"- atrs^tini-ilTnitlrS-l a 4 il^ts-nrWt^ets-rt". sirTin 

Our father which art in heaven, Hal-low-ed be thy name; Thy Kingdom come Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven 

&-*-»!• *il « »l T --"t^Tfr-itr- 1 i a t a AU-lm i itirfyTHn^nrfrt 

@ _l_ 5 4^_^_^ 5 __ 5 4-^-|5-5-5^4-4-r-4^3-|-5— 5-54-545— 4-5M-5-±- -4J-M-U54 T - 3;-|- 
Our lather which art in heaven, Hal-low-ed be thy name; Thy Kingdom come 'Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven. 

j-i-1-J-l-l-l-j-a— *fl— |-4-4-3-j-4-4+l_ 1— 1— ^-gk|-l--]-3 4-S-j-l-l— tl-l-i-t-g^-i-1-4- 



dim 



3 wi 

Give us this day our daily bread, And forgive us our tress-pass-es as we forgive those who tresspass a-gainst us, And lead us not in-to temp- 

^i-f-I U ^t^-^-3tl-3-f3-3 i 3-3t3-t3t3-^-3tr^--it 



7 ' 6-*5 



;- 1 6- 1 6- 



6 L 7-7-7 



-3~4 -skirt . 

Give us this day our daily bread, And forgive us our tress-pasies as we forgive those who tresspass a-gainst us, And lead us not in- to temp- 

-l-3-3 t?r l>t3-3_|^l-l^ -^^ 



f cres ff 

ta-tion But de-liv- er us from all ev-il For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glorvFor thine is the kingdom,and the power,andthe glory 

taction But de-liv- er us from all ev-il, For thine is the kingdom;and the power,and the glory, For thine is the kingdom.and the power,and theglorv. 



THE L0R1>S PRAYER. 

/ 



si 

i 



fur - ev - er and ev - cr, for - ev - er add ev - er, A - men, A - men, A - men, A - men, A ----- . men. 



■i-|-rtrar|-i^nr-|-sir^^-i-i-i-t"i-1-i-«-|-arr y:lnnr|Tl-trT 



X4_t_l_ 7 _|_l_l_«_l_^i_4_l^-3-4--4-l-5-5-|- 6-1- 4-1-3-6-1^-4-1 *-*-l-* 

for - ev - er and ev -er and ev-er, Mid ev-er A- men, A - men A- men, A- men, A - 




-i-M-at-a-1-a 6 y 1 ^-^-^i-^4^^3~!^l-i-l--^t-i4-i-44^j r y-i-j t - 1 -l-i-H- 

JERUSALEM C. M. 

E Mnjor From ;«n Rnglifth Mannscript of 1830 

JP-2-8-7-6-|-5t6-H5— 434— |-3t+5-'-6-6-;j-5-|8.-|^-|8-7-6 5154 3-8+8-7-6-5 5-4-3 I 31 

J I + + \ «• I I | l_| I \+\ + ***\-\r\ L_ _ I | - | «• I — — had I | - ■ I ' I 

1 Je— ru - sa— lem! my glorious home ! Name ev- er dear to me! When shall my la- bors have an end In 

2 When shall these eves thy heaven built wall And pear- ly gates be— hold? Thy bul- warks with Sal- va- tion strong, Ind 
JP-5-1-1-1-I-I-1— I— 3— 2 12— |-3t+3 r--l-i-4-a-|S-.-l«-|» 4 3132 1-3+2- -I 313 .2 1 I 1 -| 

3 0, when, thou ci-ty of my God, Shall 1 thy courts ascend, Where con- gre - pa - lions ne'r break up. And 

4 There happier bowers than Eden's bloom, Nor sin nor sorrow know: lilest seals ! through rude and 6torm - y scenes I 

_!_M-*-I-?4-I^tM |4H£-l-S~5-?--i--IHH— - 1— 1— — I — 

5 \\ hy should 1 shrink at pain and woe? Or feel at death dismay] I ve Ca- naan's good- ly land in view, And 

6 Je- ru- sa- lem, mv glo - rious home! My smil still pants lor thee: Then shall mv la- bors have an end.Wl 

^-I-M-M-M-i- 5 -^ l-Wi-l-#-4-£ S-IJ-M-I— -J— — I— - — 1—4*1 

-Jp -3-3-3-*?— 4— ah — 4-3— t— 2 2 2-2-f 1-3 2H -1-8 6—1 -SA 3 4— h- 3 2-f-l |j 

jnv.and peace. and thee? In joy, and peace. and thee, In joy, In joy, and peace, and I 

streets of shining gold? And sireets of shiu-ing gold. And streets, And streets of shin- ing gold. 

-&-1 ■l-l-l-\-*r-*£}~-\-r-t— f-f-l *-\r\- M -J-t-V 3-1 ~\—i-\ -* — It 

Sab-baths have no end? And Sab - baths have no end? And Sab- baths, And Sab - baths have no 

on-ward press to yon, I on- ward press to you, 1 on 1 on - ward press to 

aJ 5 5 5 15. 5 I 5 5 5 5 [S 5 13 6 4 I 305 «l_5 4 13 j| 

-«S — ■* — V — > — w 1 T 9 1 w w V — w — h I 9. — 1 V r— ; ." ) v 1 T 1 1 — ■■\\ 

realms of endless day, And realms of endless day, And realms, And realms of end- less day. 

I thy joys shall see, When I thy joys shall see, When 1, When I thy joys shall 

-#-4-1-1 ? I h l 1 5--5--5-5-r-5-5-4--l-f-4--4--^ 1-4-5— 5 I * ■ |[ 



/ 



42 GALEN. CM. 

D Major J- Maxim, Ms. 

1 While Shepherds watched their flocks bv night, All seated on the ground.The an-?el of the Lord came down, And glo-ry shone a-round. 

«-t-sttarsiti-itr- -*ti ttti-it 7 ri \?t 7 :\tPi-\i — i^ts^-^^rrt^-^riT 

2 'Fear not' said he, for migh - ty dreadHad seized the, r troubled mind, 'Glad tidings of great joy I bring. To you and all mankind.' 

3 Thus spake the ser-aph,an<l forthwith Appeared a shining throngOf an - gels, prais - ing God, who thus Addressed their joy-ful song; — 

©-4-5-|-5-3-r-3-4-(-3"4p3 -o-j-54-5-r-i-5 -f-5-5 1 -|-5 -4-5-r-5-5 1 6 H-7- 6 1-7— |— S-f-G- 6-|-5— 5-1-5— Hr 

4 'All Glo-ry be to God on high. And to the earth be peace;Good will henceforth from heaven to men, Be-gin and nev- er cease.' 

g : _ r l tl _ it6 _ it5 4 tlt 3 t 4-3 t a-l t ^ t l-l— j4— 3^-^3-4-1-1-4-^-5— ^-f-l-H- 

MONTEREY. C M. 

A Mnjor rt _ JJ J. Perking. Ct ,-vArr. 

|£-|-5-4-SJ2-l| 3 -^|l t 5|^^ 

1 Still on the Lord thy bur-den roll, Nor let a care remain ;His mighty arm shall bear thy soil, His mighty arm shall bear thy soul And all thy griefs sustain. 

<St 3 ^-M7-M3^5f5t^i-4l3-^ 

The men who on his grace rely, 

«W^IMI^~4WW — -^|i-6l74^l^----W-^-lU^lf4-^--5-^!^I^M?^l 3 -4 

2 Ne'r will theLord his aid deny To those who trust his love, The men who on his grace relyNor earth nor hell shall move. 
^lU4\5-e\£l^\lU\i 5|6-2!54^l 1-45-4 »4-6-f-W|54 n MM-|5-5|lU 

FRANKVILLE. C. M. 

G Major. From Ohio. 

1 God is a spir - it, just and wise ; He sees our in -most mind; In vain to heaven we raise our cries, And leave our hearts be-hind. 

2 Nothing but truth before his throne W ith honor can appear; The painted hypocrites are known Whate'er the guise they wear. 

3 Their lifted eves salute the skies, Their bending knees the ground; But God ab-hors the sac- rifice Where not the heart is found. 

4 Lord, search mv thoughts, and try rav wavs, And make mv soul sincere; Then shall I stand before thy face, And find ac-cep-tance there. 



MORTALITY. 7s & 4s. 



F. Major. 

Slow v Solemn. 



M. Arr. 



43 



g-3-3-» t 3-o j 5^-4^3^-1— 1^^ 



1 When the vale of deaih ap-pears, Faint and cold 

2 Up-ward from this dy - iug state Bid my wait - ing soul aspire ; 



tliis mor - tal clay, Blest Re-deem-er, soothe mv fears, 

^ tjr H- 1 -i— ffs— i-fi-i- -t-y-F-t 

O - pen thou the crys-tal gate ; 

^-i,g-gjg-^.8,g gj f f r r-^— #4^- -4 |3 3|g r |g 5 15 _ I |4 4 j 3»_ r _|, 



! 



-54-5— *-M— i+<— 3-U-4 1 — J--5- r-4- 



Dim. 



Cres. 



.;«-<. i 



Light me through the gloomy way ; 



i 



Break the shadows, Break the shadows, 

riumphant, Then, tri-umph-ant, 



Then 



To thy praise at-tune my Ivre : 

545_4^S^4 Q_5 + 5_5_ F _|_gp_14.2__2 
_5- 5 4-5— 7--rJ-5-PLM4-4-_l^l_l^-4-5- 5-5-U»— 5- 



t P ^_6 t5 _ lt _ 3 . 4 _2- t l- i ,. 

Ush -er in e - ter - nal day ; — 

I will join th' im-mortal choir. 



A or G Major. 



Hyde. Arr. 

in Im-manuel's love. 



CRAIS. 78. 

1 High, in yonder realms o, light, Dwell the raptured saints above, Far be-yond our fee-ble sight, Happy 

2 Pilgrims in this vale of tears, Once they knew like us below, Gloomy doubts, distressinc fears, 1 or-tur-inj pain, and heavj woe. 

3 Hapny spirits, ye are fled Where no grief can entrance find, Lulled to rest the aching head. Soothed the an- guish of the mind. 

^g 5 4 5 |_3 .'? I 5 5 j 5- | 1 I | « 5 j 5 4 | 3- 1 5 5 |5 5 | 5 3JS | 5- j « ."» I 5 c 4|3_2]_3 r „||. 

4 'Mid the chorus of the skies, "Mid th' an - gelic lyres above, Hark! their songs melodious rise — Songs of praise to Jesus' love. 

@-i_i 5-4JUi; 5 _5-4JM- I -A— 4J-74-A-5-r-r-4-i-- 1 -4ii4-5-5-^--l 4 3I4— 1 4 \-s-s^-\\. 



44 HEAD OF THE CHURCH TRIUMPHANT. 

Key of D major. , — * 

I 1 Head of the church triumphant, We joyfully a- dore thee ; Till thou appear, thy members here Shall sing like those in glory : 

1 tS-I-ii+f-T-rty. 1 i "trs:"5k~»~it^:^t~rt-H ~~ i _ it^:gz^7 3-1-a^3~4-3-f 2 _ rt 

S 2 While in afiliction's furnace, And passing thro' the fire, Thv love we praise which knows no days, And ever brings us nigher : 
J 3 Thou dost conduct thy people Through torrents of temptation; Nor will we fear, while thou art near, The fire of tri-bu-la-tion. 

I ^_|_i4.al4_4r-84-a-i-i— r~i-jt-5-i4-s=— 3 — 4--3-W4— 3-3-I-2-3-5-1— i-i'— I-e-s-J-t-a— I- 

\ 4 Faith now beholds the glory, To which ihou wilt restore us, And earth despise, for that high prize, Which thou hast set be-fore us. 



\ 



We lift our hearts and voices With blest an-ti- ci - pa - ti-on, And cry aloud and give to God The praise of oar sal - - va - tion. 

-ij^i^^-3^ti^~^rtta^-g-a^a^-t~3ti v 4~»-gt^g^~st4-^~r _ J g „ _g. ft 

We clasp our hands exulting In thine al- migh - ty favor : The love divine which made us thine. Can keep us thine for e - ver. 

The world, with sin and Satan, In vain our march op-po-ses ; By thee we will break through them all, And sing the song of Moses. 

- 1 -J -|— -|— 1— 5-r-G --C-5-5 1-5^4-5— * -r-r-li-5-44-3' -SS--3-JI- 



And if thou count us worthy, We each, as dy-ing Stephen, Shall see thee stand at God's right hand.To take us up to hea - ven. 
—J [— 1 1- -I— 14-4^4-1-54-^-2-5-14-1-1-1-4-4-5 1— II- 



CECIL. 8s &7s. 

G or A Major. Ii. D. Cowles, Ohio. 

1 Cease ye mourners, cease to languishO'er the grave of those you love;Pain, and death, and night and anguish, Enter not the world above. 

(g-i~3"^4l"3^~^tS^54Tr^t5~3ts~5ts^4t5t7^f 1 r 1 ^l 3_ S — " Ys~S\nS^ 6 i.TSlstt 

2 While our silent steps are straying, Lonely.throush night's deepening shade, Glory's brightest beams are plaving Round the happy Christian's head. 

3 Light and peace at once deriving From the hand ofGod most high, In his glorious presence living, Thev shall ne- ver, never die. 

j-1 V*. fj L[JL. g 4.1-JLl_ y -l 1 3 3 | 3 »4^j g S \S 5 3| 3 1 1 1 ^s^ai^cf |3a^34|. 

4 Endless plea-sure, pain excluding, Sickness, there, no morecan come;There.no fear of woe, in- truding, Sheds o'er heaven a moments gloom. 
S-l-1-1.^4-1 l4-3-54-L143-14-7-.>4-i-^r-3+5-5ll-l-!7-I--|-5-54-l-l|-l--4 U^ll4l 



HOPE IN DEATH A Dirge. 



Eb major. 



Hartley. 



45 



£-»-3-3j-3-g-f4-3j-8-lj-3b3-f-a— -J-fciS— 3-j-S -g-|-4-3-|-6-g-j-g#4-|-«— f-3— 3-j-3-g-j 4-3-) -8-1-j- 

1 Underneath the sod low Wing, Dark and drear, Sleepelli one who left in (lying, Sorrow here, Yes, thev're ever brooding o'er thee, 



4 



1 t7~ 1 t 



8 5 5|g g|5 g|g_g|5 g| g- | 5 5 1 5 S\5 g|4 g|7 6 | 7 | "> .1 | .1 g | g _g_|_g_g|. 



2 When the summer moon is shining, Soft and fair, Friends she lov'd in tears are twining Chaplets there. Rest in peace thou gentle spirit, 

3 



. 2 

i.-2- 



J^L|JJ4j r _JL|AJ^a-14^ fc -4-JLJL4JLJ^T 



^-Sb3^-2z^3-3-^3-gf4-3^-9— 1-| 1-yj 1 [] 
Eyes that weep; Forms that to the cold grave bore thee, Vigils keep. 

(g-Tr 1 -MF|-i-iti-»t 2 - 1 -hr^ 1 ts-si g II 
@ gg| g-| g g|g g|g g 4_ g J3 |3 a | 3 \\ 



Throned above ; Souls like thine with God in- her-it Life and love. 

b-g-^-l-gz-l- 1 '1* H T-H-g-o-U-o-M-^ 



WINCHESTER. 7s & ft. 

C mnjor. J- Marim, Ms. 

1 Soldiers of the cross, arise! Lo! your leader irom the skies, Waves before you 

&-l-}-l-n\£-i-5\tti-i i ti-i!i\.± g-g-st 

2 Jesus conquered when he felt, Met and vanquished earth and hell; Now lie leads you 

;-l-^«-«-5l3-i-5|«4-MI?-7 l \r 7 7 ft 

3 Onward, (hen, ye hosts of God ! Jesus points (he victor's rod— Follow where your 

^_t_i4-?-g|3-i-g|W-M|g-g-i4-g-g-«-il 



glory's prize, The prize of victory Seize your armor-gird it on; Now the' battle will be won; See! the strife will soon be done.Then struggle manfully. 

& 5 * 4 g gt i - g 4 Air l^rrs-slo-i -3tg-i-:i-.-i| ri-g-ghi-g- ^Isjng-s-sl i <> i g^la II 

on, loswellThe triumphs ol his cross Though all (he eanh and hell apprar.Whow.il doubt and who can fear? "Cod our strength and shield" is near; Wei annol lose our cause. 

m 8 f y-y^ I I y 4Jb|i..|_jL4t^T-yU-M-?l-M-'|g-g g ils-g-g .-»!*••■ I :I - 2 I Ml 

Leaderlrod; You soou shall see his face. Soon, your enemies all slain, Crowns of glory you shall gain; Rise to join that glorious train. Who shout thnr Savior's praise. 

l^iHi-g-g+A^4^4-i444-W^ 



46 SHOUT THE GLAD TIDINGS. P. M. 

Key of G major. 

Shout the glad tidings, ex-ult-ing - ly sing, Je - ru-sa-lem triumphs, Mes-si - ah is King. Zi-on! the mar-vel-lous sto-ry be tel-ling, 

Shout the glad tidings, ex-ult-ing - ly sing, Je - ru- sa-lem triumphs, Mes-si - ah is King. Tell how he com-eth; from na-tion to na-tion, 
p* 3 .3354 313. .1 rt .11 ."» I .1. 3 .1 5 5 5 10 5 4 3^1 1. 1 1 1 8 II 2. 2 2 9 21 

Shout the glad tidings, ex-ult-ing - ly sing, Je - ru- sa-lem triumphs, Mes-si - ah is King. Mortals, your homage be grate-ful - ly bringing 

©2-^|-^-^-^-*-|-5-5-5-54--7-|- 1 , ^-r--T-r—*-l 4 -5-5-1^1-1-1-4— 4-4-|-2^-2— 2— 5-54- 

1*1 i iii iviiii piii 

D.C. 

&~Tfc 1 4-4-2-3-1-3 [ 2-2-2-2 15 1 5tG-3-5-4-2-3 I 4t5-2-4-3+ 1 -2 1 3-3-3-3-2- 1 \ 2-2-2 2^lf 

U> "li ' I i I ill * I II I i w i I i _ I *■ i 1 _ I * i I i i li ii || 

The Son of the Highest, how lowlv his birth! The brightest archangel in glo-ry excell-ing, He stoops to redeem thee, he reigns upon earth. 

The heart-cheering news let the earth echo round; How free to the faithful he offers sal-vation; How his people with joy ev'r-last-ing are crowned. 

m 514 6 5 5 3 515 6*4 51 i 51 S.Jt 6 « 6 2 12.2 5 5 oil 1*4. 4 4 4 4 415 5 5 5 p |l 

<s — ttt t — i — t — t rrn — i — t rT~|— r— er — t — t — t — i It — w — t 1 — rri hi — s> — 1 — t — t — ttt 1 — t r-fi- 

And sweet let the gladsome ho-san -na arise; Ye angels the full hal - le - lu-jah be singing, One chorus resound thro' the earth and the skies. 

ELBONA. C. P. M. 

Key of Bb major. Moderate & firm. 

^-itM-^o-o-n^t 3 ^- 1 ^- 1 ^ 2 ^^ 

1 When 1 can trust my aJ ! With God. In trial s fearful hour, A joy springs up a- mid distress, A fountain in the wil - der - ness. 
Bow, all resigned, beneath his rod. And bless his sparing power, 

2 O, to be brought to Jesus' feet, Tlio' trials fix me there, Tho' sighs and tears its language be, The Lord is nigh to answer me. 
Is still a privilege most sweet, For he will hear mv prayer; 

§ |_14i_i_i_i_i-g4J--4r^ 1 2 ^^ y 4JjLjLJML-M*l*; 1 f } m I * 4 l 3 ll 

3 O, blessed be the hand that gave, Still blessed when it takes; Perfect and true are all his ways, Whom heaven adores and death obeys 
Blessed be he who smites to save. Who heals the heart he breaks: 



POUTER. 7s. 

Key of G mnjor 
1 Christ, the Lord, is risen lo - day, Sons of men and angels 



W. D. 



47 



2 Love's re -deem-ing work 

3 Vain the stone, ihe watch, 

©Ul_l » !■ 111— 



J | a :* -4 « -j .» — s i -2 3— 4-ft-j .■» |- 

av: Raise vour songs of tn - umph high; 



is done, Fought tiie tight, the hat-lie won; Lo! our .Sun's e - clipse 

the seal; Christ hath burst the gates of hell; Death in 



4 Lives 
#-2- ' 



ML^y |3 S\ 5 6 _j5 _£4j_3 | 



a l 



vain lor 



a - gain our glo - riousKing; Where, Death, is now thy sting? Once 



I- 



5 Soar w 



,.i — g<iui uui giu — nuuaaviii«i v* nere, l/ utiawi, is now inv sung' unce lie i 

i_4i_ 3 4-4 — »_u.4.i_*4i — 4__4^_5_4,4 — . 1. 

we now where Christ hath led, Following our ex - alt - ed Head: Made like 1 



bids 



is o er, 

his rise; 



died our souls 
him, like him 



I 



Bavi , 



I 






Sing, ye heav'ns, and, earth, re - pi v. 



<§-£4-r4 



Lo! he sets in blood no more. Lo! our Sun's eclipse 

Christ hath o - pened Par - a - dise. Death in vain forbids 

i* *\y jj4s=- \ 9 n_*- 144. 

Where thy vie - t'ry, boast - ing Grave' Once he died our souls 

@-^O—5-04-7 1-4-7-6— .1^4-1-5- — P- J| * l | 4— 

Ours the cross, the grave, the skies. Made like him, like him 



-tI---3f5-3 t --2-4-2-|^y t3 -5 1 ^4-3 : -2 1 -l— 7i r tt 

Raise your songs of tri - umph high; Sing, ye heav'ns, and, earth, re - nlv 



IS 

his 
1 



o'er; Lo! he sets in blood no more. 

hm'; Christ hath o - pened Par- a- dise. 



3 21.1 «i.| 



£ i 



to save; Where thy vie 

we rise. Ours tbo cross, 



5 1 1 «... airsjj 

t rv, boasting ( . 

ijiU— si 1 II 

the gravi thi 



Key of D major. 



ROOM. 6's 7's & 8. 
(glntf r, at u * i Is- la la a 4 -5 I j— shri^-*-^— i~ at^-hrt^— 4~ jr-sti— lit 

1 Hark! hark! a shout of joy! 1 he world, the world, is calling; In east and west, in north and south, See Satan's k dom fal us 

frg-rti- * ■i.fc.fj-htyTi a ala i lati- Ui^. U y . I i H i-r^jr "ill 

2 Wake! wake! the church of God, And dis -si- pate thy slumbers; Shake off thy dead- ly ap - a - ihy, And marshal ill thy nun 

r- a -g-j-Sv- 5— «-«-J-«--|-*-|-5t-5— 5— SfS— 5-J0-J-8— 8— 8— &—5—&f5z-\-8-f8—fh-5—4 j :* 34] 

3 Trust, trust the faithful God; His promise is un - fail- ing; The prayer of faith can pierce the skies; [ts breath is all ore-vail - in ■■ 
@i-ltl-7-!-»-t* I 1 f 57 - jjr -^- it l_l + l 1 -«_5-4-3-a l t 3r | -3 | 3-4-* -^ | I A 

J Look! look! iho fields are white; Ud slay thy hand no Ion - ger; Tho' Sa migl I fight, The arm of God is site,,. 



48 FOUNTAIN. 8's. 

Eb major. M. 

|&4^+5-3 l --i4-5-o-7;»45+5-3-o4-5-4-3 , W 

1 O thou whose compassionate care Forbids my fond heart to complain, Now graciously teach me to hear The weight of afflic - tion and pain. 

^-3 t 3-l-3 t3 -4-4 t 3, t 3 t 3-l-l t l-^-I tr j3 t 3-l-2 t 3-4-4 t 3, t 3 t 4-4-a 1 -2--4--4 t 3. lt 

2 Tho' cheerless my days seem to flow, Tho' weary and wakeful my nights, What comfort it gives me in know 'Tis the hand of a Father that smites! 
3 A tender physi-cian thou art, Who woundest in order to heal, And comfort divine dost impau To soften the anguish we feel. 

4 0, let this correction be blest. And answer thy gracious design; Then grant that my soul may find rest In comforts so healing as thine. 

■tern * H\ l t W -HH 1 ^44^^4^4W-MM^L4-^t4g |4 a »|g ^ 4x4 

BEHOLD THE LAMB OF GOD! 

F or G mnjor. , , , , 

P-f-ltl-f^^3t3^^-3+5--5— 1-3+3-F-4+3--5— 6-t4+5-f-5+5-3-F-6+6— S-F-1+4-H&-6+ 

0> * J I I ill I I I I I I I I I I I III I I I I ill I I I « M I I 

Behold! behold! behold the Lamb of God, behold the LambofGod, who taketh who taketh a - way the 

Behold! behold! behold the Lamb of God, behold the Lamb of God, who taketh who taketh a - way the 



> 



&— 5-4^&\- 1 4 3-1-5-5-5-5-413-3-4— 5-44-4— 3-3-1-3-a-P— I-sTTi— 1 -|-2-3— 4-3- -r-3-5-1 S-f- 

sins of the world, who taketh away who taketh away the sins of the world. Hal - le - lu - jah. Hal - ]e- 

e: 3 5.413.1.113 3 3 3 «I5 5 5 5 515 5.5 1 gT - 14.355 3 145 5 I ~5. ' 5 1 

© t sH — 4-t—t-t — w—f* — t t — i— i — w~ w — i — i -I— 1 srl r — h r-?-^ — r i'T^J ' r '' 

sins of the world, who taketh away who taketh away the sins of the world. Hal - le - lu - jah. Hal - le - 

-5-5-5! « 4 f +^-4-4-444-3-1-4-? I 8 } H fr-M* 5+5 — 7— l-HMM ** 



BEHOLD THE LAMB OF GOD! Continued. 49 

lu - jah. Hal - le Ju - jaii. Behold! behold. the Lamb of God, whota-keth away the 

the Lamb of God, who ta - keth away the 



Jg- -.5- 1 f j f jS gjg- \ S. l_g__j J jL^_3[4, 

lu - jah. Hal - le - lu - jah. Behold! behold! 



r-<- 



JULY. C. M 



I> major. 



Hart. Arr. 



g-e-4-s-iti-f 



t Ji T«t 



&4-3-4T- 



II 



sins of the world, who taketh away the sins of the world. 



^?— — ■ — T T+ ~ 



+pLi-4J*4 



sins of the world, who taketh away the sins of the world. 

*4— *41&-4±±-i*-H±—*U-a-~3 k U 



&1-g- g S g il sa nrcrdUU 7 fir s 1 1 

1 Come let us join our cheer - fuT songs With angels' round ihe 

<B1~ llli ^ li y _ i-.y.t^ t- -i ~i waif 

•J •■ Worthy the Lamb that died," they cry "To be ex - ah - ed 
3 Jesus is worthy to receive Hono- and pow'r di - 

#4-3 :S-4-3-5-|-3 5 — d\flf ff-g — si I 

I Let all that dwell above the skv And air, and earth, iwl 

c- * i-i-i-i-ii-fi>'5— s l— it \ i-i 4-2-1 .5—;? ! 

5 Ihe whole creation join in one I o bless the su 



(g-*-t^f- 



-«t, 1 -f-?*-fltfTnr 



M- 



\t\ « 



-2—2- 



*t 



throne; Ten thou - sand thousand are their tongues. Ten thousand thousand are their tongues, But all their joys are one. 



&-^TWq i *Ml4_ 5 6 J if \&\ t~t-ir-tt\ 2 aj .jrttt i i I a I ?r-^ 

re - ply, "Worthy the Lamb,'.' our ltpa re - ply, "For he was slain for us." 
*an give, And blessings, more than w« can give, Be, Lord, for - ev - er 



thus:" "Worthy the Lamb," our lius 
vine; And blessings, more than we 



JL— 5 r-0-7 iJ-« «-tf-| 7 I ? 7—? — g r ^g— a-1— g ' I 3 I F 6 g - .1 [-g- P 

seas, con spTre to lift thy glo - ries high, ('(inspire to lift thy glo - nes high, And speak thy endless jir,. 



<5— g -| 



ll.l 2 

;- I *-r r- 



©— st-4- 



| S+a-g-^Jig-a-i-g^i U-2-g -ili- 



name of Him who sits up - on 



the throne, Of Him who sits up 



X3 



II 



the throne. And to a-dorc the Lamb 



50 






SHAW. U'ft 



Kpv «»r A imior Hartley. 




3 In the midst of afflic-tion, my table is spread; With blessings unmeasured mv cup runneth o'er; With oil and perfume thou anoint - est my head; 

CANADA. L. M. 

Eb major. 

(8^xf-^, 1 -^^- 4 -?t 1 - 1 1 ^t 1 ii/|(8-4-5|5--4l3-5U-3^i^lr5— ol^-als^-sli-F-^ 

"stores me when wandering, redeems when oppressed. I i \\hen Hod is nigh, mv faith is sirong; His arm is mv al - migh - ty prop- 

Vo h^n can befall with my Comforter near. < * ^£+ JtSfcJL^J^Z^ *£%L tZ^' h Zw^T 

413^4 



can ueian »'"• "'3 """"'""' """*• \ :i Mv hVsh shall thy first call 'obey. Shakeoff the dmt, andrise 

O, what shill I ask of thy providence more? f -i There streams of endless pleasure flow, And fulj 



T 



discov - er - ies of thy grace. 



# _ 1 _ tl _ |l _ n 3- 4 _ f> _4 t 5-5-.l t 1^ V |g4_1 18 4Ji6_lJ3_l 1 3; 5 |J^3_4|3_a4 [i __^_^ l l_ f 4 



i i i i_j U i— j 

Be glad, my heart: re-joice, my tongue; My dy - ing flesh shall rest in hope, My dy - ing flesh shall rest in hope. 

the grave, Nor lose thy chil - dren in the grave. 
the sky, To von - der throna above the sky. 

-4-4fl« 4}3 S\ fS: g4| , g || 



My soul for - ev - ei with the dead, Nor lose thy chil - dren in 

Then shalt thou lead the wondrous way To von - der throne a - bove 
I I f 



Eg 3 » ?|4^|g_6jX^t 



i i i i I, i i ■ ■ ■ — i — i ■ -pi .. .... ~_ , — . 

Which we but msted here be-low. Spread hea - ven - ly jovs through all the place, Spread heav - enly joys through all the place. 
t t f . <~± _ . j*n. 



, i4^n*-n*—ti*i 



4 



.|— 4-fll 4|3^__3)4^_«i__|Jl4 ] . 






ALV1N. S's & 6. 



Key of F major. 

g-%~ 1 -j- 1 -3-3 - 1 +g-0-g j- 3 1 3— 3— 3- 

1 My God, my Father, while I stray Par from my home, 
2 Though dark mv path, and sad mv lot. Let me be still, 

3 What though m lonely grief 1 sign Kor friends beloved 
4 If ihou shouldsl call me to resign What most I prize, 

^ 3 3 | 3 4 5 3 | 3 4 3 | g | 5 g_g_ 

Should pining sickness waste a - waj "My life in pre 
6 Re new my will from day to day. Blend it with thine, 

^_I_i4.i_i_i_i44_i_iii4.i_i_i_ 



—1+3—3— 



1+2- 

n life's 



and 



rough 
murmur 



no Ion - 
— it ne'er 

• mature 
and take 



3—1 — 



l+2+3--fi— 6— 3|2-*4— .VJ6+7— 8— 3— 2 

way, O, leacli me from my heart lo say, "Thy will, my God, 
not, And breathe the prayer di - vine • ly taught, "Thy wjll, my God, 

-a \r\ » M"1 "7— i-Tt. 1 .^ 

nigii; Sub-mis - sive still would 1 re - ply, "Thy will 

mine, — I on - Iv yield thee what is thine; "Trn will 

_»l «!«_*_ '-I . «|9_9_*|4|«_ 

ray. In life or death leach me lo say, "Thy will, 
way Whale'er now makes it hard m sav,"'lln will, 

-'4 s\} } 6 *1 ? ? g^ r 



51 



be do 
be done. 



ft 1 it 



mv God, l>c done. 
my God, be dour'' 

g g 4|3J| 

mv God, he 

my God, be done 

h- s -^\ t II- 



I) major. 



-3+3-3+1-ftI^ 

iVhen thev join to sing ol him- 
beheld the world undone, Loved tin? world — and gave his Son. 



AUSTIN. 7's. 
friTHlrtrtlfl. i lfri 1 JU.ilf) ala-li i\ l .alJ Pa ila-l 1 

1 Sweet the time — exceed - ins sweet! When the saints to-geth - er meet, When the Savior is the theme," I 

2 Smowethen e - ter - nal love, Such as did the Fa - ther move: He beheld the world undone, Lo 

81 1 ill t\ * g| g i» 3| i T^J i [ 7 Jl { U i[ ±J 3| f l8-g|g ill 3 | » - || 

3 Sing the Son's a- ma - zing lore; How he left the realms above, Took our nature, and our place, Lived and died to save our race. 

4 Sing we too the Spir - it's love; With our wretched hearts he strove, Filled our minds with grief and fear, Brought the precious Savior near. 

6-J-g- .-»!.•»• II 

md MMLj ol him. 

*f*-5tHl 



©4-1-4 |3_14-7- r l-?+- , 45-.'5+4-5 IS 54-g-l 3-^5+1-g+g g U4 l 7 I 

5 Sweet the place — exceed-ing sweet, Where the saints in glo - ry men; Where the Savior 's still the theme, Where they see and sing of him 



|@-3- 1 -, t i-, t5 _ ^+1^1-3+6-^-2-3-1+3^-1-1+1-1+5 3+1. fl-g^ 

ALBAM1S. S's, 6 & 4. 

Key of F major. Wood. 

-IfSr-S-^fr-^fl^a-S-*— ^ t grj^t«-7-8-^4-3-^|^lr«-3-^-|-3rtt 

1 Our blest Redeem - er, ere he breathed His tender, last farewell, A Guide, a Comforter bequeathed With us to dwell. 

2 He came sweet influence to impart, A gracious, will - ing guest, While he can find one humble heart Where - in lo rest. 

^4J4 n i^_8-JM.7 , -4- y |i | iT l 7+^4 

3 He breathes that gen -tie voice we beer, Soil a* the breeze of even, Thai checks each fault, that calms each fear, And speaks of heaven. 
4 And eve - rv vir - lue we possess. And eve - ry vie - tory won And ev - ery thought of ho - li - ness. Are hi* alone. 

^f_8 |g g 4 6 g 4 IJ^q g g 4 6 g|343 1 4 g g g|g g - 1 - 1 «IT«_g| S || 

5 Spirit of pu - ri - tV and grace. Our weakness, pilv - ing, see; O, make our hearts thy dwelling-place. And wor - thier thee. 

l^ 3 --14^3-4-i--5-^^4^+4-^-^---^+r,- | 3 \ 4_^_J_^4-«_1-__5j-3+6-tg--54-I--4 



g4_i44_4-?--TML-V4J--4»+i-i-i- 



52 FULLER. H. M. 

1 Rise, Sun of glory, rise, And chase the shades of night, 0, chase those dismal shades away, And bring the bright, millennial day! 
Which now obscure the'skies. And hide thy sacred light. , , ■ „ 

2 Now send thy Spirit down On all the nations, Lord, That heathen lands may own thy sway, And cast their i - dol Cds away. 
With great success to crown The preaching of thy word; 

i_t_ 7 4» *-X*WN4L-iLJMM-T-i^ 

3 Then shall thy kingdom come Among our fallen race, Whence pure devo- tion shall ascend, And songs of praise, till time shall end. 

And all the earth become The temple of thy grace; ,,«.,.,,, , i i i in 

PROTECTION,* 8's 7's. 

_ . M. Conant. 

1 God is love; his mer - cy brightens All the path in which we rove; Bliss he wakes, and woe he lightens; God is wisdom, God is love. 

,i~ r i dill- — rfn — h3^ti-"5tg- _ 5ts J -t^»~^^fT« -; it4 _ s"^|3^-s-5t5--i|s=1t 

I ■-> Chance and change are bu- sy e-ver, Man decays, and a- ges move; But his mercy wa - neth never; God is wisdom, God is love. 
" 3 E'en the hour That dark -est seemeth Will his changeless goodness prove; From the gloom his brightness streameth; God is wisdom, God is love. 

@-3-3 T -3-3-3+4^-4f4-3^-f5-5-f4--S-|- 8-7+8— j-8r-8-8-8-f-8— 8-J-8-8— |87-8-8-7|8ra|«rfl- 

2 4 He with earth'lv cares entwineth Hope and comfort from above: Every where his glo - ry shineth; God is wisdom, God is love. 

^^ * Sing Base an octave loner. 



< 



Key of E major 



HEBER. 6 & 4's. 

H. W. Day. 




S 

\'.v Mim who Dowru iu mivc i ik uooui-wuf. .— " - - — 

I i i While tremblinto'er the grave, We call on thee to save, Father divine: Hear,hear our suppliant breaih.Keep us in life and death/Thine, only thine 



LEEDS. 5's & (Ts, 53 

F major. W. W. Purtriil^c. 

1 Yeservants of God, Your Master proclaim. And publish abroad His wonderful Name; Tin; name all vic-to-rious of Je - sus extol; 
2 God rulelh on high. Almighty to save; And still he is nigh, His presence we have: The great conjre - ga - lion His triumph shall sing, 

• w lJU3L.s^_s\A^\sLa_sisi9 l-i-^-a | 5^5|8_*_4|s | .1 1 i_£lf }.5_3_i4. y __,L_ 7 _|.i| 

3 Salvation to God, Who sits on the throne — Let us all cry aloud, And honor the Son: Our Je - sus - 'a praises The angels proclaim; 



_ 3 



5+3-3-5 4^-44 4-5-5 I « J 5 i-3-3-3 I-I-3U-5-5 j-! J 5 1-5-1- ftU-?-4+5-»--*4-M- 



1 



fi— l t 4 - a -n--P-l*t«-F-*|- , tt 

His kingdom is glorious, And rules o - ver all. 
-l t l_,-l t I-,_, t ,^^_^ s . H 

As-crib - ing sal-va - tion To Je - sus our King. 

«-jj.i-y-g .l 4 *f f J-fiM*-? t :l ll 

Fall down on their fa - ces, And wor - ship the Lamb. 

® l 4-6— 3— 3+6— 4— 4+5 5— 5 (- - 1 H 



D mnjor. 



-ft 

The God that 



SEYMORE. H. M. 
&-i— 5~ 5 g|c rl '^ta 4 £ |* l is- 

1 Upward I lilt mine eves, I rom God is all mv aid; 

(g-i~3-^-3t4-it3--tT-i-tt 7 -<1 7 : te a M 

2 My feet shall never slide, And fall in fa - tal snares, Since God, my 

3 No burning heats bv day. Nor blasts of eve-ningair, Shall take my 

4 Hast thou not given thv word, Tosave mv soul from death' And can 

©-1— l-l-l|4-2fl--|l-4-3-|a— lt 5 .-J-l— 3-4f 



built the skies, And earth and ^Ta^- ture made: God is the tower To which I fly; His grace is nigh In ev - erv hour. 

&~rz 7 U fy "~ tr^ft" i-^-n 7 :HU— at *^-*THr*hF r*tjnH^jhi 1 3-1I 3 If 

, 1 • . r» fpnd« " m< l-_r..l AXrk;«K ..« _ BA*,laAn <51.-.lll« _ r,ol boon Wlien rlnnffPrK rifle. 



guard and guide. De 
health away, If 



frTinT my fears. Those wakeful eyes, Which ne - ver sleep. Shall Is - rael keep, When dancers rise. 
L.od be with there Thou art mv sun, And thou my shade, To guatd my head By night or noon 



I o-4|3--4-^-t----5|3^^|a-|n l --J|- r M 1 ' ■ ^1-4515-54-4- 6 45 5+5 II- 

trust my Lord To keep my mor - tal breath: I'll go and come Nor fear to die, Till from on high Thou call me home. 

-^-st r F -■ l m *i\ }-ir}-ttr\ft l -*t l -t-t lT . l t lT t, 1 t 1 ^1- 1 — i~ hr^-lt 



54 HARVEST, or THANKSGIVING HYMN. 

Key of F. Chorus. 

g-*-~5J-."i~f-3-2-\ 1 — g-j- 1 — 3— a^4-|- S— S-f-r-r-6-j-.T-J- 5 j «_«— «4,— 3-t — »S 1 1 j G |6_7-fiJ5 

of harvest praise; In loud thanksgiving raise Hand, heart, and voice;The val - ie\s laugh and sing. For • ests and 

for man and beast Je - hn - \ ah spreads a least, Ahove, beneath: Ye herds and flocks draw near, Fowls, ye are 



-4-.T 



1 The God 

2 Ol food 



Hartley. 

• tains ring. The 
corned here; His 



of corn.Sway'd 
a - long, And 



3 Garden 

4 The God 



zJ 3 13, 



5 Yes, bless 

1 1 



©-2— — 



and orchard ground Autumnal fruits have crownedjTne vintage glnws;Here plen 
of harvest praise. Hands, hearts. and voices raise, with sweet accord. From field 

His ho - ly name. And your loud thanks proclaim Thro' all the earth; To glo 



pours her horn.There ihe full 

gar • ner through, Bear - tng jour 



tide 
sheaves 



r y 



your 



lot Is come - ly; 

1 _ 



--4 



but 



be not God's 



-I--4. 



; »*«-^piPt*i^t£±£?^^ 



streams rejoice The valleys laugh and sin", Fnreslsatid mountains ring.The plains their tribute bring. The sireams rejoice 

all that breathe. Ye herds and flocks draw near.Fowis, veare welcomed here;H is goodness crowns the year l*or all that breathe. 



plain" their tribute bring. The 
goodness crowns the year For 

oWfiows. Here plentv pour* her horn.There the full tide of rorn,Sway*d by the hrvalh of morn, The land overflows, 

the Lord. From field to garner thro', Bearing your sheaves "long, And in your harvest song, Bless ye the Lord. 

14? J « i _«_«_£| ft_g||. I 1 l|4_g|S^,g_g_S |«_p_«^| 5_4| 34 

ben e fit forgot A - midst your mirth. To glo - ry in your lot is come - Iv; but be not God's ben - e - fit for -got Amidst your mirth. 

-i-'i. 3 3 l-e-s-U ^4.54«4^4- T ^|i-5|^^-?l^^l T 1 -W^44^3jt|5-5|i4 



by the hrealh of morn, The 
u» your harvest song, Bless 



land 
ye 



~U- 1- 



CHRISTIAN. 7's, 

Bb major, _^ ^_ ^_^ 

Sofadesthe summer cloud away. So sinks Ibe gale when storms are o'er; So gently shuts Ihe eye of day. Sud.es a wave a - long Iheshore. 

Sofadesthe summercloud away, So sinks ihe gale when storms are o'er; So gently shuts the eye of day So dies a wave a - long iheshore. 



CLEAVELAND* 8, 7, & 4. 55 

1> major. Rather slow. Mood 

S-2-i-it3-.T-<i 7l J s -N-itdri-a-|its=-rtii-- SI i-i^-^tenrnma-t-a-stT-lf- 

l Oome, thou soul-transforming Spirit, Bless the sower and the seed: Let each heart thy grace in-her - it; Raise the weak, the hungry feed 

From ilie gospel, From the gospel Now supply thv people's need. ' 

&i-rtt*Tri-*t«-srti ili *k i fti=-r |-+~itinr-±-*t3r-i-i-i i in*— r^t i - If 

@_S ..*_« |«_8_*_a4.a_.1.4^_8J.8_«_.'l_-5 \.^_L\^_S |.«_«_8_8J.8_^_«_.Ti;a«_ «_4"|3- n 
2 O, may all enjoy the blessing Which thy word's designed to give; Let us all, thy love possessing, Joy-ful-lv the truth receive 
And for -ev-er, And for - ev - er To thv praise and glory live. 

jeJ -1 1|1 1 4 g|l 1|I 1|1 4 « ^fi- :| t. Ill t 1 a|4 4 9 i|« A a jit-n 

* Sin^ 7ertor anrf Base an octave loicer. ' ■ ' 

CRUCIFIXION. 8's, 7's, & 4. 

D major. Slowly. ^ a- 

*tnM|r^nHrt^l^lftn^^ 

1 Hark! the voice of love and mercy Sounds aloud from Cal - vary: See! u rends the rocks asunder, Shakes the earth, and veils the sky 
"It is finished!" "It isfimshedr' Hear the dv - ing Saviourcrv. 



jKnrt|ini|i#-#iri*i^^ 

2 "It is finished!" O, what pleasure Do these charming words afford! Heavenly blessings, without measure, Flow to us thro' Christ the Lord 
"It is finished!" "It is finished!" Saints, the dy - ing words record. 

®-l-5-5\.1-l\ l IIM^S-Slo— Mf5-4|»-4— -— |-^— |-r-|-_-M J T y|I_Jl| 5 _ 4 | :l j| 

3 Tune your harps anew, ye seraphs; Jointosing the pleasing theme: All in earth and heaven uniting, Join'lo praise Immanuel's name- 

Halle - lujah! Hal - le-lu-jah! Glory to the bleeding Lamb! 

i-l-i-iU-iU — il i-i^4i- 7 l i— sis— &\ i=-4+ e -^— 1^-^14-4] l-i^-J-a-spi — i\s — s\ r-U 

ASCENSION. 7's. 

fSl^t^^t^-tt^t.'^ni-ity-^ I ^M-*-»-, , ^t»-, , - I t l -*i-«2--L3t»- s, t , -1f 

1 "Wide, ve heavenly gales, unfuld.Closed no more by death and sin; Lo! the conquering Lord behold; Let the King of trio - rv in." 

2 Hark! th' angel - ic host inquire, "Who is he, th' almigh - tv King?" Hark again! the answering choir Thus in strains of triumph sine'— 

&- S i- S i iU 4 AX ?> 4 4 t^-^ta--fri-i-t1^-^-8ti-ji-^- -*-iy-Wil 

3 "He whose powerful arm, alone, On his foes de - slruc - lion hurled; He who batb the vie - lory won; He who saved a ruined world; 

4 "He who God's pure law fulfilled; Jesus, the in - car- nale Word; He whose truth with blood wasseal'd;He is heaven's all - glorious Lord." 

&-i-5^-5-5-5\-i-l-ll5^S-±-H5 g — Ur4±-5-5~£ \ f d g j-j — f 1 «ff 3— -l-g— sl&U 

5 "Who shall up to that abode Follow in the Saviour's train'" "They who in his cleansing blood Wa«h a - way each guilty stain. 

g-i-i'i-i-i-i -U-4-i4-i-5-4-44-.i — 5— 1-iM-i-i-i-i I i — i-l-i- :i -4 — :i_i 1 .1 5 ii ff 



I 

\ 

I 



5(5 GIVE THANKS. Anthem for Thanksgiving. 

Key of Eb major, thorns. Duett. Chorus. 
( g-|-5|8--8|7_-7|6 : 5- s 4|5.-6|5 7|8 S|4 : 3-2-|l = ^l-l-2|3--3|9 : 'l f 2-2-3 1 4-4 1 4^ \ 

Give thanks, give thanks ud - In the Lord; give thanks, give thanks un - to the Lord, For h« is good, is good. For he isgood, is good. 

@ » _g|5- g|g-' g|3*2 2 |2- 4 | 3 _ g |g _ g|6g_S4|»^j „ { ] |g g g|g- g|gg i 

2 GiveUianbSjgivethanksun - to the Lord; give thanks, give thanks un - to the Lord, For he isgood, is good. For he isgood, is good. 

^,l_ljtr_i) s ^ y |i>-ilgzU| « - <[» - Sj fOLg- H-l ■ . 1 . 1— .— i-g-g-glg^-slslg — V 

Sournno and Second duett. Bass and Tenor duett. Solo. 

-S-4|g-g-^[ff-3-a|4-»-^|3-3^-f#-lr«|3-3-»|4-3H8[l-l^-7|8-g-^|g-a-lj«-7-8|7--g-|- 

2 For his mer- cy en-du - retii en-du-reth for-ev-er, For bis mercv en-du-reth for-ev - er. His m«rcv en-du - reLh, en-du-reth forev - er. 

-l_-2|3-3-3t3-l-lia-l-yll-l— ^-sz-gtl-l-ltS-l-sfii-a-f— J ] f { f 

Dm ti Olionu. o , — , 

o—o+Or— 4— 4-J-4— 3— 2-J-2— 3— 4-j-3-3-7-f-8-g-S-j-«-6-g-f-4-3-^8-J-I-l J |fg-J-8--8-j-7— 7-]-«-5- t 4-f- 

his mer-cy en-du-reth, en-du-reth for - ev - er, his mercy en - du-reth, en - du- reth for-ev-er. Give thanks, give thanks un - to the 

£— 3f4— 2— 8-J-9— 1— 7 f 7 — l-afl-I-2-j-3-3-3-j-4-4-3-|-3-l- ? ^I-l-]-3^3z-3-|-2_-2fl^— g-j- 
j _|_ | _j g|g 8 8|8 8 8|6 S 4 |3 3|g|g- g|g- g|3« 2| 

his mer-cy en-du-reth, en-du-reth for - ev - er, his mercv en - du-reth, en - du- reth for- ev-er. Give thanks, give thanks un- to the 

i_4 I 1 1 44X*_3„JL^4_4J;4_3_ 5 ^1_J4141_-J4. 5 -_ 7 4JL1_24. 



forte. j 



£— 5~6-)-g-— 7-J-J 5-J-4-3 a-j-l-w-fg-C-7-j- 1 -J-frg-4-j-S |-a-3-4-(-3-w-4-j-3 \S--f 1 ft 

Lord; give thanks, give thanks un - to the Lord, A - men, A - men, A - men Amen, A men. 

^- T --l t l-^9t3— If^l— 7t | -^t-^t— — t4^2 t l— ty -l-2 t l^-2 t l-— l-J^tl— H 
_8r_443_, g|g ,'g|^ f 4 4, 3 .| ,| . . -j . | . |fr - |g.g| g ,v[4- |3 . \\ 

Lord; give thanks, give thanks un - to the Lord, A - men, A - men, A - men, Amen, A - men. 

_^_i|i-jt|» 34.&-*-P-4 4 \——4 4- 5 ~4i-^l- 1 — 4«=4L— tt 



e 



BEAVER STREET. L. M. 57 

Bb major. H . s , Merr inm. 

I Lord, when Ihou didsl ascend on high, Ten thousand angels filled the sky; Those heavenly giilrds around dice wait, Like chariots lhal at - tend tin stai 

&i-$~&-.i\5s\5-4\2-\ t$rin&\Bns\&A &AI&- \s~.i -ilamlB — t} Mis fafciirthWTr Is-ii 

i Not Sinai's mountain rould appear .More glorious, when the Lord was there;While he pronounced his ho - ly law, And struck tlie cW>*en tribes witl 
S Hon bright the triumph none can tell, When all the reb - el powers til bell, That thousand souls had cap - live made. Were all in chains like cup- tivi 

# .I_l_l_a|2_ r |J_I|I4i___ i I_|| 3 _l| 1>_P 7 | 1.-4 T _4_yjl_. y |r8_I^j^J. y _l L 2|3 J 9j II 3 C 3 

4 Raised by his Father to the throne, He sent his promised Spi - rit down. With gifts and grace for teb - el men.That God might dwell on earth a r 

©-2-1-3-1 |3-5|3-4|l4l i-3|2-3|4^-5-U45-^-5|3-5|y-^|545-4-2|l^3|3i-5-|l-Ji. 

DEHY. L. M. 

G major. 

(8i^t«-n 3 -n^?t 3 t^t I -n 3 -f 5 t 6 -^ 5 t 3 t 5 -n i -^ c - 4 t a tf 5 t^ 3 - l n8-^t , ^tMi 

1 Asshow'non meadows new-Jv mown, Our God shall send his Spir-it downi E - ter -nal Source of grace di-vine, What soul - re -fresh • ing drops arc thine' 
2 That heavenly influence let us find In ho - ly silence of the mind, While ev-ery grace maintains its bloom, Dil - fu - sing wide its rich perfume 

^t#;M4^-44^-fl- g l?l 8 fl-« N*-JWf l» Fl 3 jt|* ?\ s \?\ * ' f yURiauwib 

3 Nor let these blessings be confined To us, but poured on all mankind, Till earth's rude wastes in verdure rise. And E - den's beau • ty greet our eyes 



WEBSTER. L. M. 

A major. 

1 With all mv powers of heart and tongue, I'll praise my Ma-ker in my song; Angels shall hear the notes 1 raise, Ap-provc the song and join lh< 

2 To God I cried, when troubles rose; He heard me, and subdued my foe*; He did my ri - sing rears conlrol, AiuTTtrengili diffused Ihrc'al mvsoul, 

3 A - mid a thousand suares I stand. Upheld aod guarded by thy hand;Thy words my fain! - ing soul revive, And keep my dy- iiiff faith a'l 

i4-« I- M I 1 ?\* n m MMf MM* IP 1 7 1 « I ■ 3 |« -i\* — Hf34flrM|i ! ! MW 

4 I'M sing thv truth and mer-ey, Lord; I'll sing the wonders of thy ward; Not all the works an (i names be - low, So much thv pow'r and glo xy show. 

8 



58 



WARREN. S. M. 



D major. 



1 And am I born to die? To lay this bod - y down' And must my trem - btiuo- spir - it fly, 

tgi-stsT - rtinpits- 1 sW rtsprtijU 2 ! sf--f^[ " r 4 — ft ! **y~i I ^jr* I s -~"~ t 

@-2-,'»4-5--4-r-3-l-<» : — 5-l-5~4-S— 1-5-3-5-5-1-6- els^-W r-8 ^-8|s= — 8|$U7-6-S3|6- |- 

And am I born to die? To lay this bod - y down? And must my trem - bling spir - it fly, 

@-l_l4-l- 3 _|_4_2_ 3 4-iT.J_i — liz i_|_4r *4(5— -Ml — 4 4 I 4- 1 14 2 3-3|6-5^4'4- 



e- 



9-MM*4-l-l\& 4-13-3-114-4-5-511-11- |^l_ 1 4.^_r_i_i_^-ii 5 -4- s 4.i ! ^J_4_3- r - 



And must my trembling spir - it fly In-to a world unknown' I 

^fftt\tft£^\rx-3\ffiriti&tt) 

in • to a world un - Known? in) 4 From thee, the o • ver- flow - w ff spring. Ous souls shall drink 

-8-I5-5-5-315-- l-^-slo-6-^-5 3--H- / ^_,4£_^M-4-^4Tt-tM-J-^ 

And must my trembling spir - it fly Jn-to a world unknown? I 5 Swift as an ea gle cut: 



c major. STILLWATER. L M. Baker Family. 

Soli Semi-Chorus. 

1 Awake, our souls; away, our tears; Let eve - ry trembling 
2 True, 'tis a straight and thornv road, And irinr- tal spir - its 

&t*tf-ffff*t*-1rtf-lnr-st 

The migh -ly God, whose matchless power Is ev - er new and 



its the air. We'll mount a -loft 



Chorus. 



^-^-^--^^-r^^r^-^—n^-^f^^-nt 1 ---^ 



thought be gone; 
tire and faint; 



A -wake, and run theheaven-ly race, And 
But they for - get the migh-ty God, Who 



put 
feeds 



a 

the 



cheer - ful 
strength of 



cour - 
eve — 



age 



on. 

saint; 



<g-y: zt&—frrff-f- &—&— f- s-bs— f^t^m~ fH-t&—f['s^rti—^tts-~ W 



ev 

full 



er young, 
sup- ply; 



And firm endures, while endless years tht'ir 
While those who trust their na - tive strength Shall 



melt 



er - last - ing cir 

a - way, and droop, 



cles run. 
and die. 



5 «^7— l ~\-7 z — |~>>-r-5-— 5— 5 —S— 
thine a - bode; On wings of love our souls shall fly 



54-5—4-5- r-5 — * L 

Nor tire a 



L= — ©4-5- 



mid the heaven 



&-OT- a4-5 r — 1-54--1- — i — l—i- 



-f-» 4 -5-- 4 -5- 



-4-4--5-- 



road. 



HYDE. C. E 50 

6 major. Trio. thorns. 

1 Father, I sireirh my hands (o thee; No oth - er help I know; If ihou withdraw tny - soil" from me, Ah, whilh - or shall I go 7 

(g-2-jilanlr-ls-," \r— i\ l hil*—* ?\fl P I'-Ttoril U n lar-frl*--,' I LSHH ■ tt 

I i What did thine on - ly Son eudure Before I drew mj breathl What pain, what la- bor, to se - cure My soul from end less death! 

Lj_3 | 8 8 | 3 flg 5| gj3)42_144 5J5_4^ |_| _ |^4|3^|.£V ^fl 

3 AuUror of faith, to thee 1 lift My wea - ry, long - ingeyes; O, may I now re-ceive that gift; Jlysoul wilb-oul it dies 

MONDAY. C, M. 

F major. Wm. Shew. Ar. 

1 Thou art my portion, O my God; Soon as I know thy way, Mv heart makes haste t'o- bey thvword.And suf - fers no de - lay. 

&i-^i-^a-3t 3 -f*t 3 - l-it 9 -^; 1 -,'"^ l" 3 1 ^-t l 1 3 ~*tS , -r1 rmrP-FlfHfl '11 

2 I choose the path of heavenly truth, and glo- ry in mychoice:Not all the rich - e8 of the earth f'ould tnako me so rejoice. 
3 Thy precepts and thy heavenly grace I set before my eyes;Thence I de-rive my dai - ly strength, And there mv com- fort lies. 

Jbf 3 l g H 7 Tl 8 £l- g -lgl s ?1 6 f -r^-4-p-t- J- — -1— — ! - I? I- — 3 lff 4 | 3 I1 

4 If once I wander from thv path, I think up -on thv ways.Then turn my feet to thy commands, And trust thy pardon - ing grace. 

tf }\i M^duUlMUr-lU-HsA^ 4—4— — kliP UU-4 1 ■ il 

G1FF0RD. C. M. 

A or Bb major. M. 15. Mnybry, Mk. 

1 My God, my ev - er-last-ing; hope, I live up-on thy truth; Thy hands have held my childhood up, And strengthened all my youth. 

2 Still has my life new wonders seen, Re-peat-ed eve - ry year; Behold, my days thai yet re -main, I trust them to thy care. 
:: Casl in' not off when strength declines, When hoa-ry hairs a-rise; And round me let thy glo - ry shine, Whene'er thy ser- vantdies. 

i^J4jLM-JLj. f M I 'If y ' 4 r I 'IF r ' 'If F ' M-^-M-r^-ti 

4 Then, in the history of my age, When men review my days, They'll read thy love in eve - ry page, In eve - ry line thv praise. 



1 



I 



©Hi 



_i_j i-i-i-i+4-i-i— I— 6-l-«-«-i— aiar-l-i-l-i , -i-i-i-k--4— 1-4— sis— i'— 4— sj-i-W 



GO C0NANT. L. M. 

Eb Major. ^ 

,^_3-3^3_. 4 -5-3^-4-2-3-|3^3-4-5-6j-p4-5^3^3-4-5-3^4-f»-G^ 1 j-6--5-5-l-f3-2-l-tf 

1 \shamed of Je - sus ' sooner far Let evening blush to own a star ; He sheds the beams of light di- vine O'er this benighted soul of mine. 

^ i -l^l-3-3-l^2-^-l^ltl-r 3 - 4 t^-?- 2 t , -t>-?- 3 ^ l -[f-?- l t 3 tf-| | -7- | 1 , ^- , -tt 

!"> \shaiued of Je - sus ' lhat dear Friend, On whom mv hopes of heaven depend ! No! when 1 blush, be this my sname. I hai 1 nn more revere his mine, 
i^'o A a ),-irner! nf Te -sus' ves I may When 1 've no sins to wash away; No tear to wipe, no good to crave, Nn fear to quell, no soul to save, 
Till then, (nor is my boasting vain,) Till then,!'!! boast a baviour slain! And, O, may this my glo- ry be.Thal Christ is not ashamed of me! 



,p4 2 Til 



MARSHAL. L. M. Fnneral Occasion. 

F. Major. Gently. M « Conant, N. Y. 

r^ i d„ f,j„, ,hp lovelv bloomine flow'r, Frail .smiling sol- ace of an hour;So soon our transient comforts fly. And pleasure on- ly blooms to die. 
•> lstherenokind.no healing art, To soothe the anguish of the heart' Spi- rit of graue.be ev - er nigh: Thy comforts are not made to die. 

3 Let gen - tie patience smile on pain, Till dy - ing hope re - vivcs a - gain; Hope wipes the tear from sorrow's eye, And faith points upward to the sky. 

HILLSBURGH. L. M. 

Bb major. N p Basaett. 

( Si^t3-^- , ^t^4^^5t 1 , -r 3 -n^- I -t5t3-^ , -5t, , - 3 - 2 m 3 - 1 , -6-n, , -^ l -tt 

] The praise of Zi - on waits for thee, My God. and praise becomes thy house: There shall thy saints thy glo - ry see, And there perform their pub -lie vows. 

o O thou whosemer-cv bendsthe skies To save when hum-die sin-m-rs prav; All lands In thee shall lift their eyes. 4nd is . lajids of the northern sea. 
3 Against' my will my sins pre - vail, Bui grace shall purge a - way their stain; The blood of Christ will nev - er fail To wash my garmeuts while a - gain. 

*i_»l- 1 _4_» _i;^_ < i_ 7 _;i44-^- , -^-r-#-?- 3 -l A44-t*-S-*44-M4 *WMUL*l KK^-W 

^ 4 Blest is the man whom thou shall choose, And give him kind ac-cess to thee; Give him a place with- in thy house, To taste thy love di - vine - ly free. 



LOVED ONES LIE SLEEPING. 61 

Bb major. 

rgi-gjliir-t-t-yt^-g-, 1 -?^?-^-, 1 ! ^ ' r 1 a *1* ^-i^-g-^-fitMLl-^^'-M- 

1 CM those, who round the hearth-slonemove.A charm thai served lo bind, TT eve - rv art, bytnllb and love, Their iru - oge on themind, 

2 They shall not al - ways rest in sleep: The mansions of thedead Shall be unrlnvedj and ue who weep By m - gels shall be led 

Nought but the im - age now is left To us, who mourn the doom Of loved ones, who, of life lit - reft. Kest sleep - ing in the tomb 

IM f f f f Iff *L * f HE -SljMIt-M &?-*- MU M 3 1(1 a Ml*-*- W 

To meet a - gain the love - ly forms That erst lo us were given, To cheer us ihro' life's fear - lul stnrms.And guide us on lo heaven 



FRIDAY. 8s & 7s. 

F. major. Hartley Wood. 

1 See the leaves around us falling, Drv and withered, to the ground.Thus to thoughtless mortals ratlin", fn a sad and solemn sound 

^ i -l-2 t l-lft-l t l-l-t 7 -lty-6t6-7t l --t I - 3 f , - , t | - i 1 l - | -r*- , t6-^l6-5l.^ l ir 

2 "Youth, on leriLUh of days presuming, Who the paths of pleasure tread, Viewns.laie in beaiitv blnomins. Numbered now a- mong the dead. 

3 "Whaltho'yet no losses erieve you, Gav with health and many a Brace; Let not cloudless skies deceive you; Summer gives to autumn place' " 

3_g_a a | s a\s 4 1 4 a , \ 2_s ja _? ^a_4 |»._J^»_5;5_» |.i_4 jjl_3_|?_«4 6_5 jj_- 1 j »__ jj. 

4 On the tree of life e-ter-nal Let our highest hopes be staid: This a-lone, for - ev - er ver-nal, Bears a leaf that shall not fade 
^i_l_ 7 |J_l|3-4 4^1-i^5-^5-64^-5^^-+J^74 , -J43-44JLl-45-6+4-a U-S-r-^-rr- 



<V2 DEDICATION ANTHEM. 

^ « COLE. 

C or D nu\joi . 

1 When the Lord shall build up Zi - on, He shall ap-pear in his ?lo-ry, his glo - ry, He shall appear in his 

2 When the Lord shall build up Zi- on, He shall appear in his glo-ry, his glo - ry, He shall appear in his 

Single voices, slmely. 

glo - ry He shall appear in his glo-ry, his gb - ry. O pray for the peace, the peace of Je-ru - sa - lern. 

&-&ittt-*-*tirir£t2-i-i n*\z' r ill - •' al nlrrti r m j *± 41*4 r-*t 

"gU> - ry. He shall appear in his glo-ry, his glo - ry. pray for thepeace, the peace of Je-ru -sa-lem 



< 

I 



Chorum. 



«-i-T*-i-*t*= \t-trt-k-ViF- f*-»-»T*n*|-'-^*t.'-^*-*t'-* 



Peace be with-in thy walls, Peace be with-in thy walls, Peace be with-in thy walls, and plenteousness within thy 

&-&rfr-hr&-i-Xi- \ik~1ririr~k\F- Ps B- i-dr&\ « r i\i i i"i\* 4 t 

|i i - i -i-ilg= I ? g f ? ? 1 *= I-^-^Ig-^-g-sII-gWI 

Peace be within thy walls, Peace be within thy walls, and plenteousness within thy 

-4-4-4^-4-4-419- ■ 15-5^-5-5-54-3- 1 — ^ — P — Ssi^ — ^ — » — aM« — 4L — I- 



& 




DEDICATION ANTHEM. Continued. 63 

pal -a-ces. Peace be with-in thy walls, Peace be with-in thy walls, and plenteousness within thy pal - a-ces. Amen, A -men. 

pal- a-ces. Peace be with-in thy walls, and plenteousness within thy pal -a-ces. A-men, A - men. 

g-3-3^} 16~4^7-6-5|4 1— ^-5|l-l-3-3|6-4— |«- 5 ll-4-5- 1 4-5--j-l^tt 

BERMONDSEY. Os & 4s. 

1 Glo-ry to God on high! Let heaven and earth re - ply; Praise ye his name; His love and grace a -dore.Who all our sor- rows bore- And sing for - 

<&i-rt-i t }*} 1~; 1 — - -1 i-i-ifr^-f—t- — — hiThtt * 3 i I rt-*f 

2 Ye who surround the throne. Join cheerful - lv in one, Praising his name: Ye who hove fell his blond Seating jour peace with Gud Sound his dear 

3 Join, all ye ransomed race, Our Lord and God lo bless; Praise ye his name; In him we will re-joice. And make a jov - ful noise Slmuliiig with 

i.i-i'-aUil-jM^-t- - 1 -- ~ — U-4-d 1*-f-4— — 4 — — 4- <-«-« I i- « ?.-, I ,' ,i_ 7 1- 

4 Soon must we change our place; Y«t will we ncv - er cease Praising his name: To him our songs we'll bring Hailhiro our gracious King \ nd thro' all 

Sloxccr. 

ev-er more," Worthy the Lamb." "Worthy the Lamb," "Worthy the Lamb." Sing a - loud evermore," Worthy the Lamb " 

name abroad, "Worthy the Lamb." "Worthy the Lamb," "Worthy ihe Lamb." Sing a- loud evermore, "Worthy the La-.o." 

heart and voice," Worthy the Lamb." "Worthy the Lamb." "Worthy tin- Lamb." Sing a-loud evermore'," Worthy the Lamb." 

-}^$-*4*-K-5]-&-F-\-S-5-5U-?-r M-C-cU-P-F I, 1 ,' lM^b-f-tfi-4-dlfrfl 

a-geesing,"WorlhytheLamb.' - "Worthy the Lamb," "Worthy the Lamb." a-loud evermore," Worthy the Lamb." 

©-^^6+3-4-g4-l-M-t-3- 1+4-3-4-^4^ 



64 



OLD TUNE. L. M. 



A rnnjor 



Lively 



Ar. 



#•-1-1-1 1 1?2 3|Fl-yj l^3-9S\£*-5\£+- Mi^— 15|2-«|3-3 J4?S|3— j-5-«-0|4,-f3-|- 

1 What are (hose soul - re- vi - vin» strains, Whichech-o thus from Sa - tern's plains? Whit anthems loud, and louder still, So sweetly sound from 

9 Lo 1 'tis an in - fant cho - rus sings Ho - san • na to the King of kings: TheSaviour comes! and hahes proclaim Sal- va- linn sent in 

i\jr3-5W-U-5-5\ l ?-*\r *-*i|*-P1-a|7--*l l l I s -" 9 ! ' " + 3 l ~ I lo-"t?"1" 



<Si-5~s~l5 r " 



3 Nor these alone 

4 Mes - si - ah ; s u«me shall joy impart 



Iheir voice snail raise, For we will join this song of praise; Snll Israel's children forward pre-* 
A * like lo Jew and Gen 



tile heart: 



tie bled fur U9, ho Med lor you. 



To hasl ih. Lord their 
And we wnl >mg ho — 



5 » a 3 «|8.4 g[*a ap_ | t » i |i- L[g- a |a ,, F \QShs 

Proclaim ho - san - nas loud and clear; See David's Son and Lord ap- pear! 



5- 51.1- .11.1 



I 



1 1 114-5 



All praise on eanb to him be given, And glo - ry shout through 

& t i i|t- -114-5-511-4^-1-11^- ' I 9 - a Isr^UUf^sls^sls^ l* ■ l 1 * e l^-g 1 

DIGBY. 8s & 7s, Odd, 

C or D major. R. S. BENNISON, St. Johns, JV. B. At. 

<g _4^_5 t 3-,-|-l- 1 -l t ir 7 -l t 2ri-y-|-l-||- /p^^|5-»|5-i|4-3 H= -t^3l^-Sjt4-5|3- f ^t 

Zi - on's hilP So sweetly sound from Zi - on's hill? y 1 Thro' the day thy love has sparM us, Wearied we he down to rest; 

Thro' tte si - lent watches guard us, Let no foe our peace molest. 



tly 

Je - sus' name. Sal-va-tiim sent in Je - sus' name. 

&-2~7 ~7t * " "~1 5~5~51 5" _ 5t 6".T-a"[ 5~H 



Righteousness. To hail the Lord their right -eousness. 

san - na too. And we will sing ho - san - na too. 

[: 5- 5 |f | 3 3 « | 2- 1 | 43 2 | 3 H 

high - est heaven. And glo- ry shout through high - est heaven. 



JL___4JL_JLJL+5 :_ 3 k -5-5-M 



^2-l-4|l-5|5-5|5-5^41- , r |f7--fr-|©-5|5-F44- 

Thro' the day ihy love has spared us, Wearied we lie down to rest; 
Thro' the si - lent watches guard us, Let do foe our peace molest. 

#4-i-i'li-il 5 -^|i-i-M-i-il 5 — 4-3ls-«U-F-4- 

Pia. For. * 

' — — ' ' u LJ — - Ld 

Saviour thou our guardian he; Sweet n is to trust in thee. Sa - viour. thou our guard . tan he; Sweet it is to trust in thee. 

■ u La j_J U 

@_l_^| T M_.-i| 5 _ 5 , | 5 ^^-45 5— Li-Sis— «4|3-P-| 1 1 1 15 — 5— 1 5-5 |5-.i! 5^- H- 

Saviour, thou our guardian he; Sweet it is to trust in thee. Sa - viour, thou our guard - ian be; Sweet it is to tru*l in thee. 

e-i-ali^-^l »-<! y'^45 — s-ls-ila — aW4 1 — \ 1 — \s — 5— Is-i Ig-^l i-p-K- 

"These last three notes may he sung aa octave below 



DORCHESTER. L M. 

A inH.|or. 

l Awake, my tongue; thy Irib - me bring To Him who gave thee power to sing; Praise Him who has 

i&i-drfa--Bt»-*l<U ^ \vt^trsfjrTfUnir^fUrU \» 4la- r 

2 How v;t>t his knowledge! how pro-found! A depth where all our thoughts are drown 'd! The stars he nurn 
3 Thro' each bright world a - bove, be - hold Ten thousand thousand charms un - fold; Garth air and mieht 

I I «|» ■■!»•-? I*— 5 -|o4r4-r-7l-MI«~y I-7--I ^(--— i-M-f-yle^ 

4 But in redemption, 0, what grace! Its wonders, 0, what thought can trace'Here, wisdom shines for- ev - er bright; 

^-l-i-l-i-i-l-i-i'-i-a — s— r-i^-U-l^g-g-l- 5- F I g — a— U--W l-^«-<i-^4- r I ■ -|-r i-<MM- 



f^4 t 4-3 t a^ 

all praise above, 

bers, and their names 
y seas, combine 



65 

— t 

I 



p_2 2 .1 

-r-i 1 t -; 



The source of wis - dom and of love. 

<S — +,«t i-i— f^ e Is 4h r-H 



He gives to 
To speak his 



all those heavenly flames, 
wis -dom all di-vine. 



t 8-|343_3__ | 4 4 18 -g4JL_H. 

Praise him, rav soul, with sweet de-light. 



SURRY. L. M. 

Eb major. 

1 Nomore fatigue, no more dis- tress, Nor sin, nor death, shall reach the place;\o 

gi- :i t 3 - 2 i- i - i t 1 , - l -t i -t, l i f^-w^-'t'-^i -»- 1 « r- 

2 No rude alarms of an-gry foes; No cares, to break the long repose; No 

<ife-S-«4^M I s - P I s £_MM f tf} P. if? ti* -£ I- 7 -i p I. 

O, long-ex-pect- ed day, be - gin; Dawn on these realms of pain and sin; With 



& - l-7 t l-8 f 6-o. 4- t 3-j-;t-|-4.a-4 a a 1 3. a ? y -i f3 34 f^jf^f|iyt»4|^fj I fl 

groans shall mingle with the songs Which dwell up un im - mor - tal tongues, Which dwell up -on im - mor - tal toi 

g-a-g^-iti-ijtnt't^J TT-ytyjYf-^F^ .»|.i |-»t» ^-t^'tiF^-y I ! tl 

midnight shade, no cloud- ed sun, But sa - cred, high, e - ter - nal noon, But sa - cred, high, e - ter - nal noon. 

o g 1 1 8 •? r« y i s i?i g y i f~# yn**" ^- 4 i 3 i 8 it 8 - 4 ^-#iM i <; " ^;m 1 : « u 

joy we'll tread lh" appointed road, And sleep in death, to rest with God. And sleep in death, to rest with I 

W-JU sI 1 M 4 fJIMFI ff W* <*J<— --3J--M4-M MJ-iU- d r,|<-|l 



fifi OPE. C. M. 

* ,V * B. C. HILL. 

D major. ., 

•La-s-i-te-^rirti^-a-t-st^^ ai»- n 

1 Why do we mourn de-part-ing friends, Or shake at death's alarms? 'Tis hut the voice that Je - sus sends To calMhem to Jus arms^ 

' 3 Whv should we tremble to convey Their bod-ies to the tomb? 'Twas there the flesh of Je - sus lay, And left a long perfume. 
« |_3 i 3_S -1-147-3-^-4-3 I «i-«-7- fl 47--|-» -!-5->-I-»-^-5-5-4-3;3-4-3~34 1--4I- 

"3 Then let the last loud trumpet sound, And bid our, kindred rise: Awake.ye nations un -der ground; Ye saints, as - cend the skies. 



THE LORD IS KING. Anthem. 



—13 :i-^-Jt| i-a-ff- — \i 

fheearthmay be glad, The Lord is Ki - - ne. The Lord is Ki 



^3 5 



- ng. 



Dr. CHAPPELL. 



A or Bb major. 

egi-^r — ^51^ - 

The earth may be ^lad, Tlie 

«* -Li rv-p. - ' r 1 l-F— t f^-SfS-S-l-S-F— t M- If 3-3- E -3^-4 f 

r^ __. ... *tm .1 u.. „i~j 



Theearlli may 



iilad. 



[©-4-^1- 



.113 3-1 3 



The earth may he glad, 

--SI 3 3 1 3 r I _ » 



Tlie earth may be glad, 

^|«_5_3_.i_^||^_L 



4-^1 



The earth may be glad/The Lord is Ki 



The 



The Lord is Ki - - - 



4-F-k 



j!_=|4||_5-3-8- 

The earth may be glad. 



_3_g_*_p_ I j. 



The earth may be glad. 



eanh mr>y be glad,Thc earth may be g'; 



id The earth may be "-lad, may be glad thereof; Yea, The multitude ofislcs, The multitude of isles, The multitude of 



hma-be glad.Theearihmay be glad, The earth may be glad, may be glad thereof; Yea, The multitude of isles, The multitude of isles, The multitude of 

-6_»-6-=1- tU-4-i-4-2-3-4|5-3-^-|5-^-34-5-|-5fM-3-<J-3-«-3| 6-^1-4- 1-4- 14 



.©-■-J-s-M-sIs- 



i 

i 



THE LORD IS KING. Anthem. Concluded. 67 

isles may he glad there- of; The earth may be glad, I h .■ I . is King, Th( , The Lord is King, The Lord is King, TheLord isKing. 

4_^5_4_:t^ M $_^f_l_4_^^4_2_^I^ 5 5 5|5_1 ^3^3_1_1} ^ 4 3 ajg^ 

isles may be glad llierc-of; The earih may be glad, TheLord is King, The earlli may beglad,The Lord is King, The Lord is King, TheLord isKing. 

ZION. C. E Double. 

F major. 

^-1-1-^1-3+2-^^-^7-6- 1 5 t 3 i ??«? rf>fft»-|f* H'f-^t «-yt«-i 

1 Sweet is the work, O Lord, Thy glo - rious name to sing, To praise and pray, to hear thy word, Ami grate - fill offerings bring. 

^-1-g-a^l.g-glg |g[g6 8 ]y_g . |i-W | J^_lg |« _«-4 1 »_.1 |8 . J 

2 Sweet— at the dawning light, Thy bound-less love to tell; And when approach the shades of night, Still on the theme to dwell 

cj-JL-M 1 a_i \ 54 5 ii 1 [a 2 4^-4^1 . — 4- - I---IJ— r- 1 — 4-U-.1 1 ■ • « 

^s^s-s-er-7 1 L-j-^j-fs-e ^5-^3+2-4^+3^3-2 j 1^2+3-4+5^-^5 <f«+:i -2+1^ 

3 Sweet-on this day of rest, To join in heart and voice, With those, who love and serve thee best, And in thy name rejoioe. 

^-m-M-n s --rn^- t t i - j f} i y-i-yt 1 ^-^- 1 ^ -? i ■ r i « t » i -■— ■ — i *- 7 v-\\ 

g»-3 13-3-4 3|.g^5 [65 4|3 5 \S \ 5 |5.gS _4 | 3^1 (ff_5J 3, j 5|» 46|5 4 | 3- || 

4 To songs of praise and joy, Be ev - ery Sabbalh given, That such may be our blest em-ploy K - ter - nal - ly in heaven 



68 DISMISSION. 

I> major, soli. chorus. COLE. 

Lord dis - miss us with thy bless - ing, Bid us all depart in peace;Slill on heav'nly man - na feed-ing, Let our faith and 

frt-rrl- t i li -ffli — itr itrt^ir^ti^^tintit^^ii^ — rii— ^nft 

@-l-»-5 I 5 5 — 1-4-3 — [s ffl4^5-6-£l^-7-f-djg^-4|s| 1 1 1 1« 5— I- 5 — V 

Lorddis-miss us with thy bless - ing, Let us all depart in peace; Let our faith and 

-1-1-1-j-l 3 — 1-4-3^4-1^2-314^ 4! 3-2-3-415-511-4-1— |l— ll- |g~— j^-^U^-Sy^ 

love increase. Fill each breast with con - so - la - lion; Up to thee our hearts we raise; When we reach the heav'nly sta-tiou,Then we'll give thee no- bier praise, 

ntt-^tFti-ifoTilr-nr^^ 

L-i 
-^5-4134^3-315^51^6-6— \s sls-S— U-5U 56|5~-45-5-5-5 U-4-4-51 5-7— £-s| 6-5 — 5-1- 

love increase Fill each breast with con - so - la - tion; Up to thee our hearts we raise; When we reach the heav'nly station .Then we'll give thee nobler praise 

@-45- 5 ll=4-l-lU 1 -2l3 : 4-2— 15 5|3-l-l4M8l4^-33|5--|-i-i-i-3l4-4-4 l -il3 l -2 , -l-3 l |2- s --l-|- 



soli. cho rus . soli. chonts. 

then we'll give thee no- bier praise; and we'll singhal-le- lu - jah, Amen, hal- le-lu-jah,and we'll sing hallelujah, Amen, halle- lujah, to God and the Lamb, 

<g-3^-i-it2^~ f t^^3-4^^ 

^-^-sle'-^-sl-— - 1— — 1-- ^4|i-7-7lf-5— I 1— F->li«^4l5-7^?l»-7-6l74 

Amen, hal- le-lu -jah, Amen, halle- lujah, to God and the Lamb. 

-ft-f-i-zH-z — l-l- 1 1 F-iU-s^sli'-i 1 1 1 F-iU-S-s\s-S-P-^U-9-2\jgA- 



( 



DISMISSION. Concluded. 69 

Hal-le-lu-jah forev - er. hal-le- lu-jah forev - er, hal-le-lu-jah for ev-er and ever, Amen. Hal-le - hi -jah, A -men, Amen, Amen 

Hal-le- lu-jah for ev-er, hal-le- lu-jah for ev -erand ev-er, 

@ |4-5-55-5|4 — 6 |5-5-r-f-3|.l — 5^7— I-L5-5I 0-5-4 |s| 3--5|4-5 s|o5 \;i~-7\}-?-7\ }^^\\ 

and ever, Amen. Halle - lu -jah, A - men. Amen, Amen 

© 3-l-l-5-5| 1 — 3 14-4 =-9 -a -3j« — 5 !» 1 I i ill i-3|4^ 3 !l+l 3|l^i l|lji-|i^3|^-5|l^-|i 

ev - er, hal-le- lu-jah forev - er, hal-le- Itijah for ev-er 

I10LMES. 8s & 7s. 

1> major. COOK, Mb. 

&i g- 3 1 g a a- 3 1 a i H^t4^-~jrsfTnsti^-5t5-s-3 ^Sta-infr-it * 3 i _ y I i- I 

1 VVehavemet in peace to-geth-er In this house of God a - gain; Constant friends have led us hith-er, Here to chant the sol- emn strain, 

&i-ar-3- |* ii tli i * i tjrtrii-TtTjrtJr- tt»~ini^-ftn-*-^1 1 1 3 -al *-[■ 

2 We have met, and Time is fly- ing; We shall partj and still his wing, Sweeping o'er the dead and dy- ing, Will the change- ful seasons bring: 

I-.T-5 \ 5-5-3— 5-J-5-3-6—5-I-5— 3-5-5-1-5= 1~5=— 5 I 5-5-5—5 I 5-3-4—0 I J---0-5— 5 1 5~— |- 

3 He will aid us, should ex- istence With its sorrows sting the breast; Gleaming in the on- ward distance.Faith will mark the land of rest- 

&l-i^lU-i-i^iU-i-*^3\2^i^-ii 3 ~U^iU-i -i i4i-i -4^a+3-4-5-3+i=-l 

frTM^-rt^SttfTTTlf^l-a^^ | 1-ft 

Here to breathe our ad - o- ra-tion, Here the Saviour's praise to sing; May the Spir-it of sal- va- tion Come with heal-ing in his wing. 

«i ; i i 3-3-1* 3t4-3-3 -II 3 3 ~i 1 1 i j^3--3t»T-i^iti 1—5^540-5-3-4 1 3-jf 

Let us, while our hearts are lightest, In our fresh and ear - ly years, Turn to Him whose smile is brightest, And whose grace will calm out tears. 

? -—- i- ~ r- 4- 4-5-5 I 5- 5 .7 5 5- -3- -F - -I I P ■ 6 5- 5 | 5-41 

here, 'midst day -beams round him playing, We our Father's face shall see, And shall hear him gen - tly say-ing, "Lit- tie chil-dn 1 me." 

fc_— I. 1 . — I- — . — 4 — U^-U i_i i-Ui-1-3 » i- c»-5-_ii-n; 



-jp 



70 PARENT'S GRIEF. C. M. 

A Minor. Do on C. 

I 1. To marl; the sufl'erings of the child That can-not speak its woe ; To see the in - fant tears gush forth, Yet know not why they flow; 
V -. To watch the last dread strife draw near, And pray that struggle brief, Though all is end - ed with its close, — This is a parent's gtief. 

3. To see in one short hour decayed The hope of fu- lure years : To feel how vain a father's prayers, How vain a mother's tears ; 
1. To think the cold grave now must close O'er wnat was once the chief Of all the treasured joys of earth, — This is a mother's grief. 

f 5. Yet when the first wild throb is past, Of an- guish and despair, To lift the eye of taith to heaven, And think— my child is there; 
\ 6. This best can dry the gush-ing tear,This yields the heart re-lief, Un - til the Christ-ian's pi - ous hope O'ercomes a mother's grief! 

<§-4-6-j-6— 6— 6 — ©4-3-3— 3-3-1-1— 3—3— 3-l-5-|-5--r-l— 1 — j—l+S—S—5-»d\-'B—4 — 3— sj-© 7 ©-^ 

DANTON. C. M. 

Bb major. C. M. C. Ar. 

1. My Shepherd will supply ray need ; Je - ho- vah is his name ; In pastures fresh he makes me feed, Be — side the liv-ing stream. 

(gi'srl^-^ |mrrs~"tf1 s+5~t7~?Jtt«~541 '~ \~sts~5fs~s"t'sr~s tn~~fs fa 4jst4~~4t8tt 

2. He brings my wandering spirit back When 1 for — sake his ways. And leads me for his mer-cv's sake, In paths of truth and grace. 
.'!. When 1 walk thro' the shades of death, Thy presence is mv slay: A word of thy sup- port-ing breath Drives all mv fears a- wav. 

^iJL4.l_i4J8_ 7 4JLJLJ^^ 

4. Thy band, in sight of all mv foes, Doth still my . ta - ble spread ; My cup with blessings o - ver-flows ; Thine oil a - noints my head. 

@-l-l4-l— 3-l-g-gj- 1 * 1 * I 5 — r 5-?4l- — 2— -r-5-i-l-l-l— 3-1-5-5-I- 1 — *4-5— 4-S— -1-3 — 6^3-1-4— 5-J-l 41 

BOYLSTON HALL. S. M. 

E major. • Hartley. 

g-|- --f -3— 1 -J-3— y-j-l-4-a- 1 -3— 5-j-3-^4--j-5--|-5-f-4— 3-J--S— -&-(-4— 3--j--2-|-©-j-5— A-J-3— 2 f Iff 

I. Ex - alt the Lord our God, And wor-ship at his feet; Hi^ na- tore is all ho - li - ness, And mer - cy in his seat. 

^_ | _ l . t . i _ l . t . y _ Tt . 5 _ 1 _ r , _B — a-t-y — o.-1 .^-|T' B " I ^-i-f-i-i-tr-i-t-rt-'-t-^'-t-'-yt-^ 

| 2. When Is- rael was his church, When Aa-ron was his priest, When Mo —ses cried, when Sam-uel prayed. He gave his peo - pie rest. 
1 3. Oft he for- gave their sins. Nor would de- stroy their race ; And oft he made Ins vengeance known. When they a — bused his grace. 

^. | 5 | 5 3 |°4 8 | 3 | 5 | 5 3 | 3 2 | 8 | g [ 5 3 | 4 3 | 5 3_ | .3 | 8 | § fi | 5 4„j_3|J. 

I 4. Ex - alt the Lord our God, Whose orace is still the same : Still he's a God of ho - li - ness, And jeal - ous for his name. 



CALVARY. 8's, 7's &*4. 71 

A, Bb or C major. Slow anil firm. 
lJKark! the voice of love and mer-cy Sounds a-loud from Calva - ry: bee! 11 rrmls the rocks a-sun-der, Shakes the eanh, and veils the sky: 
- ■• It is fiinished!" — O, what pleasure Do these charming words af- lord Heavenly bless-ings,without measure, Flow to us through Christ the Kurd : 

*-r I "-7-I-1- Mft»4-7-jC?|aJMA»tfiH r-z-l ■_M- l -74 T ,, -Ui*- 1 MM^Jl7-«7 1 7 I 

J I une your harps a-new. ye seraphs; Join to sing the pleasing theme: All in earth and heaven u-nit- ing, Join (o praise [minanu - el's name 



WHEN 1 CAN READ MY TITLE. CM. 

E major. Mood. 

"It is finished !'" "It is fin-ished!" Hear the dy- ing Sa- vionr cry. I ,1 When 1 can read my ti - tie dear to man 

fartfr- -irl T^tfirrlTr*tr-i Ir-fiN-tl ] &~t l 1 •, l -?~ a - 4 1 •n- 1 -t*l :n H" 

Should earth a - gainst my soul en - gage, And ner - y 
I ,i ; cares, like a wild del-age,. come, And storms of 

,. ; S | 1 8 3 4 | 5_ s _ | 2 | 5 | .1 45 |_ 

4 There shall I bathe my wea- ry soul In seas oi 

, 6^6+3- -i-U^U-i- -iAM7U^U^-U4\{k-l^^-^-^4^-^ M-" 1 MMMM- 

6. 6 — — 



"It is fin - ished!" "It is finished!" Saints, the dy-insj words re- cord. 

6-6+<,Q-£ 1 »• } 1 ' -1 | '• 1 IJ-1-M— 7-4^^ 

Hal- le - lit - jah ! Hal-le - lu - - jah ! Glo - ry to the bleeding Lamb ! 



r^^ftH 



(g-r-M^-hrt- 



\ 



t-?-t?S-?-'?^-V-rt7t - LM: 1 1 3_2 -i "Ml 



skies, I'll bid fare- well to ev- ery fear, I'll bid fare-well to cv - ery fear. And wipe 



my weep- ing 



^3^-4^-4-4-3^^4-4- | -4-j 3-4-£3 \ l~ 7 \ « || 



darts be hurled, Then I can smile at Sa-tan's rage, Then I can smile at Sa tan's rage, \i face a frown-ing world, 

sor — row tail: May I but safe - iv reach my home, May I but safe- !y reach my home. Mv God. my heaven, my all. 

V" — 1-1 - I 
rest, And not a wave of trou- ble roll, And nol 



, ii. I S ! 6. 6 fi .1 16. « «| S i s. R :• SI 8. 8 81513 6 | * ■« | «|l 



'' l ! '"' I 



heaven ly 

81 i"J 1. 4 :* I -1. 

«!§•— 1 -1 — *-fe-H -o I — 1 H ■— *< — 1 — — 1 I 1 — v — -i 



a wave oftrou — ble n ill A-cross my 



ful breast, 



' 






- ^ 



- I-" 3 5 



II 



72 
(81 



SABBATH MORNING, OR EASTER HYMN.* 



D major. Moderately 

Soli. 

-1 — 1 



Handel 
Chorm. f Soil. / Chorus. 



2 - - y * I * y -t ,t » «o 1 -■ o © o 17 »» o di«^ &- 1 — a 

Christ the Lord is risen to day, Hal-le - hi- jah, Hal- le - lu-jah, Saints and an-gels join the lay, Hal- le- lu- jah, Hal- le- lu- jah, 



-5 6 o""t7 c t> ote e4~5^t* 



't 



~X 



<gi-3~ "3— 2 _ -»t^-2 _ S-t3^ _ i~^^5 T "3~i - ^""t2~l~y-^i^~^l-y:tS T_ 5~^^ J 1^^^5-^-5" i 

Christ the Lord is risen to day, Hal- le- lu- jah, Hal- le- lu- jah, Saints and an-gels join the lay, Hal- le- lu- jah, Hal- le- lu-jah. 

^_*_ 1 __3_5_3-4--2-5- l r 4- 1-3-4- 1—1-1 -3-4- 1 -4-5—2^-5—^4-1 -2— 3^5^-7-*- 5-4*-7- } -5-4- 



@-2— O t> 



Snll / Chorus. Soil. , — , Chorus. 

Loud the sound of Vic-tory raise, Hal- le-lu-jah, Hal-le-lu-jah, Shout the great Re-deem-er's praise, Hal- le - lu- jah, Hal -le - lu -jah, Hal- 

&~3"5~ 6~3-'t3 _ 3 _ 3 z 1^5 T "^"3 _ "t^5~3-3'^""t3- _ 2~ll — 5j4f3~ 2~5^5^]iTz^1i~£~i~ i^'f 

g,-3_3 — © — 3_4-3-6-»5"4-7-*5-6-7— |--7-»5-6-7- l-6-*-l— 5— 5-6-I-5— 5 — 5-F-.*— 54-6-5-r-5-5-6-5-f-5-r- 

Loud the sound of Vic-lory raise, Hal-le-lu-jah, Hal-le-lu-jah, Shunt the great Re-deero-er's praise, Hal-le- lu-jah, Hal- le - lu - jah, Hal- 

^-3—3— 6— 3-2-1-1 



6 -3=4-3— 3-6-3- 1-3-3-6-3- 1-6—8—^-3^4 1-5— g — l-r-3— S4-4— i-P-4-S-4— i-F-^4- 



le - lu- jah, 

(8-4^-2-3-1 



3te=~6~h5=~lt 

Hal- le - lu-jah. 

it 



-3T4="4T3- 



II 



|^ 5 _ 5 _ 5 ^___i4Jza4i 

le - lu-jah, Hal-le - lu-jah. 

§-2-1-5-1=4- 1-I-4— 4-1-1—- 1 



THE PASTOR'S BENEFIT. C.P.M.t 

C major. Slowly with expression. Words by a youns Lady in Hopkinton, Ms. 

1. Thou God of mer-cy, light, and love, Look from thy ho - ly throne a - bove, And 

&-rsU-*U--*-t-$-f2-t5~\-£— 5-5-3^t5-5--"-5t 

2. We meet this eve, our Pas - tor dear, Our gifts to bring, thy heart to cheer, And 

3. We bring with these, our wish - es true,That Heaven's best gifts mav rest on you, With 

1-1—^4^4-7-4- f } ' 1 l -l7-7-7-»4- 



@4-« 



-1-5-4-5- 



4. Oh may thy la- bors here be blest ; May we ac - cept the promised rest, And 
§■■4-1-4-4—5 1-1— 1— 4 1 — 5-1 -l4-5 J--1— 1— 1— 1-4-5— 5—5— i-l 

* if the Soli passages are sung by a single Base voice the effect will, perhaps be the best. 

t It is customary in many of the New England Congregations, to have a Social Annual Meeting for bestowing gifts on the Pastor. The above was sung 011 a like orcasian, in 
Hop km toe, Mass. in 1843. The Pastor, the lie v. Mr. Webster kindly furnished the Hymn. New music has been composed for this work. 



THE PASTOR'S BENEFIT. Concluded. 73 

[& * S * il 1 ? 1 » I « rt^-Ttr-'-fi- 8 - 8 -^-?-?- 1 ll f HI ^^g~ ?-?-1~ a ti 

tune our hearts to praise. Be-stow thv bless-ing on us here And let us feel thy presence near, As we our voi — cea raise. 

«-*-*-**-* I Trhrhr-rl^ Ui|8s l ^Jr-g-g-dr-h l e 3 3 I 4 < fr-fr-fl I 

aid thee on thy way; Nor this a- lone, we fain would prove, That ours, are hearts of grate- ful love, Ac- cept th'allempt, we pray, 
all on earth you love, And may our love thus fee - blv shown, Ce - nient the tie that's round us thrown, Till we shall meet a- bove. 

^-g^.g,8_44_ y 4JL4JL_ g -4^ i i i_ \ i i l -g--jL- * f|f n m *-f-M I . 

souls to thee be given; Till we shall all our Pas- tor greet, In that bright world where saints shall meet, And swell the songs of II 

®-&— a— 2— 3-1-5-1-1-4-4— 9- j-i— i— 3— 5-4-— — —4—*^ 3 1 s 6 1 4— 4— i'— d-l-s^-g— *— s— j— m II- 

FARNSWORTH. S. M. 

Bb major. M. C'onnnt. 

^-l-l-j-l-l-^ ^ 1 s-l g 1 1-1-1^8^^8^-3-3-4-1^-4-3-1 | ft . | ^ 4 1-^-1^-3^-}-^ 

1. Your harps, ye trembling saints, Down from the wil - lows take ; Loud, Jo the praise of love di - vine, Bid ev- ery string a- wake. 

&i a l 3- 5 4 drtTFftr l* 3 ilit\ S'U g *-hr-* 5 ili ll l JIHto I »li 

. Though in a for- eign land, We are not far from home ; And near- er to our house a -bove We ev- ery mo ment come. 

&: i-.^--5-i_f 4-M-^5-5-«- J-4 r\f t F 1A -J-4 fl H f F i* 4-g= 5-4 stt 

3. His gra;e will to the end 6lrong-er and brisrht-er shine ; Nor present things, nor things to come, Shall quench the spark di - 

e- 2-I-4-3--3— 4— 5 4-i4-i-4-i— 1-1-5J—- j-o^l-4-- T 1 — 6-4-3— 2— i— 34- i-4-i— 3— 1 1 s 5-4-1 II 

PALMER. L.M. 

C major. Soli. Chora*. 

«-^-, l -.tt^i^»nH- l i^ 8 -?1-,y-«1^ 

1. O for a sight, a pleas-ing sight, Of our al - - tnigh - ty Father's throne! There sits our Sa-viour, crown'd with light. Oloth'd with a bod - - y like our own. 

frttrinH i-.it a-its HlvTir frU i I a * \ a hfrl *-*t$ttt*i-i I s 1 4 1 4 « 1 ttJ 1 3- 1 

2. A - dor - ing saints a-round him stand, And thrones and powers be-fore him fall; The»God shines gracious through die man, And sheds bright g ihem 

3. O, what a - maz -ing joys they feel. While 10 their gold * en harps l Ind li - o, from each heaven - Iv hill, The glo-rioiu lii- umplis ol Uielr K 

4-. When shall ibe day, O Lord ap-pea/, That 1 shall mount to dwell a - bove, And stand and bow a - moug them there, And view thy face, and Sing thy lovr ? 

te-4-i-i-3'4-4-a-| 5-5 1 1-1 5-1 l-7-r-6-5-l4-2— 2|-5|^-- |— — I — 4- -4-5 1-0-5 I 13-4 1-5—5 \l\[ 

10 



74 LOWELL. L. M. 

A mnibr H. W. DAY. 

( gi-i t 2-i t7 -5 t g-^t 1 -i 3 t 4 - s t 9 - 1 i^- 1 '-r 9 -t7t 1 - 9 t 3 - 1 t 9 - 3 t 4 -t 2 t 3 - 5 t 4 - 3 t 1 - , yt I -lt 

1 My gracious Lord, 1 own thy right Ti> eve— ry ser-vice I can pay, And call it my supreme de-light To hear thy dictates and o- bey. 
2 What is my be— ing but lor thee — lis sure support, ils noblest end! 'Tis my delight thy lace to see, And serve tlie cause of such a Friend. 

3 I would not sigh for worldly joy, Or to increase my worldly good; Nor future days nor pow'rs employ To spread a sounding name abroad. 
4 'Tis to my Saviour I would live — To him who for my ransom died; Nor could all worldly hon- or give Such bliss as crowns me at his side. 

@_| JL|S_»J«li4AJ5 | »_|I+I_I+4_^ •2_3)4 7 _|24_i_545_54_4_»_| : 2_|_54..1_3 ;2_4_j_S_2_|3_ ft 
~~ 5. His work my hoa- ry age shall bless, When youthful vigor is no more, And my last hour of life confess His sa-ving love, his glorious pow'r. 

@-l-J-4 7_14. 5 _ 3 4_4_ 5 _L-L4i4-6-5-]-4-3 | a _ 1 _4. 3 _J. s 4-o-7-|- , -3-|-4-« U-+7-T 1 — 1 4-6-4-[«-a4-l-4l- 



HAYDN. L. M. 

C. major. E. H. BASCOM. 

1 Zi -on, awake; thy strength re - new; Put on thy robes of beauteous hue; Church of ourGod, a- rise and shine, Bright with the beams of trothdivine. 

2 Soon shall thy radiance stream a - far Wide as the hea then, nations are, Gen-ules and kings thy light shall view; All shall admire and love thee too. 

@.I_l_3^4|<5^5ll_2«-7jI — 1-5 ^s\s^{-\9-^S=\-l-i-6\9'-^\9r-l\s |l 1-^4 2- t 5- 3 [l^JI 



HASKELL. L, M. 

D major. 

(81-3t^-^.'^tT^2t3-W^-7-Mt4-st2-t2t3-3-4-it5^5l "IT mM"^^-^-^ 

1 Mv God, mv King, thy various praise Shall fill the remnant of mydays; Thy grace employ my humble tongue, Till death and glo-ry raise thesong. 

•Star^^tiTrti-nti-irT^ 

2 The wings of eve-rv hour shall bear Some, thankful trib-nte to thine ear; And eve- ry set-ling sun shall see New works of du-ty done for thee. 
3 Thy works with boundless glo-ry shine. And speak thy ma-jes- ty di-vine; Let eve- ry realm with joy proclaim The sound and bon-or of thy name. 

4 Let distant climes and nations raise The long suc-ces-sion of thy praise, And un-born a- ges make iny song The joy and triumph ol their tongue. 

^5-i+i-i-i-i 1 6 - 5 +i-J--34-4-2^3-i^ 



G> a 



Eb major. 



75 

N. P. IJassrtt. Ar. 



1 



DEPARTURE. (C. II.) Funeral Hymn. 
^-lia-sio-ai^a^ji^jjs-sig-si^^i^-js-a-ij-Gj.-i i glj t^s-a-v-i^f*- 

1 When blooming youth is snateh'da-wav By death's resist-less hand, Our hearts the mournful trib-ute pay, Which pit - v must demand 
2 The voice of this a-larm-ing scene May eve- ry heart o - bey: K7r be the heav'nly warning vain, Which calls to watch andpray 
3 0, let us fly, to Je - sus fly ,' Whose pow'rful arm can save; Then shall our hopes ascend on high, And tri-umph o'er the "rave Then 

rf i T'-'l '-M^g-rJai-l^-i^U-G^aO-F-i- - -4--— .14-WV-J-i «!.v'|»-r.( 



• 






-3 — [-3-3-3— l-j-.j-s-a-j-T:! j a-i j 2 -3-2-j i--jf 

Our hearts the mournful trib-ute pay Which pit — y must de-mam!. 

Nor be the heav'nly w arning vain. Which c alls to watch, and pray. 

9 8? « -*? I ftp f |flf: . \ 3_ 34 ftjf&M. |! 

shall ourhopesas - cend on high. And tri - umph o'er the grave. 



LFGHTDAY. lis, 

A major. 
1 I wouldnot live al- way; I ash not to Btay 

(8i-it«r rttJrri ■) 7-7-" |*-f 

2 Where storm af-ter storm ri - ses dark o'er the way; 
3 I would not live al- « ay; no, w elcome the tomb- 

m j a .»(» 4_4j3_2 3]2 a 3|r4 
4 Who, who would live alway a-way from his God— 

fri-4 1 1 1 rf ji « 1 I^s-S-I-^I- 



^-a t 3-3-^l- y -l t 2-2-3 t ^|^ t5 ---^ t l-^-l t2 -o-: 51 . iT _ +:2 , :i _. l _4 1 -3-4-2+1-I-y | ,._, f 

Where storm af-ter storm ri- ses dark o'er the wav; The few In- cid mornings that dawn on us here, Are followed by gloom or be- clouded with fear 

«-7t 1 -, , -5t6-^-5t7-r-, 1 t.>-t3 hnrti b-j*-,*1 7 7 -■ I * Ni I « :i ?1 >-^-et3-.; -1*1 .v-j| 

Tenipta-tion without and cor-rup-tion with-in: K'en the rapture ot par-don is mingled with fears, And the cup of thanksgiving with pen-i -tent tears 
Since Je-sus hath lain there, I dread not its gloom.There sweet be my rest till he bid me a- rise, To hail him in triumph descending tin- 

© «l« ? 4 1 8 ? ?|8 y M r I 3 ! 3 4 #4*-M MMM k^-J- 8 !' f 1 M 1 M PM - ! :t -W 

A-wav from von heaven, that blissful a- bode, Where riv-ers of pleasure flow o'er the bright plains, And the noontide of glo- ry c- ternallv reigns? ' 

b-iJJL-M I S-g-jLj-^-g-r- S- 1 1 1 * Ml 1 ? M s-^-ff-UM-7|l-M I -L,_i I 5-^-5 I-1--H 



76 CAVRETON. C. M. 

G or F major ___ G W.JJARTLETT. HI. 

10 for a thousand tongues to sinj My d ear Re- deem -er's praise, The glo- lies of my God and king,The iri-umphsof his grace! 
n^^-l^^l-J^-g^.^ ^ tg ^ ts - t} 

•2 Mv trra-cious mas - ter and my God, As-sist me to proclaim, To spread thro' all the earth abroad, The lion - ors of thy name, 
'i Je-sus' the name that calms our fears, That bids our sor -rows cease; 'Tismu- sic in the sin- ner's ears; 'Tis life, and health, and peace. 

~ j. jYe breaks the pow'r of reigning sin; He sets the pris'n - er free;His blood can make the foul - est clean; His blood a - vailed for me. 

LITHGOW. C. M. 

Eb major. . <-* «—» 

^.3_j_3-4| 5 -— 5j«=7— 1 |*-|- J - 1 ?-S-8-4|S-l-3|9_-|-«j«~-l[a.-«|fr3- # 4|5--|a|6 J -6|»4-Sjl^J- 

1 Mortals awake, with an - gelsjoin, And chant the sol-emnlay: Jov,love,and grat-i- tude, combine To hail th' aus- pi-ciousday 

2 In heav'n therapt'rous song began, And sweet ser-aph - ic fire Thro' all the shining Ic-gions ran, And strung and lun'd the lyre. 

Ip-|-l-l-aj8^l-3j4r 3|*»|-^| ^J-I-3[3^1|yr-f3j3-8fli^[3^2j»_-|3|4--4|3^--y|r^ 

*? Sw'ft thro' the vast ex - panse it flew, And loinl the rrh - o rolled; The iheme.ihe song, lliejny was new, 'Twas more than heav'n could hnlU. 

4 Down thro' the por-tals of' the sky Th' impetuous lor - rent ran; And angels flew with ea - ger joy, To bear thenews to man. 

& 3 l§_31_.8|6« J S_J i |l>4.JL|54_3 5 \S- g|S- \S\S- S\&- 5|67 8|7- j 8|8~<B8|3- 54|3-jH 

5 Hark' ihe cuer - u - bic ar - - mtes shout, And elo - - -rv leads ihe song; Good will and peace are heard thro'outTh' harrno- nious heav'n- lv 'hrong. 

& 3___|1^344^2_1 1 5-4_3_ [ :lP__1_ |I_ 7 _I| 5 _4.I|l_-_ 5 |l_-_ r lf2_?{ 5 r41|4 r ._4J.5^, ll 1_- tt 

SHELDON. C. M. 

f mnior ReT - G * Wheeler. 

l'wtiene'er the Saviour's cross I view, All stained with precious blood, And see his droop- ing bod - y, too, Pour out the crirn- son flood 
o >T;= than I hate the cru -el Jew, Who thrust the point-ed rod; Hut Conscience cries, 'twas vou, 'lwas vou. Who killed the Son of God. 

3 "You wruno- from him the bloody sweat, You hung him on thetree, All men were then to- geth - er met, To help the Jew and thee. 
°i TIptt Saviour now I nwnmvshame, I was thy bit - ter foe, Myentft deserves the quenchless flame, And nev - er - end - ing woe. 

s_a a a '« g j ff 4 3 \ * \ ? f 5 « 4gi_J,_g f * ■ ff 3 4|5 4 3 j 3|3 g * 4j_3- j| 

^~ 5 And vet Y hear thy pard'ning voice; To thee I'll bring my guilt, And bid my hpart in thee re-joice, And trust the blooo I spill. 



SLATE. 8s. 



C 111:11 or. 



-1-3 | 3- 



I~gt5*4~5~«" 

1 Ye an-gels,who stand round the throne, And view my Im-man- u- el's face, In r;'p - tu ■ 
•J Ye saints, who stand near-er than they, And cast your bright crowns at his feet, His graco and 



77 



»-i 1 3—3- 

mus songs make liim known; O, tune your soft 
his glo - ry dis-play, And all his rich 

t3=- -i1 2 f sti h*hhrt1 *-*-,»1 y~ Nt3^-3-«-^t^-^~r I ^tgttMrtt 

I LmmJ h^^J 



:'> He snatch 'd you from hell and the grave; He ransom'd from death and despair; For you 
1 0, when will the mo-meni ap-pear. When 1 shall u-mte in their song? I'm wea 



3 1 

— - 

he 



is migh-ty to save. And faith- ful to 
of ltn - ger - ing here; For I to your 



5 I'm fet-ter'd and chain'd hero in clay; I struggle and pant to be free; I long to 



g— f g-^S— *+s-4- f + ,» ,■ <U 

be soar- ing a- way, My God and my 



3 

b~4- 



-l'-i-i— 1-1 1^— £-& -{-I— l-l-W-4-2 1 {-1-3-1-1 ,?-- 1--5 I 5 5 g— J-g— 5— g U— 1~3-|-4— 4— 3 r- 



riM f ^ 1 rf*t*Tlnirt*^*tri1 

harps to his praise, 0, tune your soft harps to his praise, 
mer- cv re-peat, And all his rich mer- cv re- peat. 

<g-.V-t1-4 I 3-|3 t-8k-i-^ : -f-*t-I-tt 

brniL' you safe there, And faithful to bring you safe there. 
Sa-viour lie-long, For I to your Saviour be-long. 

i-g— 5-«4-«-4« l-g-g-g-f-g , g- -g-r-g- H 

Sa-viour to see, My God and my Saviour to see. 

;-5— 5-34-1-4-14-1-1-1-1-^-^-^-1-1-1!- 



i: mnjor. 

<g-§-l|3-l-|-4-:i 



HAWLEY S. M. 

solo. durtt. I,KV. 

. 2 M~— 1 - — "I - J 5 1f s -i 1 - 3 -f 5 t 

1 Behold, the morning sun liegins his glorious way; His beams thro' all the 

^r 1 i. :5_l tr-» 1 7- 1 — 1 — 1— — -r— 1*1 •* 2 « »t 

s-pel cornea, It spreads diviner light; It calls dead sin-nera 

ments just' For-ev-er sure thy 



2 But where the ge 

How per-fect is thy word! And all thy judgn 



4 My gracious God, how plain Are thy di - rec - lions given! 0, n 



may I nev-er 



I- 



(S -«-6^,-.l- f -3 t 4-4-3-3 t ^- 1 - : T- t -i^ f5 -|-I 



. f5t -6_7-j-'- 

And life and light con-vey, His beams thro' all the na-tions run, 

-3—1—1 I *r— J-3- j -lr-3-j-3— 3-f-4—4- 



3 



11a- ttons run, 

,-4-4 1 4^3-|-3 t 3-«-.-. | 7 , 

from their tombs, And gives the blind their sight, 
prom-ise, Lord, And we se-cure-ly trust, 

| - | g|g 5 g g|g. | .1 j .3. g,-4^g^_8,[^_ ••» I g_p_| g |_gi_0_J -"5 

nev -er read in vain 



It calls dead sin - tiers from their tombs. 
For - ev - er sure thy prom-ise, Lord, And 



C-- 



f-3-4- f-g— 1-2- h-3— 3-f-l— {j 

And life anil light con - v. v. 

And gives the blind their sight, 
we Be - cure-lv trust. 

1 I "4 



read in vain, But find the path 10 heav'n, O, may I nev-er read in vain, But find the path to heaven. 



78 THE FIFTH COMMANDMENT. Sentence. Ex. xx: 12. 

C .Major. 

Hon- or thv Fa-ther, thy Fa-ther and Mo-ther, thy Fa-ther, thy Fa-ther and Mo-ther, thy Fa- ther and Mo-ther, thy Fa-ther and Mo- 

£-2-3-3-3 f 3-^-^ t 2 ~a-4l 4~ 3 5 I5-5-5 Pi-5--&U-5-iU-a-^\t~i-^-[T- p^t 

Hon- or thv Fa-ther, thy Fa-ther and Mo-ther, thy Fa-ther, thy Fa- ther and Mo-ther, thy Fa-ther and Mo-ther, thy Fa-ther and Mo- 



VuM. 

ther, Hon- or, Hon- or, Hon - or thv Fa- ther and Mo- ther, That thv dava may belong, that thy days may be long, that thv 

&-3-3^t:i^- r t.3-4-~-^^ 

c4^ MH - -1-^— I- ±U-±M-*-±* — 4- - 1 - 4 — — -U l l 



—fr~ 



!!■■• — 1 — I 1 1 « ~~- — 1 — ■ 1 1 1 w w 1 

ther, Hon- or, Hon- or, Hon - or thy Fa- ther and Mo- ther, That thy days may belong, that thy days may be long, that thy, 

&-1 — M-l 4 1 1-4-4— 5—5-4-1— 1— F 1- -I — — -4 — - — I — i— »4- 



Ckorus. 



days may belong in the land which the Lord thv God giv- eth thee, God giv-elh thee, giv-eth thee, which the Lord thy God giv-eth thee. 

3-3-3-3i"3-3Hit2-^-St3 C ^ 

days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God giv-eth thee, God giv- eth thee, giv-eth thee, which the Lord thy God giv- eth thee. 

C-3-3~34-^.-| V5-5 LiJ^^^ 



REMEMBER THY CREATOR. Sentence. 70 

F Major. Ecle. 12. I. ' ** 

rlf1f-;-^^N-^f-t^ ! -n l -^n^^?i1^^^3t-4-^n , -^ 4 t^^f^ 

i. Re-mem-ber Ihy Cre - a - tor in the days of Ihy youth, While the e • vildays they come not and the years they draw nigh, when tho e- vil days they 

«-rdrririnrt-U:i g-g Is s g-far 1 -* | i-t-i-^^-i-^-i 1 2 Mf 3 i i f »i i-if 

C^ 3 -^- 8 - 4 3 1 3 S a 3 1 4 3 a 1 3^g g | g g g ff^_g_^^g_^_44,3_ff_G4,g_^_6_g4. 

I. Re-mem-ber thy Cre- a - tor in the days of thy youth, While the e -vildays they come not and the years they draw nigh, when the e - vildays they 

( Uf \f } f } |g-i^g-^4s^g^M M 8 8 3 g l? f -s-s+s-jUil- i F f*|? * » h 



Duett. 



Chorui. 



come not and the years they draw nigh, When thon shall say, thou shall say I have no plea-sure in them, 1 have no pleasure in them, 1 have no 

frjM-»-«. [«J#-#4ft-44- r— 1 _ .J __4 |g_S_g|3 3 g I 4__4_4_44 

come not, and the years they draw nigh. When Ihon shalt say, thou shall say 1 have no plea-sure in them, 1 have no plea-sure in them, 1 have no 

C*J_M-44*-4^-U- M 4- 4- - — -I [__-! LMW-iW44^ 



pleasure in them, no pleasure in them. 

g 5-g-g lg- g|4 6 ^fjT-Ht 

C: :l -?-?!^?IM^l :l -;ii 

pleasure in them, no pleasure in them. 

C4g-g-g|i-fU-4-4|i-; li- 



en a.nt. The Lord's Prayer. 

D major. ta Jt Time. II. W. Day. 

1. Our Father who art in heav n, Hallowed lie thy name, 

•2. Thy kingdom come, thy will be done. On earth as it is in heav'n. Amen, Amen, Amen, Amen 

-r- -lntr-1 "1^1 ^itr-4t*-afr^lr-1l 



3. Give us this day our 
I Vnd lead u^ not 

{'■ -3-- 



dail - y bread, And forgive us our tres- ( trespass 

passes is we forgive if against us, 



those who 

into temptation, But de- 



l J I 3- 1 — 3- 

,j lor thine is die kingdom & the power ot the elory For 

C- -v- Ii-ili4-r 



liver us from evil ; 

la-a-l-a (--i|i-g|g -«|g i!:tif 



ever and ever, Amen, tmen, Amen, A men. 

4a-a I grl-iU-al l-jljj-jl i-lf 



80 STEPHENS. C. M. 

Key of G major. JONES. 

£i-i t *4-^ t i-^it 7 -»-tn w 5 ^ t*-*t ■ it 

1. Yes, there are joys that can- not die, With God laid up in store — Treasures, be- yond the changing sky, More bright than gold-en ore. 

IJlji -g . [ M l^-gJLJj^i |t g;[g 4H|l| , l , ,,,a^4.g_JLjJL-g_484,14^.J-..J : A-443||. 

2. To that bright world my soul as-pires, With rap-tur - ous de-light: O for the Spirit's quickening powers, To speed me in my flight! 

KNIGHT. C. M. 

CJ or A major W 

1. Fouitain of mer - cy, God of love, How rich thy bounties are! The roll - ing seasons, as they move, Proclaim thy con-stant care. 

2. When in the bo - som of the earth The sow - er hid the grain, Thy goodness marked its se- cret birth, And sent the ear - ly rain. 

&-»-ifi^-iW)-a-^rirl si a i y-, I jt^t- I t, 1 -?-" I -^t-^-^-^tYt ^ g a s\&# 

3. The spring's sweet influence. Lord was thine; The plantsin beau- ty grew; Thou gav 'si re - ful-gent suns to shine, And gav'st re- fresh- ing dew. 
4 These va-rious mer- cies from a - bove Ma-tured the swell-ing grain ; A kind- lv harvest crowns thy love, And plen - ty fills the plain. 

^.14 ? f « gi MUa-Mlf f *-M T 4_i fr g 5 t\f -LMJL\ f , f,i ^H 

5. We own and bless thy gra-cious sway; Thy hand all na-ture hails : Seedtime nor harvest, night nor day, Sum-mer nor win - ter, fails. 

^_ 1 _rt_^_JL__*W__^^^ 

ORISON. 7's. 

1 Mornin^ breaks up- on the tomb; Se - sus scat- ters all its gloom ; Day of triumph! through the skies See the glorious Saviour rise. 

(gi"5— il'-S— 5t6~ i-t^+S-^-fs— ^t5~ _-f~3 r t--_t3~ .tt"4~4 \-ry\s~& f"»~ 4ts~it3 7 tt 

2 Ye who are of death a-fraid, Triumph in the scattered shade ; Drive your anxious cares a- way ; See the place where Je- sus lay. 

s4_i iji ni_i 4_14_.1_1-J.1_4 4-7-4 J-H -l--«4-l- T < 4-A-?- r -r4-l-? I »- #4-4-^4. 

3 Christian dry your flowing tears ; Chase your un - be-licv- ing fears ; Look on his de - sert -ed grave; Doubt no more his power to save. 

gi-i__. I-2—3 1 4 -£- i i\ -i— a'- 1 •_— s-r-a— 1- \ -.v-l-i— i-\ 4— 3-4-4— 3 j-*4-i— 44-3—44-s— sli^ft 



Bb major. 

I. The Sa— viour now is "one 

<S~s~3~i~4~t~3~~5ji" I a~ 

'2. Lord, make us to those joys 

Si _I_i_i_s.|jL_i_4 n M 

3- To guide us to thy glo - 

£-5-1— 1— «4-6— 3-4-1-5 — 



CHiPIN. ('. M. 



i 



J t » t~« -? "t" t r-e 

be - - fore To yon blest realm 



- I - t- 



3— 2- 



81 

-a--(-4— a-j--s-*4-f-.-a | 



.1 1 "5- | 3 .1 .1 



spir- its 

.r « I 7 



light: 0, thith-er may our 
as pire, That spring from love to thee, That pas3 the car - nal heart's de - sire, 

JgJ4A4-JLV-jyL | a «J 4.y s _|_ff 5 5 | 5 y | 1 a 

-rn:s, Lord, To lift us to the sky, O, may thy Spi — rit still be pouR>; 

-5 1-1=4- 1 —5-1 1-a— 3— 1-5--4-5— 5— 5-4-5 5 I ' 6-1-5 - 1 



2-_| 



fr 



"h 



5—5 



And wins their up-ward flight, And wing 

\-S~5~i f "3~ 5~ t5~ 5~5" 

And faith a -lone can see, And faith 
_3_3_^j_l_3Jl^_J_l_ 

Up-on us from on high, Up - on 

m r U=~ 3— 3- 



-4^ 3- 2 t l ft 

their up- ward flight. 

-^to-4t3J| 

a - lone can see. 

M-J-r-l-'H- 



\ 



7l l U ) 

do high. I 
« I .11 



us from on 



BETHLEHEM. C. M. 

F or G major. 

1 While shepherds watch"d their flocks bv night, All seat - ed on the gr< 

*1- S ' 7h , - I -t i -7t^t-.»-t»-5t5-5-1.V, 
'-' " lo \ , in Da-vid's town, this day, Is born of Da-vid's line, 

3 Thus spake the se-raph, and forthwith Ap-pear'd a shin - ing throng 

@-!-3_-i_3 1 JML4A_«4»4^L4J-. T 4.i : ?_y 1 7 - 

4 " All glo - ry he to God on high. And to the earth be peace ; 

as I I 

(- .' - - 



; ^f^__!^_e^4_3 | j fc .j_ i i r |- 1 _ a _j_ S _a (.3.5 . tf4 j^fe |_ 3 j . v .5_3 | , >4 . 3 _2 | 3 rj-5-|-.5-3-5-j-. >■!-:« 2 j 1 1| 

All seat - ed on the ground, The an - gel of the Lord came down, And glo-ry shone a -round, And glo - ry shone a - round. 

Is born of Da- vid*s line, The Sa- viour, who is f'hrisi the Lord ; And this shall he the sign, And ibis shall be the 
Ap-pear'd a shin- ing throng Of an - gels prais - tug God, on high And thus ad ■ dress'd their song. And thus ad- dress'd '.h ii 

; _5|3__3|,Kwy i |o.|. r .|.i_ r 4. i ._ r :s_3^:3.| F ..| ] — . — j ... | :t. [ .« y^yqy 

And to the earth he peace ; Good will henceforth, from heaven tn n, I! -gin and nev - - er cease, Be - gin and nev - er - 



§2 JENNINGS. L. M, Or 6 Lines 

F major. 



dun. 



3 ^Jo rude a - larms of ra-eing foes; No cares, 10 break ihe long re -pose; No mid- night shade, no cloud- ed sun, 

1 Thine earth - ly Sabbaths, Lord, we love; But there's a no- bier rest a - bove; To that our long- nig souls as - pire, 

2 No more fa - tigue, no more dis - tress, Nor sin, nor death, shall reach the place; No groansshall min-gle with the songs 

C-S-M— — ! +---— l--4 ?l * f^ 4 l 3 «*lf>f -MM-f- 1 ■ 1 ■ 1 - l- t - 

d O lono- e\ - Dect - ed day, be "in; Dawn on these realms of pain and sin; With joy we'll tread ih' ap-point-ed road, 

pia. cres. 

Obscuresthe lus - tre of thy throne, No mid -night shade, no cloud - ed sun, Ob-scures the lus - tre of thylhrone. 

£-* t i-i-^-3ts — it 7 -t-?t 3 - , fi l t | - l 1 -t l — r J , ty-1-*t 4 --»r 3 -»~t, , ^-^t l -|t 

With cheerful hope and strong de-sire, To that our long-ing souls as - pire, With cheer - ful hope and strong de-sire. 

Which dwell up - on im-mor - tal tongues.No groans shall min-gle with the songsWhich dwell up-on im - mor - tal tongues. 

C-:-g.l*-8*|g m #-k 5 IM-4^¥f ? l s I ^ tfg-^M-^^ — &*-& 

\ndsleep in death, to rest withGod, With joy we'll tread lh' ap - point - ed road, And sleep in death, In rest withGod 



SICILY. 8s & 7s or 8. 7s & 4. 

I Lord, dis'- miss ' us with thy bless-ing; Fill our hearts with joy and pe 



1 Lord. dis- miss us with thy bless-ing; Fill our hearts with joy and peace; Lei us each, thy love pos- sessing, Tri-umph in redeeming grace; 

O, re-fresh us, O, re-fresh us, Trav'1-ling thro' this wil-rferness. 



■2 Thanks we give, and ad - o - ra - tion, For thy gospel's joy-ful sound; May the fruitsof thv sal- vation Tn our hearts and lives abound; 

May thy presence, May thy presence, With us ev - ermore belound. 

3 Then.whene'er the signal's giv - en Us from earth to call away, Borne, on angels' wings, to heaven— Glad the sum-monsto o-bey — 

May we ev- er, May we ev -er Reign with Christ in endless day. 



I 



DENNETT. C. M. Double. 83 

1. Whene'er the clouds of Bor- row toll, And trials whelm the mind, When, faint with grief.the wearied soul No joys on earth can find, Then lift thy 

frl*-irJ t^htftti hs I :i ! i« I .-> * t -i- 1 & S S 1 1? » 1 *** t* tiH hnfctt li I i| 

2 When dark temp - in - lions spre "I their snares, And earth with charms allures, Ami when thv soul oppressed with fears, The world*! as- sank en-dura, Then let thy 

3 \nd when the fi - nal houTshall come.That calls thee to thv rest. To dwell within thy heaven-ly home, A welcome iov-ful guest. Re calm ; tho' 

C-2-1-1-14 i i U*-iUU k-j4r»-» i 5~l l-i-lU-iUj^s I i44 4 i 1 s-^ ! i 4 444 ! 

voice to God on high, Dry up the trembling tear. And hush the low complaining sigh: "Fear not;" thv God is near, "Fear not;" thy God is near. 

fr-f hrhrh I -Btit* Tflrhr ni 1 -itHatMI-a la h? I F "" 1 "Ml 3~i N ! t*f-f-f1 fit 

Father's friendly voice Thv fainting spir - it cheer, And hid thy tretnhling heart rejoice "IV ir not;" thy God is near, "Fear not;" thy God 18 near. 

C4-?4-f 44 7 I 6*3 I 6 _» 1 7 I 44-44 44-J 44 4 44 4444~4 4 I M 6-6 6 I .1 II 

Jordan's waves may roll, No ills shall meet theethere; Angels shall whisper to thy soul, "Fear not;" thy God is near, "Fear not; thy God is mar. 

C4-S-3^44 5 k-3- [£*4 ^rl-l-l U ! 1 1 I l4 U^\ \ 1 -14-1-4144^ 1 -\ -Ul \l 

PALEY. S. M. 

D Mnjor. "• W. I)ny. 

1. He- hold, the graee appears, The bless-ing promised long: Angels announce the Saviour near In this triumphant song. In this triumphant song: 

(S"1"5lj^Tsl8l_yjT- tal iifo»it_ai| 2 r t3 331s » fe~5 I ."5- tii 3 1 5^3 afe-t-i 1 i ils-lt 

2. "Glo-ry <" God on high, And heavenly peace on earth; Good-wil. to men. to an-gels joy, At the Redeemer's birth, At the Redeemer's birth." 

" In wor- ship so di- vine Let men em-pluv their toni'iies;With tho celestial host we join, And loud repeat theirsongs, And loud repeat their songs: 

Ci^r-^!«*r*4«IS^I^-^^ — -7 7 ' Me--,i|a-H 

4. "Glorv to God on high, And heavenly peace on earth; Good-will to men, to an-gels joy, At our Redeemer's birth, At our Redeemer's birth" 

C:4iliSiiU~i 5 1 i | 7 | i-+ e - v \ ilia ! 5 4i-i-mU--i-[3--5 l-i4 — - — 1 — -< — s-s-3 1 «vs| i II 



vv 



84 THREE THIRTY NINE, Wash. S.M. 

F Major. > Wood. 

^ i -l^-3--5^l--6^5 t -l^2-4- t 3-2- 1 -l- t -l t 3-5-f-6 t?: 3-l- t -2-|- 2 t- 3 - , -t 2 -yi- l if 

Sweet is the work, O Lord, Thy glo-rious name to sing, To praise and prav, to hear thv word, And grate-ful off 'rings bring ; 

I I * : i-i-a-f 1 "- 1 t'tr h l -t s -«-t l -y-1 " M n-f^f-W- -Orhrhft- !1 -hnrhrif 

Sweet at the dawn - ing light, Thy bound-less love to tell, And when ap-proach the shades of night, Still on the theme to dwell. 
.mi this day of rest, To join in heait and voice. With those who love and serve 'hee best, Ami in thy name re-joice. 

i_i_« [J5_J5- |JLji§_ |iq_»_ |*_»_1*_*4JI j_3 j 8 _3__3_44 3l_3^4_2|_44_5_6 | 6_4_ ^ J*_|J. 

To son<*s of praise and jov Be eve - rv Sab-baih given, That such may be our best em - ploy E- ter- nal - ly in heaven. 

a_!_4_J_r-4-6- 2 - UM-U- i-+3_ 8 -s-4--i-4-- 1 U-7-6--4l- 1 - — e-J-s+^l 3-fr U-s-P-tt 

HERRING. S.M. 

F Major. 

^-|-a-|-3— 5-^6— , — j- 4|-.>--f-8-0— | -3-«r4 — |~S-|~1 — f- » — 8 f-6— *f 4— 3— |-9-|-.'5-J-0-4-j-3-8— f-1-ff- 

1 How sweet to bless the Lord, And in his prais-es join, With saints his good-ness to re - curd, Ana sing his power di - rinfe ! 
■2. These sea-sons of de - light The dawn nf glo - ry seem. Like nivs of pure, ce-les-tial light. Which on nor ^pir-ns beam 

n- | - | -t | - | - j -i->i" 3_ t I - , -t7-8-t-rt: | -i | -M- , - | ii'- , -i-7t , t ■'-■i'-y I * If 

:i O, blest as - su-rance this, Bright morn of heaven— ly day ; Sweel lore-taste ol e- ter— nal I > 1 1 s.- . that cheers the pil-g ini's way. 

4. T.ios may our joys in -crease, Our love mire ar-dent grow. While rich sup— plies of Je - sus' grace Re-fresh ^ur sou la h - li,-\. 

,. | 3 | 8 8 | 4 8 \8\ ~ (J»_«_ |5 9 | -> | 3 _ | -1 S\ i __3 [_?__o_ p5|_-? [_4_A \8 . &% j 3_]| 

r> But, O, the bliss sub - lime, When joy shall he coin - plete, In that un - cloud-ed. glo-rious clime Whereallthy ser-vants meet 1 
6. Then shall the ran-som'd throne The Sa-vior's love re - curd, And shout in ev - er-last - ing song, " Sal ■ va - lion to the Lord!" 

iiLLl-M 8 1*1 -7-4-3-6 1» « Is | ' I 1 *\Ji-Jy^L-U&aU-±l&-s.-lJLti. 

CHAPMAN. 7s. 

Eb Major. 

[( g-3- 5 -4 t 3-5 t 6-7 t i-r-t- 1 — 7-^-1-6 p3-3-|-2-= ^--^^-^^t-fi-P^-ff^-ftf-t^rf I -*ft 

I 1. Christ, the Lord is ri -*sen to-day, Sons of men and an-gels say ; Raise your songs nf Lri—umph high ; Sine, yfi heavens, and earth reply. 
J '2. Love's re-deem-ing work is done, Ftmght the fight, the bat-Ue won; L" ! our son's e - clipse is o'er; Lo ! U** sets in blond no mure. 

^i- 3 -2 t l-I t 1-4 ^3-^4-3-3 ^-l-l-f-1-1-4-^ ,-,_-^ t -j- S - , -s-s ,-. -Ffl-l-)- |-- | -. r ■$ | -Ffl 

3. \ ain the stone, the watch, the seal ; Christ had hurst the gaiesof hell; D^aih in vain for - bids his rise ; Christ hath o-pen'd Pa — ra-dh>e. 

4. Lives a - gain our glo-rious King; Where O Death, is now thy sting ? Once he died our souls lo save ; Where thy viol 'ry, boasting grave ? 

$X8_J*}S-*\&-S ^_4_5__54_5_4j.3_5_4_5^;_5_^4_5_5 |._4_4^3_p|8__8 |.8_6 |._.V 4 I 3_ F ||_ 

5. Soar we now where Christ hath led, Fol - lowing 1 our ex - n!t - ed Head: Made like him, like him we use; Ours Ihe cross, the grave, the s^kies. 



BOSTON. C. H. M. 




v miu "oa «■» iuwi'hhuwih u^ - .«.. ■■ V H«o-gHHu nuM uunuajuiwniiiiij «c lurci u..r coo-nict yel, In the datfc, nor - row way?Hou, hut thro' him that path who trod? 

Cl2-lll-3-3-3|4-5-l+l!4-3-3-l|^|l|l -2-3-3|4-5-l4 5 | y -l-2~ 2-| 3 _4l|l l-l-i-l-i-J-il 



dim. 



%-?[*-i-6-£-i-*t*-U\i-*-»- — i\* 



LITTLE. C. II. M. 

Bb major. 

Was bow'd with sorrow un-to death, Was bow d with sor- row un - todeath. 1 „ * 

The ve- rv depths of human woe.The ve- rv depths ofhu - man woe. 1 ' l-<>me,let us pray: tis sweet to feelThat God himself is near; 

-sts-s i i _j_ it^ r t5N--i-3 ? — itT---:ylT-1t J &i g|A & & sU-fr -yfTt ,'-*-« «1s=t 

Yetpass'dit not, that cup, a- way, Yet pass'd it not, that cup, away. ■/ 2 Come, let us pray ;the burning brow, The heart oppresi'd with care, 
A gift of strength, for man to die, A gift of strength, for man to die. \ 3 Cnrne.let us prayjthe sin-sicksoulHer weightof guiltmust feel 

1 I 



'Save, or we per-ish,Son of God,' 

Cf- 5 ll-3-4-3-5i-I-r- 3 -i-l-^ 



-3-3-4 



.1:5-^-413-11; / C:^-»4-8^_»-l|7^4-H^^-4-2!3i 

4 Come, let us pray: the mercy- seat Invites the fervent pray 'r, 
C:i— l-r^i-l— 1-1 [S^-S-S] .1 1 f-3-4-5 J i| 



Save,or we perish, Son of God 



5^- 5 \l\[ 



That, while we at his footstool kneel, His mercv deigns to hear; Tho' sorrow cloud life's dreary wav, This is our sol-ace — let us pray 

And all the woes that throng us now. Will be reliev'd bv prayer: Je- sus will smile our griefs a-way; O. glorious tho't' — come, let ns pray. 
But, hark! the glorious tidings roil. Whilst here we humblv kneel; Je- sus will wash that guilt a-way, And par-don grant;then let us pray 

C _3;-L-*-*-i|* _1_ 7 _»!?_?-<MM I 7-4 *~l ?L_«_«_8 1*^4-7-4 ^ I £_*_i_8|s _4L_2_tt 

And Jc - sus rea- dy stands to greetThe contrite spir - it there: 0, loi - ter not, nor Inn- ger stay From him who loves us; let us pray. 



86 LOVELL L. M. 

D Mnjor. 

1. Wanderer from God, re-turn, re-turn, And seek an injured Father's lace; Those warm desires, that in thee burn, Were kindled by reclaiming grace. 

&~t*\t 5 3S-3 St2 Ht£ H 4 i S fsrN f 3 fsii If ^tatf i~t f Tf If tilt 

J Wanderer from (Jod, re— turn, re-turn ; Thv Father hears that deep-felt sigh ; He sees iliv softened spirit mourn; And mercy's voice invites thee nigh. 
3. Wanderer from God, re-turn, re-turn; Renounce thv fears, thy Saviour lives; Go to Ins bleeding cross and learn How freelv, ful- ly, he forgives. 

C-4ili=-i-i-i-i-iiy4-if 4^4-4-1-4^4 fs^ifi^i _i_i— I-gJ-g^-i-M— fl-g-fl-g-l-itt 

BOMAN. L. M. 

Bb Major. B. Arr. 

*-i »t* i-^t? *- 2 ^if-f-i^tF^- 1 r i ■ 8 r 3 ?-»? 3 ^t 5 -t 3 ? 4 t 3 * mi » tt 

1. My God, how endless is thy love! Thv gilts are every evening new ; And morning mercies from a-bove Gently dis- til like ear-lydew. 

k~i"5t5 - 5~<S~5t5~5 - 5 [sfs S~iT6f5 5~5 |~1 S 1\5~4~3~4~3~6 f T |5~5~5t5"4~3 _ 4'"3-1t 

2. Thou ^prea'1'.sl the curtains of the nigh!, Great Guardian of my sleeping hour*; Thy sovereign word resurts tho light, And quickens all my drow-y. powers 

C^-g-jg * * m ^-rUi } ? 4 4 1 8 ? 3 |«I44UM41- MUMMMA-i-i-ar'all. 

3. I yield my powers to thv command;To thee I consecrate my days; Perpetual blessings from thy hand Demand per-petual songs of praise. 

C 4l42-3 4-3;si -i-5|5J4 -3 4-3+5^-l+5;3^M-i4i 6 | 5 4^-5-7-^ =-4-5 s\ 1 H 

SEARS. L. M. 

1. What are those sonl-reviving strains, Which echo thus from Salem's plains'What anthems loud, and loud-er still, So sweetly sound from Zinn's hill. 

2. Lo ' 'tis an in-fant cho-rus sines Ho-san-na to the King of kings: The Saviour comes!-and babes proclaim Sal- va- lion sent in Je-sus' name. 

3. Nor these alone their voice shall raise, For we will join this song of praise; Still Israel's child-ren forward press To hail the Lord their Righteousness. 

£4 f f II s - 4 3 ^^,f_f_f4^4_f_su -U | iU^-7-4^h\-f-i-U^4-BU^. 

4. Mes- siah's name shall jov im-part A-like to Jew and Gentile heart; He bled for us, he bled for you, And we will sing Ho-san- na too. 

5. Proclaim ho- san-nas loud and clear; See David's Son and Lord appear! All praise on earth to him be given, And glory shout ihro' highest heaven. 

C-ti-3-5 14-4-5-S i-i4-3-S-5 Ua-f-6 U\4~l-5 k'--3-5-| UU 5 h \-5^-4-SU^ 



\ 



KINGSLEY. C. M. 87 

G Major. Moderato. T. 

ruti-^*-»t£- 4 t 3 t 3 t 2 - 3 t 4 - 3 }^ 

1. Finn as the earth thy gospel stands, My Lord, my hope, my trust: If I am found in Jesus' hands, My soul can ne'er lie lost, My soul can ne'er be lost. 

^-rsts-^tr-^t'-^t'tM-y-fts^ts PI -1-1 \*-*\rf i ' Ht'- 1 t l ~it l l-Ftr-f-hrttwtt 

U. His ho-nor is engaged to save The meanest of his sheep; All, w limn his heavenly Father gave, His hands securely keep, ' is hands secure-ly keep. 

KW-U « ?P u i- f\*\f\* ?p i [ 7 4 3 1 i-S-MM^ 4 -? I « I * 1 1 « I M MM £ I M 1 »-?-l 3 II- 

3. Nor death nor hell shall e'er remove His favorites from his breast;Wiihin the bo - som of his love They must for-ev-er rest.They must for-ev- er rest. 

BELLVILLE. C.H.M. 

A Major. Slow and soft. R. 

9- 4-1—1—9—3—3 (-3— S— 3 -f-=r» f-1— 1— 1— 1— 2 f\ ~^\*~ *~ -f~ - 3 "t 3— 2 " * t~?t 3 ^ 3 ^ ^ 1 "' f 

I When 1 can trust my all with God, In tri-al's fear- ful hour, Bow, all resigned, be-nealh his rod. And bless his spar-ing power, 

2. 0, to he brought to Je - sus' feet, Tho' tri - als fix me there. Is still a pri - vi - lege most sweet For he will hear my prayer; 

1 f-l ^^444-7-4-h- frlS I i -i-na iV I } H , 1 r- y I ?IF F W I ^4 

3. O, blessed be the hand that gave, — Still blessed when it takes ; Blessed be lie who smites to save, — Who heals the heart he breaks : 

fe-i-i-t-S-jM 1 . 1 F g-M^S 1 6-6-6-6-*] ^ 3 ! 4-i -i-i U-*-s4 5 4«-M— a-l-i 4 
rit^-H-o-bWto-rMli 1 8 h?t 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 ?? P4M-F-J-F"? 1 3 * 1 3 tt 

A ji-y springs up a- mid distress, A fountain in the wil-der-ness, A joy springs up a- mid distress, A fountain in the wil-der-ne s. 

8ni ; 4 -t -l- l I 4l»-IMi 1-3-rf-i t rW .t 5-S-5-5-5 hr hFVtei -i-a-otam I oil 

Lho 1 ^iL'hs and tears its language be. The Lord is ni<*h to answer me, Tho 1 sighs and tears its language be, The Lord is nigh to answer me. 
I « l_^__l_l_ll J3 1 1 I |_4 ,J.T |3 1 l_l_l_ ff |l 1^ |1 1 I M l 7 |. II 

Pcr-fect and true are all his ways, Whom heav'n adores and de»th .il>eys. Per-fecl and true are all his ways.W horn heav'n adores and earth o-bcys. 

C5-4 -1 4 ii i i i 1 44 1 1 4 4 i i -5 -i UA 1 1 1 i-i-i-5-5 1 i4*-l *-*-s-i 1 ssli W 



88 



\ 



Bb major. Allegro. 

Vl-ii-X 1 — r~ t 1 - 

1 The Lord is great; 

i%~-£~5]'5 S~ 15" 

•2 The Lord is great; 

3 The Lord is great; 



BADGER, lis & 8s. 

ye hosts of heav'n,a-dore him, And ye who tread this earthly ball; In ho - Iy songs re-juiee a- loud be- 

-it:^-.*-.*tar£t£t3-5f s- ' ts~ £4 tirlitn — hr^d 1 1 5 A s at 

his ma-jes-ty how glorious! Resound his praise from shore to shore; O'ersin, and death, and hell. now made vie- 

his mer-cy how a-bounding! Ye an-gels, strike your gold-en chords; O, praise our God, with voice and harp re- 

.^I_M-«-ML-i4-i-U-5-l-*i+S»— 9— ^5^4'|F-l-5-5-r-i-^-5-r-4-4-4-i4- 



love him, And shout 

%~3~£ 1 5 txp it 3 

tn-rious. He rules 

0^-7-7-1 -TlAf? 

sounding, The King 

C =-5— S-| 5 1* 



-»-|-a a_i-a-4j 3 — ^^It-j^ 

his praise who made you all. 



"£ts — 2i 3^1t 

and rei?ns for- ev — er-more. 

-7'1-P 2[»4-74»-|| 

of kings and Lord ot lords. 

_ 5 | «- 7 T 6 .5_ 4 |_5 5 \. 1-4 



O. Holden. 



CORONATION. C M. 

A major. 

(S-t-3l-»-*-r 6 -T*tr»-, 1 -?-t-3t?-F-f*-^t , -t^f- 

1 All hail the great lmmanuel's name! Let an-gels prostrate fill Uring 

© 4 3 i.l o o 5 To 3 3 I o|7 i i> 7 I r I 
p. * 113 3 5 514 3 4 J 514 3 5 4 13. I 21 

2 Let eve- ry kindred, eve- ry tribe, On this te - res-trial hall, To 
C:-*-l 4- 1- 1 -4- r4 5-5-5 4-5 ^5-6-5— 5 -I- 1 ^-4-5-{- 



\ 



- — -r- -t«t 5 - 5 t 6 -;^ 4 t 5 -t-- , t 5 - 3 - i l - 3 t 2 - i - 2 - 3 -?-, , t 5 - 4 tH-?— n»-ir 

forth the royal diadem, And crown him Lord of all, Bring forth the rny-al di - a - dem, And crown him Lord of all. 

]"71 S ~l 5 7 1 T |5I5 5 5 I 5 5 7 "!' ti [ .> ! 5 If 






him all ma-jes - tv as - cribe, And crown him Lord of all, To him all ma-jes-ty as-cribe.And crown him Cord of all. 



fr-M-iMt* 1 * ^l-j-l •54- , -7 ! e-S-U-^M '-M-tH*— 5— 5-64-3-4+* 5tl-H- 



WATCHMAN TELL US. Hymn 7's. 89 

Eb Major. Slow and soft. A. R. T. 

ID-t ;T6W>*4 513 ~-l I | 3 3 3 3|2.t~45. 6-5-315 43 4 2 14,4 2 13-3-4-5 I 6rT F5r-5-2-2-3*4 15." J 

1. Walch - man! watchman! tell us of the night, What us signs of prom- iseare. Traveller! o'er yon mountain's height, See that glory-beam 

■J. Watch- man! watchman! tell us of the night; Higher yet that star ascends. Traveller! blessedness and light, Peace and truth, its course ] 
f'.* U.&3 315 5 5 515.- 1 ». S S 515 5 51 58 515.5 6 3 14.^12. 8 5 5 52 

3. Watch - man! watchman! tell us of the night, For the morning seems to dawn. Traveller! darkness takes its llight;l)uubi and terroi are withdrawn. 

G4- __ _^ 1 l J l-^ L^g^ l-f 3 l |^_^_^j___5_5Sj 11 «. _^ ! ^ st-s-8-s-4*\s F ! 
JP-a-S-f 2—2 f 3 -3-4-5-61 5^-3-5-315 43 1 2 J I 1 2— - I 3. 5 6 7 } h'MJ-5. 3 I 5 -42 -3 -J i| 

Watchman! watchman' does its beauteous ray Aught of hope or jov fore- tell' Traveller! yes ; it brings the day, Promised dav of Is - ra -el 

&-l-l ir - ri l 1 1-1-1^-1 -3 l^l^f! f r |l 11-1 3 f l 11 1(^2^ 

Watchman! watchman! will its beams a-lone Gild the spot that gave them birth? Traveller! a- ges are its own; See, it bursts o'er all the 

p. 5 5 15 5 15.5 6 3 412. 5 5. 5\5 5 51 5 5 51 8 . 3 4 5 516.* S. 515 5i:t 

\j-i 1 1 — I 9 9 9 T — f "1 9 — 1 9\~\ 1 1 ~-~9~9 — T" I l * ' ^ — T~~\ I 9 9~\ 

Watchman! watchman! let thy wanderings cease;Hie tbee to thy qui-et home. Travel- ler! lo! the Prince of Peace, Lo! the Son of Cod is 
fcJ-Lj-S-a-l-M 6-5 4U^5-> -S'|3 5 -*4— S 5-5|> « 6 5-M' i £44-£ 5 MS 

SWANWICK. C M. 

Bb Major. J,ucas. 

1. Far from these narrow scenes of night, Unbounded glories rise, And realms of joy and pure de-light, Dnknnwn to mortal eyes, Unknown to mortal i 
2. Fair, distant land' could mortal eyes But half its charms explore, How would our spirits long to rise. And dwell on earth no more, Am! dwell on earth no 

■ '■- No cloud those blissful regions know Realms ever bright and lair; For sin, the source ol mortal woe, Can ne- ver en-ter there, ( an ne-ver en- ter I 

(VJJI*, 1 -! 1 £ l i 1 !?! 8 ! , * , 1 f|fi » -i-r4^1 — I - - 1 - Mr\i4 Wp-J \UmQ4-\m\H 

4. O, may the heavenly prospect fire Our hearts with ardent love, Till wingsoffaith and strong desire. Bear ev - rv tho t above. Bear e\ rv tho I B bove. 

5. Prepare, us. Lord, nv grace divine, For thy bright courts on high; Then bid our spirits rise and join The chorus of the bUv, The chorus of tie 

Cj-2-1-1 44 — !-t3— 1.45-5 I -4-4-41 1—^| l_2 2 I 54 ■*-]—■ -v\ — — | |-F=4=4-5is — 'Sis— 5 I s\ .ilJvS-ol-is-sl ! II 



90 AFTON. lis. 

G Major. 

1. How cheer-in^ the thought that the spir-its ia bliss, Should bow their bright wings to a world such as this! And leave the sweet songs of the mansions above To 

. CVl- ? I 3 3 5*|3 3 1 1 4 4|3|3|1 1 y |l 3 4|3 5 5\3_\ 3j3 3 54|3 3 1 | 1 4 4 1 3 _JA 1 

J 2. They come, on ihe wings of the morning they come. To envoy the stranger n peace to his home ; The pilgrim to waft from his stormy abode, And 

C C-l J|i-l-!_Ji-i_3 k-4-4^i4i+3-3- 5 4^^-^4 1 -L34^4 i ; i - 1 -M 1 -A-3;4-4-4li4i4 



i 



\ 



( g-l-l-2 t 3-a-4 ts - S -7[lr[t 

breathe o'er our bosoms their errands of love. 

Q.S 5 5| 5 3 g|3 3 4|3 || 

lay him to rest in the arms of his God. 

&3-3-3-|-i-l-44 5 _ 5 _ 5 | !-jj. 



ROWLEY. 12s. & 9s. 

G major. 

5 -^l^ t 3-2- | l t 3t3^ t 4-3-« t I t 5^ t 5-3-5 t 5-4-3 t 3 t ^ ? - t 

1. Come a-way to the skies, My be-lov-ed a-rise, And rejoice in the day thou wast born; On this 

2. We have laid up our love, And our treasure above, Tho' our bodies con- tin-ue be-low; The re- 

3. With sinomc we praise. The o - rig - i-nal grace. By our heavenly Father bestowed; Our 
p. 3 3. 4 [5 4 3 1 ♦■>! 1. 3| « 5 4 1 3 | 3. 3| 3 5 3 19 5 5 1513. 51 

* & * * 

4. For thy glory we are Cre- a- ted to share Bolh the nature and kingdom divine: Cre - 

5. With thanks we approve The design of that love Which hath joined us in Jesus' name; So u- 



,§— 2-3-4-j-3-j--2r-2-[-3-3-S4-f-5-J-5— 5 r |-5-3-5^4-3--2^3-4-5-5-^-5-3-5-^-4-3-2--f-l-}|- 



fes - ti - val day Come ex - ult - ing a - way. And with sing-ing to Si-on 
deemed of our Lord, We re — member his word, And with sing-ing to Par - 



re - turn, And with sing-ing to Si 
i-dise go, And with sing-ing to Par 



3-a- 

i i 

on re - turn. 
- a-dise go. 



«- 



o 



being re -ceive From his bounty and live To the hon-or and glo-ry of God. To the hon-or and glo- 

s-s-g [.a | s - g^s_ML4ja.4— ^~\ —I — |_^,4M-?MMN~-« 



"1 1 — "T 

a-ted a - gain, That our souls may remain, In time and e -ter - ni - ty thine. In time and e- ter- 
nit-ed in heart That we never can part, Till we meet at the feast of the Lamb. Till we meet at the feast 



M-t-»1t 

ry of God. 
5_44_3_41 

ni - ty thine. 
of the Lamb. 



C : -5-5-54-M -5--S- i!M-?~l-*4--^-4 -I X^\-l^l44-4-i4-i-d-4-\^-W- 



SONGS OF REJOICING. Sentence. 

E major. With spirit. 

D- -5-6-5 ^6-5-^+2-3-4+3 23 45^r+5r 6 5 | 6-5- |-+S- 3-4 I 3-r I 3. 1-3 i-S-9-4+3-4-3 14 4 I 

1 Songs of re- joic-ing con- spiring to raise, Swell with your voices the cho-rus of praise; Sing and rejoice, and approach with thanksgiving 

£--3,-4-311-1-3^-1-2+1:^^ 



P? 8- g 8 14 3 515 5 5 15 5 J8. 8 814 3 5 15 5 51 5-15. 5 515 5 5 I 5. 5 5 14 II 
Vjt* — i — t? — T-ri 1 i-h r — r~+ t»-++t 1* — t — hi 1 — t-+t- — i — iH t-f-j — * — i +r — i — i +i — i#— i I i — i 1 

2 Praise to, Je- ho- vah! hisname be adored; Praise your Cre-a - tor! Rejoice in theLord! Great is his pow'r, for the Lord is Al-mighty; 

C-:I 1 1 }\ } } MfM-a-M J^W-HW-W-5-5-5+1^4-M-W-r-5-^+^J-^| 6-6-1- 



<8- 4 t 3 -?- 3 t s - 2 -ft^- 4 -n^ a -t?1f-^ 4 t^-^*t• 8 -«^1f-^h 4 t• 8 -*-iM 3 J? I ?- 3 - 2 - i 

The throne that thro' a-ges e - ter- rial hath stood; For he who made earth, and gave life to all liv-ing, Our Fa- ther Al-mighty, the Lord he is 

0,415 5 114 4 515 5 515 1415 3 6 15 5 515 3 615 5 I 5 15 5 818 6 514 2 5 1 

^-i r+T 1 t — h 1 r+T — t T~+- l~i — n 1 -r+n — i — r It — t rti — i — |— r h — i r I i — i — I — I r — 'i — i , 

But greater his goodness, which gives life its worth; For goodness it was plann'd the work of ere- a -tion, And love to our Makcr.that love should call 
C-6+5-5-5+4-#-«+ 2 -?-^ 



1 



good, Songs of re- joic- ing con-spi ring to raise, Swell with your voi-ces the cho- rus of praise.The cho-rus of praise.The chorus of praise 



)•. 5-13.4 314 3 515 5 5|g g ."5,13. I 314 3 515 5 .11515 15 5 515 514 3 4|» II 

1 • ~" I i — w — i — h — t 1 — h 1 r+T 1 /-Tf i — •* — i I i — i — T" ri — l — i — hHi 1 i — i ■— i I 1 | ,-— *= — ^p-j-i= "- 1 1- 

forth, Praise to Je ho- vah! his name be a - dored; Praise your Cre- a - tor! Rejoice in the Lord! Rejoice in the Lord! Rejoice in theLord! 

C-S-^W-4++-M+5-5-5-| 1_- I iJ-W4t,-MI .l-^-sW,! ]-5-5-5- r l-3 I 4-5-5 |X# 



3 



LUWMA1N. lis & 9s. 

H. W. Day. 

-py day,When,enrob'd in our clay, The Redeem- er appear'd up - on earth; How can we refrain, For to join the glad strain, 

that love.First begot- ten a- bove, And thro' Je- sns to sinners made known! Lift, lift up your voice, And ex- ult- ing re-joice, 
willsing, Asour High Priestand King, And ourProphet to teach us the road; But morethan all this, For Almight-y he is: 

4 O may the re-turn Of this once blessed morn Be for- ev - er re-member'd with joy; Sweet ac- cents of praiseAll our voic- es shall raise; 



F major. 

-3-1+3-S- 

4 I I I I 

1 All hail! hap 

-mr-i- 

2 How boundless 
3 To Christ we 

. S IS S 



And to hail our Im- man -u- el's birth! 

-i-m-}-sfs-ttu-tt 

For Je - ho- vah to earth is come down! 
And we own him our Saviour and God. 



Cs-f-i 

Hal- le 



3 



-H 



3 

-r~ 



413 



c- 



4*-4 

- lu-jahs shall be our em-ploy. 

14-^44-5-5-5-1-1-4 



AWAY FROM THE REVEL, lis & 6. Temperance Hymn. 



D major. Livehj. 
— 3 *^|_*_A- 



S 



5TSS 3t«-5-5tJ-^-gt5-.1tl-i-tt3-S-Sta~5-n 
1 A-way from the rev- el, the night-star is up; A-way, come a-way, there is strife in the 
2 The foam of the gob-let is sparkling and bright, And ri- sing like gems in the torch-es' red 

i-»tri-s-iti-rst^-2-«i^~^ta-^-5ti-i-ttf-^--F.t 

3 The pearl-studded chal-ice, dis-play-ing in pride,May challenge thy lip to the purple draught's 
4 Oh come, it is twilight, llie night star is up; Its ray is more bright than the silver bnmm'd 

C-i-343-4-UI-i-l4.i-5-4-r-7--34 3-3-54-3-3-5+.1-3_34- 

5 We'll kneel on the mountain beneath the dark pine.Our hearts' pray'r the incense, and na-ture the 
6 0hcome,il is twilight, the moon is awake;The breath of the ves- per chime rides o'er the 

c-i-i4-i-S-3- r -i-i-i-r-S-a-^-g-r-f--f-^ i -«- i +^-^-^- 



3 



4 I ll* If 3 1 3 4 S H U 

mad- den thy soul, They will mad-den thy soul 
ma - ni - ae's glare. For the ma - ni - ac's glare. 



-5-^t^^^-f3-^^i-t^t^7ft-J-^-5-t«- 

cupJThere's shouting of song,there is wine in the bowl, But lis- ten and dnnk.tney will 
light,The glance of thine eve. if it e'er lingers there, Will change its mild beam/or the 



n:-— 



tide; But pearls of the dew-drop, the voice of the breeze, Are dear- er and calmer, more bless- 
cup;The boat gen-tly dan- ces, the snow-y sail fills, We'll glide o'er the waters or rove 

5-^4-&-S-fi-U-5-3-4-5-3-5 4-5-3 I -34-444-3- -3-4-a- 

shrine, And back on the fes- tal we'll look from the wave.Like eyes of the free on the chains 
lake.There's peace all a- round us, and health in the breeze, And what can be dear-er, morebless 

-^-^4-a-S-i-l-f-f-i-4-2-2-44-i-i-r-I-S-3-4-i-i-i^- 



ed than these, Are more bless- ed than these, 
on the hills, Or we'll rove on the hills. 

-3— 34-5=-4-a — 144- «— 34-3-41 

of the slave, On the chains of the slave, 
ed than these? What more bless- ed than these? 

-f— f\- 1 -4- i —3-4-3— 1-4-4- i -4J 



G or A. Major. 



BOWDEN, Us. ^ 03 

1 I wTuld not live alway, I ask not to stay Where storm af-ter storm ns-es o er the dark way; The tew lu- cid mornings that 

fri*tiV*T H.i * s\* ii tr h l \ »-*+ \ l l rj\ *-*-* I -" t r> I :i i - 1 1 -M-»t 

2. I would not live alwav ; no, wel - come the tomb, Since Je - sus hath lain there, I dread not its gloom; There sweet be my rest till he 

C444* M-l-M-M-k 8 ? M-y-4-%^ i-T^U-flf-^ -ti I 7^U-7-M4-^ — - — I — —-4- 

3 Who. who would live alwav a - way from his God, A- way from yon heaven, that bliss-ful a - bode; Where rivers of pleasure flow 
C444-J F HP f HE Mi -*4*-U— - -S-l M-S-W— di-54-U-M— -— I— — 



dawn on us here. Are enough for life's woes full e - nough for its cheer, 
bid me a-rise To hail hira in tri-umph des-cenH-in*j the skies. 

a -—444-2 I f f f - l M ^l t»^L4Mi|att 

o'er the bright plains, And the noontide of glo - ry e - ter- nal- ly reigns. 

fc _44W IM-»-44-*4 I S-5-5| 1 W 



SUNLIGHT. 12s. & 9s. 

I). Major. 

Sri-frit}- * e 1 5 * 1 1 4 r*-i-fs\& Si 

I. In a song of sweet praise to our Savior we raise Better 

8 ! Sditfrnhi-t t 4- i [ *zf&\ rtHt 

For now we shall rise to meet Christ in the skies. And be 

c--5- J H-+4- LM4 I is-* \r,\ :->k i 

3. Hal- le- lu- jah we sing, to our Fa-ther and King, And Ins 

C:4-i-Ui-i-44a-44-U-i-i--l-i I i--i -I 



tri-hute than sil - ver and gold, 'Tis our hearts, Lord, we give, may we e - ver-more live, To thy hon-or and glo - ry be -low. 

& a a »iT4 4 *lr t|rh*-*- fS 1 i^ *•! M_M It U-ildijH rt i 7 :t-ril 

part-ed in bod - y no morel We shall 6ing to our lyres, with the heav-en - ly choirs, And our Sa-vior in glo-ry a - dore. 

rap- tur- ous prais - es repeat; To the Lamb that was slain, hal - le - la • jah a - gain, Sing all heav-en, and fall at his feet. 



WATCH OF ISRAEL. 7s. 



Eb major. 



cres. 

l l 



H W. Day 

Dim- 



P -s-3-4 -.'».«-5|»-4-6ot3-5- I -5!6-6-«-513-4-5Tfi 513-4-6 3+3-5 -^17-6- 5-+6-7-'-3[3-2-1zt+ 

Q>2|ii«< I I III I I I I I* 1 1 J III .ill " I i i i' I I" 

1 Watch of Is - rael! we shall rest Calmly if thy voice has blest; If thou sav -est ' All is well ;' t - ver wakeful sen • li - nel. E - ver wakeful siui - li - nel. 

^I-ia-Jfaji-i-i-t.i-s-a-ati-i ^^^^IM^^^tf-y^f^* 1 ^*^^ 

2. If in sleep our spirits dream, Still still be thou the theme; Heav'nly let our spirits be, E'en in dreamine, dream of thee. E'en in dreaming, &c. 

j> 35 5 5 5\5 6 431533 314 C 8-15 5 5 515 6 4315 5 5 5|5_«4 514 5 5 515 4 3-11 

l t2-i — i h 1 ri — 1 li — 1 rj 1 It — t tr-i Iv t~; ~ri~"— 1 it — t rr 

3 But if sleep be far a-way, And we watch till dawning day, Let the spi -rit still im-part, Calmness to each aching heart. Calmness to &c. 

CUP P M 'I P f ' IP f * * !■* f ' IP P * l \ ±-4 n lP » ^ij?-8-g4#-8-i-8|g-da^ 



LYONS. 10s. & lis. 

A major. maestoso. Haydn. 

Oh praise ye the Lord, pre - pare a new song; And let all his saints in full con-cert join ! With voices u- nit - ed the anthem prolong, 

&^-3-1iirTWiri 
G^|LUL4Urf4M4JiM^ 

Oh praise ye the Lord, pre - pare a new song; And let all his saints in f ull concert join ! With voices u - nit - ed the anthem prolong, 

C4-Ui-3-5^ia-W-7-M544-S-U-^^ 



j And shew forth his praises in mu- sic di-vine. 

k-5t^-^5t3-5-^t fi-^-*t3tt 

kg+i_i_ f l i p p j i i_y,pi n. 

And shew forth his praises in mu - sic dt - vine. 

IC-.4-r-3-3-3-r-£--?---6-r-34 -5-54 1 H 



TEACHER'S PRAYER. 8s 3s & 6. 

F major. sentimentally. 

&-|-5-6-|5-4j3-2 \\j | l,-j-2-3|2, ^-C-ISr^-Sja-l |ljt<-H 

i. Shepherd, while thy flock is feed - lag, Take these lambs. In ihine arms. Now for shelter plead - in^. 

2. While ihe storm of life is low'r - ing, Nig^ht and day. Beasts of prey, Round them lurk de*vour-ing. 

Q.| 3 4|3 fi|5 4|3~g|3-|5 5|5-[5 3 l a ~| 6 5 [ 4 3 l^ a l 3 || 

3. Shepherd, every grace com- bin - in^, Keep these lambs In thine arms, On thy breast re- chn - ing. 

C4-I-l|I-I|3-4l5^5|^|3-5]542^2_l 5 4I_3|4-lir5ll^U 



HEAVENLY HILLS. 10's, 5's & lis. 



G Major 



05 



I. Come, let us a - new, our jour-ney pursue, With vi-gor a- rise, And press to our per- ma-nent place in the skies. 01 Ilea yen Iv birth, tho' 

«-i*t*1 ir-£U-}~i-\ nm-^n I 7 1 5 [f-}-}-\ fi i I jr-fri I .-, ! 5 I * » * I »-»t 

2. At Je- sus's call we gave up our all ; And still we lore-go, For Je- suss sake, our en- joy— menis be-low No long-ing we find for the 

3. A country of joy, quite free from al- lov, We thither repair; Our hearts and our treasure al- rea -dy are there, We inarch hand ill hand tolm- 

p. 3 313 5 418 251 5 5 515 I 312 2 2 12 1 213 5 -II 5 5 5 1 5 3 2 1 I » I 5 I 5 5 5 18 5 1 

\j— 4-^-r i 1 r— h — rr+i r rH rrri i — t — h ' I i -h — i r+i — i — t~ t -u — r — tt*-Hi I i i t— — r— r 

4. The rougher our way, the shorter our stay; The tempests that rise Shall gloriously hur-ry our souls to the skies. The fiercer the blast, the 

C^m^-4-4l5-54-7^^4^44- T MM+54i+^ r,l 



wand'ringon earth. This is not our place, But strangers and pilgims ourselves we con-fess, 

country behind; But onward we move, And still we are seeking a country a-bove. 
man- u- el"s land; No matier what cheerWe meet with on earth ;or e-ter- ni-ty's hen'. 

sooner 'lis past;The troubles that come, Shall come to our rescue, and hast-en us borne. 

C-:-5-;i-5|5-| 5 i «-2_^5lW--4 i 4-S-6-5!4-5-5 \l\V 



NEVIL. C. P.M. 

G Major. Sentimentally. 

1. O thou that heir st the prayer of faith, Will thou not sav< 

" Slain in the guilt- y sinners stead, His spotless rigli 

3. Then save me from e- ter-nal death; The spi - rit of 

p. gjtl 1 3 5 5 I 5 5 5 I !i | I 2 ~ 

■t. The kingol ter- rors then would be A welcome m 

C*tt|±-M-S4+-WU4i 5 5 



>>\ 



w 



#-4-3-2 1-3 1-3— I— 4—41* * 1 8 I 4—3—2-24 3—4-5 13 I 4—3—2-21 3—1—5 1-4 1 3—3 2 21 1 .1 II 

0> * I * I i ■» 7 "l*?^' I " I i * i " 1 " i I'll i* i i» I i " i I «• I i * " ' ^ " 

soul from death That casts it - self on thee ! I have no re- fuge of -my own, But tly to what my Lord hath done And suffered once for me. 

^-5-5-5^5t5-5-5-4|5jiti ff"8 * 3 1 4 S i I V^V^ *U & a 12 I M s "!^>li 

ness I plead, And his a - vail-ing blood: That righteousness mv robe shall be; That nier - it shall a- tone for me. And bring me near to G!od 
doption breathe;His con- so- la- lions send ; liv lnm some word of life im-part. And sweetly whisper to my heart,"Thy Maker is thy Friend." 

P.2 1 :jl|2 3 2 11-, -1515 5 5 211 2 3 1515 5 5 211 2 3 I « I 5 5 I l|».»|l 

v/t— | 9 — 7 H tt I -. ^ — , j#H7 7-| p 1 i w — i — *" 1 t — ■+ i 1 "i* I i «• — i r\ i ^ 1 I -> i ■ b> «» I r^i n 

ger to me, To bid me come a-way: Unclogged by earth, or earth- lythings.l'd mount,I'd fly, with ea- ger wings, To e - ver- last- ing day. 
N': 5-5-5-4417-5 7 fk\H[M-4 5 7 I > ! -?- U I 7 - J-5-7 I ■- J -«-| -4 I 5 5-5-S] 11 II- 



06 HUNTON. Us. &12s. 

A. Major. 

1. O Lord, let our songs find ac-cept-ance be - fore thee, And pierce thro' the skies to thine uppermost throne; For thou stoopest to 

2. Our Fa-ther, our Fa-ther, we ask thee to guide us, And keep us from sin till life's journey be o'er; Then the last sigh of 
P. 2 *-* L 3 3 415 3 113 2 3 1 2.1 :M2|8 8 415 3 II 1 4 3 4 I 318.2 13 5 5 1 

3. Then, then will we sing the sweet song of the bless - ed, And mingle our strains with the my-riads a-bove; Far sur-pass-ing all 

list - en when mor - lals a-dorethee, And sendest thy blessings, Ann 1 sendest thv blessines, And sendest thy blessings like mea-sengevs down, 
na - ture, whate'er else be - tide us, Shall waft us to glo-rv, Shall waft us to glo-ry, Snail waft us to glo - ry when lime is no more. 

c^L3_«^-^_ *u\-~—- |_ '. — 1 , i ■ y if ff- f L4<LjM M f ? M ^tt 

strains that our tongues e'er ex -press - ed And Je-sus, the chorus, And Je-sus, the cho-rus, And Je-sus, the chorus, and In - fin - ite Love ! 

C-t— M-W— i-CT s — JW i — - — 1~— — 4— — 4-4l-M45-5-«44 , -5-54i H- 

ADORA. LM. 

A. Major. G. W. F. Hayes, N.H. 

l.Oh! sweet- ly breathe the lyres a-bove, When angels teach the quivering siring, And wake to chant the Fathers love, Such strains as angels lips can sing. 

2 And sweet on earth the choral swell, From mortal tongues of gladsome lays, When pardoned souls their raptures tell And grateful, hymn the Savior's praise. 



CHISTMAS ode. 97 

F major. Spirited. H. W. Day 

<n /is V P- cr, ' s - 

1 Hark! Hark! with harps of gold, What An -them do they sing? The ra - diant clouds have back - ward rolled, And an - "els 

3 -ulo-ry to God! - ' re-peat The glad eanh and the sea; And eve - ry wind and bil - low . ; Bears cm the 

:; Soft swells the inu-sic now A - long the sing- ing choir, And eve - ry Ser - aph bends his brow And breathes a- 

1 ' -, JL | «__»__» 5 | S S | 5 •> « « | 5_J$ | .<r.l 54 [ 4~*_j5 I 5 4 [ 88_gj i> a 

1 Soft; — yet the soul is boundWiih rap- ture, like a chain;Earth, vo - cal, whis • pers them a - round, And heav'o re- 

s-S » 1 F - y y4J— i4-8-3-a-a4-5-i-M — 4_44nL_3_^^i_^_4_^ — «4^_ 7 4 

smite the string. 'Glo - rv to God'.'Bright wings spread glist'ning ami afar. An. I on the hallow'd rapture rings,From cir - rlin? star to 

Srfr'-t*] rt :l 1 -**-**-•-? I »-a I 3-5M ! r- h 3 1 1'-'-^tT^i-^lf-^-^i-s- {- 

J u . bi - lee. Where He - brew bard hail: arew seer hath trod, Each ho-ly spot has found a tongue:'Let Glo - rv be to I 

bove his I) v > nl iv'nly birth,ThrilI deep our hearts again, And fall likedew-dropsto fheearlM'Peaceand good will to i 

C; f? 8 4*4-1 -\--l 1— -I ;4- 1 I - [ 

peats the strain. Sound, Harps, and hail the morn With every gold- en string;Foi un-to us this dav is born A Sa - viour and a I 

O^— 2-ia4—l I — I : 1 I — - -I- -1 1 -I 

<g— I [-1-1-1-2-J-3— S-f5-5-5-$t\ 5-4 | £5-5— | ,\ l --T^f .f^7^|>?— 4j-*^IH.-f-3 2 — | I |j 

'Glo- ry toGod!'Brightwin<'sspread glist'ning anda-far, And on the hal - low.,) rap -ture rings, From cir - cling star to star. 

Where Hebrew hard bath sung. Or Hebrewseer Each ho - ly spot lias found a tongup:'Let Glo - ry be tn 

What words of lieav'nlv birth. Thrill deep our hearts again, And fill like dew -drops to the earth''Peace and good will to mi 

Sound.Harps, and hail ihe morn With ev'-ry gold-en string:Fnr un - tn us this day is born A Sa - viour and a King. 

&JM4-4-M- M-JL4_^_3-. a [5-5 1 " - -t4 M — *- 1- 8 — a- I-5-5 M — 4- 1 5— .1- i B II- 

13 



98 AWAY THAT CUP (L. M.) 

G major. With energy, not too fast. 

£-*-»4 f 1-9-3-4 f5-G-5-+5|-5-5-5--5+5-5-5-H-|- 1-2-3-4+ 3-6-5- 4-5+5-4-3-2+ fa-a+l—H 
Q) s •> I i i ill i i lili i ill i |o I iv i i ill. i i J. i I ' . ',,,, ' ' J - ' il II, 

1 The lemp'rance banner wide is spread. And wide ils rays o'er thousands shed. Is pressing hard toward that goal, v\ here ne er II be heard, 'give me that bowl. 
2 The haunts of vice be-gin to yield, For temp'rance men have got the shield In which the sword of truth has lain, That should have long the demon slain. 

3 That mother's peace, which once had fled. With joy returns up- on her head;For he wasdead, but lives a- gain. ves, he's left the drunkard's train. 

8rtytzri-}-m-}-yv t t-}-?-tt?-i-}-uu-t-}-} t i-i-a-t , a tV-3-i-«t5'-^5-tf 

4 The lit- tie babe, and sportive child, Up- on the pa-rent too have smiled, Instead of flee-ing from his glance, Around him now in peace they dance. 
5 Go on 1 go on, ye noble few, From whom this great commotion grew. For thousands yet there are to save. From lhat dread gloom, adrunkard'sgrave. 
6 And you who have notsign'd the pledge, Why stand ye back to form a hedgelWe know you cry' we ne'er get drunk, 'But thus have thousands downward sunk. 

p. * 113 .1 5 6 13 4 3 13 IS 3 4 314 2 3 1 3 j 3 5 5 615 4 3 13 12 2 1 4 135 4 13. M 

7 A lit- tie now — a lit- tie then;Such is the cry, such has it been, 'Till drunkards have by scores sprung up, Todrink the poison trom that cup. 
8 Then from vou dash the bowl a- way, As o-cean sendeth forth herspray;And when vou thirst, go to the rili, And from cold wa-ter drink your fill. 

£-f-*44-5 i f 1 1 i MMs-^^^l-5^5-^L444.^-f-jUt-i M M s-^-s-i-U^I-i^l- 

BTJNEL 6s, 8s & 4s. 

G mnjor. 

1 Tho' nature's strength decay, And earth and hell withstand, To Canaan's bounds I urge my way, At his command; The watery deep I pass, 

G> s 5T5~ 5 — 7~ Tli r5T<5 <3~5 5T5 | 5T«S 5~ §~ 5|£~ \~X~ I 5|5~ To |5|5 7 7 «i | "7 ' 
2 The good-lv land I see, With peace and plenty West; A land of sa-cred lib- er- ty, And endless rest. There milk and hon- ey flow, 

r». 4 3 155 3 ,"» 515 I3|_2 51 2 I [4 1213 3 3 515 6 5 J 4 13 213 I 312 2 2 2 12 \ 

Kj~% — ~r T7T — v — f — ~w -h \~vrv — v — *>■ — ^+* — s — r I w — ~* — tf — t^-tw — s — v — \—w\"\ — T it — -f— i — r/ — s — «* — v I ', — B" 

3 There dwells the Lord our King, The Lord our Righteousness, Triumphanto'erthe world andsin, The Prince of Peace; On Si-on's sa - cred height> 

■ 
With Je- sus in myview; And thro' the howling wil- derness My way pur - sue. We'll sing hal- le - lu-jahl hal-le - lu- jah 1 A-men. 

And oil and wine abound: Andtreesof life for- ev- er grow, With mer-cv crowned. We'll^ing hal- le - lu- jah! hal- le - lu -jaM A-men. 
f*. IIS S 2 lli 1213 3 5 515 6 5 j 4 1 3 2*4 1 3 I, 5 15 5 515 3 3 316 5 413 II 

His kingdom still maintains; And glorious with his saints in light For- ev - er reigns. We'll sing hal- le - lu-jah! hal-le - lu- jah! A-men. 



TO GOD THE PRAISE BELONGS. Hymn. (H. M.) 

C Major. 

«-S-rtn*trtTf f^ts-s-tto-Wts hht-hnrnrtfty ft t" 1 " 1 1 '-ritst? I :? -f-f-* I 

1. Re-joice! the Lord our King; Your God and King a - dore; Mor - tals, give thanks, and sing, And triumph evermore • Lift up the heart, lift 

&-ti~ ± i I s i~] at rivals hi — 2 — 1 srhN I s ~~ s 1 arsrlYsi N I s ail 3~at3+? I Irttrir ! 

2. His king-dom can-not fail; He rules o'er earth and heaven ; The keys of death and hell Are to the Savior given : Lift up the heart, lift 

3. He e-verv foe shall quell, Shall all our sins de - stroy ; And all our bo-soms swell With pure seraphic joy ; Lift up the heart, lift 

C4JL_i_t+l_JU UlsU-s-W-iJilrli-l 1 -* I * 6- ! .v-| ■ I B - 1 1 '- 3 4M 7 1 -M-M4 

4. Re-joice in glurious hopes ; Jesus, the Judge, shall come, And take his servants up To their e- ter-nal home We I shall hearth 'arch- 

C:-4-1-5-6t-3-4-2-|-i4- l-J-5-^-l4-S 2 — 15-1-1-2 [-3-34-1-34—1-5^-1-1-1-1-6 r-3-4-1-1- Jfl-l -?— 5- ,'— » -I - 



up the voice ; Re-joiee a- loud: ye saints re - juice Rejoice a-loud ; ye saints re-joice. 

&-*-i-*-*tt-*-i-i la i alB -fa-t^t-^^taral-a-ll 

up the voice; Re joice a-loud; ye saints re - joice. Re-joice a-!oud; ye saints re-joice. 
up the voice. & 

v- M-4-4 M f F f f I M4jj4*4JM-M4^4 : gfl 

angel's voice, The trump of God shall sound;re-joice. The trump of God shall sound, rejoice. 

Cl-6-3-«-.i- 1 6-3-4-i-T-5-^-I+l-il-|4— l-i-l4-2-.'5 1 1 II 



LEENEL. 7s. (is. & 8s. 

.\ major. 

&-rs-9t*-r-\- l -T-[ l -m*-*-\- 

1. Christ for e-ver lives to pray For all that 

i my soul on Je-sus stay. Almighty 

<g"»"3~at5~5~ts~s" I .r 1 .1 1 5~s ! 

(• : 4 1_.l|l_9.|.1_a |3.4y|.l_ 7 - I 

2. Ba -sis ot our steadfast hope, Savior, thy 
Sanc-ti— fies and lifts us up to meet thee 

l*:-^- 1-4 1-3-54 I 3-2 I 1 1 5 M-5 4 1 



( g_ 1 _ a _ 1 ^ li 1-2-3-14-2^3-1^,^3 | 4-3- t 2-ll-7- r .-j 3r | 3 -g | 3-7- | l- 7 | 1 |2 | 3-1 j 2-y | 1-|| 

trust in him ; 

to re-deem ; He shall pu - ri - fy my heart, Who in his blood for-give-ness have, All his hall'wing power exert, And to the utmost 

&~S~srfaT': \z~.r I 5 _ 5"t5 _ 5i~5~t3f 7 _1 i 7~5 1 5 1 " I S~ts 4|« 5 1 5 sl^lstS^S | 6 .1 ! -T*~ 1 1 
C -1_1- L7-M y-143_ 7 41_2_|84J. I 2 1 (4 3|g_2j | 7 J J_l [J_2_+l_243l y | J_l | ,1. _2|3-|^ 

ceaseles pravr 
in the air: Yes, thine in- ter-ced- ing grace Preserves us every mo-ment thine, Till we rise to see thy face, And share thy throne divine. 

CV3-I Ur :] 3-5 I 5-5 I - , _y4-M -i -I 5-5- [5-5 I- 2 — 2— I «4l-4-|-8-a;4 1-3-2 r-l-l 5 r-i-31 4-5 l-l-ll 



ALFRED. L M. 



«1 



Key oT D or C mnjor. 

■i-a-*-- i-It frl" 



gos _ pel of his Son, Makes his e - lei - nal coun - sels known:Herelovein all its glo - ry shines, Andtruthis 



1 God. in ihe 



2 Here, sin-ners, 

3 Here faith re - 



an humble frame, May taste his grace, an. 4 . leair. his name;May read, in char- ac- ters of blood, The wisdom 

to mor-tal eyes A brighter world be - yond the skies, Here shines the light which guides our way from earth to 



grace, almight-y Lord, To read and mark thy ho - ly word, Its truths with meekness to re - ceive, And byits 



7 5~ 



—5—5-5- 

4 0, grant us S iavo, « 6 ... , , -- 

_ 1-^-4- i 2 3- 1 -U-5-J- 1-4 1-^-^-1-5 fl — I" 2 2— r-g- 4-3-2- ^ -j-4-3+4 vils-l 1JB~3-2-i- 

ROYALTY. C. M. 

Bb mnjor. Spirito. White. 

i-i-5[^?\fr 5 \ 5 -}-r?\ *+n\w-H\r*t 

1 All hail the pow'r of Je- sus' name! Let an - gels prostrate 



fair- est lines. 



(g #|-St6^t5?t.t6~7- 1 1 - 

drawn in lair -est hues, And truth is 



drawn in 



& 

ho 



4~ 



ly pre - cepts 



God, The wis -dom, power and grace, of God. 

day, From earth to realms of end-less dav. 

__| I_ Jj5_^_4JL _i^ ; 5 _ 3 j. 5 - \\ 

live, And by its ho - ly precepts live. 



-Ala-i-.i-sli-^sk- 



il 3- s I 



a er, and grace, of 

realms of end - less 

2 Ye chosen seed of Is-rael's race — A rem-nant weak and 

3 Ye Gen-tile sin - ners, ne'er forget The wormwood ami the 

4 Let eve- ry kin - dred, eve - ry tribe, On this ter- res-trial 
5 O that, with yon- der sa- cred throng, We at his feet may 

f ff I.nml retard. 

dem, Bring forth the roy-al di- adem,And crown him.crown him.crown him,crown him, crown him, Lord of all. 



t ; -i — s-Ua-aW-hp-l-s — ^w+i^ayU-jj-r-i-IJ- 



filhllring forth the roy-al di - a 






-i-it — 

. g-j.3 a. 9 3 



-fjk- 



l 1 I 3. 5 



I 



t- 7 



8 



51 



_.* 1 — •» j,4-. J L — -ffl— J. I 'I L—I-— -l.l L 

r 1 B r 5T5 1 .1 »>T»>|.'» 5 a « 



5 ,13 -". 5 '2 313.2 1 I ^1 ■ jl 

1 — r~T~\ W — V — T 1 — TT ir— t"I «h T — 

forth the royal, Bring forth the roy-al di - a-dem,And crown him.crown him 



|1 L__ 



1 1 



5 t\\5 4 1 «-~H 

Mi- 



ll* 
"Ti — 



Bring forth the royal, Bring forth the rov-al di - a-dem,And crown him.crown him, And crown him Lord of all. 

141M-4-M iUJ-i-d I 5-5^-5-i l-M-J4*| t.-i-l4-4-lo-.i-|45-- t-MImI r-4 

small Hail him, who saves you by his grace, Hail him, who saves you by his grace, And crown him.crown him.crown him.crown him.crown him, Lord of all. 

gall; Go,spread your trophies at his feet, Go.spread your trophies at his feet, And crown him.crown him.crown him.crown him.crown him, Lord of all. 
ball, To him all ma-jes -ty ascribe, To him all ma-jes-ty ascribe, And crown him.crown him.crown him.crown him.crown him, Lord of all. 

fall! We'll join the everlasting song, We'll join the everlasting song, And crown him.crown him,crown him.crown him,crown him, Lord of all 



Flm iliy. 



1. 0, Zi-on, tune thy voice, And raise th\ hands on high ; TeH all the earth th) joys, And boast sal-va-tion nigh; Cheerful in (....1 

&-1-3-SJ -il-i-yli l»l»ji-iji|.ia-7-1 r -N-:s a . i 7 I i ! " \ij U l.i - 8 U" jah: . hat 

•2. He gildsthy mourning face With beams that can-not fade; llisall resplend-enl grace !!<• pours around thy head; The na-tions round 

3. In hon - or to his name, Re-flect that sa-cred light, And loud that grace proclaim Which makes thy darkness bii'hi; Pur-sue his pn 

| - : .-> -.1-0 ! -.1-7 I M 1 M— -'--I L_5- I ..-I -r,-3-v>- 1 -.1-7 I I 4 *J .1- -.Iji | 7 * ' I 7 I - i I - i 

4. There on his ho - ly hill, A bright - er Sun shall rise, And with his radiance fill Those fairer, pur-er skies; While,rouiidhi« i 

C£-i-4-4As-^ i-l i l-i — 1-4-1 — i-4ij4-i-i-i-r-ff-yj i-l i-U— ft Pa-2-4^4-4- 1— \ 



A - rise and shine. While rays divine stream from a-brnad. While ravs divine, &c. 

8 .i | - j - ttrts^ N ! a m ! si t y- 3 J 1 ?r N t g-g-e-e | s - i I :$ "H 

Thy form shall view, With lus-tre new di -vine -ly erown'd. With lustre new, &c. 
Till sov'-reign love, In worlds a-hove the glo - rv raise. In worlds above. &c. 

fs t- ■ 1- \-i I Lr I ■ •-.-, I U-nj] .144 ML-M-44" 1 "^ H- 

Ten thou - sand stars In nob-ler spheres his 111-flurnce own. In nobler spheres &c 

« V I - 1 - I -5 l-S-g-r^i-rM-ll'-J- g-l M y jM-4 k-.l I l-|j- 



CONDER. C. II. M. 

F m.1101. 

I I 3-5-.1- 1-J-3-3-J j 

I, U hen 1 can trust im 

Bi ■■• ., ' 1. 

^i t i-i-i-a 1 y 

O, 10 be brought in .!.• 
Is still n pri - vi - |< ■■■ 

3. O blessed be the I 

Bless -ed be lie who smiles In 



(? -2 t 3-4-o-6- t 7-0 t r,: t -5 t -5-3-3-.l- t 4-9-2 f^-j-j-p-f*^^ 6-4-1-3- | l-y-| 1-|| 

In tri - al's fearful hour 

r.ii.ilf 

64 I g 5 lj.3J| 

veil. Jtc. 

(V 5 r -L_ _ 6 .|a_ 9 ^-4 -14-M-MU-i-a-al -7 , 444MM4g4- 3 4gJ J 1 4-' 6 4- I 5-5-|I| r 



And bless his sparing pow'r A joy springs up a-mid distress, A fountain in the wil-der-ness. A fountain e wil< 

; 7 t'- -*-f*-*i7r\*t?-rM-ti-i-it?n-£-*-} lr '-■ ir MM *-.•-"-«*■ 

Tho' tri - nls fix me there, 

For he will hear my pray'r; Tho' sighs andtears its language be, The Lord is nigh to an- swer me. The Lord 8ic 
0--g^4_3 8 5 I - I v 8 g * 3 +3 .1 .i| SIS_» .1 g|g. 84,84 -^4_C_8; 

Still bless-ed when it takes; 
Who heals the heart he breaks: Perfect and true arc all his ways, Whom heav'n adores and death obeys. Whom heaven &c. 



102 

A .Major. 

s- 8 



* 



3 t 4 t 



DOUBLE CHANT. 

"|33~|3 _ ~3t~2-~t~ 



-1^-f-at 1 n s 



Hartley. 

Oeome, let us j sing unto the j Lord I Let us make a | rock of | our sal- 1 vation. | Let us come be- 1 with thanks- giving | And make|iioise unto | him with j psalms. 






| joyful noise to the| | fore his presence] j ajo\f»l | 

__i+2-4 — 7 z |ii_! 7 _ 6 _^ 7 -_j — 7 z ML_a_4|3_a|_ 7 1 _|i_JL 



7 

-5- 



-«r<P|- 



|il— la— 9-\-S=-\— 5- 



4-4 



+5--+-5"— J4-5-6-4^5— 5-l-l-rl- 
i. For the Lord| is a great|God, || and a great|king a-|bove all|Gods.|| In his hand are the deepjplaces of the|earth ; || the | strength of the | hills is his|also. 
3. The sea is his|and he|made it, || and his,hands formed|the dry|land. || come, let us worship|and bowjdown , || let us[kneel before lhe|Lord ourjllaker. 



D— 



': 



"-1 

3 J 
< 



CBANT, (or Hymns 

G or F Major. 

3_ l __ t o_3 t o__ 1 ._2__ t 3-2|-l- Tt l_^ S ,- t5zit 

4-i-_i7_i|5^1-3--4i-4U^4-ia^-4-r-[[ 

A - men 3. 

HYMN. C. M. 

1 ome Holv Spirit heavenly Dove, With all thy | quickening! powers: 4. 

Come shed abroad a Savior's love, In [these cold | hearts of|ours- 

Look how we grovel here below, Fond of these | trifling | toys ; 5, 

Our souls can neither fly nor go, To | reach e-|ternal ]joys. 

In vain we tune our fcrmal songs, In vain we j strive to | rise ; 6. 

H"sannas languish on our tongues, And|our de-| votion | dies. 

Dear Lord! and shall we ever live, At this poor | dying | rate ? 7. 

Our love so faint, so cold to thee, And | thine to|us so | great? 

Come Holy Spirit, heavenly dove. With all thy I quickening | powers; 

n ~ .-L..J -k A „ c„. .:„*-'- 1 A -J .u«* ~u..tl \\..~A\~ I ......... 



■{ 



.w,, .. [ill., 1... .1 . <_ 11 1 , u V .u, .. ,.,■ ..1. fil_J I ^...^..^....■c, I p*> ' 

Come shed abroad a Savior's love And ■ that shall [kindle | ours 

HYMN. L. M. 

Sinner, why so tho'lless grown' Why in such dreadful|hasle to[die?| 
Daring to leap to worlds unknown. Heedless a-]gainst thy[God to|fly'| 
Stay, sinner ! on the gospel plains. Behold the God of ] love un-[fuld ] 
The glories of his dying pains, Forever ] telling, | yet un-[told. |[ 



or Selections. 

THE BEATITUDES. Matt. v. 3—12. 

S Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the [kingdom of | heaven. fl 
( Blessed are they that mourn: for|thev shall be | comfort- |ed.|| 

Blessed are the meek: fur they shall in- 1 herit the [earth. || 

Blessed are they who do hunger and thirst after righteousness: 

For|they|shall be | filled. | 

Blessed are the merciful: for [they shall obtain | mercy. ]| 

Blessed are the pure in heart: toij they | shall see[God.|| 

Blessed | are the | peacemakers :— || 

For they shall be | called the [children of|God.|| 

Blessed are they who are persecuted for | righteousness! sake : |] 

For [theirs is the | kingdom of | heaven. || 

Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and | persecute! you. 

And shall say all manner of evil against you | falsely | for my [sake. 

Rejoice, and be exceeding glad, tor great is your re- 1 ward in|heaven ; 

For so persecuted they the | prophets which [were be- 1 fore you.|) 

HYMN. C. M. 

I set the Lord before my face ; He bears my J courage I up :|| 
My heart, my tongue, their joy express: My | flesh shall [rest in | hope.| 
My spirit, Lord, thou wilt not leave Where souls de- | parted | are,[| 
Xor quit my body in the grave, To | see des- | truction | there. || 
Thou wilt reveal the path of lite, And raise me | to thy | throne ;|| 
Thy courts immortal pleasure give; Thy | presence, I joys un-]known.| 



■■{S 



c maJO , WILMOT. 8's & 7's. w . bW 1 03 

1. Onward, onward, men of heaven ; Bear the gospel han - :>er high; Rest not till its light is given— Si^r of eve-ry pa-gan sky: 
Send it where the pilgrim stranger Famts beneath the tor - rid ray ; Bid the liar- dy lor -est ran - ger Hail it ere it fades a- way 

(Si 3 ^ll»3ta _ o41 S _ 3t 16 I 5-5t^i _ 3j5 | : 8-t6~Jl 8 3 \ ^~t^ t 3 : * I N ~« • .?~3 I I -I « II 

2. Where the Arctic ocean thunders, Where the tropics fierce - ly glow, Broadly spread its page of won-ders. Brightly bid its radiance flow: 

In - dia marks its lus-tre stealing : Shiv'ring Greenland loves its rays ; Af-ric, 'mid her de - sens kneeling. Lifts the untaught strain of p 

( %U-s- la-i-H-MJ-M a » I L'4 i_ f i_ 5 _4 5 4i_J4x_ 5 ;5_ 5 _ | 5_jl|1_j \jl. s \ fl _ r , | .-,. \\. 

3. Rude in speech, or wild in fea-ture, Dark in spi-rit thn' they be, Show their light to eve - ry creature — Prince or vassal, bond or free, 
ho! they haste to eve-ry na-tion ; Huston host their ranks sup - ply; Onward, Christ is your sal-va-lion, And your death is vie - to-ry. 

C4-2-1-1— |l-l4l-l— r-l-l4-4-4r-3-l+o 5 -4»J l-l-l l-I+g -g— r4-l+4 4 J- 8-1 | 5-^1 II 

WATCHMAN. S. M. 

D major. 

<8-i-T-^-it 1 -3t2Wii-t:^tr-ir-rs1^ 

1. Thy name, Almighty Lord, Shall sound thro'distant lands.Great is thy grace and sure thy word; Thy truth for-e-ver stands. 

rhnrtlrnrtjjj^^ -fr nrtti T ! ■ II 

( ':--'-3-3-.i \-S—sls{-7i-6—5-~ r-5-«4— is\ .1 U?- slo^- 1 \ -S— gg* Isl^— - U-6-- -} « 1 .1 -5 I .V H 

2. Far be thine .honor spread, And long thy praise endure, Till morn - ing light and evenin"- shade Shall be exchanged no no ire 

C s t I -, , -*t** i UUtt}-t}t*-*-Ut lJ t u ? 1^1 *jrt It rff-t 8 ^-— 3 ~f i 5 ~3 I ' II 

PETERBOROUGH. CM. 

G innjor. 

& - r i | 8-a-4-4-|S-9-tl-|a-i5-»-|-4-3-| 9-J-a^ 3-9-3-1 -|-4-3-|S-|S |-3^l-«- | -lJ8-a-t 1-||- 

I. Once more, my soul.the rising day, Salutes thy waking eyes, Once more my voice thy tribute pay To Him who rules the skies. 
■2. Night unto night his name repeats; The day renews the sound, Wide as the heavens on which he sits, To turn the seasons round. 

^^»t^-, a -e-n-3-.Tt.Tt I -7-»i-«-»i t Mi ^-s-^-^tS^ 1 -! r- hrt 1 *- ~s hr~r ! «-tt 

'Tis he supports my mortal frame: J!y tongue shall speak his praise; My sins would rouse Ins wrath to flame, And yet his wrath de-lays. 

i • » »±|„i_|_!_|JUL | a41_2_3_46_« ] ft_| ft. |_*_-*_-|__i [_jfa_0 |«4ft4 *• ]L|J— £ 1 a- 1| 

i. How many wretched souls have fled Since the last setting sun, Andvct thou length'nest oul my thread, And yet my mo-ments run. 
ij.Great God.let all my hours be thine, While 1 enjoy the light; Then shall my sun in smiles decline V^nd bring a peaceful night. 



104 BOWMAN. 10s. 

G major. 

, p-hit 1 - 9 r?^^i l t 5 -^t»-t- s t a - 9 -t?-f | -i , - 1 , -f7-r-h3- -h3t-»-»i-?-f -l 5 -^-!-*" 4 ^^ i 

I 1. Hail, happy day! thou day of ho - ly rest! What heav'nly peace and transport fill my breast When Christ, the God of grace, in love descends, And 
j 2. Let earth and all its van - i - ties be gone, Move from my sight and leave my soul a- lone; Its flatter-ing, fad-ing glo - ries Ides-pise, And 
f 3. Fauj would I moiint and penetrate the skies, And on my Savior's glo-ries fix my eves : 0, meet my ris-ing soul, thou God of love, And 



A. Mnjor 

.- 3 ^*i- s -?-»-t?t , -Nt 1 tt,| ( 8-i- s -t-* 

kind- ly holds com- mu- nion with his friends. I |q -> ■ 

to iiii - mor - tal beauties turn mv 

(' 8 5 | g 5 4 4 |3 i « | 8 

waft it to the bhss-ful realms a - bo 

C^-5-5- -1-^—3-4-4—4-5-5—1- 



yes. r 

uve. r 
4»A 






CHANT for Hymns and Selections. 

-* t 1 -! -»=-hr-* 1«~5 ---r 5-t-i-t-5^ ft 

"4-t"S r_ 1"5--t"5 — rf "4"" JR _ "a-t"3^t-4" I _ 3 _ 1t 
„ 5 4-lr_-|_.I_4_ 5 _.6-]-4-5 



4-,,4-4-4-i-H 

Amen. 






SELECTION, Rev, iv. 8& 11, and 5, 10 & 13. 

Holy, holy, holy, | Lord God Al-| mighty, || 
Which was, and| is, and] is toj come.|| 

Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glocy, and|honor and] power ; 

For thou hast created all things. 

And for thy pleasure they | are and | were ere- | ated. || 

Worthy is the | Lainb that was | slain. ]| 

To receive power, and riches, and wisdom, 

And strength ; and | honor, and | glory, and | blessing. || 

Blessing, and honor, and | glory and | power, J 

Be unto him that sittPth upon the throne, 

And unto the | Lamb for- | ever and I ever.| A.-!men.|| 



HYMN (L. M.) 

i The voice of my beloved sounds o'er the rocks and | rising | grounds ;|| 
I O'er hills of guilt— and seas of grief he leaps, he | flies to | my re-| lief.|| 

„ i Now, thro' the veil of flesh I see with eyes of love he | looks to | me|| 
" f Now in the Gospel's clearest glass, he shows the|beaulies| of his | face . J| 

„ < Gently he draws my heart along, both with his beaulies|and his|tongue ;|| 
' I 'Rise,' saith my Lord, 'make haste, away, no mortal | joys are|worth lhy| 

[stay. || 
DOXOI.OGY, 8s. $ 7s. 
I ( Praise the God of all creation ; praivc llie Father's | boundless | love :]| 
' I Praise the Lamb, our expiation,— Priesl and | King en- I throned a-| bove.|| 

, ( Praise the fountain of salvalion,— Him by whom our | spirits | live || 
I LTndivided adoration 10 the | one Je - | hovah | give. |l 



A major. 






8 



-1-3-5+1-7- 



ihit«H- 



1 O'er the gloom - y 
See the prom - i 



HELMSLEY. 8s, Js &^4- 

A 1 * 1 a 1 5 yf'-tff^fft**" 

of dark-ness, Look, my soul, he still and Raze; 
ad - van -cing To a glorious day of grace: 



—2- 



1-77—1- 



'_> Let the dark, 
That di - vine 

s 3 .fit I 39 

-2 — 7 — 1 — I ! r~T — 
3 Kingdoms wide 
Now, from east 

4_i_L_4.i_ 



Let the rude ba 



- ed pa -gan. 
-rums con-quesl Once obtained on Cal 



nan, 



■ I •»-- 



4 si 1.3 :t 

-l — v-h — r~ t— 
that sit 

coast 



.4 1_^3_J_4_ 7 _ 7 J 



I 



I 



ern 



4i- 



4 Fly a - broad, 
May thy last - 



thou might - y 
ing, wide do 



in dark- ness, Grant them, Lord, the glo-rious light; 
to west - ern, May the morning chase the night; 

-4-1 1-4-5—5-1 3-5-r-l- -7-, 1 I 5-— 

gos - pel. Win and conquer — nev - er cease 
- min -ions, Mul - ti- ply, and still in -crease: 



l>r. Madan. X05 

t- f-2T3-2T»+4T3-2— f-:«7i— :«7<s I 

Blessed Ju - hi - lee, Blessed Ju- 

It "fi J f l Afl-7-tP* -i -J ! 

Let the gos - pel Let 

44-— 4-----+-T ' 

Let re - demp-tion, l.et re- 

44-5— 5-J-5 — s~M — i ! 

Sway thy seep - tre, Sway thy 



Orl 

I * 

bi - 

<» 
gos- 



demp 
1 



_ 3 _ t _ 1 _3 t6 _ 4t 3_ 2fl _ tt 

lee, Let thy glorious morning dawn 

l-f-l-ltB St5-ltg--t1 

pel Loud resound, from shore to shore, 
■tion, Free-ly purchas'd.win the day. 

1-4 3- 1 -U-3-1-5-5 1 1"— H- 



tre, Saviour, all the world around, 



major. 



<8 i ir^t.iis - i 



PROVIDENCE. 

~ii (hi~-~tif9~w 



Though 
■2 The 



trou- 
birds, 



bles as - sail, 
with-out barn 



and 



<B-2~i— t*--i Jtr 



10s & Us. 

~i-*\ t l 56 lg« i~ i \ 

Though friends should all 
From tin 111 let u 

JT-hh \i i e! 



dan - gers affright, 
or storehouse, are fed; 

i\ i — i 



M 



We 
His 



all 
call 



P- 3 > 



-3-4 I 3 — 

5 No strength 
When life 

U- 



may, like ships, 
we 

-3-X I :s- 

of our own, 
sinks a- pace, 

i ill- 



per 
know 



by tem - pests be tossed On 
like A - bra'm of old; We 

4-1-3- -3—443-4-3-4-1-8- 

nor good - ness we claim, Our trust 
and death is in view, The word 

-***— *-*i-»-u-w- 



IM»! 

1 

-3 



la 
ol 



the 



all 

his 



u 



9— is- 



\ 



8 
& 

C 
C 



seep 

**TttiS-*-i4t--tt? I :l * M^L? I r^l^tB-t-nrl 5-5-3 ^13 i \j\3 -3-i ! .11 



fail 
learn 



deeps 
way, 

-3— 

thrown 
grace 

— I- 



and foes all u- nite, Yet one thin" secures us. what— ev— er be - tide, 
to trust for our bread. His saints what is fit- ting shall ne'er be de-nied, 

I : i Tt-it- twi\x a-3t^--i-3-rt^-i-3-4l3 

* - — — — . 

Though Sa -tan en- ra- <jes the wind and 



Ti 
So 



promise 
ions as 



sures us, the Lord will i 
lis written, the Lord will pn 

hryhfc-a- * 7 }i i 1 7 \i-{-^\ l j 



Yel Scripture en - ga- ges, the Lord will pi 
but faith makes us bold; For though we are strangers we have a sure guide, And trust in 

-3 U-G- i I r, I r, I r> } 4 U-5 s- I M-4 

on Je- sus- 's name; In this our strong tower, for safe-ty we li l hi 

shall comfort us lhrough;Not fear-ing or doubting, with Christ on our side, We 



dangers, Ihe I, 

1 I 9~4-9-9-9-4k-\-3-3-3—i4 .1 4 I il \\ 

hide; The. Lord is our pow-er, the Lord will pn 
in uiMiiiuri. us mroug i nr aououng,wiin jurist on our side, We hope to die shouting, the Lord will pre. 

ili-d-sl-jr-W-W-J-i I y -i -i-l a'-J-«— 4i-4-i'— I i-i-i-U-+-+-\ £-$-&{ t-\\. 



106 



STAR OF LIFE. CM. 



F Major. 



H. W. Day. 

i'Ni^Iu gather'd o'er, bul with it rose, A star su - perb-ly bright, And o'er a guil - ty dy- ing world, Shed its re - deem- ins; light. 
2. The wise men saw and from the East To seek their Sa-vior came — To breathe in their a - dor-ing pray rs 1 he great Ke-deem-er s name. 



3|3 j 5_5_6|3_4_3_|_g4_5_5_5_g.^_5_|.g|5 5 5 4J>_^_5_\JL\_9_6_5^5_4 : \_3z\l 

jo ! onward moves the Star of Life, And to a Sa-vior guides ; While Judea's proud and haughty king, Both trem-bles and de - rides- 



@4„3I 

1. Its of-fice done, it paus-es o'er The child of ]3eth-le -hem, And e'er re-mains the rich-est pearl, In mer - cy's di - a - dem. 



Q) •* 



I 3 - 
b-i 

' 5. 



MERARI. C. M. 

D Major, smoothly. • Hartley. 

By cool Si-lo - am's sha - dy rill How fair the 111 - v grows! How sweet the breath, beneath the hill. Of Sha-ron's love-ly rose! 
Lo i such the child whose ear • lv feet The paths of peace have trod, Whose secret heart with influence sweet Is up-ward drawn to God. 

.* [s___s^7_e^^s9^i5^_n ; a — fljr^g-jJM- -MMM-- 5 -- 5 --!- a 1 f 1 * f 4^MM^ft 

Bv cool Si- lo- am's sha - dy rill The lil -y must de • cay; The tosp that blooms be-neath the hill, Must short- ly fade a - way. 
And soon too soon the win- try hour Of man's ma-tu - rer age Will shake the soul with sorrow's pow'r And stor- my pas-sions rage. 

thou who triv - est life and breath, We seek thy grace a -lone, In childhood, manhood, life and death, To keep us still thine own. 



F major. 



CLARENDON. C. M. 

f»Ti .1 »e kJL 4Ck— Vte i 



J. Tucker. 
.1. niSTi 



1 On Jor-dan's stor - my banks I stand, And cast a wish - fill eye To Ca - naan's fair and hap - ny land, Where my pos - ses - sions lie. 

^-i-ili-ilR-^li-y-fi-l-.^^l- 81 -*-^ — *-, 1 lrty|r-«1»l i - , ^l. 1 -*- 1 — lat^l^-tiS^lT^-^l-Mf 

i>. O the trans port- ing rap-Lurous scene That ri - ses to my sight! Sweet fields arrayed in liv - ing green. And riv - ers of lie - light- 




JUNTO. S.M. 



A Major. 



107 



1. God is the fountain whence I en thousand blessings flow, lo him my life, my health, my friends, Ami eve - ry good 1 owe. 

frg-grhr^ffl-a 41 a l a 1 JFirhi-gl-si-^l " ^ I '* I 6 4 I * 1 3 I i rt* -i I »1l 

2- The coin-forls lie af- fords Are nei - ther few n<ir small ; He is the source of fresh de - lights, My por-tion and my all. 

@ _l_UJ-^_i_ 6 |. 7 _]ji 4 _i_i4.i_i|..:q_343_^| .i s |_j_a |_ y I l [ l 4„pi_g__| :t || 

3. He fills my heart with joy, My lips at -tunes tor praise; And to his glo-ry I'll de - vote The rem-nant of my days. 

^l-l-r-1-34 -6-s4-s4-3-4--3-4-l--5-.il l4J 1 '-'-I •' It (-2-8-4-54-3 I I I 1-2-5— I -1 ||- 



F Major. 



^-2-8-|»--I 



2 |5j-«-5 

1, Thy glo-rious 



IEED. S.J]. 

(1 G 



I 



5 _|_4_4_j- 3 _j_ 5 . 

1. Sweet is the work, Lord, Thy glo-rious name to sing, To praise and pray, to hear thy word, And grate - ful olf-'rings bring 



-7-g-j-6-7 | '-] 



5 «■■ | 5 



n 



3-ai-i- 



II 



*-^ 1 -t I TThr- | r-hrl 1 t- I -- I -t^-»- |- , i- | -t- 1 -*- 1 »«-h«-4 t 3 4" 1 - t , -, | - 2 i 'rt » 11 

2. Sweet, at the dawn-ing light, Thy boundless love to tell, And when ap-proach the shades of night. Up - on the theme to dwell. 

►£_*_ |5 3 j4 g ,| 5 |3| 4 g | 6 5 | g 4_g_ | 4 6 | g 8 | 8 g | g [ 34 1 3 46 | 5_4 [_3_|J. 

3. Sweet, on this dav of rest, To join, in heart and voice, With those who love and serve thee best. And in thy name re - joioe. 

:- J 1 1 i |« fl u* l» | 43 l 8 7l t l 3 l 4 g-M?- 3 I 4 «- l ' I ' r- A -«4- 1 5-g I -«. II- 

4. To songs of praise and joy Be every Sab-bath giv - en, That such may be our blest era- ploy Etei - nal - ly in hea - ven. 



-• 



FISHER. S. M. 

G or A major. S. I). ltcdfielri, N.Y. 

&i-«1-6— l-g-^lrf^i-?-3-g-3--|-»:t-4-t-3-l--- g --2 | y 6 g | a|6 ~ V £l 8 ~ 3 « | Ml 

I- The swift de - clin -ing day, How fast its mo-ments fly. While even-ing's broad and gloom - y shade Gains on the west - ern sky. 

&i ahi g g 4 1 a4 -*i- a -. 1 -T-- 1 1 *4 ai d i 4 6 I g *i sl s lfggV ir r I s4l 

2. Ye mor-'als, mark its pace, And use the hours of light; For know, us Ma-ker can cecnmand An in - slant end-less night. 

g-I 1|1 1 y— «| 1- | g | g f g 31|g-|» | 1 .1 LJ|f »J i 1 'IF, l * 7-M4f 

3. Give glo - rv to the Lord, Who rules the roll-ing sphere; Sub - mis-si ve at his foot-stool bow, And seek sal - va - tion there. 

4. Then shall new lus- tre break Thro' all the hea - vy gloom, And lead you to un-chang - ing light, In your ce - les - lial home. 



1 



08 ALAMO. L. M. 

A major. B. C. HILL. Ar. 

1 The Lord will come; the earth shall quake: The hills their an - cient seats for-sake; And, with'ring, from the vault of night 

(8i-sts^~ 1 t l J7 _ «t6~ _ fft.i : ^i^~t5- 5 |«- e^e^^ts^tsl^j^ts^^tsj^lr^T 

2 The Lord will come; but not the bume As once in low - ly form he came, A qui - et Lamb to slaugh-ter led, 

3 Can this be he who wont to stray A pil -grim on the world's highway, By pow'r oppressed, and mocked by pride? 

4 Go, ty- rants, to the rocks complain; Go, seek the mount -ain's cleft in vain: But faith, vie - to - rious o'er the tomb, 

g 4_ a j_!r — i_|_5= — a\r- — sit— P— 4-.r-- r» 4-fl-— 6 — f-ss= — s-r-i-— I — I- 1— — 4- 1 — I 



The stars with - draw their fee - ble light. 

&~5 ! «- r~1~s- 5 to- stnW 

The bruised, the suffer - ing, and thedead. 
God, is this the Cru - ci-fied' 

e-i 1 «- A-4A-J4^LJ4i4 

Shall sing for joy, "The Lord is come." 

@-J-|4F 6-4-5 3 +4 r — 3+ 1 41 



CLIFFORD. C. M. 

I!b ninjor 

1 Awake, ve saints, and raise your eyes, And litt your voi - ces high; 

(S'i - ^ - 5 — tt1~»' 5 riB^ ' 5\S~ \5 t5 5 t« sts'l 

2 On all the wings of time it flies. Each mo - ment brings ii near: 

3 Not ma- ny years their rounds shall run nor ma - ny morn — ings rise, 

& l_l_l_|lI^3--U^7-747^4^^-@-i44-«- T -3--|- 

4 Ye wheels of na - ture, speed your course; Ye cnor - tal powers, de- cay; 

#1-1-3-4-1-3^41-^-1-5=- 5-1-5^ 4s— 4- 1 1— r-4 5+l4 



^i^-s^-a^^^^ 



wake, and praise that sov' - reign love, A 



ake, and praise that sov' - reign love That shows salvation nigh, That shows sal - va - lion nigh. 



.... — . , ^^* _i- • J **:„i____ l -i_ ■ i it. i t. _i„ _• **y-^ 



Then wel - come each de - cli - ning day. Then wel- come each de Hi - ning day, Welcome each closing year, Wel-come each 

Ere. all its glo - ries stand re-vealed, Ere all its glo - ries stand re - vealed To our ad-miring e>es f To our ad 



do - sing year, 
mi - ring eves. 



%--\- 



4— -I- 



__| J_____|^4 7 |^ 7 |JJ| 7 |I,fj^l_l_11.4_32|3 r |3__h r 

Fa*t as ye bring the night of death, Fast as ye bring the night ol death, Ye bring e- ter-nal day, Ve bring e - ter - nal day. 

©-I . | . 1 1 1— — -!-- — I UM-sls-sli-slsli-li-s-U-^-lrli-^H. 



PRAYER. C. M. 10 J) 

F major. m M CON A NT. 

( g i -3 t 3^3-a-2-3-4 t 5_-|-5t ^-6 5-3 1^ 2_-|-2-| 3,-S-I -2-3-4-j 5r -| ' ff 5 « ? » ? f I "- It 

1 What shall I ren-der to my God For all his kind - ness shown? My feet shall vis -it thine a- bode, My mm>ss address thy throne. 
•J Among the saints who fill thy house, My offering shall be paid; There shall my zeal perform the vows Mv soul, in anguish n 

&-3-1 | i T -5-i-a- 1 "-^ti--l»|8- »- ^-i-tT^-rl «■ f ' -*~M1 ■ ~t 3 t^ ? V >i «- H" 

:; H<>whap-py How great thy grace to me! My life, which thou hast made thy care, Lord, I de-vote to ihee. 

l Now 1 am thine, for- ev -er thine, Nor shall my pur-pose move; Thy hand halh loos'd my bonds of pain, And bound me with lh; 

fr" - -•^„f^^_S|^45^_3_8__f3;^4^|fi.o .3 5_5 .1 | .!-_ _| o | 3T3 « 5 113 |j 

5 Here, in lhyc»urts,l leave my vow, And thy lich grace ie - cord; Witness, ye saints, who hear me now, If for- sake the Lord 

THE CHURCH MILITANT. 

G or A major. 

^-«-l-lT-1-l-lfl-l-2[3--3-3-3|3-3-3|4-4-2-2f57^-«-3fa7-2-«-2|3-2^3 I 4+5-3.4-5-3-4+ 

* — . 

1 Head of the church tri-umphanl, We joy- ful - ly a-dore thee;Till thou ap- pear thy members here Shall sing like those in glo - ry: We lift nur I 

... 3 3. 3 3 3 4 3_^^-M^rM^l^^^^l^ 3 -^^JT^^^I^-#4-' T f 4-MjM IJ8 | 

2 While iii af - flicUon'sfur-nace.Atid pass-ing thro' the fi -- rr.Tliy love wc praise which knows , > days, And ev-er brings us nigh -er: We clasp our hands ex- 

^-t-l. l 1 1|I 1 ^| l 1 1 1[1 1 M 5-^g-5[^-g-l'-ijg-^^-al5^4 r 1 li 1 F r I 1 I 



£-•> 5-St4 ( 5-.1-6. 7- 13+3-2 --f->if 1—1 — I -2 | 3-3-3-2 I 3 -3-3-4[5 =-5-5-316 1 -3 1 -321 1 nA -1-JI 

■-i> III I I •■ I i « I I I I * i i I i * 1 1 1 «■ lli; 1 1 « 

voi cps With blest an - ti - ei - pa- lion, And cry a- loud and give to God, And cry a-loud and give to God The praise of our sal -va-tion. 

rS-3-.-i-a— I, 1 -,"-* — ,i-i-.>-.V I ^- i — ---^-J-i-if^-i-VIM ->-»t, ! -6-<i <; Is- oil 
s a ? ff ljUL_4» I'l'-y-l^— 1 — ,-^lM-MlM^-H^ '- ■■■■■ l^-^-lr 



ult-ing In thine al - might - y favor:The love divine which made us thim . I vine which made us lhine,Carj uic for - ev - er. 

t'ff -lE-M— 7}4*-4r\* I 1 ■ • d lh-l- *-?\&4-?-* l«-«W- 1 |«-_i.'n 



BETHLEHEM VILLE. L. M. 

I) major, slowly. 

I. When marshalled on the night -ly plain, The glittering host be - stud the sky, One star a -lone, of all the train, Can fix the sinner's 

_ Hark ! hark ! to God the Gho-rus lir»-:.k>. From every host, from e - very gem ; But one a -lone the Sa- viorspeaks, It is the star of 
3 Once on the ra - gins seas 1 rode ; The storm was loud, the night was dark , The o-cean vawn'd, and rude-Iy biow'd Thewindthattossed my 

^.-_*|t^ — ili^-sl-s^— .t(s — 4_i|i--tt|i- — s U>^y-«--!-^4y|7— ?^J-'r=--r|i=-- T i-^]5^-4--l-, — [ 4 

4. Deep hnr - ror then my vi - tals froze ; Death struck. I ceased the tide to stern ; When sudden- ly a star a -rose. It was the star of 

5. It was my guide, my light, myall; It bade my dark lore - bo - dings cease; And thro' the storm and danger"s thrall, It led me to the 

|@-i-l|l : ill --tig;-- -U--4-1-U--411-— lll—-2-3— }- 5 -|o|5-3— |-5:-5|l=-l-ll=-W--r-|--— [- 

6. ISow, safe- ly moored, ray per - ilso'er, I'll sing, first in night's dt - a - dera, For-ev - er and for-ev - er - more, Thestar,the star of 

WAREHAM. C. M. 



F Major. 



Dr. Arnold. 



I 



&~ j"^"<h r ~ Vj I srs is \ \y 6l6j>~^j>t «~oVs slrtt/Lgi-sj 5-3-5^4 2-4^ 3^4-3-^2^21 3-4-5-f 



wan derin«7 pye. Can fix the sin - ners wand nn£ eye. 

i-:Hj^J|T 7 - h|:^~i|4j5-t^[i^a- 7 lT-it ' 

fJetn - le - hem. It is the star of 
found - 'ring bark. The wind that tossed my 

_l_._4_5liT__lll3_.JL 

Beth - le - hem. It was the star of 
port of peace. It led me to the 

} — Yi\\~ — 1I1- — 1— 



Beth 



le - hem- The star, the star of 



Beth - le-hein. 
found-'ring hark. 

1 — «-.»-4i3 ; ir 

'-- _> 

Beth - le-hein. 
port of peace- 

Beth - le-hem. 



1. Oh praise the Lord with one con-sent. And mag -ni- 
£-3-3-^1-3 j-2=^-2-|-P2-*l-| 7 =-f- y -fP2-3--f- 
For this our tru - est in - terest is, Glad hymns of 

M-4--— 1 ■ 1 - -U4-4--— 4 

3. That God is great we of - ten have By glad ex- 
InstTttmait. 

®4 :1 1 ■-■ ' I ^^-|Xy-J^54^4^-JM- 

4. Oh praise the Lord with one con - sent, And mag - ni- 



Chonis. 



i 1 _- r - t - 1 -_-|-_- 



J_|fr7-i-6|S-3-5|jB-7- 1 -6|.'5z-(-5j6— 7-F-5J4-3-SJ1-H- 



fv his name; Let all the servants of the Lord His worthy piaise proclaim Let all the ser-vants of the Lord his wor-tbv praise proclaim. 

afrgfr-'w-t m-i — 1-1--1 — L i— — 1— fi]i-B— ji.-ifi,- -i|i. t i|i-^_-3-pi- rl i tt 

praise to sing; And with loud songs to bless his name, A most de-light-tul thing. And with loud songs to bless his name, A mo st de - lightful thing. 

g, I - |5| g3 g]424 |34 3[3- |2|34 5 |543 2|1-[3I^5C 4 (4.1 3|4L 564|3-| ff(_~5 58 | 65f |3-l| 

^** ■ .___■_.._.!. I !__. 1. _ "■ L. -__J _ ______ _ II J _ __ -_.__J _l _ 1 __-.—_ _,_-. ->,1 |L Hl,lf1l4*nH» HAIIIA* A _-.__.?.*. nil _____ _ . . 1 



pe - rieuce found ; Ann seen bow he with wondrous power A- bove all gods is crown'd. And see how he with wondrous power, A - hove all gods is rrowue<i. 
Voice. 

©-4^-Ml343^- , ^V^- , |.l43l^?lSXl|i=4^^=— 4^-__I|_l, 4|X ; 4^J4^3.1_|--__|, l4 | 

fy his name; Let all the ser-vants of the Lord His worthy praise pro-claim. Lot all the ser-vants of the Lord His worthy praise proclaim. 



WHEN SHALL WE MEET. 6's&5's. P. M. 



G Mnjor. 



HI 



1. When shall we meet a-gain? Meet ne'er to sev - er ? 
When will peace wreath her chain Round ua for ev - er? Our hearts will ne'er repose, Safe from each blast that blows, In this dark vale of woes, 

fr-f*-*- * 1 M l -yt 1 ^t^f-FtfVhr^t^ts-^t 1 -?t 1 -N 1 5-^1 *-? I ■- I ! I ■ Mr fl-Hf 

•_>. When shall love free- )y flow, Pure as life's riv - er? 

When shall sweet friendship plow I hangeless for ev - er? Where joys ce-!estial thrill. Where bliss each heart shall fill, And fears of part-ing chill, 
3, Up to that world of light, Take us, dear Sa - vior ; 

May we all there u- nite. Hap- pv for ev - er ; Where kindred spirits dwell, There may onr mu-eic swell, And time our joys dis- pel, 

i u I? f ? l ?f fl N f f 8 l 8 - P r- l f !• f I * fl M 41 *M* I «M I 3 Iff* £ I 8-41 ^+ 

4. Soon shall we meeet a- pain, Meet ne'er to sev - er; 
Soon will peace wreath her chain, Round us for ev - er ; Our hearts will then re-pose, Safe from all world-ly woes; Our days of praise shall close, 

k-Sr 1 a Mfo-44-14 * } } I 8 - J g^UU-^l MM-J-UU- gl***! 1 I?l 4 3 1* * l-M- 

KAREN. 7's & G's. 



' 



J- 1-9-^1-^9-1-^ 

Never no nev- er. 

S «-^1S'-t^i-^t 

Never, no, nev-er. 

Neier, no nev-er. 

Never, no nev-er. 



\ 



1> Major. 

<g-t-n-3^^-6t^-^-^h4^-^-st3 ; t-i I 3—3—4-^1 S— Si .1 I 

1. Roll on, thou migh- tv o - cean ; And as thv billows flow, Bear mes- sen- gers ol mer-cj To 

Srl-ttt- i i il3 3 ilf 3 1 - i .yjrl i\i i-i -i|3 3 1 I 



&4-3-i-a 



5— 5—6— f -I 



1 *_bi. ft 



.1 1-5—5—5—5 I 5-| -3 I 5— 5— 6— ! I ' -,' 5 I 

3. O thou e - ter - nal Ru - ler, Who hold-est in thine arm The tempests of the o-cean, Pro- 



S-tt-^itr-mfr-t-Tk-* hr-3-3 1 i 3 i 9 I 3 ~hi I F --7— 6-5I 5-3-i 1 .1 ■ :t 1 >i I i-l! 

ev-erv land be-low. 8. A-rise, ye gales and waft them Safe to the destined shore, That man may sit in darkness And death's deep shade no more. 



&T£ f a^Ji 1 " W I H Ula i s ^-i^^^Ji^lal^-S-i-^ts-i-^t^g- 



II 



I ': 5-5-5-1 ! 3 4» I »-4-*-» I- 1 — «-W 5-5-5-5 I 5 fJ ,' I ? ' 4-M- I M P I * 5 5 1 I a HI- 

tect them from all harm. 4. be thy presence with them, Wherever they may be; Though far from us who love them, O, he they still with thee 

C:-a-i— ^-^-l-i-f+i-l-i^-i— i— d-l-i— i— i-ls-s-^— ^1 i-r4 i l-i— i—i—ili—i— 1 15,-5—^—^1 i-p||- 



112 



GREENVILLE. 8s'&7's. 



F Mnjor. 



Hossean. D.C. 



Q> * I I J I I III ll lj I I I jj I I I I jj !J I • I I lj I I ill I I 1J I I I IJ I I ill I I II 



1. Far frum mor-tal cares re- treat-ing, Sor-did hopes and vain de-sires, ) 



\ 



Here, our will-ing footsteps meet-ing, Ev- ery heart to heaven as-pires. {2 From the fount of glo- ry beam-ing, Light ce - les-tial cheers our eyes. 
Mer-cy from a- bove pro-claun-ing Peace and par-don from the skies. 

C^44i\^^\-^+^H f f If fltfffi »;| - 1 - 1 -^- 1 ■ 1 - 1 ■■■ ■ I ' ■ " 1 4 

3. Who may share this great sa!-va - tion ? Every pure and hum- ble mind, ) 

Every kindred, tongue, and na- tion, From the stains of guilt re-lined. J 4 Blessings all around be-stow- ing, God witholds his care from none. 
Grace and mer~cv ev- er flow-ing From the fountain of his throne. 

SWEET SPRING. 6's & 5's. 

D Major. Jfnt too fast. . H. W. Day. 

I. Sweet Spring is re- turn— ing, She breathes on the plain, The meadows are blooming In beau-ty a - gain ; And fair is the flow- er 

%rl-{2 1 3 _ ^il^"3"tt^ts"i^i _ lir 7 it2f »~3~5i|43-:r YH^x-^r^i- t^hanrrtlrTt 

'2. Full glad- ly «e ureet thee, Thou love-li - est guosl, Quite long havp we wau-ed By thee to lie blest. Stern win-ter threw o'er us 

| • : _1 5 _ jg-s-l— 11 !- j -5-| 5-i&-&>\5~-\ «^-|-3_3-!_|I — M-i-| f<5 5-54 J-3~-|-5— ] 5-5 5-1^3 3| 

3. Whene'r in the fields then. The fragrance of May All glad-ly in - hal- ing Or muB-ing we stray; The goodness of Him, who 

Cri-i-4-i-i-i-k— i-4-i-4i-i— i-lg^-4-i— k-i-i-[i— i4i-lai-g-3~l-i T 4- g I g 5 i-U— ii 

BENEDICTION Chant. 

Bb Major. 

And green is the grove And soft is the shower, That falls from a -bove. \( n< > i 11 ■ 11*111 _i li ii 

^T 7 -i|^s-^!i--ti^ls-3-5^!t3"3t^'#Ti;-|a-tt 1 &* 

His hea-vy cold chain ; We Ion" to he breathing In free-dom a - gain. 

h-s-ls-s-s-l^sl-s-ls-s-l-ll-Jll-l^^s-II 

The n>lds and the grove Has clothed in their beau-ty. A - dor- ing we love. 

ICrs-lx-3-«-li— 4-i-!i-i-i-Ii— 1I1-I4— «-«-!i~H- 



Grace he with all I 
i hem thai love our | Lord Jesus | Christ [ in. sin- 1 cer-i- ly. A-| men, A-| men. 

(^_l^_4J^|»^ 7 |144I|i-i» I Ir4 
C4-r— U-S-3'5^+3-5!«4-^4|3-5-U^H- 



Note. Amen — pronounced, a longf, as in f'Jte, e as in met — .-Jmeii. See Webster, Sheridan, Walker, Perry, Jones, Fiji inn <Sc Kn'ighl and Jameson. Ahmew, is a barbarism, not 
tolerated, it is presumed, m any literary institution io this country, being 1 , as it is, at variance with the authority above quoted. The fantasia in the pronunciation of theatrical sing 
ers. neither make the laws of language, nor are suitable to he adopted in the songs of saints. Amen, awl Ml other word,, should be pronounced in singing as in correct speaking. 



PARLEY. EM. 



G Major. 



113 



1. O tor a shout ol joy, Loud as the theme we sing! To this di-vine em-plov \ our hearts and voices bnng;Sound, sound, thro' all the earth abroad The 

2. Unnumbered myriads stand, Ofserapha bright and fair, Or bow at his right hand, And pay their homage there; Hut strive in vain with loudest chord , Tii 

3. Yet sinners sav'd by grace, In songs of low-er key, In eve-ry age and place, Have sung the ruysle-ry ; Have told in strains of sweet accord It 

C 4 . *|f f 4 g|3-|3| 3L g36g|»-|g|g g 4 g|3-|3|l 1 g 1 | y^ S 1 4 4 8 g | j| 6 g | :j | 

4. Tho' earth and hell assail, And doubts and fears arise, The weakest shall prevail, And grasp the heav'nly prize, And thro' an endless a"e re-cord The 



l il 



love, the- ter- nal love of God. 

sound the wond'rous love of God. 
love, the sov'irign love of God. ■ 

love, the unchanging love of God. 

^4 , -4-fr-4^5-g-!4 



MAVOY. C. H. M. 

F. Major. Wood. 

&-H-) 3-8-4-3 t 9-l- t g t3t 12 (-3-2-1^-1-1-1-3^1-5-6-5-1 4-3 | 2 J-5 , 

1. O what is life'— 'tis like a flow'r That blossoms and is gone ; It rlou-rish-es its lit - tie hour Witl 

2. O, what is life? 'tis like the bow That glistens in the sky; We love to see its col-ors glow ; But 
C ; !3|g g 6 g|4 31|g| g| g 6 [54 3g|3| g | 8 8 8 g |g S\ .1 1 Ji± 

3. Lord, what is life? if spent with thee, In humble praise and pray'r, How long or short our life may be, We 



all its beauty on; Death comes, and like a wintry day, It cuts the lovely flower a- way. It cuts the lovely flower a- way, 
while we look they die; Life fails as soon: to-day 'tis here; To- mor- row it may dis - ap-pear. To- mor- row it may dis- ap- pear 

C: f f f f fM « |« | f P - 4 -*-!-?- 3 ?l g l g8 4S l 68 l ••!•? 1 8 ? f f. I -- M-»||. 

feel no anxious care: Tho' life depart our joys shall last When life and all its joys are past. When life and all its joys are past. 

e^-M-?- 1 -g4- 1 4-M-4 , -3-4-6- M I } I F -M-8 1 e » \s44-U^-KM-n-s4-i \\ 

15 



114 



CROFTS. H. M. 



Bb Mnjor. H. W. Day. 

1. Welcome de-HMitful mornjSweet day of sa-cred rest, I hail thy kind return;Lord, make these moments blest: From low desires And fleeting toys, 

2. Now may the king descend, And fill his throne of grace; Thy sceptre, Lord, extend, While saints address thy face: Let sinners feelThy quick'ning word, 

3. Descend, ce- lestial Dove, With all thy quick'ning pow'rs.Disclosea Saviour's love, And bless the sacred hours:Then shall my soul New life obtain, 



(g -» t a-4-a-» t i- y1 -i tt 

I soar to reach Im-mor- tal joys. 

(g-rt-f-a-d-at g a I all 

And learn to know And fear the Lord. 
Nor Sabbaths be Enjoyed in vain. 



PLANT. O's. 

G Major. Nut too fast. (With a Chorus to be sunir or omitted at pleasure.) P. Arr. 

g- t — l t 3-3-5-4 t 3-f-3 t 5-3-4-3 t2 - t - 2i -3-4-5-3|-6-|-6 t 



1. Go up, with shouts of praise! Go up.High Priest,to heav'n! Who hast the ransom'd race Up- 

-*— l tF-F-F-*lT^ 1 tF-F--?-FtT--hri-! l -«-F-?t 1 -|- 1 t 

■ 1 \} .} 8 y'i» ■ *i 3 f.f 9\ 5 \ s \i ? f M 4 i 4 i 

2. Though seat-ed on thy throne, Thou deign'st to hear our prayer; Nor art ashamed to own, That 



8 



Cs-1- 



Cs- 



111 1 L 



I 



I 



11 l 



lli* 



s4-^44- 



i i 



±UrU\- 



The Chorus, t 

&-.^4ji-4-2ti4HtW-^^ 

on thy heart engraven' The year of ju - bi - lee is come, Re-turn ye ransomed sinners home, Return ye ransomed sinners home. 

^-3-^i-2^ t i it 4 t i-i--i--i^^-^i^^^tF-F-Mt^-6-H-FtF-F4-i^5-5-5tt 
C4MJ-4MWW ? I? ^ 4g^^-M^I^-^^-^4^-M4^l#^4#4#tiM-g|l 

we thy brethren are. The year of ju - bi - lee is come, Return ye ransomed sin- ners home, Return ye ran - somed sin-ners home. 

C-3-4--a-5 1 t- IPiy i i -_JL-U-*-i4-i iy * M -U-£-544 H F ff 4 -4g^s-i4t 



PEACE, TROUBLED SOUL, or L. M. 6 lines. 115 

D Major. ^ ' Mnzzinchi. 



1. Peace, humbled sou!, whose plaintive moan Hath taug ht these rocks the notes of wo; Cease thy complaint, supress thy groan, 

2. Come, free-ly come, by sin oppressed, Un-buT - ^ ^ then here thy w eight - y load, Here find thy re-fuge and thv^ rest, 

C-i-i U^~ MfkUMU? t-±i-M\-£ f i [4--AU U**l ^i HI 




C-r-J 1 - |— W^lff— r-l 4--SI5- r-i « -41 ' I-l U-5l.T---.i--l:*!, 

And trust the mer - cy of thy God; Thy God's thy Sa-viour, Glorious word ! For-ev - - er love and praise the Lord. 

SABBATH EVENING. 7's&6's. 

G or A Major. Slowly. 

1. Come ho - W Sab-hath even- ing, Spread o'er the grass-v fields ; We love the peace- ful feel- ing, Thy si - lent com-ing yi 

2. See where the clouds are weav-ing, A rich and gold- en chain ; See how the darkened sha-dow Extends a- long the plain 

3. All na- ture now is si - lent Ex- cept the pass- ing breeze, And birds their night-song warbling, Among the dew - y trees. 

4. Sweet evening thou art with us, So tranquil, mild, and still ; — Thou dost, our thank-ful bosoms, With hum-hie prais-es fill. 

\&.UiU-i-t-i±*~s4-Br k-4-i— i-l-s-4-s j ,_i__i_^ ]_. r „i^44 1 5-5-5-5 1 1— -II 



STAR IN THE EAST, Its & 10s. 



G or A major. 



&-t-}-i-tf l -t-*-i-tl-}-? 



&~l-ir&-&U — jrt-tri-dr* 



r 2 -3-^,-l-l t l-^2 t| l--3-^l-^5-^ f5t ^--4-4 t 



1 | l : | - # , # V f I I I I I I I I I I « I I I I • I III I II I I 

1 Hail to the brightness of Zi-on's glad morn- ing! Joy to the lands that in dark- ness have lain; Hushed be the ac -cents of 



2 Hail lo the bright- ness of Zi-on'sglad morn -ing, Long by thy prophets of Is - rael foretold; Hail to the mil - lions from 

3 Lo in the des - ert, rich flowers are spring- ing, Streams ev-er copious are gli- ding a- long; Loud from the muun - tain- tops 

4 See from all lands, from the isles of the o - cean, Praise to Je-ho-vah as-cend- ing on high; Fall'n are the en - gines of 



loud. 



Last v.rve. 

X£ dim. 



sor - row and mourning, Zi-on in tri - umph be-gins her mild reign. Hal- le - ]u-jah!Hal-]e - lu- jahllial- le - lu-jah! A-men, A- men. 

bond - age re- turning, Gentiles and Jews the blest vis- inn be-lmld. Hal- le - lu- jah 1 Hal -le - lu-jah! Hal- le-lu-jah! A-men, A - men. 
ech - oes are ring-ing, Wastes rise in ver - dure and min-gle in song. Hal- le - lu- jah! Hal- le - lu-jah! Hal- le - lu-jah! A-men, A-men. 



5 515 5 -15 5 5I.T! 3 5 15 5 515 13 211 1 1 114 4 4 413 3 213.14. 13. M 

i — i — h — "t — | ~rri — T~r-t-i 1 — t — H — 7—1 — I |--v— ^-h — t — -m — v+i — t — 1» — w-\~\ — t — li 1 1 +h 

nd com-mo-tion, Shouts of sal- va - tion are rending the sky. Hal- le - lu - jah!Hal- le - lu-jah! Hal- le - lu -jah! A-men, A-men. 



Cf-? — * 

war a 



SOUTHACK. 7s & 6. 

Bb major. End. D. C. 

frl^Tt * 5 |^ 4^-t-yf I - g t?- 3 -t^-ri-y-yf l - l t a " g f^-1- a -- 3 f 3 - 3 t 4 - 3 t^--tt 

1 Father, God, we glo-ri-fy Thy love to Ad-am'a seed; 

Love that gave thy Son to die, And rais'd him from the dead; Him for our of- fen -ces slain, That we all might par- don find, 

Thou hast bro't to life a- gain, The Saviour of man- kind. 

<S _ 2~5 _ 5t4 _ 3ni1"2~2t2 - t"5t5 - 5t5~ 53it^ _ :"t"5~"5l"S~~5t5~"3t5-~t"5~5i _ 3~5t5 _ "5t5-~|t 

2 By thy own right hand of power Thou hast ex- alt - ed him, 
Sent the might- y conquer- or Thy peo-ple to re-deem; King of Sainls,and Prince of Peace. Him thou hast for sin - ners given, 
Sinners from their sins to bless, And lift them up to heaven. 

3 Father, God, to us im-part The gift unspeak-a - ble; 
Now in eve-ry wait-ing heart The glorious Son re - veal; Quicken'd with our liv -ing Lord, Let us in thy Spir -it rise, 
Rise to all thy life restored, And bless thee in the skies. 

Cf4— l-fr-r-G-3- 4-2-21-5-4-44-3-4 Is-S—j^-M-S— s]-5— 3 (-5—5 j 5--I-5— 5-1-5— 5-1-5— 54-5— H- 



AMERICA. 6s.&4s. 



S Major. 



Words by S. F. Smith. 



117 



1. Mv country, ti* ot thee, Sweet land of liberty, ot thee I sin?; Land where my fathers died.Land of the pilgrtns pnde,From every mountainside, Let freedom ring. 
My native <*ountr\ ! thee. Land of the noble free 1 hy name 1 love , I love thy rooks ami rills. Thy woods and templed lull* Mv heart wirn rapture thrills, like that ft-1 



3 Let music swell the breeze. And ring from all the trees, Sweet freedom's song Let mortal tongues awake, Let oil that breathe partake, Let rock, their silence break The sound prolong 

<« j :i :t 112 s 5 13 c_«|.». 4_3 1 4_:« aia.j.i •>_."» i. *. .* 515 5 .11.1. g gfo <; g i 3|g.g 51 1 6 .1 i|3.|i 

' r*~i — 1 — nrT-^i» tit n rli -w rrr \~ i I rn i n — 1» — rtl — 1 — i h — 1» — rti — •■_j-uir k i |-ts 1 I tl 

l Our faihers's (.ioil, to ihee. Author of lih-ertv, To thee wesing , Long may our land be bright, With fn y light, Protect us by thy might Ureal God our King 

CHURCH BELL. 6s & 5s. 

A major. 

1. Far, far o'er hill and dell on the wind's steal - ing, List to the toll-in?; bell mourn-ful- ly peal-ing, Hark, hark, it seems to say, as melt those 

&- 1 3.V r. i tat5 «-6t5— o|5 .^ r>t 1 1 :t 1 * — it «1 3~ st 1 ~v I " I f-J-rt * "a ^frt 

>>. Now tiini' the charmed air, slowly as - eend - ing, List to the mourner s pray'r, s.il-emn-lv bending ; Hark, hark, it stems to say. turn from these 

(•23 2, IML_I 1 j I 1 1 413 2 313 2. 111. 1 l!5 3 3 413 2 31.1 g. g I g g g I I ,. I I 

3 O'er a father's dismal tomb, Seethe orphan bend - ing; From the solemn churchyard's glonm hear the dirge ascending, Hark, hark, it seems to sav, how short am- 

u 



c-i 1 2 3U-«-i+i 3-4— -u— 1+1-2 s^Mi-iii 3-4-4+g— ai-y-^ 1 ml*, i ■ 5 



£-4-3-2 f-1-^-1 ^.-1-313-1-4-211-^1 1| 

sounds away; So earth's best joys decay, whilst new their feeling. 

<6Ti-i- : 3h'ni--a|*-l-8|i— e-efg— sit 

joys away, To those which ne'er decay, for life is ending. 

Cg- T U74igjsM lM *\fj? ?\ %*m. 

bilions sway. Life's joys and friendship's ray In the dark grave ending. 



Lord, 

& * — t-g-g-f* - ! 



THANKSGIVING CHANT. Ps. C. 

1 2 |3_ I 2- -j--l-2-f~3-2-|-l— jj- 

Serve the Lord pre- 



Bb major 

& g^ - 

I. Make a joyful 

noise unto the ] all ye | lands. | with gladness ;| lore his |sence with|»inging 
T<>>-d come be- 



^g~crt"g _ i t 3 — tt 



g" 

It is he that hath 

■2. Know yethat thej he is I God ; l ,nade us ', and no, | people andlsheep ofipasture. 
Lord I we ourselves; we ' ( ' h / ', )js 

& * |-5_7-|lz-4. 



- y- 1 1 I j 1 g-UMI 

DDICI HMO 1115 ^aieii 

with thanksgiving .m<l, courts with) prai-e. J Be thankful unto | him, and J bless his | name. 
into his < 

( * : — _.ti \~3~ S 1 '" 4 * 1 -3-4-t-«-*4 1--H- 

4 For the Lord is good,! ever- lasting ; And his truth en- durcih to all gene- rations. 



his mercy is 



118 



ITALIAN HYMN. 6's & 4's. 



O Major 



^-2-5-3-1-! 2^+1 ^-2-3 T 4-5 4 3 | 2 ^5-3-1^+2-3- 4+3 



2—1+2—3 

*■ Mi i 



Glardini. 

-4+3—2- 

ili * \ 

to sing, Help us to praise; Fa-ther all glo - ri - ous, O'er all vie- to - ri — ou«, 
de-fend Nor let us fall ; Let thine al-migh- ty aid Our sure defence be made 

-ftr ti*-f-rt^t^M l tF I -S-*1 it 



it 



I. Come, thou Al-migh - ty Kino, Help us thy name 
2. Je- sus, Our L'ird, descend ; From all our foes 

r^-5-5 r65-5t.Tt-5-7--«1 2 ?trtf-f-Ft Trhh"f-f tfT~W1 T 

3 Come ihnu in - car - nate Word, Gird on ihv migh - ty sword: Our prayer at-tend ; Come, and thy peo-ple bless; Come, give thy word success ; 

f»'. 2 a" 5 514 3 2 13 A 3 5 515 515^1 5 3 1 I ,. 1 5 5 5 15. 4 3 15 5 5 15. 4 3 1 

4. Come, ho - ly Com- fort- er, Thy sacred wit - ness hear. In this glad hour; Thou, who al-migh - ty art. Now rule in ev- ery heart, 
S. To thee, great One in Three, The high-est prais - es be, Hence ev - er - more; Thy sovereign ma - jes - ty May we in glo - ry see. 



C^-Wt-3+4-5-^+144-5-4+7 — m*4- 



5 3 II,. 



C Major. 



&-1-3-5+5.-6-5 f 4-3-2+ l^f 

Come, and reign n- ver us. Ancient of days. 
Our souls on thee be slayed;Lord,hear our call. 

Spi - rit of ho - li - ness, On us descend. 

P 13513. 4 316 5 413.11 

\ ' — 1 1 r "Tl W 1 — TT 1 1 — I TV 

And ne'er from us de- part, Spi-rit of power. 
And to e - ter - ni - ty Love and a-dore. 

CO- 3 -^W- 1 44-5-5+!^ 



kVAV 



4-i-4- 41E -. i Mi -ji-irM-H 
BEAL. C. P.M. 

It. S. Bennison. 



1. Be-gin, my soul th'exalt- ed lay ; Let each en-raptured thnt' o-bey And praise th'al- 
2. Thou heaven of heavens, his vast a- bode, Ye clouds proclaim your Maker, God; Ye thun- dprs, 

cS _ I"5~5 6t5^l3 6tB~5t5 T t3t3~2 |"2 T ^"~t2 _ 2 1 SjStsiJ — if 

3. Ye deeps with roar - ing billows, rise To join the thunders of the skies; Praise him who 

p. 2 3 2 



442^43^4i_ 5l ^ 5 ^| 7 _ 6 | ar4 3_2_i 4 _ 

4. Wake, all ye soaring tribes, and sing; Ye feathered warblers of the spring. Harmonious 
5. Let man — by no - blerpassions swayed, Let man, in God's own im-age made, His breath in 

0^3-1-2^-4 +3-2i-3+4-5|-l4i+l-5|-2^2— 1 2-2 ls~-4 1-2^3-4+ 



I I 1. 

-n— 



mighty name; Lo! heav'n.and earth, and seas, and skies, In one me- lodious con-cert rise, To swell th'inspiring theme, To swell th"inspir-ing theme, 
speak his power; Lo! on the light-ning's fire - y wing, In triumph rides th'eter-nal King;Th'astonish'd worlds adore, Th'astonish'd worlds adore. 

<& - ff~i 5i5 T t5t5 _ 3f3^ _ 5~|46"5 _ "|5-t3 _ 3 Lr "2tl _ 5~4 6 1 5' | r I ~t'^3 _ 4~Gtf5~4t3"-Jt 

bids vou roll; His praise in soft - er notes declare, Each whisp'ring breezeof yielding air, And breathe it to the soul, And breathe it to the soul. 

anthems raise To Him who shaped your fin - er mould, Who decked your glittering wings with gold. And tuned your *'niee to praise.And tuned your voice to praise 
praise em - ploy. Spread wide his Ma - ker's name a - round. Till heaven shall e* cho back the sound, In songs of ho - ly joy, In songs of ho -• ly joy. 

!-,— t 1 — 6-4f5 — 5+1-j]- 



CV-3-2 — l|l45 |-L*5|6-5-4"3|2-- l-\sr\ l-i--l + i-3-4— #4 j-5^ •- 



HILTON. 8's&7's. 119 

F Major. Moderate and bold. II. W. Day. 

&-*-3— 6jg— 4-J-3— «-j l r 7 \ !_j 2—3 | 2-5 | 7-6— |g_|4— 3 | 6—5 j 7-^1-7 | ^5^1 1 13 2~ll I 7 | I jj 

1. Lo! he comes with clouds descend- ing, Once for favored sinners slain! Thousand, thousand saints atlend-ing, Swell the Iri - umph of his train ; 

,8-S-l-l | l-l | l-g-l .^ | . v 1 7 -If*- 2 1 ■- »J \T- 1 1 -» |-«-»1 *-» | *-» M ^| I ^ j 5 s , s || 

Ev- ery eye shall now he - hold him, Robed in dreadful ma-jes - ty! Those who set at nought and sold him, Pierced and nailed him to the tree. 
.'i. When the solemn trump has sound- ed,Heav'n and earth shall flee .1- way; All who hate him must, confounded, Hear the sum inons of that day. 

(*• '-I 3 4 |3 6 |5 4 [33 [3- 1 5 g|g 5 [5*4 |5-|6 g|4 g|g g|g 5| S _7_g|6S 13|8 213 \[ 

4. Yea, a-men! — let all a - dore thee, High on the e - ter-nal throne! Savior, take the power and glo-ry; Make thy righteous sentence known. 

G- t 1 1 1' M -a-^-l-ff=ffU4g-^g-7-^^-l54J 'I 4 8 I 8 'lgg|f? -g-l» * la -g-t 1 ^ 

VESPER. 8's&7's; or 8's, 7's & 4's. 

D Major. 



-3r~t 



^ti^TTi1-F-^F-stin*nk-^F-^F^1t^rTt 



I. Onward, onward, men of hea-ven, Bear the gos- pel ban-ner high. } Hal - le - lu -jah, hal -le - lu -jah, hal - le - hi - jah, A - men. 
Rest not till its light is giv - en, Star of ev - 'ry pa- gan sky. f 



Q 4 L t L 1 1__J 1_ 

6 4 13 2 3|1 1 



7—7 



I2~ 




Cr-t-g- g 5 g^fc-g— 4-=-8 1 3 3 6 4-1-3—8— 3 1 1 g 3 ff F I 7— 5 5 g -l-g— 5 5 F 1 <i_5 3 I 

2. Where the Arc- lie o- cean thunders, Where the trop-ics fiercely glow, > Hal - le - lu -jah, hal- le - lu -jah, hal- le- !u-jah, A - men. 
Broad-ly spread its page of wonders, Bnght-ly bid its radiance How. £ 



&-&+-i-* \ I - 4 4 4 1 4 • 3-3 L -2-ti-^TT-Tt-F 



& 



-F-5l-4-2-l|| 



Send it where the pil- grim stranger Faints'neath A- sia's ver- tic ray; > Hal - le - lu - jah, ha 

it ere it fades a- way. $ 



Bid the red-brow'd for-est ran-ger Hai 

' ■« 1 j 1 j * 1 J 1 J 



i£3 «i , 

le - lu - jah, hal- le - lu- jah, A - men. 



-i-t\ 



1 1 



5t 



im 1111 . . _v- a _!t-o 

► 16—6—6—6 I S'— S 5 4+3— 8—8— ff-g—ff—g—f 

In -dia marks its lus - tre stealing; Shivering Greenland loves its ravs ; ^ Hal - le - lu - jah, hal - le - lu - jah, hal - le - lu - jah, A-men 
Af-ric, 'mid her des —ens kneeling, Lifts the untaught strain of praise. ^ 



i hi 8 i i\*j_i * \*-*-1-i 8 ~ 7 Til 

Is— g- -5 -? l«5-:i||- 



Cf-^I— i-i 1-^— t-^t— i-l-i^— S— i— ^-1 



5 5 



:l 1 



2 :i 



-U 



5 5 



j 1 1 12— 3— i-U 5 ill 



\ 



120 SCOTLAND. 12s & lis, 

Bb major. ^ »'• Clarke. 

1 Tliou art "one to the grave — but we will not deplore thee; Tho'sor-rows and darkness en-com-pass the tomb, The Sa- viour has 

2 Thou art none to the grave — we no Ion- ger deplore thee, Nor tread the rough path ut the world by thy side; But th' wide arms of 

3 Thou art none to the grave — and its mansionsfor sa-king, Perhaps thy tried spir -it in doubt lin-gered long; But th' sunshine of 

^-i-IU-l-U 1 — h-*±i-&-Ul-4 |?]« 1 }\f f i[ iL-aL4^_j,^v_8_^ 

4 Thou art gone to the grave — but 'twere wrong 10 deplore thee. When God was thy ran- som, thy guardian and guide; He gave thee, and 

r ri 8 ^f<tr 4 ^tr 1 -f7t^^ 

pass'd thro' its por-tals be-fore thee, And th' lamp of his love is thy guide thro' the gloom, And th' lamp of his love is thy guide thro' the gloom. 

<&-5-5-3t^-5t5-5-1^t5^-5t<^^ 

mer-cy are spread to en-fold thee. And sinners may hope,since the Saviour hath died, And sin- ners may hope,since the Sa- viour harti died, 
heaven beam'd bright on thy waking, And th'song that thou heardst,was the seraphim's song, And th' song that thou heardst, was the ser-aphim's song. 

^^^i^^-^JL-a-l-a-l-M-lt-^-JLi-r-y f , } \ 1^^4^4lM^*-*^4*-4 

took thee, and soon will restore thee,Where death hath no sting, since the Saviour hath died, Where death hath no sting,since the Sa- viour hath died. 

QUINCY. L. M. 6 lines. 

G major. End. 15. C. 

|Q-|-8-^-a|l^|^-a|»^tS--«-4f»4-3|fs- y |lr*- \^*\*M\&^\S^Y^a\*l^\Bmi\3-~\t 

t Sweet is the thought, the prom - ise sweet, That friends.long-severed friends .shall meei;Thal kindred souls, on earth disjoined, bhall meetfrom earthly dross refined, 
Their earth-lv cares and sor - rows o'er, And min-gle hearts to part no more. 

2 Hut for this hope, this bless -edsiav, When earthly comforts all decay. O. who could view th expi - ring eye, Nor wish,with those they love, to die! 
Who could rec^ve their part - ing breath, Nor long to tol - low them in death? 

Q.* 5 !i 4J88 1}!^ 1}1 ^-|« « • {*- 4| 84 g |«-_ { y y l|a"5 S\B- 9|g-. I g ff S \S- 3{g- I[y^_ ||. 

3 But we have bright -er hopes* we know Short is this pil - grim-age of woe; We know that our Kedeem - er lives; We trust the prom - i - ses he gives; 
And part in hope to meet a - bove, Where all is joy and all is love. 

C- : i-I-I_7| J-^-gI ajs- 1 Is--— M-- 1 - 1 ! ±-s\ *4-ff] i—l ssste s\ 5A-2}jp-4 ss-sW— 1 1 a=— alfiP- U 



ZION'S BRIGHTNESS. Anthem.* 121 

Eb Major. H pinnt. An 

&-*-l-2 t 3-|:i-l |-g-g|g-7JKg*l ^7-^-6-g | .VI 3 | 9 f=|g • I | 6-5 | 7-6-^|i~3 I 4-6 I 3-2 I I-Ff 

1. Who are these' who are these? that come from far, Led by Jacob's ris- ing star Strangers now to Zi- on come, There to sock a happy home 

<S~I h— t 1 ~?t 8 -fi? : £ IL f e 1 7 r l *-rt*-yiffr-Hrn7 6^-71 s-ilr^-M*- 4 ! " 7l *-»T 

Semi Chorus. 

£-5-6-^-* j .176-7 | !^-h6 I CMS , 5-^ **f&-3 | ^-? |4-7-6-| ^J-!-*-^-^ , f^HJ^l^ 

2, Lo! the) gather like a cloud, Or like doves the windows crowd; Zi- on wonders at ' the sight, Zi - on feels a strange de-light. 

C . 8 8|8 8|g g|g.[8 8| 8 g j 5 3 | g^JL- g | *4 7 | 6g , 4 | g | g 8 | 8 8 | 8J> 4 | 3. |, 

2. Lolthey gather like a cloud, Or like doves the windows crowd; Zi-on wonders at the sight, Zi - on feels a strange delight. 
- : 1 l|l 1|» g4X-14 4|f3 1J3 l [ 54 4^^4 g 8 [ g g| g .] 1 l| l 1 | £ ^ | J , | 

Soli. lib Major. 

3. Zi- on now no more shall sigh, God will raise her glories high; He will send a large increase, He will give his peo - pie peace. 

&V3-5t<&4 I a'i-S l3 r !3 3|g 3 [Fi S \^^W'i]T^3\f?-nfi r n 9 -^-\f^-Q\ft^ I 3- | 

Kb Mnjor. Chorii*. (T. 2d Ump. - ^ 

-J-M* I ) ?, 1 ^-MLF^-^ftT^M-^-r^j ' 3 I sJ-g-Srft&i 3 I 3>! -3-3 I 6-* I ' 7+144 

4. Sons of Zi-on sing a- loud, See her sun with-out a cloud; God will make her joy com-plete, Zi-on'ssun no more shall set. 

C: g g|g g|pg fl^rl 8 8 I 8 g |g-4 1 «4^ ^ I *— g-1 8 * fM-g-M* 8 4-g-P r-M |A j || 

4. Sons of Zi-on sing a-loud," See her sun with-out a cloud; God will make her joy complete, Zi-on'ssun no more shall set. 

C: 1 M 8 ?1 4 ? g-MU4* — > rMifM i g4M I ■ • 1 4 — .» la-? I > 3 ;*-fH^ 1 1- : a 

" Mav be sung lo any 7« Hymn of four verscB 1 f> 



122 AMSTERDAM. 7's & 6's. 

G Major. 



i 

1: Rise, my soul, an 



ml stretch ihy Wings; Thy bet - ter per- tion trace ; Rise, from all lerrestial things, Towards heav'n thy na« tive place : $uii, ajitl moon, and stars, de - cay j 



I 2. Riv-ers to the ocean run, nor stay in all their course; Fire.ascending, seeks the sun;Both speed them to their source : So a soul that's born of God 

Lkif-g-HHftfg « If f f $ \e=& f } f I f f f flf f -MM^4- — -I - I 

j 3 Cease, ve pilgrims,cease to mourn. Press onward to the prize; Soon our Saviour will return, Triumph-ant in the skies : Yet a sea-son, and you know 

IC 14-7-6 5U-^W^M^ 

MRWELL. H.M. 

D Major. Darwell. 

1 Time shall soon (his earth re-move: Kise.my soul,and haste a-way To seats prepared a- bove. 

k — 1 N-5-6-7t?-7-»— Fthfirdr-ni-H 

Pants to view his glo-rious face, Upward tends to his abode, To rest in his embrace. 



1 . Ye boundless realms of joy, Ex-alt your Maker's 

6-1 il* i 5 4 1r ill i_i_i[ 



ranis w view ins giu-nuus i.itc, u|pnaiui^i UJ .u »'« uww ... u , *« — - ^ 

Hap-pv entrance will be given, All our sorrows left below. And earth exchang'd for heav'n. I J 2. Let all a- dore the Lord, And praise his ho-ly 

C4-7 r !J^£« i &7iM^ 



. name; His praise your songs employ A- bove the star- ry frame : Your voic-es raise, Ye cher - u - bim And se- raph - im, To sing his praise, 
name By whose al - migh- ty word They all from noth-ing came ; And all shall last, From changes free ; Hi's firm de-cree Stands ev - er fast. 



BILLOWS ROLL. S.1I.M. 123 

F Major. 

I Faith is the Ghristian's prop, Whereon his sor-rowa lean; It is the substance of his hope, His proof of things unseen; It 

2. Faith is the po - lar siar That guides the Chris- tian's way, Di- rccts his wanderings from a - far To realms of end less day; It 

3 Faith is the rainbow's form I! mm on the brow of heaven, The el" - ry "I ibe pass - ing storm. The pledge ol met- cy given ; It 
^4.842 34 5 4? | 3J 3 | I _^__2S 51 | 3^| 3 | -J _2__3 4 5 6 | 3 « 5 5 : S 5 3 3 | 3 | 

4 The tilth that works by love. And pur -i- lies the heart, A fore-taste ol the jovs a- bove In mor-tals can im- part ; It 



1 i •* • n A-JS. tt-<9 I ' ! 



£3-3-331 i-4-4|3-a-fi^tt?-2L 4 ^~tt 5 -S5- f - j \ 7 ^tp-tl\ -*1»- 2 ~| Ml 

is the anchor of his soul When tempests rage and bil - lows ro ll, - - - When tempests rage - - - and billows roll. 

and billows roll. and billows roll. 

o. 8 5 |6 6 15 5 4 13.315 5 5 818 855 515 5 8 _* 5j5 3 3 615 5 I I 311 

\ . ■ 1 1 1 — ri — ^-ti 1 1 r 11 — -- i rTi r t — est n i , , i i u 

is the an - chor of his soul When tempests rage and bil - lows roll.When tempests rage and billows roll, and billows roll. 
C^ M-6-6-4- 41 1 - k HQ AJMMW-4g ' 8 | g g t8 4 8 |1 I « , | , ; r> __| JM 

is the anchor of his soul, When tempesis race and bil - lows roll, \\ hen tempests rage and billows roll, and billows roll, 

points the course where'er he roam, And safely leads the pilgrim home, And safely buds the pilgrim home, 
is the bright, triumphal arch, Through which the saints to glory march, Through which, &c. 
bears us through this earthly strife, and triumphs in immortal life, And triumphs, cVr. 

A SACRED CANON. 2d Sam. IS, 33. 

1 Rb Major. C. Kins. 2 

Kt- ~fr- — *~t-' y Is — 3— 1-$ -1«- -fr--^- 1 a l a s I o-~ II 

O Ab -* sa - lorn, my son, my son, Ab - sa- lorn, my son, my son. 

|_ t _3_3_ 6 ^_5_4_ t _ 3 _ 4 -3 t a-r 7 _ <; j ^- I 3-3-6^-5-4^3-4^31^1 7 <; | « f| 

Would to God I had died for thee my son, Wi M to God I bad died for thee, my n. 

|_|_,._ _j^ 5 2-J-3— 2 f-I- -I— | 7 | l_- -+-*- 3 J 3 , ; j 7 -,.T— U--1I 

O Ab - sa - loin, my son, my Ab - sa - I I) soil, my son. 



24 SERAPH. CP. M. 

could we speak the matchless worth, O could wc sound the glories forth .Which in our Sa - vior shine, We'd soar and touch the heav'nly strings, 

> tsr«-3tap~nJti — 5t3-t5t^~^s-.it^-5-5ts+^"jSV^pfrt-^t~sf .* J> **. * I i 4 4 I 

J. We'd shut tlie pre-cious blood he spilt — Our ransom from the dreadful guilt Of sin and wrath di - vine ; We d sing his glorious right-eous-ness, 
t We'd sinu the char - ac - ters he bears, And all the forms of love he wears, Ex - alt - ed on his throne ; In loft-iest songs of sweetest praise, 

3 _ .ill. Ill- 1 I 1-1 « U 1 3 « U 1 ai.J 3 3 1 ,ill^ Ulia»8|18 8| 



4. Well, the de- light- ful day will come, When our dear Lord will bring us home, And we shall see his face; Then, with our Sa-vior, Brother, Friend, 

C4-i- i-i 4-i=— a-Ujs- 1 l-W-s-r-s-s-s-s-l-s-s-s-l-s-l-^- i — 2-3— \-^-5i4-i-G-s-]-^s-^4- 



^-5 t -4-3-9-l- t -^-l-S- 1 -- st l,-t-^ n ^ 5 ,t^-iafl-9-tl^ 

And vie with Gabriel while he sings, In notes almost di-vine. In notes aT- most di - vine. 



In which all perfect heav'nly dress We shall for-ev-er shine. We shall for - ev - er shine, 
We would, to e-ver-last-ing days, Make all his "lories known. Make all his glo - ries known. 



fc 



!4_i_ 



^_ T -J-U-4-T-UU-i-i-aa4M-4 



Tri-um-phant in his grace. 



A blest e - ter - ni - ty we'll spend, Tri-umphant in his grace 

C-34-«i-^4-3-l-^i-«4^4J-i-8-^543-3 , -i-4-5-5-i-l^ 



BAILEY. S.M. 

C major. 



1. Welcome sweet day of rest, 



(g-lnftlTl-Tni-i-TRrtTrt 

'2. The King him-self comes near. 

3. One day, a - mid the place 

~*- 1-3+3-3-4-5-3-G-4--5-4- 

4. My wil - ling soul would stay 

C:4- 1^3+3-3" -5-.>6-4-54 



That saw the Lord a - rise ; Wei - come to this 

&- f-rfintirir\ a- I b\ 54 aa 1 2 

And feasts his saints to-day; Here we may sit, 
Where Christ, my Lord, has been, Is sweet - er than 

C^<£5-r-4-3 -3- i-l--a-| -«-4~. , ri~»3- i"^ 

In such a frame as this, Till call'd to rise and 



re- viv - ing breast And these rejoicing eyes. And these re-joicing eyes. 

-3-4-t-^-^-^i-^t5-^-^-i-t-^-5-t-4-5-^-3-t-3-tt 
and see him here, And love and praise, and pray. And love, Sic. 
ten thousand days Of pleasure and of sin. Of pleasure and of sin. 

£\-\-8-&-s-l-i]-l~i-}-- i-i^-Kl-d^-h-.i-l-s-W 

soar a - way To e-ver-last-ing bliss. To e- ver- last- ing bliss 



to 

C^-e34-4-d-a-J4^^54-^4-3^^i^ 



ROCKWELL. I0s.&8'& S 25 

«; in Mm 
1 Behold how the Lord has girt on his sword ! From con - quest to con-quest proceeds ! How hap - py are they who see this glad day, And 
'i. 1! is word he sends forth from the south to the north; From east and from west it is heard; The re - bel is charm'd, the foe is disarmed; No 
3. To Je-sus a-lone, who sits on the throne, Sal - va - tion and glo - ry be - long; All hail, bless-ed name, for - e - ver the same, Our 



wit-ness his won-der-ful deeds. 

«f-_F-f-Nr- -•-n , tt 

day like our day has appeared. 

C4--M4-? — MM, 



joy and the theme of our song. 

&4-3- 1 4-4 5-5-r- 1 4 ' 



BETHANY. 5s & 8s. or 10s & 8s. 

G major. Dr. Mad mi. 

^-4-. ?t 5-.M 1 ,^-« t 5-S-4 t 3^5^l-8-9^3-4-3 | S^ | 3-5-5 f- 

He-hold how the Lord has girt on his sword! From conquest to conquest proceeds ! From Conquesl to 
2. His word he sends forth. from the south to the noith; From east and from west it is heard; From east and from 

C4J8+ 3 8 4|3> 4|8 g g|S.| S| 3 f S\ S 3 S | S. | fl_j 3 .7 | 

To Je-sus a-lone, who sits on the throne, Sal - va-tion and glo - ry belong; Sal - va - tion ami 

C.mi-*-3+-M-4+5-5-54A^^ 



conquest proceeds! How happy are they who see this glad day, And wit-ness his won-der-ful deeds. And witness his won -der - ful deeds. 
wist it is heard; The re- bel is charm'd, the foe is disarmed; No day like our day has appeared. No day like our day has apj 

fr* f f|«.l flJLji-J|i. «|i fr »|*|r | 1- 4-44H*-f g l g f-#-Wl 

glo - ry be-long; All hail, bless-ed name, for e - ver the same, The joy and the theme of our song. The joy and the theme of our song. 



C:-4-3-2-rU4-543-5-5-4-l-5-|-»-Ml.v4^4 



4-444J-1-3-U— .<i- 5 I ■ -ll- 



SAINT'S HOME, Chant, For ail Metres longer than Long Metre. 




l.'Mid Scenes of con- 
fusion and 

ICf-i— 5 
Ic-i — 1 

2. Sweet bonds that unite all the|children of |peace!|| And thrice precious Jesus, whose|lnve cannot|cease!||Though oft from thy presence in[sadness I|roam,I 
~i. 1 sioh for the body of | sin to be | free,|| W hich hinders my joy and com- | munion with'thee;||Though now my temptations like | biUovys may | foam, All 
4^ While here in the valley of | conflict I | stay, || O give me submission and | strength as my | day ! jj In all my afflictions to | thee would I | come, Re- 

5. Whate'er thou deniest, O | give me thy | grace, ||The Spirit's sure witness and | smiles of thy | face ;|| Endow me with patience to | wait at thy | throne, And 

6. I lonff, dearest Lord, i'n thy | beauties to | shine ; || No more as an exile in | sorrow to | pine, || And in thy dear image, a- | rise from the | tomb, With 



May be omitted. 



slri — s _ i~g — w 




7 

home sweet 



1- 

home 



n 
It 



-5— 

to 

all will 
joic- ing 
find even 
glorified 



6 1 

hold thee, in 
peace when I'm 

hope of my 
now a sweet 

millions, to 



S 5- 

glory at 

with thee at 

glorious 

foretaste of 

praise thee at 



home. 


S weet 


home. 


Sweet 


home. 


Sweet 


home. 


Sweet 


home. 


Sweet 



home 
home 
home 
home 
home 



sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 



home 
home 
home 
home 
home 



5 — irVirs-l— s~— H- 
5— s - 1 



home 
home 
home 
home 
home 



sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 
sweet 



home, 
homo, 
home, 
home, 
home. 



THE NEW JERUSALEM. Rev. 21 . 23—27. 



2. 



5 And 
^And 
5 For 
I And 

5 And 
' 2 And 



the 
the 
the 



I 
city 

glory 



the gates of 



saw 
had 

of 

nations 

the 

it shall 



no 

God 
of 



did 



tem-ple there- 
need of the 

light - en 
them which are 



I foT the Lord God Almighty— and the Lamb are the | temple of it. | 

of. y 



sun, neither || of the | moon to | shine in | it 
it, I and the Lamb is the | light there 



not be shut at 



kings 
all 



by 



of the 



. 5 And 'bey shall bring the glory and honor of the nations 
I Neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or 



in 
mak 



to 
eth a 



saved |, shall walk | in the | light of | it : 

earth || do bring their glory and honor | into | it. || 

day : for || there shall | be no | night | there. || 

it. || And .here shall in no wise enter into it any | thing that de- 



lie ; but || they which are | written in the | Lamb's book of | life. || 



fileth, D 



Chorus: Sweet home, sweet home; home sweet home. 



CHRISTOPHER. L.M. 12? 

Bb Major. II. Plnnl, Arr. 

1. Lord, thou hast searched and seen me ihro', Thine eye commands, with piercing view, My ris - ing and my rcsi-ing hours, My heart and flesh «iih all iheir powers, 

2. My thoughts, before they are my own, Are to my God dis-tinct-lv known ; He knows the words 1 mean to speak, I re from my opening lips tlu-y break 

frii 4 ila *\ :U >i I s* I ^-^-|r,--5|#-a1 ^tsh»-.i U «ls 4 1 s hi I «« hr* hWNI1 ait 

3. Within thy circling power I stand; On eve-ry side I find thy hand ; Awake, asleep, at home, abroad, I am surrounded stdl with God. 

4. Amazing knowledge, vast and great ! What large extent! what lotty height! My soul, with all the powers I boast, Is in the boundless prospect lost. 

5. O, may these thoughts possess my breast, Where'er I rove, where'er I rest, Nor let my weaker passions dare Consent to sin, for God is there. 

C-4-i-i-i4-i-i-T-3 — 5-T-i-r4i-s-3-i|.»— s\ 1-2-2M s?\-i-i-i-\-4r-£ls— si 1 ] -a-l 4-1 1-1—44-5— .1 1 i-||- 

SAXONY. 8s & 7s. 

G major. 
I. One there is a - bove all o-thers, AN ho deserves the name ot friend; His is love beyond a brother's Cost-ly, free, and knows do end 

\!. W hich ot all our.iriends to save us. Could or would have shed his blood? But this Savior died to have us lie - con - riled in him to (lod. 

3. When he liv-ed nn earth abased. Friend of sinners was his name; Now above all glo-ry rais-ed, He re - loi - ces in the same 

n.-i* si.! si.is-85is ill* 5 1 a aj.i :t s si si<r> .1 15 514 •jmi :c 1 1 1 '1 1 •.»:: 415 -1 :;m 

Vj.-'-i 1 -- M T I , UJ EJ- I I T 1 T T +1 T"H "O — S3: h j — | 1 |-|- I "h i 1 — 11 T I ; w\ II 

4. Oh! for grace our hearts to soften, Teach us, Lord, at lengthto love; We, alas! forget too of- ten, What a friendwe have a-bove 

&F }\f } I 5—5^1 ? f I M+M I 5—5- 1 14.5-7- I4-3-T-4-5 I M44-M*--J r-^-5 I « I! 

PEARL STREET. C. M. 

C or D major. Wood. 

1, \\ hen I can read mv ti-tle clear To man-inns in the skies, I'll bid farewell to eve-ry fear, And wipe my weeping eves. And wipe my weepin ye -. 

fctili 2 s^trt-isjajal^ri&Hrttsrs t^i 7 Ti~s~^ly7i~s Nl t-^ra-s\ite \i\:r-.i a atarerH 

2. Should earth against my soul engage, And fiery darts be hurl'd,Then I can smile ai Satan's rage, And face a frowning world, And face, &c. 
3 Let cares, like a wild deluge, come, And storms of sorrow fall ! May I hut safely reach mv horn.'. My God, my heaven, mv all. My God, &c 

GtNi4-MrM-yyi4k-M^^ 5 5 ^tt 

1. There shall I bathe my weary soul In seas of heav'nly rest, And not a wave of trouble roll Around my peaceful breast. Around my peaceful breast. 

C:2i|i-i-i-i|i-i-ijiji4-i|2-3--3-2|;^ 



F mnjor. 
-5-6 hS 

1 Sweet the momer 



g-l-5-6 1-5-3+8 



128 WILLOW 8s & 7s or 7s with slurs. 

R. S. Bennison, W. B. De Cap. 
S|a-l^S^3^ 5-6|5-3 j 2 ^^lz-v-j-5-5|5-3|6-3^3Q j-ar-4^5-516-313!—^ 

...jnts, rich in blessing. Which he- fore the cross I spend; 2 Tru- ly blessed is this sta-tion, Low be- fore his cross to he; 
Life, and healih,and peace possessing, From the sin-ner's dy - ing Friend. 
While I see di-vine compas-sion Beaming in his gra-cious eye. 

^»_3_4]3_5|g 3|g ff I 3 4;3_gj6_g4j,3- : II 4_l 1 1 ■ 1 - 1 —4 

3 Love and grief my heart di - vi- ding, With my tears his feet I'll bathe; 4 May I still en- joy this feel-ing, Still to my Re-deem-er go: 

Constant still, in faith a - bi-Jing, Life de - ri-ving from his death. 
Prove his wounds each day more healing, And himself more tru - ly know. 

■IJLJMJULk-e+O I * A-ML-3-U- ^ I*" : I ■ 1 ■ « I ■ j ■ I - - I ■ "1 1—11 



HIDING PLACE. C. 1*. M. 



I) Major. 



dim. 



f. 



B. Arr. 



\ 

< 

i 



4 Let • me a - mong thy saints be found, When e'er th' archangel's trump shall sound, To see thy smi-ling face; 



1 When thou, my right - e • ous Judge.shaltcome 
2 I love to meet a- mong them now 



To call thy ransomed peo - pie home, Shall I a - mong them 

Be - fore thy gracious throne to bow, Tho' vi - lest of them 



siand! 
all; 



, 5 -+l^U— 5-1-1^4^-1—3— l-|-3— 5— 1— i4-l^-J~i!5 5 5—54-2-1-^-^4-3^-11- 

3 Prevent it, Lord, by thy rich grace, Be thou mysoul'ssure hi- ding place, In that great burn- ing day; 



<r?t a 



-^i-m-m*- -?t^ 



— 3-j-l: lfy- 

Then loud - est of thecrowd I'll sing, While heav'n'g resound - ing mansions ring. With shouts of sov'reign grace, of sov 'reign grace. 

&-5t5-- -^tJf- JJ-hT 2t3-t^t3^ 5flF it5-^^;-hit3-l-i-5t^-5-ii--4t3--4t3-h L 



.With shouts of sov'reign £ 

H4t3-l-3-5te : . 

\V ilh snouts ol sov'reign grace, Willi sliouu of sov'reign grace. 



14* 54-5^ iUMfW* — 44*— ^4- 1 -«4-- , -4 H 1^44 1 [-M«4 

Shall such a worth - less worm as I. Who some - times am a- (raid to die, Be found at thy right hand, Be found at thy right hand. 

T U«^_ ( '...... ,, _ inrrlhrt't Wii!)t it* rn\> n-i mo chnnlrl V»p lpf> ntif Whpn I h nil fiir t hpm Khnlt r-nil ' WliPfl thnil tnrlllPm _«.halt pall' 



©-7-T-7— 

hall such a worth - less worm as i. vv no some 

But can I bear the pierc - ing tho't.What if my name should be left out, When thou for them shalt call! When thou forthem shalt call! 

I i o 

^_^4_^_^_^i^_i4-^- < i-^_44a4i4^^-5 , 4^ : ^-i4-3-44i4-p-l — -l~-i-3-4]5- 3 ,i-U- 

Thy pard' - ning voice now let me hear, To still my un - he lief and fear, Nor let me fall I pray, Nor let me fall I pra» 



A major. Slowly. 



ALVONA. C. P. M. 



129 



«i-tt*t* 1 *w i «-**-,-" • f7l ^«Tl "^-iioi^iM- -r?!»i^i^i^«-f^«-7i«t 



Ld 



— 1. ,~ I -1 — 

1 My God, thy bound- less love I praise; How bright, on high, its glo-ries-hlaie! How sweetly bloom be-low! Il streams from th 



u 



inc e • tor - Dal Lhroni ; 



L3 — x LJ 7 ' — ' — ' — • 

2 'Tis love that paints the pur -pie morn. And bids the clouds, in air tipborne,Tlieir?eninl drops clis- lil; In eve • ry ver - mil beam 

3 But in the gos-pel it ap - pears In sweet - er, fair - er char- acters, And charms the ravish'd brcast;Tberc,love im - mor - lal leaves Ibeskv 

^_W*_?_4J r j^jL^i4JLj44_ w 1 4-43 1 *-iM J^4-l-t\t4*\ - I , 1-— - 14 

l^j ^^ ^5 

4 Then let the love that makes me blest, with cheer - lui praise in • spire mv brca>t,And ar-denl grat - i - tude; And all my thoughts and pas- sions tend 

■l-H- l -3^- |-M~ r-5-5-4-1^1 Jjr4fi-^U-^3-| 2-lVI .i|o-5-5-S| 1-j T | - j , 1 . |-j- 



Thro' heav'n its joys for- ev - er run, And o'er the earth thev flow. 

And breathes in eve— ry gale that hluws,And glides in eve - ry rill. 
Th wipe the drooping mourner's eye. And give the wea — ry rest. 

. s is. 4 » '2ii a i a. I s s 4i:P4 ts i :i n 

? — r""i~l v -f- /I ~T H — hir — v — y + i — i t — l — fr 

To thee, my Fa-ther and my Friend, My soul'se - ter - nal good 

© Ml 1 S -8-S I A-6^is-4-5 I r^4-5^ 1 || 



TRUST. 8s, 7s, & 4 

Kb mnjor. A. H linker. 

g-3-:r^-«|a-a|:i-6-4|4-3-^s4-r|l--s|^i|5-f- t 

1 Come, thou soul-transformitiu Spirit, Bless the sow- er and the 

^-g-3[5_S | S8_0| 6 S p |S S |S_S|8>l«|7^j 
2 0, may all en- joy the blessing Which thy word 's design 'd I 

gl-fi-jLl^ill— i| p 1 r | f? *\l_i\J9LJ*\3 r | 



-I 



Let eaeh heart thy grace in-her-it; Raise the weak, the hnn - grv feed; From the gos-pel, From the gos-pel Nowsupply thy people's I d. 

Let us all, thy love pos-sess-ing, Joy-ful- ly the truth re-eeive, And for-ev- er, And for-ev- er To thv praise and gin- ry live. 

17 



130 



OLIVET. 8's & 4. 



A Major. 



&-.W6-7-»- 2 t 3 -*-n-n 3 -J^6i^^ 

j. Hark! how the gospel trumpet sounds,Thro' all the world the e-cho bounds, And Je-sus, by redeem-ing blood, Is bringing sinners back to God: And 

2. Hail! all- vio-torinus, cnnqn'ring Lord! Be thou by all thy works ador'd, Who un-der-took for sin-ful man, And bro't sal- va-tion thro' thy name,That 

3. Fn'ht on, ye conqu'rin" souls, fight on! And when the conquest you have won, Then palms of vict'rv you shall bear, And in his kingdom have a share; And 

4. There we shall in full cho-rus join, With saints and an-gels all com-bine, To sing of his redeeming love, When rolling years shall cease to move, And 

Cj-!_i44-5— 6-7-14— &s\-S-\-$-4—5-e ^7-^54-l4-l— l-l-l4-i-i-l4-l-U-5-5-.»45-5-54-54- 



<g 



-2-4-2+ 1-, 



Mi , 



guides them safely by his word To endless day. 

%~5—S'3~Sfi~i 4 6t?rt~a11 

we with thee may ev— er reign In endless day. 
crowns of glo- ry ev- er wear In endless day. 

1 2 3 i 1111 413 2 1 



C4- 



H 



~i 1 n 1 tt 

thisshallbe our theme above In endless day 

C4-3-2-1-1+4-4-6-4-1-5-5-1 || 



DESIRE. 5's & 4's. 

F Major. 

8-tft ^mwm?f^ s r\ff-} \ i j-n*\? tn-i i?4- 2 i lr tt 

1. Sa - vior ere we part. Tliv bless- ing give ; Breathe up-on each heart, Sweel peace.sweet peace and love. 

&-t l T l \5~5\z\tf+}-ii 1 rt^Ili^Ftrm^larTflFtt 

2. As we onward tri'ad. Life's stormy way, Round our footsteps shed. A heav'n, a heavenly ray. 

3. When our days are pasraJn use- fuViess ; May we meet at last, In ho-, in ho - li-ness. 

4. Ho - ly three divine Je - ho- vah one, Let thine ear incline, Our pray'r,our pray'r to own. 



n. ? 1 1 



V p. 3 
1 '1,4-4 



-5|1 \ 5-1 54-? 1 5-H' 'I 1 i UU i-3--6l5-5| » "4 



s 



DANEVILLE. 8's 

F Major. 

-3-1-J-l-a— 3|4— 3-2 flz|3 j-2-3— 4+5— 6-4 j 5_ J5+6— 7— 

To Je-sus the crown of mv hope. My soul is in haste to be gone : 0, hear me, 
. My Savior, whom, absent, I ]ove;Whom, not having seen, I adore; Whose name is 

1+1—1 



1-*f 1 -7- 1 t a - 1 -5t5-t 1 t7- I - 9 t 9 - 1 - 1 1-74 8 t 4 - 4 - 

3. Dissolve thou these bonds that de-tain My soul from her portion in thee; O, strike off 
g 3 1 3 5 5 1_ 6 5 4 |3-|5|5 5 5 |2 3 2|2-|8|8 5 

When that hap-py e - ra begins, When arrayed in thy glories I shine, Nor grieve an 
O, then shall the veil be removed. And round me thy brightness be poured; I shall see h 

G_I-i4J_5_i j 4-5-5U4J-+5-5-5 |- 7 _1_2 |. 5 4 1 J 4_2_ 



ye che- 
ex- alt- 

-8-J-3- 

this ad - 
5|5 



3- 1 -j-2_^3+4-3— 2+1— 9-y+ l_jf 

ru-bim, up, And waft me a-way to his throne, 
ed a- bove All g'o- ry, do-minion, and power, — 

1 - 1 t7-t i t 1 - 1 -6t I -7-5l5^ir 

amant chain, And make me e-ter-nal-ly free. 
5 5l5-[5|6 5 4|3 4 5| 3-|j 



y more, 
im whom 
1 I 1 



by my sins, The bosom on which I recline, — 
absent, Iloved, Whom, nothaving seen,I adored. 

!_!+ 5 |I j I_L_ 4 |5-5-5+lrI| 



COME YE DISCONSOLATE. 



■BT 



D - ™*> or - - , Webbe. 

*•'<> Duett. 



IfirS-jrtni 

1. Co me ve dis - cog - so - late, where'er ye languish, Come at the shrine of God ferv-ent-ly kneel; Here bring your wounded hearts.here tell youi 



-.,_,__ 



8. Joy of the comfortless, light of the straying, Hope, when all others die, fadeless and pure, Here speaks the cotn-fort-er, in God's name 



C4 — . — 4- 



r 



4— — r- 



-I 



4 4-^4-1= k- 



4l-4- 



1 



( 



Chorus. 



anfiuish; Earth lias no sorrow that Heaven cannot heal. Here bring your wounded hearts.here tell your anguish; Earth lias no 



&-8 i r \ aj rThH-fr-rt-hr^rl- 1 1 ~tr 



' 7 



rf Pt-frtfinftt i i r l i.i :t i ! 



C- 



-. t~ 



4- 



A - — 5-5- f-.^4-»-r4-J — ■ — -^i — -l-s— at-t= I— « — s-s 1 



say-ing; " Earth has no sorrow that Heaven cannot cure." Here speaks the Com-fort-er, in God's name saying, " Earth has no 

Cj-i*— f4-i — i- -4HM--4-5-^i4i-l-i4-^-244--i-i-^ 



I 



sor-row that Heav'n cannot heal. 

0- 1 - .1 4-4- -3-2 -3 I 3" II 

sor-row that Heav'n cannot cure. 



SALEM, lis,. 

F. Major , 

£-£1-^-3-3 | -3-5-3 | -2 -2-3 t a , .-, | « -fr^-S-a-f-l-l-l^-I-^ 
1. The Lord is my Shepherd ; no want shall I know : I feed in green pas-lures, sad- fold - ed to rr>t. 
He lead-eth my sou! where the still wa-iers flow, Restores me when wand ring redeems when opi 

« t ^, -l-it-i -i-}t7-i ?\ 7 -\ »i- i-M ' -.. '« |-.-, ., .-> rsiH 

■2. rhro' the val-ley and shadow of death tho' I stray. Since thou art my guardian, no e - vil I fear' 
Thy rod shall de-fend me, thy staff be mv staj . No han fal with mi com-fort-eri 

^4_5_5 .V 5 £ jL|_a_3 .7|.V| 3|4 I !| 3 5 1 | » « 3 |3':|| 
3. In the midst ol af- fliclion my la - I sad \\ ur'd my cup ru i 

With oil and perfume thou an- noint- est my head; (), what shall 1 ask nf thv pro-vi-dence more ' 



C4i4 



i i 



-M-« 



M 5 5 sUs44l I 1 -ll 5 5 54^-4-4 ' » || 



1^2 ALDERBROOK. S. H. M. 

E 1>. major. 

O-M ] 3-5+6-7 J-lfSffr5-&4 pf^^j- 1+3-5 | 6-6-7-7-+ ^-S j 9-5-( 5-?4-+5- ,}-3-]-G-«-ff-*+- 

f 1 Th.sph.ee is holy srmind. World with it's cures a - way, A ho-ly, sol-emn stillness round. This lifeless, mould'ring clay; Nor pain, nor ffrief, nor 

U-rMS-B lVPf- l--t"-- | -|^n , - 1 tf*- 1 , -^ 4 i" 3 "l~ 1 1*~^t7- | -t7-t 3 t-'r 1 - 4 -r , -?i 

^2. B.-hoUl the bed of death, The pale and mor - tal clay; Heard ye the sob of parting breath? Mark'd ye the eye's last ray? No ; life so sweetly 

3 Why mourn the pious dead' Why sor-rows swell our eyes' Can sighs re-call the spirits fled? Shall vain re-grets a - rise' Tho' death has caused this 

4 Bury the dead, and weep In stiiT-n^sT oV the' loss; Bu-ry the dead, in Christ they sleep .Who bore on earth his cross; And from the grave their 

C^J-ii-a-lii-g+i-li-l- 1 — J-+i-X^ 5 M+ 1 - 3 4#- 4 -^-^W- 1 47-g- l g 2 I s-M-l-M-'-M- 



n_ 4 _4_3 4- 5 -i-1_5_«_5+-4-3-2+6+ 6-5-5- 

Q) i i i I i I ' i I'', 1 i . ' I V 1 ' V *,„ 
anx-ious fear, Can reach the peaceful sleeper here. Can reach, He. 

ceas'd to be, It lapsed in im - mor - tal - i - ty. It lapsed, &c. 
al-teredmien, In heav'n the ransom' soul is seen. In heaven, &c. 
p. 6 6 51 515 5 4_8 ±6 5_5|4I4 3_1_ 

Vj^—] — t — t-i— j--H — r— T T I 1 T^V T ^ T i u^ t 
.lust shall rise, In his own im-age to the skies. In his, &c. 



4 t 3-a- t i tt ^ 

#t 1 -5^4t3tt\ 

21 1 



7-4*4 

4- r -5-5-4J4l 



MOORE. S.P.M 

|- M 3 a 5°t5-4-3-4 t 5^3 t 4,-3-a-3+4rt 

The Lord Je-hovah reigns, And royal state maintains, 

.,4+1^1-1-1+1^1+^-1-7-1-1-2^ 

Up-held by thy commands, The world securely stands, 

Let floods and nations rage, And all their pow'r engage; 

&j.3J r 3_._6 5 «43 r .|A|_5,_5 5 5\5-\ 

4. Thy pro-mis-es are true; Thy grace is e - ver new; 
C.l-i- r -l-«-4-^-r-l--4 , -l-5=-5-5-5+54 



& 



g_ 2 . t _3_2-,_3_3-f4-]-5 r -^3-+-6^-7-6+-5;-|-5-+^3-4-5-+^ 

His head with awful glories crown'd, Ar - ray'd in robes of light, Be - girt with sov'reign might, And rays of ma- jes - ty a - round. 

And skies and stars o - bey ihy word; Thy throne was fix'd on high Ere stars adorn'd the sky; E - ter - nal is thy king-dom, Lord. 
Let swell-ing tides assault the skv; The ter - rors of thy frown Shall calm their fu - ry down; Thy throne for-e-ver stands on high. 

There fix'd thy church shall ne'er remove; Thy saints, with ho - ly fear, Shall in thy courts ap - pear, And sing thine e - ver - last - ins love. 

C^54-:M-6-5-;-?4-54-U6^--?^^ 



DAUND. S. M. S 33 

G. Major. 

g-1-l-f-l^-j-l-a-j.-a-t H | a-3- t -4-3-|-9- t -2- t -3-.^|-6-5- t 5— I-]-- |-o | 3-1- 1 „- r | 1 1| 

1. for the death of those H uo slum-ber m the Lord, O, belike theirs my last re - pose, Like theirs mv last re- ward. 

frl s I s g I o y I l -±s^^ 1 -rt- l -t^^^- l - l -r i ~ 1 -tfi-s~t-n I M" s U a lull 

2. Their bod-iea in the ground. In si-lent hope may lie. Till the last trumpet's joy - ful sound Shall call them in the sky. 

3. Their ransomed spi- rils soar, On wings of faith and love, To meet the Sa-vior they a - dore, And reign with God - bove. 

I '• g 3 | « 3 | 3 5 | .1 13 | 4 g | g 5 | g | y | 1 1 | 1 g | 3 31 j y | 3 | ?I_£L | 4_*_ |3 jj. 

4. Wiih us their names shall live Thro' long suc-ceed-ing vears. Em-balmed with all our hearts can give, Our prais-es and our irar* 

MM 11 l-e- * I * 1 ■ I 4 3 I » * I g ^g4-L84^-34i^i-4-g4-34<^344-g4 1 II- 

WALPOLE. C, M. 

F. Major. 

Sri-^-M-f-f-ttt^i-j?-^ 9 ^**^ ! " I! 

1. Ear - lv, my God, without de - lay, I haste to seek thy face ; My thirs-ty spi - rit faints a - way Without thy cheer - ing grace 

2. So pil-cirims on the scorching sand, Beneath a burn-ing sky, Long for a cool-ing stream at hand : And they must drink 01 

ra 3- 1 _ t _ II _l-,_^ drt -, l-l-y^l r-^^J-,-,-,! 1111 ^,^-,-,-2^1^-pi, 

3. I've seen thy glo-ry and thy power, Thro' all the tem-ple shine ; My God, re - peat that heavenly hour, That vis-ion «o 

C ■i-i-4- I ML«-i-«i- ff -|-M^- g - 5 i g - g [g-4- 3 - 3 3 l.f s 4 3 I 4 I f JM- 1 s_sj a |j. 

4. Not life it-self, with all its joys, Can my best pas-sions move, Or raise so high my cheet-ful voice, As thy for - fjiv - in" 

5. Thus, till mv last, ex- pir- ing day, I'll bless my God and King ; Thus will I lift mv hands to pray, And tune my lips t.i sin" 

C^-A-M-M-t'-fr-g-l-M-^-g-g I »- a l g^^ , -l-A4- 1 M-6-i-M4-4-3 l -44g--g-l '"II. 

ALSTEAD. CM. 

A major. W. W. I'nrtridee. 

^-^^^^^^^"^-^-^t-^ttn^r'-^n 3 - 1 ^ 8 -^-^ 3 - 2 -"- 1 e. r i -mi 

1, How sweet, how heavenly, is the sight When those that love the Lord In one a - noth - er's peace de-light, And thus ful - fil lis word 

&-i _ 3~3 L7 ^1^ _ 5~f^^1^-^5~^~gt~^6^4t3^^^ ! <i I I 3 11 

2 When each can feel his bro-ther's si;_>h, And with him bear a part ; When sorrow flows from eve to eye, And joy from heart In heart. 

3. When free from en - vy, scorn and pride Our wishes all a - bove : Each can his brother's failings hide, And show a bro-ther's love. 

C.=-f * h I I 1 ' I 7- 9 -l ' 1 3 f f 1 y-^ltUy^a-i^Ul-M-y-gl'-l « -M ' * :t II 

4. Love is the gold-en chain that binds The hap-py souls a - bove ; And he's an heir of heaven that finds His bosom glow with love. 
Cr-i-l-i— i-4-l-34-g-gr-l4-l-l-3-r-2-2 r 5-J-l444l-3 4-g-g \ l4 -1-B-&-1 4-3- I 1-|| 



; | BEH1TLY. L M. 

Eli Major. 

$-*-* I f-^-i | -*t | - B t»t*tt-f- J ?'-H 5 ^ 4 t 5 i- 3 f?-?-i J -?t 3 - 1 t 2 -t 5 t, 6 -«-- i - 3 t 1 - 2 -t , jf 

s 1 . \\ hen we our wearied limbs to rest, Sat down by proud Euphrates' stream, We wept with doleful tho'ts oppress'd And Zi - on was our mournful theme. 
) 2. "ur harps, that, when with joy we sung. Were wont their tuneful parts to bear, With silent strings ne-glect- ed hung. On wil-low trees that withered there. 

3. How shall we tune our voice to sing, Or touch our harps with skillful hands?Shall hymns of joy to God our King, Be sung hv slaves in foreign lands? 

fe4 «|f ? * *|3 «lg J. »lf f f ?l y *\ s \ s \? « f f i ^ i n 8 !* f JM l 3 f?l 8 tt 

4. O Sa- lem once our hap-py seat; When I of thee for-get- fu) prove Let then my trembling hand forget The tuneful strings wiih art to move. 

5. If I to mention thee for-bear, E - ter- nal si'ence seize mv tongue; Or if I sing one cheerful air, Till thy de-liverance is my son<r. 

READING S. M. 

G Major. 

1. Blest be the tie that binds Our hearts in Christian love; The fel - low-ship of kindred minds Is like to that a - bove. 

2. Be-fore our Fa-ther's throne We pour our ar - dent pravers: Our fears, our hopes, our aims are one, Our com- forts and our cares. 

3. We share our mil - tual woes, Our mu- tual bur-dens bear; And of— ten for each olh - er flows The sym - pa - thiz - ing tear. 

4. When we a - sun - der part, It gives us in- ward pain; But we shall still be joined in heart. And hope to meet a - (rain. 

(v -; ;t ; ;t 4 j ;t i | y | g| e n\r> 4 | 3 | 3 | 4 g|g g|g a | a j a | 3 i | a 8 | i jj. 

5. This glo-rious hope re - vives Our cou- rage by the way ; While each in ex - pec- ta - tion lives, And lcngs to see the day. 

6. From sor- row, toil, and pain, And sin, we shall be free, And per - feet love and friendship reign Thro' all e - ter - ni - ty. 

OS-i | i 1 1 i i__4_ 5 _4_i_4_ 6 _ 4 ^ 5 _ 5 4_ 1 | i i 4 3|g_i; y _e4-g-4- y 4-i-3-+-3-g-U-ti- 

LUCERNE. L. M. 

G Major. Wood, 

|£-i-i t a-a t 3-4^3^i+i t 4-3 t a-i^P^^ t i^^ 

1. Why droops my sou!, with grief oppressed? \V hence ibese wild tumults in my breast? Is there no balm to heal my wound, No kind phv-si - nan to be found. 

«8-l^t5-7t | - , -t I -7-t , t , t 1 - I f7-l Hf5-^i5-\5\^SfS-Sr6-~^UUfer l '\S-^-\5-S\5]\ 

2. Raise to the cross thy tearful eyes; Behold, the Prince of glo - ry dies: He dies, ex-tend-ed on the tree, And sheds a sovereign balm for thee. 

3. Blest Savior, at thy feet I lie; Here to re-ceive a cure or die; But grace forbids that painful fear, Almighty grace which triumphs here. 

C4-l-g>l^|^-^4A5J4Jt|3;6^; g43 |g_gi^|3^a_34a_i|^yi ; r |i;j_l|I_4_|3_a|3 n_ 

4. Thou wilt withdraw the poison'd dart Bind up and heal the wounded heart, With blooming health my face a-.dorn,And change the gloomy uight to moin. 

C-I-M-7-g-li^4-r-g^-r-l-UU-i-r-5-l-l-3-3-^g1-« r y-i^J4-l-r«M |-6-j|3-4-|g-g|l || 



IIESIIBON. C. M. 135 

Bb major. I,, s. rtust, Ms. 

g-l ■ 1 1 i_-s|*.-a| y _-a| i_ 1 1 |»--.-5|«--3|»--f«| ■--M|*--a| V - — »|»- 1 a|»«-3| fa-^i i^ s\s i-i-iji |T \\ 

1 Come, ye that love the Suviour's name, And joy to make it known, The Sovereign of your heoris proclaim. Ami bow before his throne. Hal- le • In - jah, Hal -Ic -In - jali. 

rSi~3J»=~sl*- «|.»- -lift | Bls^JTSfapfsIs- sl*- s|.v" -I |."i I s\.t r,\r» a s\s- 1 3r£\im S .»k |yit 

2 When in his earth-lv courts we view The glo-ries of our King, We long tolove as an - - gelsdo, Indwjsh likelbem losing, Hal-le- lu •jah.flal-lo -lu - jali 
I \ , : shall we long ami wish in vain [I<ord,teach our songs to rise Thj love can raise our hum - - ble strain. And bid ii reach tin- skies Hal -le*lu -jah.Hal-le 

t|i^l.|l^l^ y |lr41|lzA| y raj r 4. y |lr^| y r. y |^_^ y 4 y |r3 l| S4„g| 8438] 8 J ,1 1|4 JS^j 

i U,happ) period! glorious day! Whrabeav'n and eartJishaU raise, With all their pow'rs, their raptured lay, To rel • c . brate thy praise. IJ.d-lc - lu -jah. Hal le - lu - jah. 

§l-i| r-i I -r-4l.v-.il 1 4 1 1 1 s\'r 1 |«4«l l-ija^-slfr — ala-4 s| r— i|:ri-5| r4 '-, 1 -|i-l-» -»U 1 r |[ 

SELGGUR. C. M. 

C or D major, itrndinu, >I«. 

(g-|-its- ifetg-^t 1 -^t s I 6|g 8| 4 d l-8-t^t3-^8-^ 1 -B L ts--|-jiT0-"- > 1 ■ 7 | ' |[ 

When I sur-vey life's va - ried scene, Amidst the dark -est hours Brightravs of coin fort shine between, And thorns an mizea with flow'rs 

<Si-m-Tkt 1— »1 s— its-l-iti-tl 2— 7 t r- 1" .' 1 1—3 It — « I si 1 3- hi ! i 1 1 n*1 3~1I 
©=-*—» I s — » l-« — s l-« — ?- {■i-4-l\5-HUt~s\s-\--a-ls-s\ii--s\-s--f\i- ]-} I- 1 - «|.-5-.i|.i_|(- 

When I sur-vey life's va - ried scene, Amidst the dark -est hours, Bright rays of com- fort shine between, And thorns are mixed with flow'rs 

ARCADIA. C. M. 

A major. A. C. FARNIUJI, Shawnee Nation, Mo. 

g-l-irfttir^^^^W^nB^^-^^n- ? 5 I s I i-51i-3 -« 1 -m — 11- 

1 Bright glo-ries rush up - on my sight, And charm my wond'ring eyes — The re-gions ol im-mor-tal light, The beau - ties of the skies. 
•~ All hail, ye fair, ce -les-tial shores, Ye lands of end-lessday; A rich de- light your pros- pect pours, And drives rny griefs a way. 

& i 3U is »U +-*■ I sis s & *-fc-\~z\y-}---r--s\i—4 r 5 I 3l si— ii — 3— s 1 .1 II 

3 There's a de-lightful clearness now; My clouds of doubt are gone; Fled is my for - mer dark-ness too; Mv fears are all withdrawn. 

4 Shortis the passage,short the space, Between my home and me; There, there be-hold the ra- dtant place! How near the man- nions be 1 

® 4 'If I 1 * 'If f 8 1 8 lf f 8 2 l a ~ l -fMM*-- 4 -- 8 - 1 *- - ?-7-M I M" — ■-■■ 1 * -H. 

5 Im-mor-lal wonders!boundless things In those dear worlds appear: Prepare me, Lord, to stretch my wings, And in ilm.-e gl<> - nos share. 

^-UiU-i-s -« j-5-5-1-4- 1 -! M-y-e+s^-M l-W-s-e 1 U-As-l-sU-A- -«-.? k-41 



136 

Key of A major. 

-M— 1+3-9+3-3+1 



BLESSED IS THE PEOPLE. 

H. W. DAY. Theme by L. CHAPMAN. 

3-3-1+3-3-4+ lr-l-tf A | ^r +l-l-lH^8-gr-^4p3—#-8+l-l-r-F+l 

Blessed, blessed, blessed, blessed is ihe peo-ple that know the joy-ful sound, They shall walk O Lord in the light of thy coun-te-nance 



&- 1-1+9-3 J-3-3+ 



A 



I 



Cv 



1—1 



-3—3- 



ii i i 

Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord, 



3 3 



-+-5-4— 5--J-6— r^+-5-*4-+-5- 

Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord, 

H-i i+-i-f+ 



i 



3 



-7_M-*-^ 



Praise the Lurd, Praise the Lord, 

ill 1 r 4-f -W*- 



«> 



4 



5 «_3_ 

"T T I I 

Praise the Lord, 



1 8 ? T 9 - 

Praise the Lord. 



5-4- 3 +-4-3— 1 -+-3- 1 — 4 

i _i i l i_ _i i I i_ \ • 

Praise the Lord fur ev - - er — more 



} 



o 5 
3~3 1 



"1 T 1 — 

Praise the 





for - - ev — er more. 

44-£i-i- 



i4 



s 






Trio. 

-1—1 + 1—9- 



3+1—4 



M 



7T7 



I 



-3-H3- 

i I i 



1— 3+-4— 3— S 



For his mer- ci - ful kind- ness en- dur- eth for - ev - er ; for - ev - er, for - ev 



■rttf-tfHItf- 



n 



5 \ 3 



-1-+3- 

i l i 



Th~ 



»• 313 4 5+6 6 319 » 4|i 3 

i^e-i-i+s-^U-s-s+i^i-^ 



er and ev 



er- more, for 



4^-3^ 



5 314 3 3|3 



ev er - more. 

1 'i i 




/ 




F-^flf-f?^ 



^- l _l^ lH ^ / . a _3- t 4-^3-4-r^6-^4-3-3- t l^ t FH-3 1 -4- 

Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord for - ev - er - more, 

C^3-^4^^/-7-M-^+-SM4^_3^ 



~t i ij « m r-r~ i i r - •— i r~ 

Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord for 

C--i i 1 i f4-/^-i4^-p| i f| » f 



A - men '. 

-P-^lA r r |g 5 t^ '15 4 13' 



T I — I r 

• ev - er - more, 



~r 
A - men ! 



A 



i 

-5- 



4-f4n : M^i4-4-F-r4 5-5-4 4-3— P— P+-»-«if-|- 1— f||- 



BENNISON. 7s. & 6. 



\ 



\ih major. 



137 

Arr. 



1 Time is winging us a -way to our e - ter-nal home; Life is but a winter's day — A jour-ney to the tomb: Youth and vig-or soon will flee, 

&-l-*-*U-& a ik- | g g *hr*t»= li ila-i s^ i 4-|U elg - 4 krttr^t3^r;-?-, 1 b- 1 
^-MLijX-^ t ij'-ir ^4*=^M-Mf44J M » PIMM M'-g ia rl - I ■ 1-4 

2 Time is winging us a- way To our e- ter-nal home; Life is but a winter'sday — A jour-ney to the tomb; But the Christian shall enjoy 

& 2-i-i+1^5^^3|443-2-243-4k-+i-i+l^-6-3^4^3-4-4|5"-5|l^ 1 1 — I 



Blooming beau - ty lose its charms; All that's mortal soon shall be Enclosed in death's cold arms. 

(§~^^1ir-^- l I -5t3^-dtS^^3^lT4^Ti-«t5--4l3-ir 



®-?-^^ 



■_H_i4JM } M '-I F f U±^Ucb 



Health and beau - ty soon a-bove, Where no worldly griefs an-noy, Se-cure in Je-sus' love. 
|@-F-P-| -J \-i-i]-l±-S-d-3\-*-\-3-A-AUr-5ll~M- 



RIDAY. C. M. 

A major. II. W. Day. 

1 To our Re- deem- er's glo- rious n:ime 

(gi-stsjrsts- sis- si .-»-"! 

2 His love whatmor - tal thought can reach! 

3 Dear Lord, while we, a -dor - ing, pay 

.1-*+*- i|«- *|.Q a 4 B 4 

4 O, may the sweet, the bliss - ful theme, 

fe-S-i4i r — i4-i = — *4-g= — «4J-=4 



( 



^->i^^n^, l -T-B-t^-|- l t s ^- l 1X5~^- a-i^r-t-irt- 1 -3--«-tf-^ 3 - a 1 ■= — It 

A- wake the sac - red song! 0, may his love — im - mor - tal flame — Tune eve - ry heart and tongue. 

&-3tSP- ff| g- < 4 \5 T- \ g|g: .1 1 4- rhF~ ~ 1_ tT=— tTllTF l 1~Mj{ 5 1 TT^it 

Tm-ag - i - na - lion's ut - moststreich In won - dcr dies a - « ;iv. 

May eve - ry heart with rap - ture Bay, "The Sa - viour died for 



Whatmor — tal tongue dis — play! 

Our hum — ble th.inks to thee, 



Fill eve - rv heart and tongue, Till stran - gers love thy charm ing name, And join the sac red song. 

g_L|.*:__I lV_lja_a— Is - | l-j-lr 3 | 4 z 4 I 2 3 4*4 !--3--4- 1 4-A- 3-4-4— S—T r-r- ir 



1- 



138 BROOKS. LM 

Eb. Major. 
p-3-3-5-3-)- ^4-a-J- P6-5 f-4-3 j-"- \ A-G-3 -j-4-3-6] 2 3-tf4 -J-Sr-f 

1. Zi-on, a-wake, thy strength re - new; Put on thy robes of beau-teous hue; 

2. Soon shall thy radiance stream a - tar, Wide as the hea-then na - tions are ; 



HS-S-3 5 I O_ 8-}-ar-3- ^4--| — -f- 

Church of our God, a - rise and shine, 

J-S-3-2-J-I-- l-fyi- 1- 1 lif— f 
[ _ { 3 8 7 1 6- ff \S- g|ff-j . | 

Gentiles and kings thy light shall view ; 

jkJUM^-i4 r -*i^,4 



\ 



(g _ 8 _ 7 _6-|-5-6-4-2[-lr-2-t-l:-it 

Bright with the beams of truth di - vine. 

-3-5-l-[-l-— 2— |-l,-y-|-l— ft 
5 S 8 j 8 6' y (-»-•' 4 I 3^-H 

All shall ad - mire and love thee too. 



e- 



14 4 



3 1 



-5—5- 



a 



H 



W1LLARD 8s 7s 



Key of D Major. 



1. Praise the Lord ; ye heavens a- dore him, Praise him, an-gels, in the 

&f-r- t U ill i 1 1 iHJ &tfc?_»\^_i\ 

2. Praise the Lord, for he hath spo-ken ; Worlds Ins might-y voice o- 
^l_ 3 ^_3^4-5-3- r -4-3-344-4-3-|-5 5 [-5-5-1-5-84-1- 

3. Praise the Loid, for he is glorious, Nev - er shall his pro-mise 

#-3—1- 



i— 1-i- l-r-ifi-J— 4- 1-1+-5- 



1. Praise the God of our sal - va-tion ; Hosts on 



^-5-y4-3-3-r- 
high his power pro— 



\ 



height; Sun and moon re - joice be - fore him ; Praise him all ye stars of light. Praise him all ye stars of light. 



height 

&--r_tr — r 

beyed ; Laws which 

©—5-4-54-3^64-5-84-8-74-8-81-8 8-4-8-84-* 

fail • God hath made his saints vie - to-rious ; Sin and Death shall not pre 

4-i i_4^-i4-3-54-i-i4-i — i-4-i-i-H* 

claim"; Heav'n and earth, and all cre-a-tion, Praieeand mag - ni - fy 



P 5 1 3 4 1 5 3 t^3^i[1-3-i4^--i-i-^-r-t^-443^43-an^-_^4~i4t 

- ver can be bro - ken, For their guid-ance he hath made- For their guidance he hath made. 

' -5^4-5-8-4- 8-84S 5—4-4-3- tt 

vail. Sin and Death shall not pre - vail. 

-j-i^4-i-i4i-i4« — g — l-i-H- 

name. Praise and mag-ni - fy his name 



5~ 

his 



\ 



YILL0W.7S. 139 

F.Major Slow and fall. 

1. Glo-rious in Ihy saints ap-^pear ; Plant thy heavenly king-dom here ; Light and life to all im-part ; Shine on each be • liev - ing heart. 

frl-i-n^-lts T.|a- I *-ft*-i I ' -7| '• i 5 ;i| ' -«-|« ,-il.v hr- « I > ■ - I « r! "It 
&U4I^ r-i-y-M-l -M |>» . « - 1 - j ! M -«-4 1 M4*-H M H* H 4 — 6 l g f I J & 

2. And, in eve - ry grace complete, Make us, Lord, for glo-ry meet. Till we mum! before thy sight, Part - ners with the saints in light 
*iU-44-M r-3-a iM ' f I 3-3"l U-5 | M-7-4 U-3 k-^M-- 1 -^ I 6—4—1 S-h f * | r 

DAVIDSON. 8s. & 4 (orL M.) 

F. Major. Wood. 

|^-3-3|4-3 t 3-l t7 -l t S t 3 t 4-5 t 6-.Tl-^,| 1 .1 J .1 | 71, r, I , 8-3+4-3-24 j- P* J-l^j S-^S-lfl- - | -Jf 

1. There is a calm for those who weep, A rest for weary pilgrims found; They soft - ly lie and sweet- ly sleep, Low in the ground Low in the ground 

^l-^-^er^f-^VI^^-Hf-tilr^l^ ' |- 1 - 1 t 1 -Trl7rt , -t 1 - 1 t 1 - | ll itstt 

S.The storm that sweeps the wintry sky No more disturbs their deep repose, Than sum ner evi ning's la -test sigh, That shuts the rose.That shuts the rose 
3. Thee tra-veller in this vale of tears, To realms of e-ver-last-ing light, Thro' time's dark wil-der-ness of years, Pursue thy flight Pursue th' I 

C4g|g-JM- ^ n | S » | »| ? 1 ft- 3 1 4-*-j3-g I - 1 » | s 3-6 | «_S(-6jS_4 _j S3 1 :s « | 5 6|3 II 1 1 I [ | 

1. Thv soul renewed by grace divine, In God's own image freed from clay, In heaven's e - ler-nal spliere shall shine, A Mar of d iv \ Mar of dav 

C£1}LA 1 * « f » 1 1 ^ l| 6 ^^ 3 4.^ S ^|Ap--l-.pL-34.ia^_.j. 5 | I | I l|i 314-41-ltt 

HARMONY. 7s 6s & 8s, 

1. J Je - sus let thy pi - tying eye Call back a wand'ring sheep; ) 

I False to thee, like Pe-ter, 1 Would fain, like Pe-ter, weep. J Let me be by grace restored; On me be all long-suffering shown ; 

Turn, and look on me, O Lord, And break my heart of stone. 

^~^-^^^^^-»[^]-ir^^^n~Vt^^^^iir}-r7't^r^^ii-A t*i I - 5^-ft 
£-*-«MM-A-k-M-i 1 1- MM a « it-- 1 M-M -}-?- 1 -*-| -14-7-J-MMM 4-r (I 

; Savior, Prince, enthroned a-bove, Re - pent— ance to im - part, \ 
Give me, thro' thy dying love. The hum-ble con-trite heart. \ Give what I have long implor'd, A por— tion of thy grief unknown. 

Turn, and look on me. O Lord. And break my heart of stone. 

C4_i.«_i-!-k-5 — 6|3-4-^3-4-5-1-i^:4-W-M- 1 , -«tl-5-! &4-5--M-? V-&4-* II 



LAND OF BEAUTY. Hymn. 

-3-l-l^^l-2-3^^3-f5-^-2j-^-2-lH^3-3-3-5-|-4-3-2-F--j-! 

'sa glo-rious land on high, Far beyond the star - lit sky: All things there are fair and bright: L 



G major. Slowljr, 

-?-3 



1 There 

2 Liv-ing splendor beam- eth there 



Miis , Mich. Ait. 

2-2-3-5^6-i4-5H=- 



All 



and of beau-ty! land of light! 
is rich with spotless white: Land of beau-ty! land of light; 



4-2-i-it^^^i--F-ti-»-«-^t 2 - 1 | -^- 1 - F -t , - l 1 - 1 - 1 | t?- 1 , -r- F -ty-^- l I - , t 1 ---!"7- [ 



1 



Ho- ly fragrance fills the air; 

3 There no an- gry tem- pest blows; No red bolt the thun-der throws; No dread gloom is spread by night: Land of beau-ty! land of light: 

4 There the ho-ly mountains are, And sweet valleys.stretched a - far: There are riv-ers, pure and bright: Land of beau-ty! land of light! 

4 3 3|g <Lj^4«4JL|LjfijM^i« f g H s g s M- 5 - 5 - g - 3 1 8 M-p-i- 

5 Radiant verdure decks theground; Love-ly flow'rs re - ;oiee around: All is glorious to the sight: Land of beau-ty! land of light! 

M 1 ^— ^1^1-3-4-4+5— 5 J-M 

D major. STAR OF BETHLEHEM. L. M. A. H KnUer. 

(§i _ o|a6 _ 5ls^"3li|5ilg _ 24f4'3"t5|6-Tjt«o~ 1 i^li".'l*4 _ t5-t 



'4-4- 



f*. « 

Lv-4 



Land of beau-ty! 

Land of beau-ty! 

r-^-5+3-ir 

Land of beau-ty! 

Land of beau-ty! 

Land 

Cf*3- 



land of light! I 

land of light! 1 



land 



"7t 

of light! 
of light! 



4J3 

-t — hr 



4. - | 5.5 44.3^|| 



. 3 -^_i^.4 3 ^_i_54_i^4]. 



1 When, niarshall'd on the 
2 Hark! hark! to God the 



night - ly plain, The glilt'ring host be - stud the sky, 
cho - rus breaks, From everv host, from eve - rv gem; 



&i^3 1 343 ! 3J~ 8J 1 3~2T~yl£ 1 24 1 3 tl-H |43~S 1 3~~2~-±J i^" |" 



3 Once on 

4 Deep lior 

-3 111- 



the ra - ging seas I rode, Thestorm wasloud. the night was dark; 

- ror then my vi - tals froze;Death-struck, I ceased the lide to stem; 



C,!-!|I-—«|o— 5-I0-— 3_| ar -4~ I -|l--l|l-— «|»l-7-6-lar4- 



5 It was my guide, my light, 
6 Now, safe - ly moored, my per 

C:-i-iU— ill— 1-| 1- 



jria. Duett or not. 



my 

ila 

/ tttUi. 



all; 
o'er, 



It bade my dark fore-bo 
I'll sing, first in night'sdi 



liU^ 



riinns cease; 
a - dem, 



4|1 — -1)1- 2-2— 



^t^^ts^t 1 --?^, 1 ^^ 



One star a - lone, of all the train, Can fix the 

But one a - lone the Sa-viour speaks — It is the 



sin - ner'swand'r - ing eye, Can fix the sin - ner s 
Star of Beth - le - hem! It is the Star of 



wand'r - ing eye. 
Belli - le-hem! 



(g-stap-y tsP'a ts^sjt ts- tot %t&~ Htsfchr ?± 7 jharrjj it 3t»3~4t 423 _ i^t4 w t^[ i -tt 

The o -cean yawn'd, and rude-ly Mowed The wind that tossed my found'r - ing bark, The Mind t hat tossed my fotind'r - ing bark. 

When sud -den - ly a star a -rose — It was the Star of Beth - le -hem! It was the Star of Belli - ]e-hem! 



£-7+7^-1-7^7-1^-3-45^-1 1 '- - » - 

And, thro' the storm and danger's thrall, It led me 

For- ev - er, and for-ev-er - more, The Star, the 

i':-5|5-5— U=-5J-1--1— 1»--Il+I^-— 1- 



-15- 
to 
Star 



-5-1-5- 

the port 
of Beth 

A. 



5^5 — —3 



-5-+5-4-5I5-— 14-- 1 -— - '— T- 1 

of peace, It led me to the 

le - hem, The Star, the Star of 

-16— -kMl-U — 1-1-1 — 1— r- 



port 
Beth 



5-4|3-U 

of peace 

- le-hem! 



,1 



-5' 



:]r 



APPLETON. L. M. 141 

Bb major. Wood. 

1 Othou, my soul, for • get no moreThe Friend who all thy snr • rows bore; Let ev - er - v i - dol be for* got, But.O mvsoul, for - get htm not. 

2 Renounce thy works and ways, with grief, And fly In ihis di-vine re - lief; Nor Kirn for - eel, who left his throne, And for thy life gave up his own 

3 E-ter - nal truth and mer - ev shine In him, and he himself is thine, And canst thou, then, with sin be-sel,8uch chnrms.such match 

fctJUS-M^ft^iJ Wi_iJ^MMlT-*-l»4f4 1 -1 1-4 i\ ■ ■ rl up|»- 1| ' | r 

4 O, no; till life it -self de • part, His name shall cheer and warm my heart; And, lisp - ing this, from earth I'll rise, And join the cho - run of the skies. 

C:a-l|l-l-|l-lJ4 5-| 1 -4- 1 1 1-1,5^ 5|2-SS-|54-P-I 1 1 1-4 4|»--3| 1 -1- |s-5- \l\[ 

BRADLEY. L M. 

Bb mnjor. G. W. Bnrtlrtt. Ar. 

(81-s! i;«|^*|«f-ffl ■ t 1 W~ l \**-?* W o \ a \ 5 \f*-f?\ t-*]??-?* \Ytste—>r\*-*\£*-£*\ « || 

1 Come hither, all ye wea - ry souls, Ye heav-y -la - den sinners, come; I'll give you rest from all your toils, And raise you to my lieav'n- lv home. 

(81-st5;7st3^trQ-4-|3t3^ 

2 "They shall find rest who learn of me: I'm of a meek and low- Iv iiiind;Bnt pas - sion ra- ees like the sea, And pride is restless as the wind. 

3 "Blest is the man whose shoulders takeMy yoke, and bear it with de- light: My yoke is ea - sv to the neck;My graceshull make the burden light." 

C=l^r«-A|^a}i_:.^_| J s4^|s_3{a — a»13_ai| r i.l]fs_«4|a_JI|a — a_|aLl|4 — a|l_ y |i__ {5 _|- 5 u 

i Jesus, weeome at thy command;With faith, and hope, and hum- hie jeal. Re-sign our spir-its to thy hand, To mould and guide us at thy will. 

C4-5|3-i|5-5|i— a-ji-l-i l»-ilT — ^|*-»-|a4-t| J — l-l -■-- e|4— »4~|a-|-»|4 — alo-rl ■- 5-|i|[- 

Six Line CHANT. 

G major. Wood. 

g-l- -» -t^to-t 9 ~ -|i— 9-J-3-+— -« f-a-a-j-i-y-j-irfl 

1 Sweet is the tho't, the promise That kindred souls, on earth Their mortal eares and sor- 

sweet. That friends, long- disjoined, Shall meet, from rows o'er, And mingle hearts to part no more, 

severed - - friends, shall meet; earthly - - - dross re- fined, 

<g-l — -5- ~t4~SlH~t~ "&-" ~t» 5 |5- I -S fsnsfjST5f9--\\ 

2 But for this hope, this blessed 0, who could view th' expiring Who could receive their part- 

stay, When earthly comforts all de-cay, eye, Nor wish, with those they love, to die? ing breath, Nor long to fol-low them in death? 

k_! 1 k-i+M *= 4ft-r- 1 M * 5 ML^I :t * i :t \[ 

3 But we have brighter hopes: we We know that our Redeemer And part in hope to meet 

know Short is this pilgrim -age of woe; lives; We trust the promi - ses he gives; above, Where all is joy, and all is love 

C:-| 1 45-64-4-4 2- -45—5- 1 t-| 5 1-3-4 [-5-5 | I -|| 



142 



CHAPEL, 7's. 



D ]Wnjor 



w 



i s 



1 Chil- dren of the heav'nly King, As ye jour- ney, sweet- ly sing; Sing our Saviour's worthy praise, Glo-rious in hie works and ways. 
■2. Ye are tiav'ling home 10 God, In the way the fa-lheis trod, They are hap-py now, and ye, Soon their bap - pi - ness shall see. 

& _^ l _^a-^,_^ tlTt a-, t M_. ttf _ ^ tyTi5 ^ t5 ^ tT _^ t3 _^ t ^^^- tt _ !t 

3 Shout, ye lit-lle flock, and blest. You near Jesus' throne shall rest; There your seats are now prepar'd, There your kingdom «nd re-ward. 



4. Fear not, brethren, joy-ful stand On the bor-ders of 

5. Lord! sub - mis-sive make us go, Ulad-ly leav-ing all 



your 
be 



land : Jesus Christ, your Father's Son, Bids you un - dis - may'd, Go on. 
low ; On - ly thou our Lea-der be, And we still will fol - low thee. 



|C^- S -i-4-i-^.-5-^i4i-^i-^U2— ±_U4s^4*-±U-*l-i4 



FRANCONIA. 7's. & 6's. 



B 



j i_ 



i 



-yfMI 



Glorious in his works and ways. 
Soon their hap -pi- ness shall see 

There your king- dom and re-ward. 



Bids you un 
And we still 



& 



dis-may'd, Go on, 
will fol - low thee. f 

Ifc-i-W-i — i-U-44-i4l- v 



Bb Major. 
1 — 1 



-3 

i 



'i- 1 



a 






•l- 



-3—3-4-2- 

i i I 



G. J. Webb. 

1^1-3-1^-1 -fl-. 



* i) I f ' ; i i ' o i i i •» i i ii i»ii w i i 

1 The morn-inc light is breaking, The dark-ness dis - ap-pears, The sons of ear-th are wak-ing, 

2. Rich dews of grace come o'er us In many a gen- tie shower, And brigh-ter scenes be-fore us 

3. See hea-then na-tions bend-ing Be- fore the God we love, And thousand hearts as- cend- ing 

* i-i-iJ^-J4A4-ML-7-44-y-^-T-l f - I f M c4l 



C-t-7 



-6- 



■9 1 1 — r~ w i i i 

4. Blest riv - er of sal - va- tion Pur- sue thy on-ward way ; Flow thou to eve-ry 

,C^-^i_S_i-^4-44-44-3-3-2-k4-^4-iM4-l-i-J4-4-4| 



&-l-^l-3- n i^^2-l-2 t 3-3- t ^^ 

To pen - i - ten- lial tears j Each breeze that sweeps the o-cean, Brings li- dings from a --far Of na-tions 

^^ . ' i r> i .- 1 --. : A _k..,i, Unt ^newdrs lirinfr Andhpnvpnv 



is com - rao - lion, Prepared for Zi - oil's war. 
I I I ' I ' I ' " ' L 



Are opening every hour ; Each cry to heav-en go-ing, A-bundant answers bring, And heavenly 
tude a-hove; While sinners now con-fess-ing, The gos-pel call o- bey, And seek the 



! 



In o rat- i 



cj%BiXA*<4i4*4-4-*i ' mat f-*\*j m 

Nor in thy richness stay ; Stay not till all the low-ly Triumphant reach their home, Stay not til 



.» 3 I 4 . 4 I fi | 5- 3 5 4 | 3 T . 

ales are blowing, With peace upon their wings. 
Savior's blessing, A na-tion in a day 



ii 



i i i 



T 



6 



\ 



i I i. 



is i 



all the ho - ly Proclaim the Lord has come. 

-1— 1 U— 4-I-4J3--1-5— 5-r-l^H- 



BAXTER. C. M 113 

Eb Major. 
1. I'm not ashamed to own, my Lord, Or to de - fend his cause, Maintain the honor of his word, The glo - ry of his cross. 

«1- : Fi-3-^ I »"« l*FM^ I I_ f :s i '-yt 8 — V 1 ! I 7 M i "- s | *-s | 3-3 1-3|- |F-i ' it a I a r | a || 

•J. Je - sus, my God, I know his name; His name is all my trust; Nor will he put my soul to shame, Nor let my soul be lost. 

* 8_8 \3SL\S g j.S'|„ !■: g|g« 5 * I « J 1 1 4_6 j *._, | S .1 | .7 1 ! ! |_8 f fi | S | 3-JJ. 

3. Firm as his throne his promise stands, And he can well se - cure What I've committed to his hands Till the do - ci - sive hour. 

^|_i — MM- 1 - 1 !* — s I 1 1 - I - A\ff'ff\9\ J I -»-* I ^-,^4 5 |L^ ls- s I -i-||. 

4. Then will he own my worthless name Be - fore his Fa - ther's tace And in the New Je-ru-sa-lem Appoint my soul a place. 

ASAPH. C, M. 

Bb.Mnjor. « 

1. O for a closer walk with God A calm and heav'nly frame! A light to shine up - on the road To lead me to the Lamb! 

■i. \\ here is the blessedness I knew When first 1 saw the Lord ? Where is the soul re-frcsh-ing view Of Je - sus and his word ? 
;$. What peaceful hours I then enjoy 'd How sweet their memory still! But now I find an ach-ing void The world can never fill. 

7 (t_i U fJ 3 4 3_4_^_4_i_V-1^4£8j J4JL4L-!^. M-M4-74-L7-L: 1 - 1 -.TS-\l 

J. Return, ho - ly Dove, re-turn, Sweet mes-sen-ger ot test ; I hate the sins that made thee mourn, And drove me from thy breast. 

5. The dearest i - dol I have known, Whaie'er that i - dol be, Help me to tear it from thy throne. And wor-ship on - ly 

^_^a-^MUU-l-i-l4^-^--g-A-645 ^1 I 1 ' 7-i-g-r-fr-i^l4-^-T-3-4-g-g- ! y'-H 
6. So shall my walk be close with God Calm and serene my frame ; So pur-er light shall mark the road That leads me to the Lamb 

KILMARNOCK. CM. 

P. Major. lining lit from the Highland* of Scotland, by a Stndcnt In the Princeton Thro Bem 

1. We come, O Lord, before thy throne And with ii - ni - ted pleas, We meet and pray for those who roam Far off up - on the seas 



«i-^3- I t , - , -| 1 -7l , t 4 t 3 -^Jt I - , ^f | -7t--n , - 9 '«! :l - I -.tU— 71 ■!■+ i-i-?| i-y-) i-tt 

3. O, may the Ho - ly Spi-rit bow The sail - or's heart to thee, Till tears ol deep re- pen - tance flow Like rain-drops in the b i 

3|S 3|4f6|g 4|3|8|,g pf^Sj^ 5_l .3 j 4_J?_| .1 S | <Tl .- \ r> , | | :j gT « j - 5*1411 

3, Then may a Sa-vior's dy-ing Hve Pour peage in - to his breast, And waft him to the port a-bove Of ev - rr - last - in? rest 



144 HALLELUJAH TO THE LORD, or, Dedication Anthem. 

D original key, C or Bb. , , -—^ - - , «,...- Schnltz, Arr. 

forte. ,— ^ f firmly. , * jasUr. _^ , — , 

la-s-ii-s-irtT-'-t-^-^t'^-y-^ i i la » -ti « u e w ^-p-^^'-^try-F-^tg-gt 

Praise ye llie Lord, all nrj- ture join In work and wor-ship so di - vine, Let heaven and earth u - nite and 

sTI^o - 3 | i 5 | « "Sts-ts^t lis a hi a I » "St^tai r r a Is 5t^^ht»U set" 
^-1-4-^-3-r-l 8 1 g 7^5^4-1-4-5-84-1 g 1 »_ »l ^-P-p-i4«_-g lf> f ^-pL-74- 

Praise ye the Lord, all na - tare join In work and wor-ship so di - v ine. Let heaven and earth u - nite and 

C4-1-1 I 5 3-4-1— 34-4— 5-r-l r -r-i^4-l 1 5 8-4-1— y-4-1— ^§4^-^-^4-3— 544-7-0-34-4-^54- 

raise High hal - le - - lu - jahs sing, ex - alt his praise, While realms of joy and worlds a- round, Their hal - le - - lu - jalis high re- 
& 3 ~ *i I 6 6 I 6 6 tt 5 | 5 5 I 5 r o|» I~1 3" 3 I rt'Thh' 1 ' 5 | « Tf -1 ' 3 \ 5 *lf 

C^^4-6--14^-^^?— r^-r^y-^^s-i-hs^^^-^ l 1 - M ' Q M *- ? I * 8 I 

raise High hal - le - lu - jahs sing, ex -alt his praise, While realms of joy and worlds a -round, Their hal - le - lu-jahs high re- 



Staccato. / 

P-»;-S+3-2-4-3f 3-3-5-2 I 3-2-4-2+3-5-.l-3+3-2-4-afl— yf-l-f-f* ^=-^-1-8+3-? \- 

Q) 1 I i 1 1 , I 1 1 1 1 I i 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I i 1 1 1 I # I 1 I I "1 1I1 I 

sound, Let saints below and saints above Ex- ult-ing sing redeeming love, Ex-ult-ing sing redeem-ing love, Well toned and strung, 

n II I 1 1 111 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 l_i 1 J, 1 1 1 1 1 L 1 I _ 1 — Li » i_p 1 1 _L_1 — L ~ o i_ 

& 5' 5 I 5 5 5 I 5 o 5 .1 | 5 5 3 5 \ 5 5 5 515 3 6 « | 5 5 | 3 F^ I ' 3 3 515' ^ 

Well toned and strung, 

(W-7i-M-1M4- f 3 » -^44-y^y^ 3 -^^-y-F-^4^^44l^--^--3-5-y^ < -^-— 4- 

sound, Let saiuis be - low and saints a - bove Ex - ult - ing sing re- deeming love, Ex - ult - ing sing re - deeming love, As instruments well toned and strung. We'll praise the 



HALLELUJAH TO Till-] LORD. Concluded. 

Semi-chorus a little slower. 

g--^-|l- ?t 3^.1-l-a|-3-.^I-2|-3-5 t 3-l t -5,-r f- __ -|_ _ 



i 



145 

Chorus quitktr. 
" r ?1 



wiili heart and tongue, !Jalle- lu- jali, Hal-le - lu- jah, Hal- le- hi - jali. High 

3 3 5 N S 6 .i \ x s A Ms g | » i la- -ilu a i »i 1 :i .i 4 414 >i 4 »|s s i i I 

with heart and tongue, Hal-le- lu- jah, Hal- le - lu- jah, Hal-le - lu - jah, While life remains we'll loud proclaim High lialle - lu-jahs to his name, Hi"h 

T: ^±^iU-&-*-iU^&- i 1 » 5 I 3 » I ff^44^^+j-44M^-M4-M -»_ 7 I 

Loud with heart and tongue, Halle- lu- jah, Hal-le- lu- jah, Hal-le- lu - jah ---- ..... .. High 



C^-5-5-3— 5^4— 5-3-£»44-3-3-5 1^-^3-1 



4* 



-si 



< 

/ 



-3-2-4-2+1-^1— -~ 

Hal-le-lujah's to his name, 
Hal-le- lujah's to his name. 

p i j-iai3 ai l r _ 



y Presto forte. 

-+-F-4-4-44-9- 

l i i i l i 

Hal-le-lu-jah, 



6 « « 15 

Hal-le- lu-jah, 

-111 ! 1 



^4-4-4+3 2-3-2+3 2 3-2 13- 

i i i l i i i i I ; i i i I i 

Hal-le-lu-jah, Halle-lu-jah, Halle-lu-jah, 

_r i . '.. i-L 1 l i i i i i i i i i 

it *i ■» I * a ii « Li * t 



« O 7 T" 5 3 5T5~5 5 .'5To r 
Hal-le-lu-jah, Hal-le-lu-jah, Halle-lu-jah, 



Hal-le-lu-jah's to his name,Halle-lu- jah 



C^Ui+5-,U4-W4^ 



f— i — - 

- Hal-le- lu-jah 
1 I 1 1 I f 



M4W , -y-M4- 



-7-r-7+« 



Ritard. Loud as possible. 

t8,-t-l_-}- r .-14--tf 
Hal - le - lu - jah. 

I* |g- l 4- la- || 

Hal - le - lu - jah 

L4- 1 3- 



i i i r 



Hal-le-lu-jah, Halle-lu-jah, 
li 14: 1 1 ± 1 ill 



Hal - le - lu - jah. 
-4M-5"— r-5— T-l — ll- 



{ 



A. II. Raker. 
3 



SPRING. 8's. 

G Major. 

3-3-3+3-2-1+4-3-2+3-^^^^ 

l.The win-ter is o - ver and gone, The thrush whistles sweet on the spray, The turtle breathes furth her sod moan, The lark mounts and war - bias away. 

Sr liU i «U i Ms I ftM-ftF i Mt I i\i s Ms s Jt'-Ht.-.-f.f- -£l~in 

2. Shall ev - er - y creature around Their voi-ees in concert u- nite, And I, the most favored, be found, In praising, to take less ih 

3. Awake, then, my harp, and my lute! Sweet organs, your notes sufilv swell! No longer my lifJS shall be mute, The Savior 'a high prais • ea to tell ! 

4. His love in inv heart shed abroad, My graces shall bloom as the spring; This temple, his Spirit's abode, My joy, as my du - ly, to sino\ 

r : lr !« 7 -n\ i dMtM44l-M ' ' * rl.fUU .1 444 * sU I l ll .!.-, 8 sfitt 

19 



146 HATCH. C. M. 

G ranjor. 

'l<g-*-I-| 8~3-f-S~4f 3-3-f-l--|-3f 5r« \ 1-3 [ 2 -| 3 t 4-3-frj-«--3-|-4-a-3-}-3--|~ 3r |- s -4-a-J-SS-i- r |-l~j| 

1 Nor eve hath seen,nor ear hath heard, Norsense nor reason known, What joys the Fa-ther has prepared For those that love his Son. 

2 But the good Spir-it of the Lord Reveals a heav'n to come; The beams of glo-ry in his word Al - lure and guide us home. 

3 Pure are the joys a- bove the sky, And all the re-gion peace: No wan - ton lips, nor en - vious eye, Can see or taste the bites. • 

Cf^^-l-l^l-l^r-g-l g -- 4 1 *- 4 * 1 *• S 1 *" * 1 7" I g 1 ^* 4 1 *" * 1 7~g * 1 *~ A 3 1 g | / »- » 1 *• ft 

5 Those ho - ly gates for- ev-er bar Pol- lu-tion, sin, and shame: And none shall gain ad - mit-tance there But fol-low'rs of the Lamb. 

JORDAN. C. M. 

A major. Billings. 

1 There is aland of pure delight, Where saints im-mor - tal reign; In-fi-nite day ex-cludes the night, And pleas- ures ban -ish pain. 

(gi-5f5-5|s-Ml5~ _ ^I^Nf5 _ 4^t6"^|3-1 J '5ts-5fs-5ff4tS 5~ 1 6 1 7~ I * «~ I ^ _ " 3 Is t 
&!-J \ \--^^^l-Al-^mm^r-7\i *\1 g l 8_y.41^gV4_4gl4S[84 

3 Sweet fields,beyond the swell - ing flood, Stand dress'd in liv-ing green: So to the Jews old Ca - naan stood, While Jor - dan rolled be-tween. 
2 There ev - er-last - ing spring abides, And nev - er - fading flow'rs:Death, like a nar - row sea, di- vides That heav'n -ly land from ours. 

^ — r — — i — | — — i — " — M — t~~"~ t — i"t~~3f5~5-.5~5-tG _ «rl5t5-t5 WjHN"^! wr\t 
&!, 1-4-1 - 1-1 1 ]---^^7ll-^47-^|^P|i^-|^--Pir4-p]-^4H- 

6 Could we but climb where Mo-ses stood, And view the landscape o'er, Not Jordan's stream, nor death's cold flood, Should fright us from the shore. 



NEWROXBURY. L. M. 147 

C Major, muderately. 

1. Sweet is the work, my God, my Km;. To praise thy name, giv aui.-. Jt miij.To sho a thy love by mom • ■ ■ " ^^ 



light, 



Ami talk of all thv Iruib 



at ni^'lit. 



t&i i\s i\v ...;^ thtUki -«l=i-5l<i-;i-4!s|s4|3-a|i--s ■alia-ajjl^lsl.r i|*«%|*trsl»tt 

8. Sweet is the day of sa-cred rest; No mortal care shall fill ray breast; O, may my heart in tune ho found, Like David's harp of sol - eiiin"sound. 
3. My heait shall triumph iu ihi Lad bless his works and bless his word ; His works of grace, how bright they shin.'! How deep his couo - cils, ho« di - »tne. 



£14 |1_«1_| \te -d\M\ L_i[-l_a^_i l 7 ^\ — 1__. 



i 



4. And I shall share a glorious part, When grace hath well refin'd my heart;And fresh supplies of joy are shed, I, ike ho-ly oil"" to cheer mv head 

5. Then shall I see,and hear and know All I desired or wish 'd be-low, And every power find sweet em - ploy In that e-ler-nal world of 

C^iU-i|i-:t|iy-^|i4i|«-3|-^|^-2U|-! - I 1^ 1 — l-J+i-al-i^Mla— .^-1 1 II- 

ORGAN. I, M. 

Kb major. 

I&i-* f3-4-.l-5 t 6-7 t I j-3-j 6-5-7-4+5-3^* I l ~ l "^^1 5 ** I « \ 7 \ J .1-3 1^4 3-2-, 141 

l. My dear Redeemer and mv Lord. I read my du-ty in thy word ; Hut in thy life the law ap-pears, Drawn out in liv-im- char-ae-ten. 

- ch was thv truth and such thy zeal Such deference to thy Father's will Such love.and n kness so di - vine, I would transcribe and make them m tie 

:;■ Cold mountains and the midnight air Witness'd the fervor of thy pray'r, The des-ert thy temp-ta-tions knew, Thy conflict and thy vict' - ry 

| £_«+«- « 3 5|4 5 l« l_344_«_.«i_5.^_5 ^.5 1 4 I 3__3 4 4. |2_6 | .5 1 .» | 5 5 5 8_« |5 54] a ||. 

1. Be thou my pattern; make me bear More of thv gracious image here Then God, the Judge, shall uwn mv nam.- Vmonir the followers of the I amh 

CI ■ ] ■ a 3 1| 4 g |l|3!4 3 8 _l 4 3_ l ^ fg |_ 5 | t_±_l_±y*_£ | r ,| » | ^1_1_84.[«_ 5 _ jj|J 

Eb. Major. MAXIM. L. M. 

1. Thas far the Lord has led me on; Thusfar his pow'r prolongs my days, And every evening shall make known Some fresh memorial of his .-, , , 

^-i-i-i|: 5 (|^i-2-i b _ t i-j-i-- t i-i-| r - 7 |i_ r i^-: { |i---|o_ a ..., a _.| a _. a _ l ,.>_ I| ^«j,i j, 

2. Much of my time has ran to waste, And I, per-haps, am near my home: But he forgh fol- lies past . He gives me strenglhlordays to come 

3. 1 lay mybod-ydown to sleep ; Peace is the pillow for my head ; While well-appointed an -g Their wal ly bed 

k| 3 4 g|J gjg g4jg4ff_«_848 6 |5 gj 5-|5§ 8)8 «_]76J?^]7_J5 g_tfjg_ff|g 54|3 |[ 

l.Thus, when the night of death shall come Mv flesh shall re6t beneath the ground; And wait thv voice to break mv tomb With sweet salvation in th» s „„„^ 

^i_4_ ? |i^^_y j4 ^_i_^4_ 4 _ ]6 _ 5 |i4j i i, fl - [ 2 _^|^j._i_4| 7 _i| 5 _.^T-4 



1 48 TURNER. C. M. 

b-i-i^S-W-^t^ — f-t5rt 3 -L 3 twl-t 

1. Come ho-ly spi-rit, heav'nly dove. With all thy quick'ning pow'rs, Come »hed »- broad a Sa-vior'» love, come 

«-'-3-t^-»-^-^-t^-r-^t^t6-6~^irt^-pi 1 " h" 5 -*rf 

Come, &c. 

C^4JLPM-tMIM ^ ? a I M -4-4 — MO-MH 4— JM f f *ftg?4 

Come ho-ly spi - rit, heav'nly dove, with all thy quick'ning pow'rs, Come shed a- broad a 

G-LA | i i a a_4_^_^|_i|j_^_ 5 - 5 4i4dU-5-5-«W-M---£ L ^ 5-4- 

Come shed a-broad a Sa - vior's love, And 



shed abroad a Savior's love And that shall kin-die ours. Come shed a-broad a Savior's love and that shall kin-die ours. 

C_i a a a , |fe p..|_jyaa_4__g4_g^_ | ,, i 3 l l | t l 1444 4 s «j*| ??* +MI 

Savior's love, And that shall kin - die ours. Come shed a-broad a Sa-vior's lore, And that shall kin-die ours. 

C44--4-M-JA [UU-s'-a 1 — J4-^4-g44-l l f 1 1 i44i4^ F I 1 «+i-tt 

that shall kin-die ours. And that shall kin - die ours. 

REQUEST. 7s. 

F. Major, PP- <™s. 

1. They who on the Lord re-ly, Safely dwell, tho' dan - ger 's nigh ; Wide his shelt 'ring wings are spread O'er each faith-ful servant's head. 

2. Vain tempt - a - tions wi-ly snare: Christians are Je - ho - vah's care ; Harmless flies the shaft by day, Or in dark-ness wings its wav. 
3. When they wake, or when they sleep, Angel guards their vig - ils keep ; Death and danger may be near; Faith and love have nought to fear. 

C^J— M*4-*4M34!-i]«— Mr-4~[5=4 1— I U4^lR44l 5 ^4 



LENOX, fl. M. 149 

C, original Key. Bb or A major. May, or may not lit repeated. Edson. 

Si- 1 -!-, 1 -. 1 & *\B- W l-^-?-? I , t 1 t?-f 5 -»-, 1 t a -f*tf , -, 1 -?-^t , -t^1^- -iti-i-i-it 

Ye ho - lv throng of 

&^1irtt-£t*\tfJrir&-t U \{i \& iriritr-tifti A A ili-'|: r | - — ■ -f — -f 

Ye tribes of Ad- am, join, With heav'n and earth and seas, And of - fer notes di - vine, To vour Cre - a - tor's praise; 



_ 4- M- 

Ye ho-ly throng of angels bright, Ye 
<>4-l4-i-i-3-4!545|6-5-^5+lll+i'-a'-3-3^^ 



LISBON. S. M. 

Bb major. D. Read. 

angels bright, Ye ho- ly throng of angels bright, In worlds of light Be-gin the song. 
Ye ho- ly throng of angels bright, In worlds of light Be-gin the song. 

( ': *_S_3_14*_2_3_143; 3|1, 14 r ._» | 14 



ho - ly throng of angels bright, In worlds of light 



&-l-*U-*j-*-i\ .1 ts i i-3-i-Ti-t 

Welcome sweet day of rest, That saw the Lord a - 



Be-gin the song. 

-ils— ffllrlf- I [Ct4— i-r-i— s 6-g^ 1 I * l .^-ft-4U-ji- 



B" 



2, -H 



I 



-jfc-+-l-l-l-8-t-3-3-3-«-t 1^9-3. 1 



1-5- 



rise; 



re - joic 



ing eves. 

ir It, If 

ing eyes. 



1_ 4 — 8 __4_ 8 _|_ 8 _ 2 — j_. , __j|. 

Wel- come to thii re - viving breast, And these re - joic ... 

-t- 41 it 5 , i tt*— s~ g a I e- 

Wei-come to this re - vi - ving breast, And these 

.] . |_ P- l ? ? 3_3 a 1 1 1 1 -f* |j^ ? AfLJMMJ'4l 

Wel - come to this re - viving breast, And these re - joic-ing eves. 

C*-aM * \ d i s 9 \ ^-6-6-iM-^ a»-T-i' — 1 — 1-1 — r-4--Js-o — ?• — 1-«— —a — |-i • Jj. 

Wel-eorneto thii re - viting breast, And these re -joic - ing eyes, And these re - joic - ing eyes. 



150 HIGHLAND. L. M. 

F major. B. Ar. 

[. YeChnsuaii heralds, go, proclaim Salva- lion in uii - manuel's name;To dis ian t climes the ti- dings bear, And plant the rose of Sharon there. 

6-3—1 j i-i-j i-i-ti-i-1 it3|»^-|a-i-| »~6-|y ttfo&ll '-tflr^f-^in, 8 ! 1 -" 1 ! 1 ^-]^!^ 

2 He'll shield you with a wall of fire, With holy zeal vour hearts in- spire, Bid raging winds their fu - ry cease, And calm the savage breast to peace. 

ca-s-i&gf i^MMg-tf \*m*%- m i 1 ■- ? |g^^-^4-|g— S4*m£&\^-mm 

3 \nd when our labors all are o'er, Then shall we meet to part no mdre;Meet, with the blood-bought throng to fall, And crown the Saviour Lord of all. 

C4-MML-l I -^|*^l?4-;i«-4-|3-3-|4-^--|5+5l3Sll-, 1 -|i M Wi^lSUl|5-5 r l4l- 

SHAY. L. M. 

F major. ^ , , Wood 

1 I o 1 round il,e throne .at God's right hand.The saints, in count -less myr- lads.stand. Of eve- ry tongue, redeemed to God, Ar- rayed m gar - ments wash'd in blood. 

2 Thro' tnb - u -la -lion great they canjeyThey bore the cross, dea-pised the shame: From all their la - l.ors now they rest, In God's e - ter - r.al glo - ry blest. 

3 Hun- ger and thirst they feci no more; Nor sin, nor pain, nor death deplore. The tears are wiped from eve - ry eye, And sor - row yields to end -less joy. 
i They see their Sa-viour face to face, And sing the tri - umphs of hisgrace: Him day and night they cease-less praise; To him their loud ho - san - nas raise. 

5 Wor-lhv the Lamb for sin- ners slHin, Thro' endless years to live and reign; Thou hast redeemed us by thy blood, And made us kings and priests to God. 

PARIS. L. M. 

C major. t N 

&t-*-*rft»rBtwT«-hrtt » Ale - a te t l 1 --^ 3 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^^^^—^-^ ^-^'i,- 

i R™,r.nn 9 n»nH whilp Zi - on s'tnss The iov that from thv presence spring*:To spend one day with thee on earth Exceeds a thousand days of mirth. 

&i~iriti r st««nB~hrt'ji -T-^ti"4t^H[3-T5|s="5r»- sis- -4 hjrt ; l^s a g^tf &t~3|gjr 

» Mi^ht I en iov the niran - est place With - in thy house, O God of gracc.Not tents o< ease.nor thrones of power. Should tempt my feel to leave thvdoor. 

"j God is our sun— he makes our day; God is our shield— he guards our wayFrom all th'assaults ol hell and sin; From loes wuhoul »w1 tors with-in. 

4 All need- ful grace will God be -stow.And crown that grace with glory loo: He gives os all things, and with-holds No re -al good from up - rigbl souls. 



C Major. 

1:1 -xfar»- 



WUENTHAM. I, M. 



151 



1 I. ml. let thy goodness lead our land, Still sa-ved by thine Almighty hand. The tribute of its love to bring, To thee, our Savior and our King. 
J Let eve - rv pub - lie tem-ple raise Triumphant songs of ho - ly praise; Let evu-ry peace-ful, pri - vate home A lem - pie, Lord, to thee be He. 

r : iii>:_i|i -ilM^lo-Wr-rli^l^— J|7 4-1 — — 1 — - — I — I— WiM-Jl -6|.i -g|g II 

3. Still be it our su-preme de-light To walk as in thy glo-rious sight; Still in thy pre-cepts and thy tear. Till !i!e's last hour to per-se-v. re. 



C&il*— l\r--9\4^5\v4-l\&-s\f~- t \i3-ii\ S A~\ I—— I- 



I ll-- 3-3-14— 4 5 : 



II- 



VERNON. L. M. 

C mnjor. ri.iril. v. 

1. My spirit looks to God alone ; My rock and refuge is his throne; In all my fears, in all my straits, My soul for his sal-va-tion waits, 

fi-Hlr-aia— ^Lx — :4lati|-Ti-rf-t^-a*tt34r-sk-|« r-i-ha-iil^-dfl-^-^^ls |«fc|» — sf%!«— i-lT-yl i1f 
Cfl-glg-glg Plft f ^ H7^W-s\^i~^7l44^7\l^^^\U^--^\i-4-\s g|g|* 

■2. Trust him, ye 9aints, in all your ways, Pour out your hearts before his facu; When helpers fail and foes in-vade, Cod is our all - snf- fi-cient aid. 

(^-l1l-lV9-3|4---3|G+3|-^^^^ 1^-4-13-4-1.1-^1 1 ||- 

GROVE. S. M. 

F major. 

^■ i -g- t - 8 - 1 | fl y | 1 -|^^ 1 _g-|-3- 1 - 1 -i^3^4- ff ^_3 i ^ y4ts j-j-j-^-.VO-! 3 2 | - M |. 

1. Ex -alt tht Lord our God, And wor-ship at his feet; His na - lure is all ho - li - ness, And mer - cy is his 

rgi-'-i- 1 g I 6 g lirtirhrrl- 1 - 1 - 1 -ir |- 1 i- I - | i- , - 1 -hrs I * h't"- -""i -»-r I'll 



2. When Ts - rael was his church. And Aa - ron was his priest, When Moses cried, when Samuel pray'd, lie gave his pen- pi, rest. 

3. Oft he for-gave their sins, Nor would de-stroy their race; And oft he made his vengeance known, When they a- bus.', I hie 

Q.f 3 | g g | II . [._3_4_g_4_3_g_4_g_3_.[_« j .1 j « 3 J.I .7 | .1 2^2| 6 56 ."» t| 3 I 3|| 

i. Ex - alt the Lord our God, Whose grace is still the same; Still he's i God of ho- li- ness. And jea - Ions for his nam. 

ICgjl I ' 3-J-4- g 1 ' I g I 3 8 I ' * -r-g-M-l-6-g-U-l-l-g *U\ ' M 31 I o gj Ml 



J 52 



ZION'S HILL. & P. M. 



Rb or C major 



M. Arr. 



f lively. Dim. 

( S-rr B f»-^-^il%Tt-H s -?t , -yt , -r 2 t 3 - 2 -tW- 1 1 t7-e-tst--t J - -*\tilninttwrft 

&-£"" h — - ~t l~-"S 1 « : -6f5-5t5-1-5ts-3-1-^^-itt5-«I-t5l-5t^-4-^it^ itfnlt 

1. How p|.*ns'd and blest was I To heai the peo-ple cry, ' Come let us seek our God to - day!" Yes, with a cheerful zeal, we haste to 



C4-ol <-3-3-i ua-MM4--^4-?4-7^-74^ — £4^4-1-74- 



811 

-t — hi— 



1 1 1 



C4--4-- 



4JM4- 

Yes, with a cheerful zeal, we 
— |--3r-4 •-2+5-7=4-14-5-1-— £^-Ui^l-4-i-|-2-9-l54-5+5-6-i-5-r-l- d4 4-4-1- 



2. Here David's greater Son Has fix'd his royal throne ; He sits for grace and judgment here ; He bids the saint be glad; He makes the 

3. May peace attend thy gate, And joy within thee wait. To bless the soul of every guest; The man who seeks thy peace, And wish-es 

4. My tongue repeats her vuws, 'Peace to this sacred house!' For here my friends and kindred dwell ; And, since my glorious God Makes thee his 



^-• ? - 9 -?-7-1' 1 4rt 3 -rtW-?t , -7t- , -tt 
<S-5jHL?~t345t5--i l-s^-^ts-4t*it 

Zi - on's hill, And there our vows and hon-ors pay. 

C4-5-5-54547-I- * ^4JL-f-^U-54-* 4 

haste to Zi-on's hill, And there our vows and hon-ors pav. 

C4-5 — r> _4i454-W>-U^-4l5- >TT -i-H- 

sin - ner sad, And humble souls re-joice with fear. 

thine in - crease, A thousand bless - ings an him rest. 

blest a - bode. My soul shall ev • er love thee well. 



CAPE TOWN. 10s. 

Bb. Major. H. W. Day. 

1. A- gain re - turns the day of ho - ly rest, Which, 

-i a 1 3 a t Trt'A 5 s s ] & ~ |-7~t 

con - se - crat-ed day To 

« 4_LJL4^4JL4 



2. Let us de - rote this 

P. M I I 1 1 I 
Vj-r~2 1 — 1 1 

3. Fa - ther of heav'n, in whom our ho^es con - fide, Whose 



1 
7 



C^-i-44-4-1-1-4-3 1 - 



1 



S-^SZ^s^. 



when he made the world Jehovah blest : When, like his own he bade our labors cease, And all be pi - e - ty and all be peace. 

<8^-r , -7-.rt%i - 2-sr-2i^1-5-h5-^^ 

learn his will, and all we learn o - bey; So shall he hear when fer-vently we raise Our sup-pli-ca-tions and our songs of praise. 

C^4^--U-"-^7-«4-74^44^^ 

power defends us, and whose precepts guide. In life our guardian, and in death our friend, Glo - ry supreme be thine till time shall end. 
C i _5_5_5_I_ |-3-9_S_a- I -54 ' I r - S-6-34-4-3-8-1- 1 5~4 -5-1 -5-5-5--T- 14 -3- 4- 5-1-1 41- 



WINTER. CM. 153 

F. Major, or E. Read. 

£-1-1 j ^-.itc-a-i 1 -^*!! jr,|5^^ 

His hoar-y Trust. Ins flee-cy snow, Descend & clothe the ground; The li-quid streams for - bear to flow, In i - cy fel-ters bound. 

g-j-i-j-i-i-(-i-i«|»-a-|»tiji-i|i- jif-s-j-sfi— a-fi-j-ajs— »- j»- |:i|3i-»~ -j 1 -^j i_|j 

1. Ho-san-na to our conq'ring U i n ir ' All hail, incarnate Love! Ten thousand songs and plo - ries wait To crown thv head a - bo 

ft.l-ll3_g|8 5 |^g_|g4,4|3_6[a _ gp | 7|8|6 6 |.l .11^1 5__|«4«|8 7_* J .. 5 Jf^ 

■2. Thv victories and thv deathless fame Thro' all the world shall run, And ev - er - last - ing a - ges sing The tri - umphs thou hast won 

SHERBURN. C. M. 

D Major Head. 

r^-3-ji-i i tf-d-i-itrt, 1 1 ^-i-i-iit^l-1 -^|»-«-3-»!«-4-ti-^l«- nttrtririt 

While shepherds watched their flocks bv night. All sea- ted on the ground, The angel of the Lord came down, And glo - ry shone around \1 

&-t-\-i-tti-^-ir^tvrnn—iri7i 1 7 : 1 ft— I • Ji i d il^zgzgzgtt-- 4 I 

The an-gel of the Lord came down. And glo - rv 

Cri-5-5-3 \-UH£t4—*W-A 6 I 7 5-3-5 l&A I = 1 1 * fl f f 1 ? i'l »-6-6- 5 [ 

While shepherds watch'd their flocks by night, All sea- ted on the ground, The angel of the Lord came down. And 

The angel of the Lord came downj.Ynd glo - - - - - - ry shone around, And 

'&-& *hh*-s [ — r-Attrt-t-} 1 5 g i ill- ili i 4 A 1*414 4 s ty-t^H 

glo - rv shone a-round. The an-ge! of the Lord came down, And glo - ry shone around. And glo-ry shone a - round. 

&ih^h£ te t y a la i i - ! 3 — 3-3 1 3-s-:i-i 1 a-i-i^i 1 jri 1 3^ -tar! " H 

shone a-round, And flu - ----- - ry shone a-round. The an-gel of the Lord came down, And glo- ry shone a - round. 

&&■ « I -C-6-6-3 I 5= 5 L 3-3-3 - 1 -• -3 I 5 .1 ," t 5 ! 6 « «-f- | 7^? I M> ■ j I--J-F-JI 

glo - ry shone around. And glo - - ry shone a-round. The an- gel of the Lord came down, And glo-ry shone a - round. 

C-2=- -4a- £\-5-5- s I ■ • i-l-i-i-i'-i ,5-3-1— 3-l-s- i—j-3-54-1 1 i-i-p-JJ 

glo ----- ry shone a- round. The angel of the Lord came down, And glo - - rv shone a- - round 

20 



154 THE RESOLVE. Anthem. 

F Major. Soft and slow. r* o J. White. 

Come hum - ble sin- ner in whose breast a thousand thoughts re - vol ve, Come with your guilt and fears op-pressed and 



p. * 3 I It 3 5 6 |8. 6 |54 82|.l . 5 1 fi 8 I 1 8 I 3.9I5J 5311^ 1 2 2 I a 6 3 4 I S 4 5 3 I 

\j-r-4 — ■ r~i — i — t — t — h— ^ — i — r~\ — i t — i — I 1 1 r 1 i — ri — I — ~~ — i — i — r«-r i i I rn 1 — i — hrf- 1 — i r 

Come hum - ble sin - ner in whose breast a thousand thoughts re - volve, Come with your guilt and fears op - pressed and 



I 



/^ Chorus. Moderately. 

#-4-6—4+3-5- 1 +9-3-4-9— 4- l-A- 5+6-4-6+5-3-5+5-4-3-9+3 -f-f— 3— 9 — l-f-9.-3-f-4-3-9+3— 5+ 
Q) i ill I I I l i i I 'ill ill ilii i i I ~ I '» i k> w \ \ f \ ™ I i .• 1 

make this last this last re - solve, And make this last this last re- solve. I'll go to Je - sua though mv sin, hath 

&-!,— i t i . j(ffi 6 j gShi-t-i— ft lA — Ft 1 — ^ 1 -n-f-Ttti-^li^iltt^-i+ 

f>. 4. 6 15 3 3 14.14 4 13 9 5 1 4 6 4 13 5 3 13 6 5 41 3-1 ? 5 5 9 1 2. 5 I 6 5 15. 51 

\j-. r+i — — — i — h — r— i i r^T 1 — hr^ T-+"r^; — i — tt^t — i — rH r~ * — i w s» — I — i 1» — I — l — l ri w . 

make this last this hist re - solve, And make this last this last re - solve. I'll go to Je - sus though my sin, hath 

C-6^-4 P^m-3^^+5X3+4^i^ 



P-6.-5-6-7+I-— -l-4+3-2+6+.'5-4-S-r s +5-4-3-|+7— 6— «-4+7-fi-»-«+5— 5— 6-6+7 7 iM^-f 



like a moun - tain rose. I know his courts, I'll enter in, I know his courts, I'll en-ter in, I know his courts, I'll en - ter in, What- 

& -^4-4+3J^l^|4+l+fl-;-l-l t l-^l-+ i ■ . jr 1 ^1-+l-I-l-4+4— 4— 3j3r9+ 

P. 4.3 4 5 1 5 6 | 5 5 1 4 | 3 6 5 41555 615 4 3 61 5 4 3 313 3 4 415 5 5 15 7 1 

V^-~l — ■; — ; — s» — l — i — r n — w~^-r\-» — b» — f — ?~tt* — u — w — 9~rw * — w — rrv — w — w — 9~ tt» v s» w r v w ni i r 

like a moun— tain rose. 1 know his courts, I'll en-ter in, I know his courts, I'll an- ter in, I know his courts, I'll en- ter in What- 

C:^m«-e^;5^m-4^-S42-*-4-r4 |-f ^4+^4-#-5 1 ^y^fr-i+ 



THE RESOLVE. Continued. 155 

Verse P&nitento. > /?> 

t-v - et may on- pose. Pros-Ira-ted lie be - fore his throne, And thus my guilt con-fess; I'll tell him I'm a wretch, I'm a 

&-1-P-1 |-i i ..jii-j-^-j^ji-i^.,^^,—!,.*! -aji-yirt |-i-|-r g v*- ft 1 - sHh 

ev - er nuiv op - pose Pros-tra-ted lie be - lore his throne, Ami thus my ; Iti n is; I'll tell him I'm a wretch, I'm a 



.^^ s , s:r ^ Chorus brisk. . w 

wretch un - - done, With- out his sove - reign grace. I'll to the gracious King approach Whose sceptre par - don 

I ': iM#— I »— :8 1 «j*>? ! £p 5 -?- 1 : M 8 - - I :t "I £? V ! * "» ! - •• I * P I L: 1 - I ?J I 

wretch un done With - out his sove - reign grace. I'll to the gracious King approach Whose sceptre par- don 

£-3- 6^' f I « '4-y i4«^»-*l-j4-![-r-3-! a .i I :«■— 5- ! f flf- »!»• |tt?lH *3l- 

, , =^. ere». "7 —_ moderately m. 

fr-» r «--- :t j 4^,4 i-y^g i «. -y t M-*-»y U~7 i ■ I ! 3 "^-ft?f-^1 8 t 1 *t 3 :t HtfCfl 

Per-hapi he may command mv touch And then the suppliant 1; ipa he will ad - mil my plea ; Perhaps will hoar my 

frglfr g-r-JM fl^MBM-IJ^ HL4MX44-5_a 14.* JMU^ «1 »- | « a g [ fya [ 

Perhaps he may command my touch And then the iliant lives. Perh ill ad - mil my Perhaps will hear my 

(VSli-jr^ a|«n.7i«- 5IM- l.i-rJH! ■- i o;!^ :fi !.t s\ i^I -■-?-■■ It— g-4 



150 Tllti liESOLVE. Continued. 

^— s , , P cres. ^~T- full. 

^-Sr— 5 j 43*5 5 | 7^»-7 -'-5- 1 -8 — »•+-»—*■ j-5— 5— 4— 4- ]--».— 4- 1 3—3—2—3 | l-f-7-e j 3.-5- f-6— 0--F-F4- 

prayer, lint if I per - - i.-li I will pray anil per - ish on - ly iliere : and per-ish on - ly there ; lint if 1 

g-f;-i-|-fi-i-|-a — *-}-\»- 



p. 2. 3145 4 5 15. 



5 I 5 




prayer, But if I per - - ish I will pray and per- ish on - ly there : and per- ish on - ly there ; But if I per - ish 

!&-&-im$*\* ^i34_g^a_^-443-3-a--54l--44^-5^-5^l^-;8--^4~ 4 -fL^- 



\ 

( 



-- -^ ,, , Chorus lively. ~ 

g-7-. -5 +-A-7-6-5-j-4-3_2-5-4-|-3— 2 ) - 1 —|-|-3— 2— 3- -J-4— 3^2t-3-4 -|-3— 5-f^— «— 4— 3-JH8— 5-*4— 5-}- 

• I will pray and per - - - ish on - ly there. I can but per - ish if I go, I am resolved to try, I am re- 

P. 5. 5 15 451 5 36 15 41 3- If 1 $ 112 112. 1 - II . 3 14 5 5 515 5 2 51 

*-'• 1 — r -} 1 — I— -— -— 1 1 — r 1 -f—i 1 "# w— I — 1 T TT 1 — / I I 9— V- Of — ~9~ K -9~T~9 9 "T ir-|-. 

I will pray and pe r - - - ish on- ly there. I can but per-ish if 1^ go, I am resolved to try, I am re- 

C^M*4-MN^+r4-4U^Ua4-^-^ 

■0-6^4+S-.— 5-4-5— 5— 5— 5-1-6 F f-6— 6— 6— 6-f 7 F [-''—7—7—7-1-8—1-1-1-2-3-+ 

solved to try. For if I stay a - wav, if I stav a - way, if I stay a - way I know I 

&-G*-*\+-^x* M-t-i-i-i-jt* p — h?-?-?-?t? 5 — h^-Si-M— t 

For if I stay a - way, if I stay a - way, a - - way, 

P- » 211.313 3 3 3 [4 „ 1 *4 4 4 4 1 5 15 5 4 4 13. 3 13 4 5 1 

\j-r~[ 1 hi 9 \—9 9 — ~9 BT — i — | 1 \-~W 9 ~9 ?H — I 1 +V 9 9 9~ \~ 1 9 1 1 — T 

solved to try. For if I stay a - way, if I stay a - way, if I stay a - way I know I 

1 2 1 ij. a I r m 1 14444 1 2 r 155 5 5 13 2 1 1 . 1 I 1 1 I 

V;.~i — i r*» "T I r 1 ? — \~ s» p p dt-| — -, 1 1 — 9 jp — -jr 9~T~^r — ' 1 H — r t* — r - n 1 r 

For if I stay a - way, if I stay a - way, a - - way, 



\ 



THE RESOLVE. Concladcd. l.>7 

Dim. ,-. , Ritard. Dim, slow. 

J 4 3 3 5 5.3 «.»|.K|6 6 «-fi|5 - -111 1 4b3 — 8-1-3 1 .1 « I 3 8 | I II 

must fur - ev - er die, If 1 stay a- way, it" I stay a- way, 1 know I must for - ev - er die 

<g-f — f- ' -Mf-M [-I-S-5-I-W — * — hf-nh-S-5-S-Si-? * 1 ■ II 

]I I stay a- way, a - - way, 

p. 6 5 5 3 1 3.5 4 3I3_~| 13 3 3 318 8 13 5 5 15 4 3 6 15 4 I 3 I I 

must for - ev - er die, If I stay a- way, i! I stay a - way, I know 1 must foi - ev - er die. 

( ):} } \}—}- k* r i # $ $-4 \ £ p |»-g-^- S| } all -3-1-1 -5-^ ! J- 1 1 

NEW JERUSALEM. C. M. 

G original key, F Major. ImrallB 

-3-1-3 2 1 i-ff^tf tf-f-f-M 9 if 8 - t — ~— 3 1- 5 - 5 - 5 - 3 1 *- 9 - 2 - 1 1 «-- 

From the third heav'n where God resides, That ho - ly hap- py place, The new Je - ru - sa-lem comes down, Adorn'd - 

&-!-5-5-5tT^-l-6- 1 T H i f-f-f-} I Tit^ " 1 " 1 I • p 8 

jp^3 S S|3 S 3 g| a4^4g_5_3, s 4|5., | ^| „ (_ 3!_5_5_5„3|8 '■ S | 

From the third heav'n where God resides, That ho - ly hap- py place, The new Je - ru - aalero i »n,.\- 

The new Je- ru- salem, comes down, Adorn'd - - - - with 

ft ft?-*-*— [-= 5 t ^5-»-5 t fr— 7--^r|^-5-4-4|5.-5|<r^ _l .I|3 9 -j-l.*J| 

- - with shining grace, The new Je - ru- sa- lem, comes down, Adorn'd with shining grace, A-dorn'd with shin - ing (jrace 

grf-w-hhrtTH-^ 1 ^ m |7 **- fs.-.^| 1-1-1-1 1 7 . i t iy ,i its 7 ;'-;ii 

new Je-rusalfin comesdown. A-dorn'd .... with shin - ing grace, Adorn'd with shining grace, A-dornd with shin - ing gi 

p. £~ TjL 513 3 3 13 3 511 12 515.514 5 « 18.3 hi 8 13 I I 5 .1 I II II 

Oi 1 1 — h 1 ' 1 1 —j r "l — 1 — I 1 I r! T I — ■■■ 



dorn'd - - 



f 1 ■ ■ - )■ — J t-I — T— I 7- t T-T-T- 1 n rTI I ,111 

with shinins "race. The new Je- rusalem.coines down, \dorn'd with shinim' [race, A 'i"n. <1 « uli Mini - ing 



C:f M-l- sH-W-W If ff? ! ■ - 5 5 |14W -M-J I*. « 1 1 5-4; 1 1 a .-, it \\\. 

sliming grace, The new Je - ru -sa-lom, comes dowi,,AdoiVd wuh slanmg gTacc.Adciu'd «iih shin- uig graco, A - doru d uitii >lnu - ing gruce. 



DAWN. L. M. 



A major. 



Whitaker. 



I Awake, my 

3 Wake, and lilt 

3 Glory in 

4 Lord I to 

5 Direct, con 



soul, and with the sun Thy dai- ly stage of du - ty run, Shake off dull sloth, and joy - ful rise To pay thy morn-ing sacri - fice. 
up thyself, my heart, And with the angels bear thy part, Who all night long un-wear - ied singHigh praises to th'e-ternal King. 

thee, who safe hast kept, And hast refresh'd me while 1 slept: Grant Lord, when I from death shall wake, I may of endless life par-take. 
thee my vows re - new; Dispel mv sins as morn-inu dew; Guard my first springs of tho'tand will, And with thyself my spir-it fill. 

- trol, surest, this day, All 1 design, or do, or sav, That all mv pow'rs, with true delight, In thy sole glo-ry may u - nite. 



CONFIDENCE. L. M. 



G major. 



Iloldeu. 



1 Now can mv soul id God rejoice I feel my Saviour's cheering voice. .My heart awakes to sing- his praise, A rid longs to join im-mor- tal lays. 

0-113 113 8 1 ^^\^4J^Jjaj^lJ \ ltf ^ UIL^ f ^f 1 [ 38 \+\ *f % ££±&4 

Now can my soul in God rejoice, I feel mv Saviour's cheering voice, Mv heart awakes to sing his praise, And longs to join immortal lavs. Hold me. O Je-sus. ui ihiueatms. 



&-*\ 
&~*\ 



Till! awake in realms above,For ev-er to en - joy thy love 

i ■ i - -i r i — - — t— -~r\ t-\^t*\M-mt-}-}mw-m i -7\ t ^\t 

Andcheerme with im- mor- tal charms, Till I a -wake in realms a- bove, for- ev-er to en-joy thy love, Till I awake in realms above,l''or-ev-er to en-jov ihy love. 



C-?|«-(i-4-^|i-7|64F-l P 



LEOMINSTER. 8s. 7s. & 1. J 5<) 

G.Major ^ A, II. Raker. 

&-* -3 : -3-5-3-J-4 3-3 f5-5-f.lr 4-3-2 fl-2-y |-l_-f -|-»_ 3 j 3-3- | 5_ -5-| 3.1-f «_ « | .7 .1 1 |~3 3 ) l_j| 

1. Yes, we trust the day is break-in? ; Joyful times are near at hand; When he chooses, When lie chooses, Darkness flies at his cimi-iuaud. 
God, the migh-ty Uod, is speak-ing, Uy his word, in e - very land ; 

£_.,_ lv -i_,_, t ,_ -*t y 7-Yrt -i-i [\^s~n I .,--- |« «> | « «- 1 7--7I « i-fi- 1| i_-i \-i-_— y | ■_ || 

9. While the foe be-comes more darling, While he enters like a flood, E-very language, E-very language Soon shall tell the love of God. 
God, the Sa-vior, is pre- par- ing Means to spread his truth a-broad : 

( >:gg.g 3 g|6S 3 | 3 8:|g.g 1 8|3 4 8| 3' .: ( 1- 1 1 1 1. [8-3 | 3 3_|4-4 | l_ _I_| <; .1 I j 3 || 

3. 0, 'tis plea-sant, 'tis re-viv-ing To our hearts, to hear, each day, Those enlight'ning, Those enlight'ning Who in death andTarkness lay. 
Joy-fal news, from far ar-nv-ing, Huw the gos-pel won its way, 

a »_4_1 | b — I Is-s-l^i^i _£ j 5 _ 5 | ,__.: | <;-_,. U-6--I-5- -.1 1 .1 .1-| I I 1 3 3 I I .1 .ill | r 

4. God of Ja-cob, high and glorious, Let thy peo-ple see thy hand, ; Then shall i-dols, Then shall i-dols, Per-ish, Lord, at thy com-mand. 

Let the gos-pel be vic-to-rious, Tl.ro' the world, in e - very land ; 

JUBILEE. CM. 

^^^^-3-8-1-^-1-5-^1-^-^5 \s | 1 1-3-2 |3 4 3 ,*jJ|i I l-^flVl-j- 

1. What hea-venly mu-sic do 1 hear, Sal-va-tion sound-in,' free! \ V souls in bon-dage lend an ear, This is the Ju - bi 

2. Good news, good news to Adam's race, Let Chris-tians all a - gree ; To sing re-deem-ing love and grace This is the Ju - bi 

<8-1-3-1-5 5 5 5 I 5-i-rf3-t4-i-6-4-1"3yt3-t"3 5 5 .1 | .1 5~5 I .11 I 3 3 ."» -1 3 3 1 

3. The Gos - pel sounds a sweet re-lease, To all in mis - e - ry, Aed bids them welcome home to peace, This is the Ju -In -lee. 
1. .Te - sus is on the mer-cv seat. Be-fore him bend the knee, Aet heaven and earth his praise repeal This is tin- In - In 

5. Sin - ners be wise, re - turn and come, Un - to the Sa-vior flee, The Sa-vior bids you welcome home, This is the Ju - bi - lee. 
0. Come, ye redeemed, your tribute bring, With songs of liar - mo - ny, While on the road to Ca-naan sing, This is the Ju- bi - l«w 



C4-i-4-l-3-.-i-.l-! J~»-M-i44-4~l-4- r -I-I-| i 1-1 3-5-7 |» » ' | 5-k-6- 



- ■ IB- 



>> 



1)3-3^11.1^ 

This is the Ju- bi -lee. 

c8--.-i|3-5-4-4|33lt 

This is, &c. 



F Major. 



REST.88& i. 

gi^3-3-3f3-5f5-3f3; ft --.W|6-«|5 1(3. | 1-11 1 l-S-3-3^ | 1 1 M 1 1 || 

1. There is a calm for those who weep, A rest for wea - ry pilgrims found; They soll-ly lie and »weet-lv sleep, Low in iho 

gi^r-l-l-|tt-l r7 -7|»i-i-J-Jt 1 - 1 t , -7t 1 l! -i^-3 .licr-«-J-J|7|.-i|.-, «|.l'il 



CJ*ULl t -i\lJL 



l is. &c. 



C 



2. The storm ili.it wrecks the winter sky, No more disturbs iln-.r di p ic i, TlSan eummei evening's I ileal :. Thai shuls ll i 



3. Ah Christia 



ong of storms the sport, With weary pil-gri-mage to roam. See, Ihou shall reach a slnrmless \ 

IMl3-.ll, 1 - 15 • ili 4il*-iW4M-fl**-J-4 il.il'l' 'I'-l 



\. But shall Ihe dual thy soul con-fine 7 The ris- en Jo - sus tells thee nay ; it, in ee-lea-tial spheres shall si 



160 KEDRON. lis. 

A. Major, slowlv. Billings. Arr. 

1. Thou sweet glid-ing Kedron, by thy sil-ver streams, Our Sa-vior at mid-night, when moonlight s pale beams Shone bright on the waters, 

2. How damp were the vapors that tell on his head ! How hard was his pil-low,how humble his bed! The an - gels astonish'd, grew 

3. 0-<rar-den of O-livet, thou dear honored spot. The fame of thv won-ders shall ne'er be for-got ; The theme most transporting to 

fei-i-ULM-i v Mftli 8 I l +m-g-t- g 9 9\f ? -g4? ? I 1 7^74#-#-g+M-44 

4. Come saints, and adore him ; come, bow at his feet! O give him the glo - ry, the praise that is meet; Let joy - ful ho - san-nas un- 

fre - quent - ly stray, And lose in thy murmurs the t oils of the day And lose in thy murmurs the toils of the day. 

sad at the sight, And fol- lowed their mas-ter with sol - emn de - light. And fol-lowed their mas-ter with sol-emn de-light, 

ser - aphs a- bove : The tri - umph of sor-row, the tri-umph of love! The tri - umph of sorrow, the triumph of love! 

&74-£-?4?4^fM--l 4— 4- M*-=4£-lg— g-g l? HIM 04Mft 

i J _ ll ,' <0 

ceas - ing a - rise. And join the full cho-rus lhat glad- dens the skies And join the full cho-rus that gladdens the skies. 

>~*-^U5-J^-] l— r- 4-^4J44M-4tf3£4W^U*^ 

MONADNOCK. 6s.. 

G major. A. H. Baker. 

1. Once more be- fore we part, Bless the Redeemers name, Let ev' - ry tongue and heart Praise and adore the same Praise and adore the same. 
Lord; in thy name we came, Thv blessing now im-part ; We meet in Je-sus' name, In Je - sus' name we part. In Je-sus' name we part. 
3 While on thy ho - ly word, We'll live and feed and grow; Go on to know the Lord, And practise what we know. And practise what we know. 

Ci-144-i JLk 5^^5-^- T U4^-5;»44l^--5|o--^|^4-^-Ll|i__^|l-^i-4-4^-^lU 



< 

( 

\ 



jay. rs. 161 

Key of Eb Mnjor. R- H. Williams. 

^S-f+3-4- r -»-5- t 5- t 3-5- t <i- i 5- f-4-3 | SH= | ,V 3- 1 -1 2 | 3-^5^8^ 6JJ-4 j 3 ? | 1 F j j 

1 Gracious Spi - ril — Love di - vine ! Let thy Light with-in me shine; All my guilt - y fears re-move; Fill me with thy heavenly lovi 
g-j-l-3-l-t-l-t-f 7 -|4-|l -1-j I ! |-^l| 7 - t 3--l-|4^ 1 l-a|2--|1^3 t 4:«V»|l- 7ll - 

■J Speak thy pardoning grace to m« ; Set the burdened sin-nerfree; Lead mi to the Lamb of God ; Wash me in his precious blood. 
:: Life and pe-ace to me ira-pari; Seal sal - va-tion on my heart ; Dwell thy-self with-in my breast, Earnest of im-mor- ta 

C -4S g|5 6|ff 4|-8 r |ff S[4 S\S_S | 3^4 « f\* f\ 8-*\* r\8 f\ * } I « » I Ipft 

4 Let me nev - er from thee stray ; Keep me in thy nar-row way; Fill my soul with jo; di-vine ; Keep me, Lord, for-ev - er thine. 

cg i i|i m^ M ^I 1 8 1 4 ? I g-4- Url * M 8 ?1* e k* l» fl 4 4 1 5 -a l-MI- 

PARADISE. LM. Double. 

Now to the shining realms a-bove, I stretch my hands and glance my eyes ; O for the pinions of the dove, To bear me to the 

S-M-rtt*-: i—i-*ts+s 1 4 4 a ~fr I ms 1 2 1^3 1 1-3-33 1 3 3 1 3 N I -373 - 3 3 1 — I 
Cj-i-3H 8 Ml 1 6-a^-U-U-UU- a— MM -5-1 1 .rl - c i « -4-4-7 1 <^a I e U Uk- a- ' !__? 1 

Now to the shining realms a-bove, I stretch my hands and glance my eyes ; O for the pinions of the dove, To bear me to iluT 

&4-i-i-iH-i-i-iM i+a— a— a i i -3-2-I ^1 - g -| ^-^-nl^-sUA o I 3 3— 3 3-J 



up -per skies. Therefrom the bosom of my God, Oceans of endless pleasure mil ; There would I fix my last abode, And drown the sorrows of my mind, 

&lT-st34-3-r3-3 5a li 1 1 3 |3 1 3 Is-S-ff-gfs- Is I :t :J 3 :t I l 14 NJ3 3 a" I [«T I 3 11 
■ ' ^ 5 I 6- 1 ~* i M ?4- 1 g-a 1 3- 1 5-3 4 -|?4-7-7|7-C, 7 M 7 I } }-5 4 I 1-4-M 7 1 ' ' 7-6'aJ ?| ■ | 

up - per skies- Therefrom the bosom of my God, Ocean-; of endless pleasure roll ; Tin-re would 1 fix inv last abode, And drown the sorrows ol my mind. 

C-3-3+6 4-iH-i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 I is i -|i i .i -ala— U\ i -i -3-3-1 4 -4-44al3-J-a-ola---.il r II- 

2i 



162 



BLESSED IS THE LORD. Sentence. 



G Major. Maestoso. 

Soli. 



T\dti. 



Soli. 

f5— 4— 3— 2+1— +67 

I i * i * I l i 



5— 4t 

* i 



Dr. Thompson, 

Tvtti. 



Blessed bless-ed blessed be the Lord for - ev - er - more, Bless-ed be the Lord, blessed be the Lord, blessed be tfce 

0^9 B \s , 8 j . ^^4^— g -4- g - 1 -U4 1 . 1 fMMMEl 

Blessed, blessed, blessed be the Lord for-ey - er - more, Blessed be the Lord, blessed be the Lord, blessed be the 



C: 



* 1 1 



_p_i4»_»_U-_ I- 



1. 2 3. 

~l V 1 — 



I 

~9 



$-+-* -4 t 3-n - 3 — i-?*-* 



-a- 

i 



L -j-7-6-3-4-|~3— 2 






3. 



5 

i 



Lord for - ev - er- more, 
-1 1-1— y-j-1 — 

56 |5 5.1 5 






Lord for - ev - er - more, 



Bless- 



be the Lord for - ev - er - more, A - men and 



men, 



f 1,-1- 

15. 5 
~t — i w- 

Bless - ed 



l-J-1 



-\-l-J-\-l-l-]- 



-1— +-1— 



1—1 



trr-fi 



A 




4 I 3 3 15. 3 



1654 



men. 



3- 



1t 

it 
41- 



C^JL-3-4 5-a I ' - •-*- 



+4 



II 



.*» — i 



Bb Major. 

«8-I-5-ftB-5t6^-*-t 2 ^t 2 

1. Soft-ly now the light of day Fades 

& _ f-3 - Tfctr^ti£]£~ff" 

» !* M 1 f if? 1/1 *4-* 

2. Soon for us the light of day Shall 



be the Lord for • ev - er - more, A - men and a - men, A - - men. 

-3—14-4— 344-5-5-4-g » 1 '• } |^g-PL---4^g~4^ 



ESPER. 7's. 

up- on our sight a-way; Free from care, from labor free, Lord, we would commune with thee. 
5— 6t5^t3^t3-^t4— 5t6— 5t^tt5-4— f5 ^%f5~iiw\\ 

^|JL^4-L7^4^?^-44J-?4-74i-4-+ 3 J-^6;5-5;541- 

f or . ev - er pass a-way; Then, from sin and sorrow free, Take us, Lord, to dwell with thee. 

-5+3-4+5-5 j- 1 44 - 1 4-4— 3 4-4— i-r-«4i-*^4^*-<^+5-S-T- 1 - II- 



OCEAN. C. M. 



163 



F major. 



Shu 11. 



g-f-5r + 56 5 4 3—* J--?-! 1 — P— 7*6 j-a.- |-r j-5-5— 5 |~3 | 3— [-1 |-5t- -5+6,-6 | 5~6— fs— 1- 

Thv works of glo-ry,migh - ty Lord, That rule the boist'r - ous sea, The sons of cour- age fhall re -cord 

1 1 3 - -Tftf-f-^-f-t 1 '-ff- I 3-4-3-£i-J y,- l-l-f-i^-3-l-j 1 .- i-j 3- -4- -3 t 



Thy works 

IG-1 '-i 1 - 



* .» .» 



of cour-age shall 



1 1 — t 1 1 T~ i — — n 1 r 

of glo-ry,might - y Lord, That rule the boist'r-ous sea, The sons 

3 



_, 

re - cord 

« 1 



■| 



(S -7-C- f >-l [ 3-2 t l,-r t 

Who tempt thatdang'rous way. 



1 +5-5—5—3 I 6-6-6-4+5-32- 1~3— 3^41 5— h 

i I i i i i I i i i i I i I - 

At thy command the winds a - rise, And swell the tow'r - ing waves 

nrt l -itftf-fi^, l 1f-?-^-ft*- - 2 t?-3- -f- -f- t-8~3-i-i-4 

At thy command the. winds a- rise, And swell thelow'r-ing waves, And swell the tow'r-im> 

*l g - :lfi4- — 4- ■— -4— -£+£- 5 — 5 — A|3 3 s_J2± 



~l r 

VV T ho tempt that dang'rous way. 



C-5-6-r- 1 ^5-^+J^-4^44-^l- 6 45-5-^-»4^ 



At thy coin - mand 

81 1 1 

I I I T" 



the winds a -rise. And 



1- 



At thy command the winds a - rise, And swell 



4 



the tow'r- ing waves. 



& 



& 



— 3- 



The 



•1—6— r'-f-f^G— 5~1— 3— g-j-e.g-c— «-| „ i e 5 13 -3 | 1^-ff 

men as - ton- ish'd mount the skies,And sink in ga - ping graves. 

1-3-3 t a- :r5-i-i t i - -34 i^ 7 . 



t 1 5 



P. 5. 8 5 6 7 1 8 5 8 6 5 3I3._3_3 I Ji_»a 

swell the tow'r ine waves The men as -ton- ish'd mount the 



4' 



4-M 



i. 



5 :c i:ui.-, r, r, 



Cf- 



■ i iii 



skies, And sink 



i 
in 



1t 



ping graves. 



_l-U,__45-5+^-W 



p. 3 



jfi4 JORAM. S. M. 

l""The Lord is risen in-deed" He lives to die no more; He lives the sin-ner's cause lo plead, Whose curse and shame he bore. 

* o "The Lord is risen in-deed;" Then hell has lost his prey; With him is risen the ransomed seed, To reign in end - less day. 

3 "The Lord is risen in-deed;" At - tend-ing an-gels, hear; Up to thecourtsofheav'n, with speed, The joy- lul ti -^ dings beaf. 

4 Then wake your golden lyres, And strike each cheerful chord; Join, all ye bright, ce- les - tial choirs, To sing our ris - en Lord. 

KINGSTON. S. M. 

G major. Andante. ^_^ T * 

o_3_«i+«*-o-a-l+-— 4-1^2+3-3-5-4-3 43 I 2r-^ 5-5-5|37-4-4-4 f2r—4 2-2-3 + 4 3-2+ It — h 

1 Howten-der is thy hand, O thou most gra - cious Lord! Af- flictionscome at thy command, And leave us at thy word. 

C^^+5_4_4_3^2_4 J 5_45_5_l4_5 |.^4_2^^|3_«_«_Gj 5_ + _5_5_5|^_44 £_ + 

2 How gen-tle was the rod That chastened us for sin! How soon we found a smi-ling God Where deep dis - tress had been! 
C^-HW-5-5^5-4--3-5+|-4-f--A r 5^-5-5-S4-«-I-I-a^5^-|-5-5-l4-4ji--5.4-^-4 



3 A F? - tiler's hand we felt, A Father's heart we knew; 'Mid tears of pen - i-tence we knelt. And found his word was true. 

r-J-?-y-™t<^-4t3-tfr^^ 

4 Now we will bless the Lord, And in his strength con - fide; 
n „ I . I ,. 1 „ y. | _. I =• I 3 3 3|4~3 5 5 5 15. 1.1 5 Si] 65 413 II 

(j_i_j^ K (-"^ hr— f- =1 F-r-~— r-t— \-v— v< — tr+1 — w—\r—v — fr+i Mr— s» — wTt~ i t— I — ~tT 

For-ev-er be his name a-dored, For there is none be- side. 

VJCs-q P— I- 8 -MM-q P4- ^4*-l-m^l-l^U^5-5-n4-5-5U-l\- 



METH1NKS I HEAR. • 165 

I) Major, quite slow. v.-uii. < . 

1. Me- thinks 1 hear in whisp'ring breeze that round my pale brow plays, The breathing of a ho - ly voice, the voice of for-mer davs That 

<TS A 1 *'-$ ii \ i i l i \ i 4_ y _ y J 1 1AU 3 - 3 a 1 4 i i 3 |-* -*tH -hi 

2. I list-ened in my youth to sounds that charm'd mv lisi'ning ear, And threw a spell a-round mv heart, which aye it loves to wear • But 

( \.t_i__4_i_s_4_s4^_4_4_;i \ -^_o-^-5J-5^| .i 15-5-&- 6 I * * * 1 I 7-4-S-jL k-M ,' 4- 

3. But yet that voice of for - mer years still lin-gers on mine ear: I hear it at the mid-night hour, when all a-round is drear While 

C4-i— U-i-i-i4-i-i-i-il^^^-^i-^-i-\-i-i-i-i4-i-i-i-i4-s-^-fi-si \^U\. 



fell up - on my ears as sweet as tones from harp atrings fann'd. When waken'd in - to breath-ing life by touch of gen-tle hand 

&-A- 1 k£ 1 i— Fs A iTi t^q^r^ntt i r l A l 3 3 3,3 1 a -~inh*rN — rt-yl-rHl 

ah ! that voice of inel - o - dv in death's re-pose was calm'd. Like dv - in? of a lute -string's wail, when snapp'd bv stranger's hand 

sleep is brood-ing o'er my brow and si-lence o'er my breast, It sweet-ly breaks up - on my dream, and soothes my troubled rest. 
Cf-4-4-2-2-4-5 6~3-4~3-2~l-4- y -^-~ ^— ±\ 1^+1— I l-l-i-l- r-l'-l-l'-l'-j-j ^-^ ^ | l-"-|l 



ROOKS. L. M. 

E b major. 

1. Zi-on, a- wake, thy strength renew; Put on thy robes of beauteous hue; Church of our God, arise and shine, Bright with the beams of 1 ruth i\\ 



<8-I 



M-3-1 U-3-*tl--l 



-j- 7 -If--j5-4-5|2-l-l|I-- «|9rf-|3-3-«|l"l|yrltl--f-f3-ff-l|l— a-Jl^fi-Ji 



('. =jg 8 5|.1- 7| 8- 5 1 5- | _|3 4 3|6.> S|«- 6|7-|_|3 8 7|6- X\5- g| <r|_| g S 8|8fi 9_|3_4|8_|l- 

2. Soon shall thy radiance stream a-far, Wide as the hea-then na-tiuns are ; Gentiles and kings thy light shall view; All shall admire and love thee too 



166 



MONTAGUE. L.M. 



D Minor. Do on F. 



Swan . 



Ye sons of men with joy re-corcl The va-rious wonders of the Lord, And let his pow'r and good - ness sound, Thro' all your tribes the 
Ye sons of men with joy re-cord The various wonders of the Lord, And let 



G-l 6-6-6+JLl_ ^ 6 _|3,;3[1^_3_3_| 6 _34 6 4 6 | 6 . 



his pow'r 

_3|?L_ 



Tl TT"1"1 r 

and good - ness sound.Thro'all your tribes the 

_4|I 6 |^4?lfr-e-44l 



TM ile \ m \ —'— f tf-ff-f . 5 5 5 ' I 55 5 -fl? 3 3 * I ^ ' ~f 1 iF ±? ?- 3 t 3 ^°- i 

world a - nmnd Let thehi°h hen vn's your song-; in vile, Those spacious field* of brilliant light, Where sun, and mooned planets roll. Where sun, and moon. 



world a - round, 



C^ 4 ciekL 3 -? Ml© 6 6-6;^^Lc|3 ? *-r,!6 



Let the high beavn's your songs invile/Those spacious fields ol brilliant light. Where sun, and moon, - - 

_3 ] 3_3_3_G|7_7_7_^|6 6 ^5 6 | 7 6 s5 | 6* $7g£ \ 

Lei ihe high heavivs jour songs invite,Tnose spacious fields of bnl - liant light, Wliere sun, - 

3 1 I II' 



6 \S— 6 7— ?-f6-6-6- 



Let the high heava's vour songs invite .Those spacious fields ot brilliant light, Where sun, and moon, and plan • nets roll,Wheresua,and moon, 



I 



MAJESTY. CM. 

F Major. Billings. 

I. The Lord de-scend-ed from a - bove, And bowed the 

rr , tP 3 w i ^ | - | -tM 3 J J t , - | -t 

C^- 3 -!^— ^-lg-g+e-^-154 5 - 1 8 8 — l 

3. He sat serene up- on the floods, Their fu- ry 



nnd planets roll, And stars that glow from pole to pole. I 

r-7--7-!- 3 i ijjj 1 1 t»-»-f-»i mj*-t\ ,; tt } 

- - - and planets roll, And stars that glow from pole to pole. / 

p.r ; 5 G 333 3 616 5 6 7I87S65 313-11 j 

and moon, and planets roll, And stars that ?lnw from pole to pole. f 

3 6-gI© e^G-P-^lGT^G^lGlK 

and planets roll, And stars that glow from pole to pole. 



MAJESTY. Concluded. 167 



SIva 1- ue L«~ia'«nfori! 



I 



£-5-6-7+^ f5 ( 642« |53 1^|432 1+5 t 4 f 3 1 3 f t^L«! 5 ^f ?t , H— t" — -f— 5 ~t 

heavens mosi hi lx li , And un - der - neath his feet he cast The dark - - - ness of the sky. On cher- u-bim and ser-aph-im lull 

£-1-4-^ 3. f f| ■ | —|—1 --ffl- 1- |3 2_4 32i y | l'_ t :— 1 1—*— t 

Cs-§-g-4g4? 1 ff-fl^£g|g- WW? -I f^^ M?-?-* : g 1 3 I • - 1 • ■ 1— *— I 

to re - strain. And he as sove - reign Lord and King For ev - - - er - mure shall reign. On chei- u- bim and ser-aph-im full 

8 9 1HH - I - * \U i-&*U\£ 4MMW-4 W: - 1 ! 3 f ? f I ? f M4- 



(§4-7-6-7-14^ — |^^4-rL<H<U-^-^+^ 

roy-al-ly he rode. And on the wings of mighty winds Came flying all abroad, And on the wings of mighty winds Came flying all abroad. 

fi-S 3 I --I— 3^3 |-1 213-3-31 + 1-2— 1—1 I 1 1 2 212.-- 12 1 3-3-1-34-1-8— 2— 1 + 1-1-1-^1 1 M» 

J> l I I _ I U_l I I I I I I 1 I . ill III III I I ill ill I < 1 1 

p. .1 .1 <> .1 '.1.1 413415 5 5 314 4 4 .1 .1 .1 *\7 65 |5 I 5 5 1 413 5 4 113 O 5.11.1:11 

v^t-t — i — i — sj-| - — a -f-a h 1 1 — T — M — I 1 t-tt — I — ; i - i-l-rli 1 — i — i — hi — i 1 r+T 1 1 — i I . \r 

roy-al-ly he rode And on the wings of mighty winds Came flying all abroad, And on the wings of mighty winds Came flying all abroad. 

<^M44M±- _ 4 1__ | 1 1 1 3(2 3 2 3 ^4 3^4| g ^^ g |l_^2_24^_l_2^24 3 4 B ±\1<\\. 

HOPE. 7's, 

D Major. 

&~i~3 3 I 8 4 I 5 6 I 5- I 4 3 t~2 2 I 1 S'lTf-ill 4 | 5 ^T" 6~h5- I 6 7 I ' 3 I 3 ar|~Flt 

1. Come, saith Je- sus' sa-cred voice, Come, and make my paths yoor choice; I will guide you to your home; Wea-ry pilgrims, hith-er come. 

8"1"tt t"T—rlTTtT-tsrT 1 f~fj 6 ~f 1 i- hr~ 2 I 3-3 I 2 1 l 7 rhn I 3 1 frz 7 HI 

C^i-5-5-l-.l— 613-4-1-34-5-5-1-5 1 | 3 .1 ] .1 | .1 .1 I .1- .1 ! S-,-44^5 4 — 5-1-5— 5 1-5— I ! 3 ||- 

2. Hith-er come; for here is found Balm for ev ery bleeding wound, Pence which ev - cr shall en- dure, Rest, e - ler - nal, sa-cred, sure. 

Ci4-i-r4-i— i4-i-i4 r 1 a a 1 s g 1 6 $\ i4-i— i4i— i- 1-2— a-l s -\ 4-2 1 1—3 I 5- T { 1 \[ 



168 N0RTHF1ELD. C. M. 

C, or Bb major. Insalls. 

(81- s -^r*t*-*-F"f i - ■-tn?-?-?-i-r*-i-^ — m-^m^w-rn? *>* «ji 

How long, dear Saviour, O how long, Shall this bright hour de - lay? Fly swifter round the wheel of lime, And bring the welcome 

&-l^-ttt^£-ttiw-t-£$£-g-& « is- I r 1 1- y— -^t5-^-a-3t«-i- 5-tf%1- 

Fly swifter round the wheel of lima - 

CJ i i 4 i±±±u+-iJ \} }'? n 4T*-4-*M — -J — 4- |4i-?-?-^-4 

How long, dear Saviour, how long, Shall this bright hour de - lay? Fly swifter round the 

Cf2-l-i-S^3-i-i-i-r-5— l-5-r-^-?— 7-6— 1-5^— l-S-r-i 1 — «i-6-«-r-?-5-5-5-r-l-l'-J-l'-T-2 5 1 

Fly swifter round the wheel of lime, Fly swifter round the whesl of 



s 



dav, And bring the wel -come day. 

%T5; — oiS 7 3~ |o 5|s4t 

- - And hrtnff the wel- come day. 

p. SB 1313^1 a liia 213-M 

vt-ti — r~T-t t — i»-i — r lr"P 1 — it 

wheel of lime. And bring the wel-comeday. 

ft-1*-^ 3-|4— ff|l=tt 

lime, And bring the wel - come day. 



Maxim. 

-3-|2~2-2-3~4+ 
i ii i i i 



BUCKFIELD. L. M. 

Bb or C major, Original Key. 

When strangers stand and hear me tell, What beau-lies in my Saviour dwell. Where he is gone they 

&f-rirWr'i « i\A\i - Jr ffl-*itttFY>i — ■ — t — ■ — t 

C4^-L-5-3U-0-5->iV4-7-^-^l^- 3 -^|74^4— — I- rM- 

When straogers stand and hear me lel!,What beau-lies in my Saviour dwell, Where 

Where he is gone they fain would know, 



( g-5-.T5^-|-^-l-|3-3 3-2|l-I-l^-, l|a-^^|^-^^ t| I-l-l-3ll|3-2-8 t 9|3--l--2-3|a-l-y|l lt | 

fain would know. That they may seek and love him too, Wherehe is gone lliey fam would know,That they may seek and love him too, Thalthey may seek a;id love him too. 

Where he is ^one they fain would know, That they may seek and love him too, Wherehe it gone they fain would know.Thai thpy may <rek and love him too. 

be is gone they fain woi,ld know, That ihey may seek and love him too, Wherehe isgr.nethev laiu would know, That they may seek and love him too 

C^_-4-|iG-5-.»-li-S^^4---H , -T^^U|i«-5^-|- -s(i-i-l-l-|.-;-5-5;.-il T i-^-.Vs|4-5|l-H. 

That they may seek and love him mo. That they may seek and love him too, Wherehe is gocethey fain would know.Thai they may seek and love him loo 



IN THY BOUNTY. Sentence for Thanksgiving or Fast day. Ifigi 

D major. Stoicly. lOrk. 

1 In thy bounty, God of ua-ture, In thy bounty, God ot na - ture, More than earth- ly bliss is felt, Mure than 

&-t-frllVi-i-rtyr>- r *3l** t* » a 1 ^ r-i- F -t-tt^-^--dr-S-l-t-p-^-— a—j- 

2 Lord of heav'n, and earth, and o - cean, Lord of heav'n, and earth, and o - cean, Hear us from thy bright a - bode, Hear 113 
3 Health and eve- ry needful bless - ing, Health and eve- ry need - ful bless - ing, Are thy bounteous gifts a - lone, Are ihy 

C* *■ 5 1 1 * 1 1 1 * fiij iii 1 >> «» 1 1 ■ ■ 11 
\-l-fr-5 I S^SS-S 1 .1 S-F-9^3 bS-3-5 5 — \-S 5-F-#-? |-f-| ,' 7 (--#— F-« 5 |- 

3 Thee, with bumble ad - o - ra - tion, Thee, with humble ad - o - ra - tion, Lord, we praise for mer - cies past, Lord, we 

._ ~ — — — — — 

earth - ly Miss is feluThanks a-rise from eve- ry creature, Who to worship thee has knelt, Wh.i to wor enip thee has knell 

from thv brieht a^bode.While our hearts, with true devo-tion,Own their great and gracious God, Own their great and graciousGod. 

boun - teous gifts a - lone; "Comforts un-deserved pussess-ing, Here we bend be- fore thy throne, Here we bend be - fore thy throne. 

praise for mer - cies past; Still to this must fa-vored nation, May those mercies, may those mercies ever last, May those mercies ev - er last. 

CAMBRIDGE. C. M. 

G major. Dr. Randall. 

S -|-r-S-3J»-l|4-Sj^l-3-ail-^1rtl-3-3ta-114-3ji-|-|— — j-^ |— ^-j^flj,^,^ 

1 Oh praise the Lord— for he isgood, In him we real obtain, His mer- ey has lino' ages stood, And ev - er shall remain. 

rgi-s-s-.'jl-i-sle-.il..- 1 .?- «~e irts- Ui-.i--MrfiUi-.-i\s f I — - — l^thhhtfsfthirii- fa .1 Ml 

" Lei all ihepeo-pJeof IhcLord His prais-es spread around, Let them his erare and love record, Who have nalvation found, Who have salvation found 

3 Now let theeast inhim rejoice, The west its trib-utebring.The north and souih lift up their voice In honor c f their King,Inhon-or ofthi K 

■l Oh praise the Lord— forhe isgood, In him wcrest obtain; lbs mer -cy has thro' ages stood, And ev-er shall remain, Andev-cr shall remain 



\ 



170 THE EARTH IS FULL OF HIS GLORY. 

Original key C, Bb Major. -, Grann. 

Ho - ly, Ho-ly, Ho - ly is the Lord, is the Lord of hosts, Ho - ly, Ho - ly, Ho - ly is the Lord, is the Lord of hosts. 

&-f-r-6tr-6l-?-yt ^ & a la a I a a I ^^S~^e-e-fsrift^B^1^^^\^r^S=rf; 

(K* 3 3|1 4| 3 8|3 ^4_ y | 1 1|1 f^Jf±\ \ i\l 1 l'"» ■«! 1. | 8)3 A JA^l^. 

Ho-ly, Ho - ly, Ho-ly is the Lord, is the Lord of hosts, Ho-ly, Ho-ly, Ho-ly is the Lord, is the Lord of hosts. 

Cs-I-S— e4-e— «4^S— «4- e*-6-*s-4-4— * -1-3-3-4-3-4^-^^-^7-7-44^-4-7-1-6— e^-s-^—isM- 



Allegro moderato. ^^_ 

Full are the heavens, the eartk is full of glo- ry, the earth is full of glo-ry, full of his ma-jes - ty, full of his 

&-rrt-7irfth^6-^^ 

C^i-3-^WU4;-4-7-4-W-4^44-4-7-J^^ 

Full are the heavens, the earth is full of glo- ry, the earth is full of glo-ry, full of his ma-jes - ty, full of his 

(^-i_3-*44U^4-3^5-«-SW-^^^ 



£-?^- 3 t 3 -?it7^1 ■■ Ijrte y-tftf—rf p — hr?-5- 3 -t- 3 t^-^ 



glo- rv, Hal- le - lu - jah, Full are the hea - vens, the earth is full of glo-ry, 

C^-f-4M4-frf^-F |-7j-^-4= 3 4?-5--- 1 7jL--f-3_4 _3;s__.^ p — ^_S-S-7 _f4 

glo-ry, Hal-le - lu - jah, Full are the hea - vens, the earth is full of glo - ry, Full of his ma-jes- 

|0-7-7-2-!- r ,-3— I 5-r \£6-7-}--*J.li— 5— F— I £g-7-1%-1\ 7 5 -P 45-5-5-4-14- 



THE EARTH IS FULL OF HIS GLORY. Concluded. 



171 



2-3— 3— «— 4— 4-t*-P— ~P 

i ' - - 

Full of liis ma- jes - ty, 
& 5 O 7 7 hi ^ 
P. 1 r I 1 2 2 3 314 



i-j-j f -f r o 



1 

I 



4-1-3-3 12-2 3 2-3-2! 



Full of Ins ma-jes-ty, 

I I S 2 5 IU 



Full of liis ma-jes-ty, Full of Ins ma -jes 

I o 35^5i55o5o^ 



"T" 

ty, 



T::i 



Full of his ma-jes-ty, 

44-4-4-,7-f-W-F- 



-6-7-7-1 J| »*-7-f-J « | 7-7 « 7 » -7 1 

Full oi In- ma- jes- ty, Full of his ma -jes- ty, Full of his ma-jos- 

r-4— 4-4— 3 3 r-2^2 2-2-1— 1-| 5- 5 -■ -5— J— 5 I 



.1 I 



ty, full of his glo - ry, Hal-le - In - jah, Hal- le - lu - jah, 

C 



I 1 - 

Hal 

1-3-1 



-11-13 21 I ' 

l «» * i ill 

le - lu - jah, 

I f s ' III 

310 O 3 113 



4_f_l_f_l |1 | *_~ ~ | .1 5 I 5 



' 7 I ,« 



C: 



ty, full of his slo - ry, 



4-5-J 



£ ill 



-5 I -""-- 5-5 1-5 .1 1 5 0^7- -J-lj — |- 
Hal-le -lu - jah, Hal - le - lu-jah, "lUtl ~ le - lu - jah, 
F— 5-5-1-5- Si' 5 3 1-5 5 | 1 2- -3 11-1-5 -^U- 



Hal- le - lu - jah. 

I i i 32 1:1 || 

15 6-5- IS- || 

Hal - le -lu - jab. 
I 1-5- I | 



BRAINTREE. C. M. 

D Major. 

Srtjnt^^jWM ttliU r-f'jNtstyW 5o!. v alfW; tfhiiy-'l^^ I'll 

1. In God's own house pronounce his praise; His grace he there reveals; To heaven your joy and won -der raise, For there hisplo • ry dwells. 

&-|-t-3-5tt i \iJ \ rft \^mH^^\i^^n\-^7ti\'Q:i\i- s^slstsfa tfltf 21I3II 

■J. Let all your sa-cred pas - sions move, While you re— hearse his deeds: But the r»n*:it work of sav - in? love Ynur high - est praise i % 
I ' l 1 3 5 ] l -$ [± S—\5-\5 \ ' TS\S =1 I 5| 35 &\a- 5'o[l3 5 1 17 I ' I ' 5 5 5 5 kill 

3. All that have motion, life and breath, Proclaim your Ma- ker blest; Yet when my voice ex-pires in death, My bo nl shall praise him best. 

C.--*-i-3-a;]-i-al64— 5— |i | r l r> 25 -!i_2 2 la! 1I123 1I32 1 1 1 - -i— |.?HI 1T12 i| ijs ^ la II- 



172 



(1 >I:ijor. Mod em to. 



COME, LOVELY SPRINfJ. 



r-r*^*-m^-m-j-f— Jtf— m-f 



Come, icivr-ly spring. Thou gift of hea- ven come, Come, cooie ; The death-like slumbering earth awake, O love-ly 



*** 



■tsk-^-— £{5 



«T5 7 |6'6 7| f J f 



it 



I 5. 4 3 4 13.3 2 11 2 3 1 413. 3 314 3 3 - 1 213 a_j- 312 1 ~ 1 211. 1 515 5 6 21 

Come love-lv spring,Thou gift of hea-ven come, Thou gift of hea-ven, come, The death-like slumbering earth awake, O love - ly 



C6 J J. 



Thou gift of heaven, come, 



The death-like slumbering earth, the slumbering earth awake, O love- ly 



9pring ; Come love - ly spring, a - wake the slumbering earth, 



\—r 



2 tb 3-2-l^l 



The death-like slumbering earth, 
5|*4 4 4 Jlr ' ' 
p. 2.2 - 1*4. 2 212.2 21-4 2 212 a_~ CI 1 2 t 82 3 1 2 g „ 

spring ; Come love - ly spring, a - wake the slumbering earth, The death-like slumbering earth, 



-5+5—5—5 — 5-4 5t5-5-4- 

» l i * i * l 1 1 * \ 

Awake, O love - ly spring, the 

514 3 23 4 1 3.3 5 | 



A-wake O love- ly spring, the 



Cs-i ^\-^4-^U^-7]^-^-^^U-^-^h\-s-^-5--B-i-^H^^ 



OS — 5—5 — 5-f-5— 5r+-«M4-3 245 — 5-5-1+2-3 -4-1 -2-g+l 1 " 1 i 5-4-3-4+3t3 — 34-2-6-5 4-3-4+ 

i> =• W I I ill — i» I I H» I * I — " _ • I I I I _ »' V I „ ^ |_J * I 

death- like slumbering earth : come love - ly spring, spring, Thou gift of hea-ven, come, Come love- )y spring, Thou gift of hea-ven, 

P . 4 3 2341 5. 4. 1 8,45 41212 3 3145 6 5 4 I 3 -, ~ «, I I 6.5.4 5 I I 56. I 

*-'— i w ss s> — i-t r — I i — — i»~r "E3 »» i !»" i — — f — i »r~r-r— H H - -)--, =i — sr+'n n — | 1- 

death-like slu mbe ring earth ; O come love- lv spring, Ospring,Thou gift of hea - ven, come, Come love-ly spring, O 

Cs4L_|_^if.ML-f444L-« | 7^6-54-614-3-2-5— 5-14-^ r— V - I 



\ 



\ 



COME, LOVELY SPRING. Concluded. 173 

OS 1 r I I 5-4-3-1-1-3-^-=! I f ; 7 6 7H ^7-6 1 .17.7 3 « 1 .1 f -.'5— 3-3 -3 I 1 . 2 3 ' S ' 1 1 3?3 ' II 

come, Come, love - ly spring, Come, Iove-ly spring, Thou gift of, thou gift of heaven come, come, come, come, come. 

&- 7 -H^i i-.-i— f-fi-*H^fi^-l\-}.--i\ ri^-aia^-Shi-fi-i^^i-i-^Mi-iTi-- |j 

C^L^-^.i- g-6 f|f nP - flff fl?-* »lft s 144— g g gl 8 - f I? i ? i -l-^'ll 

come, Come, love - ly spring, Come, love - ly spring, Thou gift of, thou gift of hea- ven come, come, come, conn , come 

C-5^ U3-H^4^ 7 I 6-5 » ! i-*4 ! V>> 3 I I S— &-g— SI*' * 1 f 1 B-.M+A* H- 

come, love-ly spring, Come lovely spring, love- ly spring, 

GRACE 'TIS A CHARMING SOUND. 

C Major. Moderato. Tho». Clark. 

&-*■* && \ &Ji*\t \*\ -t+**ttt i*\*»\i* A' 31* i * *\ f — "■ — I — ! 

Grace 'tis a charm- nig sound, Har- moui- ous to the ear ; Heaven with the e - clio shall re-sound, 

J, ' a I i _U_ 



firhnlrtttjh* 7 J r I * t sj^fr-yTi ti^tt" — — I — ~t r a 3 - tfsas -art 

Grace 'tis a charm - ing sound, Har- moui- ous to the ear; Heaven with the e - elm shall re 

c 1 5 ^ 4+t*— 4i3 1 » i i ^m*— g-4s-— u-r-^-ig- i yyiy --—4- . 

Grace 'tis a charm - ing sound, Har-moni- ous to the ear; Heaver w.th thp e - cho shall re- 

0-1-1-3-4^—5-4 1-4-14 l—l-Uj2j\5-l\- -, [ U-i-j^U-l-S -I I 



Heaven with the echo shall resound, And all the earth shall hear, And all the earth shall hear, And all the earth shall hear .shall hear, shall hear. 

&-s aW - llii ,g dla-MaV* 3 sl l av sts-s .i .vv s i i 5 tin i Li 7 1 Ml 

sound, Heaven with Ihe c-cho shall re-sound, And all the earth shall hear, And all the earth shall hear, And all thi ll lall hear, iha 

C:- 5 -6'-6 1-7-5-7-44-74-4--— ~ ' ' * i[±— -7-r40-M I 6-6 5-6 I 5? I I « : MI 

sound, Heaven wiih the e- cho shall re-sound, An<l all the earth shall hear, And all ilic earth shall hear, ill ■ thai I hear, shall heaj 

i ': .l-5-^^45- 7 -i-2-r«4^4— 5 U« 1-3-5+^ g|M f M4-4-3-4+5-5 I 1 5 I 1 II 



174 TEMPERANCE ANTHEM. 

n major. Words and Music furnished for this work. B. 

£4-1= i -t ^i- t -i>»i-i- ff f B -fa-»-ita- 7 -i--|« ? a-n^^^^ts-^ 1 Ws^" I 

^-^3-3^+^4^-3-3+3-5 — 5-3+1-1-3" Is 5 5~s+ ^^ha~»~at T~ij^j^j1 a ; #i — I" 

Raise a - loft the temp'rance banner, Wave it high on eve- ry breeze. Shout with joy the loud hosanna, Let it ring o'er land and sea. 

£4-5-5-5-5+5—5 S, * I * } i-t-M 6-5-5—1 7^-7-7-7+5^ S-ghS+^hN-S- ' i 1 7-1— + 

C=e— 1 — i— 1— l-l-jj — 5 1-1+1-3J5— i-6+4-5-1 1 5-5-5-5+1- ^5-5+1*4-2 i^*4^ 5 5H— 4 




Interlude. 



p -4-3-5^-3-2^^-5-3+2-43-2- L2-J-8 — 9- 1 1 5-34-5-6*5 1 6-5-4 1 6-54-5-34 [5-4-3 j 3V6^-7~6-5~4 1 3 — 2- 1 ^ 
g-j-l^i-l-^l^M-l^ £j| ^^fl^rsl* "** * ~&\t -* 2j4 3^-3 1-213 2 111^3 4^511 3^11^^^ 



Voiees. 



£-4-4,-4-4v-4^4-5-6-6^6-6-6-6f6- 8 5-6-— ^1-1^5^-55-3+1-7-6-^1-7-1---^ 
& _ t _ 2~ r ~£"''2 r ~2l"2 — 3 _ 4 _ lt3 _ 3 _ 3 _ 3i3~3 _ 3 _ " _ l3~3 _ 3 _ 3t4~3 _ 3~3t3~2~l — T+3~2~S [ 

Hear the drunkard's sad complaining, Lis-ten to his dy - ing sigh; By the love of Christ constraining, He who bears the sin- ner's cry; 

0,4-6-6-6 ._i-U-JLJ_llJLJLJLJ. 1 1- 7-1 4i-5-5-l + »-l-I-i;5-5-6-145-5-5 i- 

C4-t-4-i-4-4+2-l-4-4+ B -g- 6 - 5 +3—3-g— +1-1-1-1 U-4-1-1+1-2-3-415-5-1 1^ 



I 



TEMPERANCE ANTHEM. Concluded, 175 

&-*--- i 6 S\ 6 6 fjnr] T6 6 6 ! O *5 6 * | I «-6- l '«-.'i | G 6- 5-5 j 6-5-5-1 j 3-3- 3_ f 
& 3 3 4 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 " 1 33-3-3 1 3 3-3 3 1 3-3-3- a | 1-y-lr f 

Come and help us, come ami help us, We in griet and anguish lie. 
C^g 1 1 1 | i 1 y- y 4_t-i— 1 ljl y 1 ■ [ 1 1 y -_y41_J_.y_ y | i 1 I .y+ fr ,- t G | 

C: 1 -1-4-1 ! g- «•— 3-3 I g-6^<r6^ 3- " 3_ 6^ I G-6— 8— 3-1-6-6— 3-3 1-1— I— 1— a r 3— 3 <; I 

Vocal. f. oil Jf 

g-l^-y t i- 1 "^ ^-7-»-7-! «-«-««^6 6 i>s-«r I s--6 tw-t^-^rii 41s- 4 ^ 5 M--7 1 '- .> | 

(8~I-3 3 " | I"Trt3 T ^~l 3 — a1 3 3~ St^ 1 4 4 [~4 4 " I ^-ITf*-*! S^a^S" a 3 .1 33 I 3 •> 3 3 I 

Onward, onward, onward then and light the butttle,A\ ith the monster in his lair, Make your glomus armor rattle, ( ;<>d is with us, 
C : _.?-3-5- I 6 6-1 5 5-5-5) 5 5-5-5 U~-± I -7-L- |.Ir_L|.fc.|JL- 7 _l_7- 1 1,-JL_I_I | S -> I 3^4- 
Cf-I-1-1- I 4-4-r-l^— 1— ^r-P-i— l-il-4-4 I-4-4--I 4"-4-r4--4l^-l-^-!-I-l-i-i4 i- 5 -l I~-1 I- 



Instrument. Vocal. 



{&-&-5U--~ [r3S [WS"\ S - 5 f 5S — | 5 I \ ST 5 ■ t 5 5 | 6 » | » 7 ] " -"*" 

8m l S -- i ;i-, y Ji fl 3 -« t 3 - 3 -^ 1 2 ity 7 ■ I 3 ~3t4 4t3 a 1 5^~ 

ne'er despair, We shall conquer, We shall conquer, and the palms of vict'ry wear, vict'ry wear 



/ 



I 3 --*'|" "11 
I 5 1 j «- 11 



I" 7l" -I! 
\r. - I" -| r 



T 1 7 I « -J 5-5 l-g-^-4^-7 1 1 ' ■ ! 7 6 I 5-5 - I 1 J 1 1=-H 5 5 I 5 

T f - 5 ! t^-44-i^yt-t— i^|-l^-g l * * - Is- a 1 3-3- 1 1 -l 1-4 -6^r- 5 l r 

THE TEMPERANCE CLARION. 
<S-i-5t»-st 3 - 5 ^^ y |*|6 -y-7 1 'Wtt 

I. U - ni - ted in a peace - ful band.Todrtve In-temp-rance from our land, We're joined in heart, and joined in band — The Cold Wa-ter Ar - my. 
J We'll raice our hap • pwnic - p^ high In loud - c-M ac- cents to the sky; While heav'n and earth shall then re • ptx — The Cold Wa - ler \t ■ 

( %-^5t5^f I -M^^l ! 3|7t7- , t5-7i^f^5J.I|5|- , [*s\rgfr^ hr Wrtr-jir*t«r IsH 

3. We'll make the woods and val - leva ring With loud- eat echoes while we sing, While all a- round re - erh - oes bring:, The Cold Wa -ter Ar - - my. 

C: 4 3I3 5!5 3|^^|I|5|5_3|2_S|a 2~l | 7 | r. | 5 4 | 3 I | 1__1 | 39 1 I | 12 a - I ■ . 4 ■ :: |j 

i Lord, lei now a c*> - pious shower. Of grace de- sccnd-big on us pour. Nor el one hlightning pros * |vrt lower rhe Cold W a - \>-i Ar • - mv 

5. O mav we meet around thy throne, To praise The<3 there, in strains un -known, Ind flow'rsof love and peace be strewn, The I W \\ - - mj 

C : -l J-l 1-5 1 1- I|5--5-|14 5 I 5-5 I 5-5 I *-9- ! 5 1 ' I ! -7 ! 1-3 I 4-64 I 5'- | 3 I J -5-5 I 65-1 1 || 



176 DENMARK. 

D Major. Firm and distinct. Jl. Muclan. 

l. Be-fore Je- lio-vah's awful throne, Ye nations, bow with sa - ered joy : Know that the Lord is God a - lone ; He can create — and 

0^-1-3-1-3-5-1-3-6 l6-6-r-5^-5-|-5-5-j-6-5 1 6— 54 1 3-4 1-5-5 -5 1 5 5-16-5 Isis— 4-a'i-S6-fM- 

1. Be-fore Je- hovah's aw-ful throne,Ye nations, bow with sa - cred joy : Know that the Lord is God a - lone ; He can create — and 

fr-i-l-r-l-3-r-l-g lr^4- S T-i4-l-l-r-g-I [*- «-U44rl-i-lll fi\*-5 Il-4-l-3-ll4V 4-1- 



«- Trio. Moderately. 

he destroy, He can create— and he de- stroy. 2. His sov'reign pow'r.wiih - out our aid, Made us of clay — and formed us men, And when, like 

C 7 -l_5J-5-i5-f-5'6-— 6+5-541344-^-1-^-1-^— 4-^— U4— 1 ■ 1 - U I — r- 

he destroy. He can create — and he de- stroy. 2. His sov'reign pow'r, with - out our aid, Made us of clay — and formed us men; And when, like 

ICr5- 5 -r-l^-l-3-iJ4- 4+5-5-! 1 •--:4-4-l 1 1 1 1 1— 6— U5-g-r-l4^-g-^-»-*4-r-5 -5-I 1— i\-l 14- 



Presto, f 



- — ■ - — - — - i_j ■ — - — . i_i • — - ■ — - 

wandering sheep, we stray'd, He bro't us to his fold again, He bro't us to his fold again. 4. We'll crowd thy gates, with thank - ful songs, 



&t-*1 jffiftt ffi 1 1 i lOi feUJ til* eWg W .fJ 1 r S it 1 1 - _ y J 1 s ts^ff^-f^t^t 

C*4— 1 — ! — =- — I- 1— I 1 ■ | - 1 - 1 - 1 -ktsU-4f±5-s\s-- -5-134 

wandering sheep, we slray'd,He bro't us to his fold again, He bro't us to his fold again. 4. We'll crowd thy gates, with thank - ful songs. 

Chi — ill— — 4^415— 3-l-4-«^1^6|45-^]-l-i-l-l-i-t^5-6|i5-^l-l4--i-5 1-3-5 U4 Is- 5— U4 



\ 



! 



< 



DENMARK. Continued, 177 

High as the heav'n.our voic - - us raiae;And earth, And earth, with her ten thou - sand, thou-sand tongues, Shall fill thy courts with sound-ing 

& .> & ii 1 5 s 1 5^4 a is ralj I a • 1 " i f 3 T ~5 1 '"gjra'i's I svri a I .iin «i I r I i a \s is] ar a I -iji <; ; 

C^-7-7 I 1^5 5-|«+i-r-3H5 [X-F ji— |L i^— » I i— »-| »^=-»l 1-1 1 I 3 I i-5 6 7 

High as the heav'n.our voic - - - es raise;And earth. And earth, with her ten thou - ssnd, thou-aand tongues, Shall fill thy courts with suund-:ug 

&-fr-*-f-*f • a 1 4j g t*-*t¥-TlT-*W ss^iTflri-rt '^iHS It tl* a 1 1- 1 a » -3 i 

praise, Shall fill thy couris with sounding praise, Shall fill thy courts with sounding praise. Wide — wide as the world, is thy command, Vast, as e- 

&-»Ttt»n ^ -i| fifi l aT nttTTlT-y^ 3-&li art * sli-li 1 ■ I 

praise, Shall fill thv couris with sounding praise, Shall fill ihv courts with sounding pr;iis.-. Wide — wide as the world, is thy command, Vast, as e- 

Ca-i 1 5-5 1 5 --a I Is <S 1 1-3 1 4-34 3-1-1 5-4^1 p|i--;-l4i^-i-3--2 U-aU^sl-r-l -I-i-l4- 



ter - ni - ty — e-ter-ni-ty — thy love; Firm — as a rock — thy truth shall stand, When roll - ing years shall cease to move, shall cease to 

«nHhh ^1^-3^-iM^l^i^i-5^3l^dH k-i-li^— 7 ! 1^-1 l3j$ ftl i- i U. y J - 

C G-G-GsU -•- 3 -8 1 1 I 3 1 3 1 .1 ~ si « « I O «"r|I - 3 1 .1 J ' <j» 3 '.t 6 |-5 l| 

[ Cr - ni - ly — e - ter - ni - ty — thy love; Firm — as a rock — thy truth shall stand, When roll - ing years shall cease to move, shall cease to 

Ci i i f!i 3 -9 t\.r\s-i'-9\^i\ n e |-a--e kU-s-sl i--i|a -«-l.i-a3 4 I* 5 ! 



( 



178 DENMARK. Concluded. 

p crcs. m 

move.When roll - ing years shall cease to move,\Vlien roll - - ing years shall cease to move — shall cease to move. 

k-T^it:^-^ti ; "3t33"3j i t3 ; -.t| 5 -5-%f&tti t$dt-+$T — i~] T-t^-t a-Tj 1t 

p-3^5J-5 5-45^-5+5 S — \-S—H-y7$-}-7-e-S W-M-l-rj> 5+* ft— +54ff-<l4 3~43~||- 

move, When roll - ing years shall cease 10 move.When roll ■ ing years shall cease to move — shall cease to move. 

|C— 1-1 + 1 1— r-l^l-r-1 1— -U^-i+5^ £- + 1-2-3-4-1-5^ -^+1-2-3-4—+ 5"+-— i-t-4-1 '41- 

PORTLAND. L. M. 

D Major. Original key F. Maxim. 

<8~iT5~f 1 6 4 : i i j 2-3^5~3 _ 6 - 5t 1 ~7t 1:: t F i £ i|3~.i~J — s+s's-s^i^sn^f^ls^-^ - 1 

Sweet is 'lie dav of sacred rest. No mor-la] cares shall seize my breast; O may my heart in tune he found, I. ike David's harp of solemn sound, 

&~2"T~i 3 L6-6_7+t7l" _ I i"l _ "Ht4 _ 2|3- : . : "i I '~ r ~ _^J 1 3 5 »|l i 32 I Shrt^Tgt ' 

O may my heart in tune be found, Like David's harp of 

C^!-3-«4-4-»-«-8+5-.'Ei| 3-5-4-5 46-5r54^--[- \ — I— = i +3-5-5-5— 13-3-3-2— r 

Sweet is the day of sacred rest, No mor-tal cares shall seize my breast ; O may my heart in tunc be found, Like 

Cj-a-l-i-i-lg-a-a-i+^jrl— [ 1-1-4-3+4-5 [-14-^-1-1-3-5-31 1-1-1 — 4-1" I 1- ^— U-l-H-2— [ 

O may my heart in tune be lound. Like David's harp of 

&— * 3 = 4l5^5-4"3f2-2^-^l-^ s| »? Jj4 rfrffrifttah* itU ft ft i^ hr^^h^ijFgiT-it 

Like David's harp of solpmn sound, O may my heart in tune be found.O mav my heart in tune be found, Like Da - vid's harp of solemn sound. 

&.i^ r 1^" nflfeqq^l ii i r l— — -1^- -2l3-3-3^l2^--i-r2|3 L -g~i-i-t-1r3--f3it 

solemn sound. Like David's haip of solemn sound, O may my heart in tune be found, Like David's harp of solemn sound. 

C4-2-2-2- 1-1 -^-^5-1 5-5-5-4 i 3 3~45!-^ I—* z\5- ff-7-£l f — 5-4 1 6-4-2-5- 1 5-4—3-4^6 1 5-54 1 5~4 

David's harp of solemn sound Like David's harp of solemn sound, O may my heart in tune be found, Like David's harp of solemn sound. 

-S-S-S- 1 ^ -IS- - 5 !t-r3-3- : 2li-i-i-i|5-5-^ll- -i\*- -^»[i-2-i-4-!5-g-[l^ 

solemn sound, - (> may ray hrarl in uwie bo found, Like DavidV harp of soJ emit sound. Like David's harp ol solemn sound" 



( 



A ui. II. M. 

<g-I — 1^ 






FAREWELL CHANT, lis. 



|.» a *S 



.1- 



179 

-i 1 -f-n 



1 Fares-ell, my dear brethren, the | time is at | han J That we must be parted from || tliis so- cial|band; Our several engagements do || call us a- | 

( ':-5- -L_ -3-44-3-0-7-I * 4-T-M-l r~ -P_l_3 1 

C-I - 1 - — a-l-ro 4-V4- i= I a 5-^4 5= |c-«-« I 

2 Farewell, faithful soldiers, you'll j soon be dis-|charged,The war is just ended, the||treasure'sen-|larged, With singing and shouting, tbo'yjordan may| 

3 Farewell, ye youngconverts,who'vc| list - ed for] war. Sure trials await you, but || Je- sus is|near;And iho' you must walk lhro'thel|darfc wilder-; 

4 The world, fiesh and Satan, and | hell, all u- | nite, And bold persecutors will ||slrive to at- | fright; Yet Jesus stands for you, he'sjjgreater than| 






7- 

S 

-3" :__- 



Rilurd. 

-t-o -^ t'-f-^'^-tt / 
« « «> I 3 is i»1 .v li I 



NEWBURY. II. II. 



F major. 



9 \ 



118 » .1 S 



-' II 



-4—8 - 3 1 \ iS-ii-iS I I"- II- 
roar. We'll enter fair Canaan.and rest on the shore, 

ness, Your Captain's be - fore you, he'll N'ad vou to peace, 
they; Let this ani - [| mate you to inarch on the way. 



Hichael Hayden. 

' 5|*-|-3]3 9-4 ^ff^ift? f^^-ft 

1 O Zi-on,t one thy \ e, And raise thy hands on h ! I ,|| the earth thy 

g-l l|l- i -3 v.jOfS|l -I ^ -|?|-, 7 |1 8-2-2-f- 
- He gilds thy mourning fai . \\ iih beams that cannot fade; His all - respli 

3 In hiui-or tohisnami Reflect that sa- ci id that grace pro- 

ess ?i? ? ■- *\n*\$ p ? -i* m - : - ? - 

I rhere.on his ho- ly hill, A brighter sun shall rise, And with his radiance 

C:].i|i_i-7-7|(;UI-a-.i-is. iML -I.; . i I ; ? 



g-J-f-,4 |,^-6-7-fi t is--|r| «-"H-4-a t «-.s- t 7 1 »^-4 « r :* +*- 1 a j xT^s-is , g t4 1 6 ; a \ 3-« 1 8 ^ 

joys, And boast salvation nigh ; Cheerful in God, A -rise and shine, While rays di - vine Stream far abroad. 



7';' 7 



1*1 



grace He pours around thy head ;The na - tions round Thy form shall view, Withlus - 
claimWhich makes thy darkness bright ; Pursue his praisi Till sove - reign love In worlds 



di 

-8 1 8 



'1 



\P\PW 7|"-1| 



tre new Di - vine - )v crown'd. 

a-bove The glo - rj raise. 

«4_? | 9_3_£_*4| r, , | .-; (_.!_ _s_ | q*_ i r. | _5_ | .i . , f j .t. j 3 :v 8.y ( v >. 8 , : t ._|. 

fill Those fairer, purer skies; While, round his throne, Ten thousand stars In no - bier spheres Hi- influence own, 

<*: Ci ■* r.5 ? oi- - |!|K. 8)41, I .«= | »._ %* - - U |8. !!,. [si;;. _^.|i_j|. 



ISO THE DYING CHRISTIAN. 

F Minor. Do on Ab. Largo. Harwood. 

Yi- tal spark of heav'nly flame, Quit, oh! quit this mortal frame! Trembling, hop-ing, ling'ring, fly - ing; — Oh! the pain, the bliss of dy- ing ! 

Yi- tal spark of heav'nly flame.Quit, oh! quit this mortal frame' Trembling, hop-ing, ling'ring, fly- ing, — Oh! the pain the bliss of dy-ing ! 

I&-U *1 9 f*?! 3 3-j-«44-3-i-^t4-^-8-r-3^4^r-J 4- - I- I 1 7-r-6a!6-4-|3-34- 



Tasto. 



F Major. .Indante. \ 

g-^^6j^^--4^tm 3 -^^ 

Cease, fond na - ture, cease thy strife, And let me lan-L'uish in - to life! Hark! they whis-per, an - gels say, they whis-per, 

& -\ — - — f— -f— 1 5 — fs-sste^e t6-5t«--t"5- J -1— — 1 — 1"*- — I — h 

C^A-ilf^yHp a tfjtf^l 1 a l' < Q I 3 - 8 ! 1 -! 8 ■ 1 . - 1 — ^— 4-*— 4—— I- 

Cease, fond na - ture, cease thy strife, And let me Ian- guish in - to life! Hark! Hark! 

C: - 1 4—- I — \ «- L±-7-U-3 43-3+6^ 1 ' - 1 — - — 1 — - — 1-4 — I — —4- 

Tasto. 



f. 



* 1 



an - gels say,theywhisper,they whisper, angels say — "Sis-ter spi-rit, come a- way!" "Sister spi - rit, come a r \vay!"What is this ah- 
Hark! they whisper, angels say — "Sis-ter spi - rit, come a - way!"What is this ab- 



THE DYING CHRISTIAN. Continued. 181 

^-^-f^'fh-^^Si^fS-^h ] *4-*3-| M^«.-^a^l-4-j-t47-4-}-Srj- frff-ff-a^l | 13 3~5 | 54 F3 | Mf 

sorbs me quite, Steals my sens- es, shuts my sifrht, Drowns my spi - rits, draws my breath' Tell me, my soul ; can this be death ' 

Q. 8. 5|5 | 43 36 [ 65 53 } 5 5 | 5- | 8. 8 | 8 8j 8. .1 j .1 | 18 3 6 | 68 88 1 5, 8 j 5 ■ j 

sorbs me quite, Steals my sens - es, shuts my sight, Drowns my spi - rits, draws my breath' Tell me, my soul; can this lie death' 



-3J5^-7jI-4 t 3-8-t 14 ->-| \S—S]SJ 3 ( 8. 1 3 8 | 3-f 1 [-6-5+7-1 |4-33j»8 3^1 5-7 | 

Tell me, mv soul, can this be death! The world re-cedes, it dis - appears; Heav'n opens on my eyes! my ears, With sound 
£-,- 3 3-8)1 -^|l.|. 1 - t --3-8) : - -l t6 ^l- f ,44-l-|1^1 t 4-3|8 ? i|r 77 :' 8-2— f 



fr _. *5 I 6 F 61 5 5.4 | 3- 1 3_3 | 3 55 | 6 3 ] 6 5 5 | 5 | 5 | 8 5 | 5 5 | 5 , 5 | 5 _5 J 5 6.5 

Tell me, my soul, can this be death! The world recedes, it dis - appears; Heav'n <i - pens on my eyes! my ears, With sounds se- 

Cf- * J6>4^5-5-4JL4-mi-- 7 \ 6—5 \-£^8- 1 * - 1 * l M» 1 8 M 7-^4-j 5—5 [±—i-4 



S>-}-7-*-G j 5- j-^-5-3.- I J-5--5 fJ 1— |i ~-5 j 6-5-61 f St-5— 5-5 j 6-5— 6-7-j-fT-5-5 5 | 1 K-8-1 |- 

raph - ic ring ! Lend, lend your wings! I mount, I fly, O grave where is thy vie - to - ry T O grave whore is thy vie - to - Ty ! death where is ihy 

^-^- , 1r-t1- 8 - , - 9 1 , "- 2 i l --6-!3-^t — " |— ' FtF-?-?-*t*-5-? ' 7 »-dr?t 

fV.lji ! :.l||S 5 I 3-5 «Ji_l 13-3 I 3 1 8 3 3 3 3|1 5 I I 3 3 3 5 o - 

raph - io ring ! Lend, lend vonr wings! I mount, I flv. O grave where is thy vie - to - rv ' O grave when- is thy Tie- to- ry? death where is thy 

r*--6aJ-? !«+U } \ M-Tle-ftli— I — - M' :l i ? ' ■■ ! P4? ! r-el 



( 



182 THE DYING CHRISTIAN. Continued. 

stinT' O crave, where is thy vie- to - ry, O death where is thy sting? Lend.lend your wings ! I mount I fly, grave.whereis thy 

g_^t: t i-i_i--^.i-i- ft 4-3-»-i tr t 1 --| l ---?tf-f-f-M^ i^t^f-cl 

Q.g r a |4 S 4 4|3.3 « g| 4 3,8 1 ) g -| 3 S.. .448 -3|46S76 J «4|4^L3_| 4_6+3_56+ 

sting'Ograve where is thy vie- to - ry, death, where is thy sting? Lend.lend your wings ! 1 mount I fly, O grave.whereis thy 



Unison. 



r ^4HjiH^M^ F-3 t 3-3-3-3 t 2^}- 

vie - to-ry? thy vie- to - ry ? grave, where is thy vie-to - ry' thy vie- to - ry ? death, where is thy sting, dealh.O death, where is thy sting? 

p. 6. 6 7 7 IS. 5 5 3I4_GI3 g«|6. 6 7 7I8.S g_plg 5 5 g ig F _5|5 555^,1 

vie - to- rv 1 thy vie- to-ry ? O grave, where is thy vic-to- ry 7 thy vie- to- ry?, O death,where is thy sting, O death, O death, where is thy sting? 

| C :? .8gg|1.1 1 1|1. l\t. *1\2.2 S _S_ \1,1 1 f .| r f: f 1 4J^^^44_^^_14^4 

Adagio. 
Lend lend your winds' T mount, I fly, Ograve.where is thy vie- to- ry? thy vie- to - ry? Odeath, death, where is thy Bting! 

^-l_l^l t I-l-I-l t l_ 1 i_ 2t l-4 t 3-2 tM -2-2t^?-?l-?! 1 -t- b 7t6^ 2 t S -i-- , -7i- 1 -if 

p^5 5. 4|3 r 314 65 7_6g_4|43S|g S \ 5 5\S.*£ 4 4|5.g g| 4 |3- | _ g| 4 - ) .6 | g- | g~!4 | 3-|| 

Lend.lend your wings! I mount, I fly, Ograve.wherr is thy vie - to - ry? thy vie- to- ry' Odeath, death, where is thy sting? 

Ic-Ma-J-NLW 1 ,^ I J •~ 4 -r 8 - 9 1 - 1 - -7- r 6--«-6-6 r-g--g-S4 -rli-4 -3 k4-4-Up U— 1 *"4+ 



j 

s 



ADAPTED TO HYMNS AND SELECTIONS: ■•©< 

SERVICE OF THE PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH. 

GLORIA IN EXCELSIS. 

F or Eb Major. Hartley 

&-1-3- 1 «'»-4|»_-| Jfc 1 — 4=— S-|~2— 1— J-*-j- 2_- -j-2-3|4z-| «_ - - | 5 -I j 3 g it || 

&-*-:*_- |««[l^-j — 1- -1-^-*-t-TT-"-tT=i *=- l7«|'-| ' li '«7i«-- 

Glory be to God on(higa,]|And ou earth |peace, good[will towards|men.f We praise thee, worship thee Wi glorify ihee, «vi thy ureal gli 

we bless ihee, we ^iv t - thanks unto 
ft -!_?: |^^7|6-4 >1- | , 5 S I 5 *j_ [ o-_j _ ..1- _ |_g_g|£_ j 1- . j 16 | 5 g | g || 

(ilJlz-_|4g_[«T4__3 r j 8 1 | 7_.e4s-4_.g-_ U^_1| G _4_ _ 4 r r8 -4-U-g |> || 

(Sing below to the first half of the Chant in the order, 1, 2, &e.) (Sing bolow to the last hslf of the Chant, as numbered.) 

1. Glory be lo|God on|bigb, || And ou earth|peace. goodwill lowards|men. ] 5 . Tha , lakes , away fb e |sin9 oflbe|world, j| Have | mercy up- | on | us. II 

o ^ We praise I pss e, wetworshiplthee, II r ™. 

*"l We glorify thee, we jive thanks unto | thee for | thy gr.-at| s !orv. J ■ ' '""' ll,a " al ' |sios of the|world, J Have | mercy up- | on | us. || 

3. OLordGod,|heavenly|King,(GodUie|Fa_er|Al-|mighty. || 7. Thou that I | ceivo | our _ | prayor. J 

■ JOL Son,|Jesus|Clu 8. Thou that shiest at the right hand of|G ! fa Father, | Have | mercy op- 1 on | u*. ) 

7 O Lord Go Gorl,Soi)|ofthe|Father.|| < Thou only, Christ, with the I Holy | Ghost, fl 

9. For thou only | art — | holy, || Thou | only | art the | Lord. | ' ( Art most high in the | glory of | God the | Father. || 

Fjaajor. COMMUNION SERVICE. Kyrie Eleison. 

g-2ng_jg-6|g-3|g-l |g-g-gf-4-3 f g-I-|-l- f | l_-\S z \SHi\S-3\2-l\5-5-ffS-4,-f4:-9^e-e^ffS-4r3\2_-\a j| 

Lord, have mercy upon us, and incline our hearts to keep this law. Lord, have mercy upon us, and write all these thy laws in our heart:- we bed ech thee. 

C : «3-|3 4|gg|g9| 9 5 g|l g|4 3 | 3 9| 3-| 3^J3 4|g g[g 9|8 ."» | 3 « | r» g | 4_<l g|g 1 1 1 l~ 1 1 M 

r^i-i^-L^j^llr «l 5 _-i_54«-« i4-e|.--5!«-| M"-*]-*? «!r «'.t sic « ! r- ■ I i-.'i .3 i .'.-, |J || 

SAXCTUS. 

A Major. U \\ Dai 

& ^-l-l^ t l-l^l-^3 t 4^3-a-p4 t 5,-3 t 2-2_lY>, | a 5 - | « S S I | 3.-9 j I 7 ' l/| ! . |'| -|| 
8rtrt*\rt*il 7 « 7 t 1 i -" -Mr •"' 17 -.-4- .fil.-. r>- » -i-l ,-, .-> i :t r. r> \« r>~\\ 

II"- lv, Ho- lv. Lore 1 ' God ol Hosts Heav'n and earth are full are lull <>l thv glo- ry, Glo-ry 1"' to thee <> , n 

,. . -3 3- 1 I -(3 •» 1)9 . -|.l £JS_212..S+S_S gjj | 7 ,_ j| | . I | 1 '. y j 1 - 3 | I 1 .J, 

Cw-1 II 1 - I g-g-g rtf'-F-l g-i-4- « r-g- I i 8 9 9 ! .7 5- | 8-3 3- i-j-g-g-|-6 0-1-1-4-4 I l-II 



184 



s 



A major. 



come, let us | to the 
sing un- 



tar4t4~3t 

I Lord, || 



VENITE EXULTIMUS. Morning Service. 

— 2 r j-3-5-f-4-3j-3-2|— yr-1— |2-»-4-]-3 r f- 

— w — t3~srtT~*t *-t [— s- ["a — 51 5 1" 



Rev. R. P. Goodciiotigh, Arr. 

-3.- 4 — f-5-4-^-3-2 j- «r-ff- 

1-— i-f»- 



Let us heartily |strenglh 
rejoice in the of 



| our sal- | vation [| Lei us come be- [with thanks- 
lore hispieseuce 



giving,j| And show ourse!ves| .glad 






-4-1 
4-i 



i 



■PLJ4. 



.I_3J»_S4 «r-4.__a. 



-i -1-J--4- ^ — n 3|g i4^_|_^ 



4*4- 

45- 



91 1 



I 



a. 



3 



21 



t5-4l34f 

| him with [psalms. 

II 



i^-l 1^ 2— r-3-4— r-5-5-r-l-|[ 



PSALM 95. 

O, Come, let us sing un- | to the | Lord,|| 

Let U3 heartily rejoice in the | strength of | our sal- | vation, || 

< Let us come before his presence | with thanks- | giving, || 
( And show ourselves | glad in | him with | psalms. || 



CHANT, for Hymns or Selections. 



3. 



4. 



For the Lord is a | great — | God ;|| 
And a great | King a- | hove all gods.|| 

his hand are all the corners | of the 
d the strength of the I hills is | his— 



(In 
I An 



earth ;|| 
I also. II 



\ 






H. W. 4ay, 

3-5-4 t 3-2^-«_^ 

1-l- t l- y1 -l_- H 
|6 S[g- | S__ _4_5_§_|5_4|Ji_j|. 

-1-4-4 a-aJJ-||. 



Eb major. 

1- ^4_3-j- 2; ._ 



7- 



A_l-6-l^ 



-I- 

HYMN. 



i God of the seas, thy thundering voice, makes all the roaring | waves re- | ioice j||; 
/ Yet one soft word of thy command can sink them | silent | on the | saud.|[ 



5. i The sea is his, | and he | made it ;|| 
l And his hands pre- | par-ed | the dry | land.|| 

6. < come, let us worship | and fall | down,|| 
( And kneel be- | fore the ] Lord our | Maker.|| 

7. < For he is the | Lord our j God ;|| 
I And we are the people of his|pasture, and the | sheep of his — | hand;| 

8. $ O worship the Lord in the | beauty of J holiness ;|| 
I Let the whole earth | stand in | awe of | him.|| 

9. \ For he cometh, for he cometh to | judge the | earth ;|| 
( And with righteousness lojudge the world and the | people | with his | truth || 

. Glory be to the Father, and | to the | Son, 

10. | And | to the | Holy | Ghost ; || 
) As it was in the beginning, is now I and | ever — shall be,|| 
*■ World | without | end. A- | men.|| 

DOXOLOGY in L. M. [be- | low.fl 

Praise God. from whom all blessings flow; praise him all creatures | here 3. (Glory ye in his | holy | 
Praise him above, ye heav'nlv host; praise | Father,! Son,and| Holy! Ghost. II c ^ 
DOXOLOGY in C. M. 
$ Lei God Hie Father, and the Son. and Spirit, | be a. | riorcd.|| A . 5 ^ el< t,ie Lord I an(i nls I strength 

( Where there are works to make them k:ioMii,or | Saints to | love the | Lord.jl \ Seek his [ face, seek his | lace ever 



L. M. 



\ If but a Moses wave thy rod, the sea divides and | 
1 The stormy floods their Maker knew, and led his | 



4. ( Anon they plunge in watery graves and • 
I Yet the surviving 



owns its | God ;|| 
chosen | armies through. || 

i How is thy glorious power adored, amid the walery | nations. | Lord ! || 
( Yet wicked men the ocean trace, behold thy | works and | curse thy face-H 

>me drink death a- | mongihe | waves ;|) 
crew blaspheme, nor own the God | that | rescued | them. || 

5. <0 for some signal of thy hand ! shake all the seas, Lord, | shake the | land .|| 
( Great Judge, descend, lest men deny that there's a | God who | rules the | skv |i 

PSALM 105. 1-- 4. 
l.JO give thanks unto the Lord ; call up- | on his | name.|| 
I Make known his | deeds a- | mong the | people. || 

2. ( Sing unto him. sing | psalms unto | him.|| 
> Talk ye of | all his I wondrous I works. || 



Let the heart of them re- | joice that | seek the | Lord . [| 

'. 5 ^*ek the Lord | and his 
^ See 






Eb or F Mnjor. 



|1 



"»!:{ 



JUBILATE DEO. Morning Service 

-5- 16-.1| I3|2 | — 3— 



—after second Iessou. 

|l.l|6 r f 3 



O be joy fill in the Lord, 



>7l'- t 



I 



i' 



1 1 y * I r- 



OJ-# 



0:4- 



I ye| lands; Serve the Lord with]prcsence|widi a | song. 
_; Iniiness, And come 
before his 



i 



i- i r i|i.| ■— i- 

Be sure that the Lord | he is|God; || Ii is lie din 




1.S5 



|gg|g- 

13811- 



l* 



4 5|7 8|g | 



1- 



|«3|4 | 



7 Ml 

t hath made us, (people aud tbe|sheep oftm|j 
and nolwc our&eJvea, 

Wr are his 

_g- [.» 3 | 8- 



3- 



3 



-II 

II 



PSALM 100. 
f Obe joyful in the Lord, | all ye | lands ; || 
< Serve the Lord with gladness, 
( 4-nd come before his | presence | with a | song. || 

Be sure that the Lord | he is | God ; || 

It is he tliat lint d made us, and not we ourselves, 

We are his | people ami tli<- | sheep of Ins [ pasture. || 

to his g ites with thanksgiving, 
iiirls « ah | pi 
him and | speak good | of his | name. || 



-I 

( go vour way in 

3. < *Vnd into his | col 

( Be thankful unto 

, < For 'he Lord is gracious, his niercv is I ever- I lasting ; 
'■ I And h 



his truth endureth from gene- | ration to | gene- | ration. | 

I Glory be to the . and | to the | Son : || 

I And | to the | Holy | Ghost ; || 

ginning, is now, and | ever shall | be. || 
ithout | end. A- | men, A- | men. || 



5 As it was in ih 
( World without 



< Lord, who 
I Who shall 



PSALM 15. 

shall abide | in thv | tabernacle' 
in ih v | holy | hill! || 



., S He that walketh uprightly, and | worketh | righteousness, || 
' ) And | speaketh the | truth in his | heart || 

3 < He that backbiteth not with his tongue, nor doeth|evil to his | neighbor, || 
l Not taketh up a re- | proach a- | gainst his | neighbor. || 

4 5 '" whose eyes a vile person | is con- | teraned ; || 

il he honoreth | them that | fear the | Lord. || 
, < He that sweareth to his own hurt and | changelh | not: || 

' \ He that putteth not out his money to usurv, nor taketh ire- ward a-Jgainst 
6 \ He that | doelh these | ih i [the | iAWeni. 

\ Slull | never | be — | moved. || 



G Mnjor. 
I 1 



—2- 



& 

& 

Cf4 



CHANT. For II ymiis or Selections 



3 



Mr- l 



a 3 1 g 



g- 



■ g 
g g 



s t 

6 .1 
I 8 



I 

|»»1*M 5" r±-3 I 1 S 

HYMN «'. M. 



5-11 
i II 

1-lr 



. < As pants the heart for cooling streams. When heated I in the | chase ; || • 
'^ So longs mj ml, O God, for thee, Ind thy re- 1 freshing | grace ; || 

For thee, my God, the living God, My thirsty [soul doth | pine ; || 
<>' when shall I behold thy face, Thou|Majes-|ty Di-i 

^ Why restless, « Ii v cast dou n, my soul' Trust God; who| will em- ploj 
' } His aid for thee, and change these sighs To | thankful | hymns of | joy. || 

. 5 God of my strength, how long shall I, Like one for- 1 gotten, | mourn ; || 
( Forlorn, forsaken, and expos'd To|my op- 1 pressor's | scorn ? || 

r », My h an is piere'd, as with a sword. While thus my | foes up- 1 braid : | 
^ '• Vain boaster, where is now thy God! And | where his|promia'd|aid!" 

Why restless, why east down, my soul' Hope still; and | thou shall • 
The praise of htm who is thy God ' Thy | heaHJTs e-|ternal| spring. || 

DOXOLOGY. CM. 

I., i God the Father, and the Son, And Spirit, | be a-|dored, || 
Where 1 1 hit are works to make him kno wn, Or | saints to | love the ! 

DOXOLOGY. B M, 

Ye in tol round tin- throne, \.nd • tints that | dwell he- | low, || 
Adore the Father, love the Son, And | bless the | Spirit | loo | 



B. 



:i 



186 

A or Bb Major. 



jjENEDICTUS. Morning Service after Second Lesson. 



32 1 

i i 



tr 1 



3~ 

'■ Hlossed be the Lord 



God of | Israel. f|For he he hath visited] aad^ re- | deemed his|people.HAn 



. ; Ci-i- 1- 1-2-3-44" 



4 



-6— t_4MMM-M4U= 

-2- + 1-4-3+2- 1-~|-5=4- 



Dr. Dupuis. 

dhath raisedupamighl>'sal-jva-tion|for us;|| In the house [ of his |servant|David. |f 

— 7 - _4-6.1_|- 7-|-7= — li-e-la-a-r-ap-fl- 

—S 1 +4-3+2 _ 4-5~ 1 1-4-15-5-1- 1-41 



Luke 1: 68. 

Blessed be th= Lord | God of | Israel : || 

For he hath visited | and re[deemed his | people- |) 

„ < And hath raised up a mighty sal- | vation | for us ; || 
■ * I In the house | of his ', servant | David. || 

_ < As he spake by the mouib of his | holy | prophets ; |l 
' I Which have been | since ti.e | world he- | gaii. || 

< That we should be saved | from our | enemies ; |] 
I And from the | hand of | all that | l.ate us. || 

GLORIA PATR1 for a Double Chant. 
J Glory be to the Father, and | to the | Son, || 
( And | to the | Holy | Ghost; || 



; 



As it was in the beginning, is now, and | ever \ shall be, 
World I without | end. A- I men. II 



( O Lord,- 

1. < Keeping i 
( them tha 

( We have sinned, a 

2. < and have done wic 
( Even by departing 

(OL 
I But 
( bet 

f Nov 
< ser 
( And 



CHANT, for Hvmns and Selections. 



43+6 



t«-f 



-|-5 — 4— J-3-2-+ 1 --[j- 

4 ^3_3^4.5 54|3,||. 
4 2 4-6-4+5-5-+M- 



FAST DAY. Daniel 9. 
-the great and | dreadful | God, || 
covenant and mercy to them that love him, — and to | 
i that | keep his coin- | mandments. || 

and have committed iniquity, 
wickedly, and | have re- | belled, || 

from thy | precepts and | from thy | judgments. j| 

( O Lord, rishteousness be- | Inngeth unto | thee; || 
*3. 1 But unto us confusion of face ; as at this day, — 
( because we have [ sinned a- | gainst | thee. || 

Now, therefore, O our God, — hear the prayer of thy 
( servants, and their | suppli- | cations; j| [Lord's sake. || 

' nd cause thy face to shine upon thy sanctuary that is desolate, | for the j 

. £ For we do not present our snpplicationsbefore thee|for our|righteotisness,|| 
' '{ But for | thy great | mer- J cies. [| 



Eh Major. 

&-I-3- — |-a-i+i--j— 1- 

Q 4 _|_5r | 7 8 | 6- j 5- 

C-U=_4^^+*-4~^- 

PSALM. C. M. • 

. $ When Abrah'm full of sacred awe, Before Je- | hovah | stood, | 
' \ And, with an humble fervent prayer, For | guilty | Sodom | sued, || 

„ < With what success, what wondrous grace, Was his pe'| tition| crowned! II 
' ( The Lord would spare, if in this place Ten|righteous|men were | found. || 

, ( And could a single pious soul So rich a I boon ob- | tain 1 

I Great God, and shall a nation cry, And | plead with | thee in | vain ' || 

, J A re not tne righteous dear to thee Now, as in | ancient | times' |[ 
' I Or does this sinful land exceed Go- | morrah | in her | crimes? || 

r < Still we are thine ; we bear thy name ; Here yet is | thine a- | bode : || 
J ' I Long has thy presence blessed our land : For- 1 sake us | not, 0|God. || 

PSALM. 103: 8—13. 
. i The Lord is merciful and gracious,-slow to anger, -and | plenteous in | mer- 
' I He will not always chide, neither will he|keep hisjanger forever. || [cy. || 

fHe hath not dealt with us after our sins ; — ncr rewarded us according 
to | our in- | iquities : || 

For as the heaven is high above the earth, — so great is his | mercy 
toward | them that | fear him. || 

the east is from the west, — so far hath he removed our 
gressions from | us. [| [fear him. || 

father pitieth his children, — so the Lord | pitieth | them that | 



( As far as t 
< trans- | g 
( Like as a li 



F miijor. 

g-l-W— | a 

&-!-+-t»- 



CANTATE DOMINO. 



Evening Service- 



O ging untotlie Lord aew]song; |j 



1 ] 5_f — 2 ; 
1^ t 



7-~ 

For 



- t l— 7 |-l-5-l| 7 



1 



-after first lesson. 

- t «-7 t l_|- 

-j-l-4+3 | 



6; 
1 



1 2 
1 



1ST 

1 7 | >-|| 



-t ,_ «t5"St5 

he hath done marvel lo us |ihiDgs. fWhh his own right i Haih he gotten him se li the \ icto- n . 

baud and with Ins 

iff a | .i .i 



il 



5r4_ « | »J» | •"» | 1- 



J_J| : ^*'|«-|| 



l 



' •• ' _•*-_ j.3_.I | a- | a- |fl 

" "_Jh__ |3li; 5 r4_5-__;i_. _4|:J^_l|. 5 -_ I |48J l-| I- J-G-l U-.l | « | 

PSALM 98. 

Sing unto the Lord a new Song; || 

For lie hath d«e i marvellous t lungs. || 
j With his own rfct liand and with his | holy | arm. || 
H;i*h he gottenjim- | self the | victo- ' ry. || 

rd decided his sal- ration; t [heathen. || 

mc: hath he openly | showed in the sight of the j 

He hath rememsred his mercy and truth toward the | house 



(O 



S The Lord 
} His right* 

lath re 
J of | Israel, 

I And all the en of the world have seen the sal- | vation | 
I of our | God. 
-(Show) mrselvejjoyful unto the Lord, all ye lands; 
tt g> 



CHANT, for Hymns mid Selections. 

F mnjor. Tall Is. 

,8-1— 3 - |3-2j«_t— »- |-*-lt*-»t*-t| 

&-1— i— ] 1-7 1 -i_-| — i-— hr^vl*- 7i Ml 

i -J •>- (.«_« |«4 -5- |g »| g s\ a |[. 

I • I '- | i 5 ! l=|_-Jt_4«_e | ,i_.i | Mr 



4 



J-5 1 14- 

PSALM 1151. 



7s 



licejiad give — | thanks 

. s Prai the I.ordip- ] on the | harp; 
I Sing to the | Lod with a | psalm of 



thanks | giving. I 



. <, With trumpets hlso and | shawms. 
r }OsI 



show yourseWs joyful be- | fore the | Lord the | King. | 

o $ Let the sea maH a noise, and all that I therein | is; !| 
( The round worljand | they that | dwell there- | in. || 

C Let the floods dip their hands, and let the hills be joyful to- 
9 < gethcr be- | font he | Lord; || 
( For he | comethto | judge the | earth. || 

With righteousnss shall he | judge the | world; || 



. (Who,OLord,when life is o'er.Shall to heaven's blesl | mansions | 
( Who,an ever-welcome guest. In thj holy place shall resl 

? He whose (part thy love has warmed; He whose will, to|thinc eon-| 
* \ Bid lii !.!> u allied run; He whose|words and|tho'l [formed |j 

„S He who shuns the sinner's road,Loi ing those who|lovetheir|God; 

I Who. with hope and faith unfeigned, Treads the [path by|tliee or-|dained; 

<, He who trusts in Christ alone; Not in aught him- lonc|| 

Ml I ">d, shall be thy care, And thyjehoicest blessing -1 



in 



And the | peopUwith — | equi- | ty. 



.. (f Glorv be to the father, and | to the | Son, || 
| \nd'| to the | I My I Ghosl 
is it was in thepeginning, is now, and [ ever shall | he, 
" \ World | without) end. A- | men. || 



RESPONSE after the Tenth Commandment 

I) major or C. 









hs 






i II 
• It 



Lord have mercy upon us, and v 
these thv laws in our 

('; I _J= +i__ s-.i I 5-4 I s4l 



188 



Eb major 

&-— 3— +3-9+ 

God be merciful udIo | us and | bless 



DEUS MISEREATUR. Evening Senrice after Second Lesson. 



2+-3- 



t ~7T 

us : j| And sh< 



TI. W. Day 

6 r - +5-4 J-3-a-]-3 r -+}- 

ow us the light of | merciful | unto | us. || Thai ihy way may be | known upon | earth. | Thy sang | health a-| mung all |natio»s.|| 



-s- 



6-5|5-*4|5- 



-+6-5 1 



, _a_ _ t ^_ 8 _^ i - 



1 
5- 



15 



c 



\=—ls-d 



his countenance, ami he 

[ 5- | 3- | I 318 3|3-| 



7- 8 !r-r- 



I 



Ms4 



~i 2 
.2- 

PSALM G7. 

1. God be merciful unto | us and | bless us:| 
And show us the light of his countenance, and be | merciful ] un- 
That thy way may be | known upon | earth:|| i [to | us.|| 
Thy saving | health a- | mong all | nations.! 

2. Let the people praise | thee.O | God:|| 
Yea, let | all the | people | praise thee.|| 

O let the nations rejoice | and be | glad:|| [upon | earth. | 

For thou shalt judge the folk righteously, and govern the | nations 

3. Let the people praise thee.O | God:|| 
Yea, let | all the | people | praise thee.|| 
Then shall the earth bring | forth her | increase. || 

L And God, even our own | God shall | give us his | blessing. || 



5- 



-+-y-l- 

I 5 5 



-l r |— l r - t i-i-|-i- Tt ,_ tt 
4- 1 4- | 3 6|5 5 | 5- [J. 



-5^ ls-±-U^—^~l^-m-5l±-\\ 

CHANT : for Hymns c Selections. 

D major 

«i-s^— tar2-itT7t—r-^i4 l -3-^!T7fnr--H- 

CA-tf— 15-6-|*-4-5= JI— 6-|5 4l-3i| 

jCif-1— I3-4-I5— 4—1- 



U-4-|5- 5 l-l^|f 



( 1. We've no abiding city here ; we seek a !ai be-| yond our | sight, || 



4. God shall | bless | us:|| 
And all the ends of the 



rSinc this verae to the "1 
Lliflth^lf of the Chant. J 

world shall I fear I 



5. Glory be to the Father, and | to the | Son, || 
And | to the | Holy | Ghost; 

As it was in the beginning, is now, and | ever | shall be, 
World, 1 without | end. A- I men. || 



HYMN. L. M. 

e ; we seek a !ai 
Zion its name — the Lord is there ; it shint with] ever-] lasting | light. 

< 2. O sweet abode of peace and love,where pilgms freed from | toil are|blest !|| 
( Had I the pinions of a dove, I'd fly to] thee-and | be at ] rest. J| 

5 3. But hush my soul — nor dare repine ! the ti:e my God ap-|points is|best:|| 
I While here to do his will be mine, and histo|fix my |time of|rest.|| 

DOXOLOGY, L. 1 

5 Praise God, from whom all blessings flow ; praise him il creatures | here be - | low j || 
} Praise him above, ye heavenly host, praise Father, | to, and | Holy Ghost, || 






Eb major. 



RESPONSE to the Decalogue. 



i 



-3_ 

Have mercy upon us and incline our 



C£ 



& 



1- 



"1 _ 7 - 6 _ h6~5 | 5 || \ 

| hearts to |keep this | law. K. 

— \jljl\ * g 1 3- n j 

4-5-6-+-4-5-+-l^-H- ^ 



RESPONSE to the Dcalogne. 

C. Major. 

&i & ta-5-6f-3--3-+-T--|t 

Lord have mercy upon us and incline our I herts to | keep this | law. 
C-l 1 ^I_l_4->5-54-5-+|- 



ca 



-+4-3-4'4-5-g.+-l--|l- 



G> 2 



F Bfajoi 

-3 H 4" 



M 6 - 



2 "5- 16 

!t is a good thin<: unto the|Lo 
to eive lhanks 

1- H 



BONUM EST IW1TERI. Evening Service, after First Lesson. 



1-6- 



i-3+ -a 



t-9--t 



—j -3 j 



I 3 



Cf4 

&4 



.31 • I 

I-_ -4-6-54-1- 



I ' 

;||And 
praises unto 



: ' 



- , H-7-«1-T--t- 



3- ij-y-t 



189 

Wood. 

i^fl 8 — »|-*--H 



5~» 



s- — nn? 

rOAnd to sine | thy name-] Most Highest. ]:To toll of thy lov- [early in the, morning: || And of thy [ truth in the [ night- 1 season 



4 5 |g g | ff- | 



ins kindness 
9- 



eason.|{ 



4-3- 



I 



i i 



r 

Hanks 



4 3 19 1 



-5--4 



a- 



|1«4|_3 |j 
p — 1 3-4— |a— a| A -H 



PSALM 92. 



. $ It is a 6 00u thing to gi»e tanks | unto the | Lord ; || 
" I And to sing praises unto |lhy name — | Most | Highest. || 

, < Upon an instrument of ten strings, and up- | on the | lute ; || 
' ' I Upon a loud instrument, |and up- | on the | harp. || 



i Glory he to the Father. a|d | to the 
; And | to the | Holy | Gholt ; || 



Son, || 



< To tell of thy loving kindness I early in the | morning : (j 
I And of thy | truth in the | night — | season. || 

< Fur thou, Lord, hast made me glad | through thy | works : || 

I And I will rejoice in giving praise for the ope- ', rations j of thy hands || 



6. 



As it was in the hesinninsr, is now, and | ever shall 
World | without | end. A- | men. || 




3a 



h»1 



aa46-i 

< t inv sniil :t 

iai 3 



HENEDIC ANIMA MEA. Evening Service, after Second Lesson. 

a 3 ) - i--j — a— j--a-4 ] 3 a" i \\ 

'«.-.. .ill 



6^« 



|43-» 9-F 2 



I 



name. II Praise 



±*UsA 



5- _ T4 StJRT 

And all that is within me | praise his 1 ho-1 

I L [JL_J [itt|*=0- 

5-1- 



-4 — 319-1—1- 

PSALM 103. 



a^ 1 5TS I 6- I 7- I a ~6l 3 .", 

the Lord, O in v I soul ; || And for-|<jet not :ill h • 

-7- lll|g-l V ISl +ljtMJ || 

a" 1 36 1-2^4— 5"-4-l-4 I S^S I -I'M 



Praise the Lord, | O mv | soul : || 

And all that is within me | praise his | holy | name. || 



3 S Who forgiveth | all thy | sjn. || 
' ( And 1 healelh all I thine ir- I families. 



praise the Lord, ye angels of his, ye that ex- | eel in | strength ; || <- 
that fulfil his commandment, 



(Or 

Ye 

(An 



d hearken un- | to the | voice of his | word. || 



<i Praise the Lord | my | soul ; || 

( And for- | get not | all his | benefits. || 

5 Who saveth thy | life from de- | struction ; || 
Anil crowneth thee with | mercy and | loving | kindness. [| 

i O praise the Lord, | all ye his | hosts ; || 

i Ye servants of | his that | do his | pleasure. || 



J O <pcak rooiI ol ' 1 vc works oflm, In all places of |liii do.|minion. ( 

(Praise thou the l.<>r<l,0| — my | soul. 



I Glorv be to the Father, and | to the 
! And | to the ] Holy | Ghost ; || 



Son : 



9. 



As it was in the beginning, is now, and | ever shall | be. |] 
World without | end. A- | | men. |j 



II 



ALPHABETICAL AND METRICAL INDEXES. 



INDEX 



Adora, - 96 

Alton, - 90 

Alanco, - 108 

Albamis, - 51 

Alderbrook 132 

Alfred - 1011 

Alstead - 133 

Alvin - 51 

Alvona - 12!) 

America - 117 

Amsterdam 122 

Appleton - 141 

Arcadia - 135 

Asaph - 143 

Ascension - 55 

Austin - 51 
Away from the 92 
Away that Cup 98 

Badger - 88 

Bailey - 124 

Baldwin - 36 

Ballston - 37 

Baxter - 143 

Beaver-street 57 

Beal - 118 

Bellville - 87 

Bennison - 137 

Bentley - 134 

Bermondsey 63 

Bethany - 125 

Bethlehem - 81 
BethlehemvillellO 

Billows roll 123 

Bo man - 86 

Boston - 85 



Bowden - 93 

Bowers - 101 

Bowman - 104 

BoylstonHall 70 

Bradley - 141 

Braintree - 171 

Brooks - 138 

Buckfield - 168 

Calais - 35 

Calvary - 71 

Cambridge- 169 

Canada - 50 

Cape Town 152 

Cavreton - 76 

Cecil - 44 

Chadman - S4 

Chapel - 142 

Chapin - SI 

Charlestown 35 

Christian - 54 

Christopher 127 

Church - 36 

Church Bell 117 

Clarendon - 106 

Cleaveland 55 

Clifford - 108 

Conant - 60 

Conder - 101 

Confidence 158 

Coronation 88 

Crais - 43 

Crofts - 114 

Crucifixion 55 

Daland - 133 

Daneville - 130 



Danton - 70 

Darwell - 122 

Davidson - 139 

Dawn - 158 

Dehy - 57 

Dennett - 83 

Departure - 75 

Desire - 130 

Digby - 64 

Dismission - 68 

Dorchester 65 

Dowe - 38 

Dunel - 98 

Elbona - 46 

Esper - 162 

Farnesworth 73 

Fisher - 107 

Fountain - 48 

Frail - 36 

Franconia - 142 

Frankville - 42 

Friday - 61 

Fuller - 52 

Galen - 42 

Gifford - 59 

Greenville - 112 

Grove - 151 

Harlem - 35 

Harmony - 139 

Haskell - 74 

Hatch - 146 

Hawley - 77 

Haydn - 74 
Heavenly hills 95 

Heber ' - 52 

Helmsley - 105 

Herring - 84 

Heshbon - 135 

Hiding Place 128 

Highland - 150 

Hillsburgh - 60 



Hilton 

Holmes 

Hope 

Hunton 

Hyde 

Italian Hymn 

Jay 

Jennings 

Jerusalem - 

Jo ram 

Jordan 

Jubilee 

July 

Karen 

Kedron 

Key ton 

Kilmarnock 

Kingsley 

Kingston 

Knight 

Leeds 

Leenel 

: enox 

Leominster 

S ight day - 

Lisbon 

Lithgow 

Little 

Lovell 

Lowell 

Lowmain - 

Lucerne 

Lyons 

Majesty 

Manto 

Marshall 

Mavoy 

Maxim 

Merari 

Monadnock- 

Monday 



119 

69 

167 

96 

59 

118 

161 

82 

41 

161 

146 

159 

49 

111 

160 

34 

143 

87 

164 

80 

53 

93 

149 

159 

75 

149 

76 

85 

86 

74 

92 

134 

94 

166 

107 

60 

113 

147 

106 

160 

59 



Montague - 166 

Monterey - 42 

Moore " - 132 

Mortality - 43 

Nevil - 95 

Newbury - 179 
New Hundred 33 
New Jerusal'ml57 
New Roxbury 147 

Northfield - 168 

Ocean - 103 

Old Hundred 33 

Old Tune - 04 

Olivet - 130 

Ope - 06 

Orsan - 147 

Orison - 80 

Paley - 83 

Palmer - 73 

Paradise - 101 
Parent's grief 70 

Paris - 150 

Parley - 113 

Patten - 34 

Pearl-street 127 
Peterborough 103 

Porter - 47 

Plant - 114 

Portland - 178 

Prayer - 109 

Protection - 52 

Providence 105 

Quincy - 120 

Reading - 134 

Reed - 107 

Request - 148 

Rest - 159 

Biday - 137 

Rockwell - 125 

Rooks - 165 

Room - 47 



Rowle - 901 

Royalf - 100 
SabbatiEvn'g 115 

Salem - 131 

Saxoni - 127 

Scotiaid - 120 

Sears - 86 

Selggir - 135 

Sera pi - 124 

Seymore - 53 

Shaw - 50 

Shay - 150 

Sheldtq - 76 

Sherbirn - 153 

Sicily - 82 

Slate - 77 

Southick - 116 

Spring - 145 
Star ii the East 116 

Star o' Life- 106 
Star oi'Bethl'm 140 

Stephens - 80 

Stillwiter - 58 

Sundae - 34 

Sunlight - 93 

Surry - 65 

Swanwick - 89 



Sweet Spring 
Teacher's p'r 
The Pastor's- 
Three Thirty' 
To God the— 
Trust 
Turner 
Vernon 
Vesper 
Village 
Villow 
Walpole - 
Wareham - 
Warren 
Watchman 
Watch of — 
Webster - 
When I can 
When shall- 
Willard - 
Willow - 
Wilmot - 
Winchester 
Winter - 
Wrentham 
Zion 
Zion's Hill 



INDEX. 



L. M. 

Adora ] 

Alanco 

Alfred 

Appleton 

Away tbat Cup 

Beaver-street - 

Bentley 

Bethlehemville 

Boman 

Bradley 



112 
94 

-72 
-84 

99 
129 
148 
151 
119 

38 
139 
133 
110 

58 
103 

94 

57 

71 
l I I 
138 
128 
103 

45 
153 
151 

67 
152 





Brooks 


■ 138 


96 


Buektield 


- 168 


108 


Canada 


- 50 


100 


Christopher 


- 127 


141 


Conant 


■ 60 


98 


Confidence 


- 158 


57 


Davidson 


■ 189 


134 


Dawn 


- 158 


110 


Dehy 


- 57 


86 


Dorchester 


- 65 


141 


Haskell 


- 74 






METRICAL INDEX. Continned. INDEX TO THE ANTHEMS AND CIIANTS. 



191 



Haydr. 74 

Highland 150 

Hillaburgh - W 

Jenoi - 82 

I>ovell - 86 

Lowell - 74 

lucerne - 13' 

Marshall - 60 

Maxim - 147 

Montague - 166 

New Hundred 33 

New Roxbury 14" 

Old Hundred 3:! 

Old Tune - 64 

Organ - 147 

Palmer - 71! 

Paradise [doubl. |161 

- 150 
Portland - 178 
lioyalty - 100 
Sears - B6 

- 150 
Stillwater - 58 
Ssrrey - 65 
\ ■■rnon - 1 5] 
W i-u t • 57 

Wrenthatn - 131 

L M. 6 llnr-. 

Ppace, Troubled 115 

Quincy - 120 

C. M. 

Alstead - 133 

Arcadia - l""> 

Asaph - 143 

Baxter - li 

Bethlehem - 81 

Braintree - 171 

Cambridge - 169 

Cavreton - 76 

Chapin - 81 

Clarendon - 106 

Clifford - ins 
Coronation 

Damon - 70 
Departure 
Dennett [double) ?3 



t Frankville 
Galea 
Gilford, 

Hatch 

Heshbon 

Hyde 

Jerusalem 

Jordan - . 

Jubilee 

July* 

Keyton 

Kilmarnock - 

Kiogsley 

Knight 

Lithgow 

Majesty 

Mcrari 

Monday 

Monterey 

lerusalem 
Nortbfield 
Ocean 

- 

nt'a Grief 
Patten 

Pearl-street - 
Peterborough - 
P raver 
Kid'ay 

jurr 

:un 

Mirn 
Star ofBethlh'm 

i Life - 
5 

Sunday 
Swanwick 
Turner 
Walpole 
Wareham 
When I can read 
Winter 

Zion 

s. n. 

Mild win 

- 
ton Hall - 



42 


Calais 


35 


4'.' 


Charleslown - 


35 


50 


Church 


36 


140 


Daland 


133 


1 35 


Dowe 


38 


59 


Farnesworth - 


73 


41 


Fisher 


lo- 


146 


Frail 


se 


159 


Giove 


151 


49 


Harlem 


35 


34 


daw! 


77 


143 


Herring 


84 


S7 


loram 


164 




. ingstuo 


164 


76 


Lisbon 


149 


106 


Manlo 


107 


106 


Paley 


83 


59 


Reading 


134 


4'2 


Reed 


107 


157 


Three Thirty- 


-1 


168 


Warren 


58 


!63 


Watchman 


103 


66 


P. M. 




70 

34 

107 


Shout the glac 


- 16 


When shall « 


- Ill 


103 


I.. P. M 




1- 'i 


- 


38 


137 


O. I'. M 




135 


Alvorfa 


129 


76 


Elbona 


It; 


153 


Bel! 


118 


140 


Hiding Place - 


128 


106 


Nevil 


95 


-d 


- 


124 


34 


The Pastor's 




89 


Benefit 


72 


1 18 


S. P. Mi 




133 


Moore 


13-2 


110 

71 

1 53 


Zion's Hill 1 


152 


II M 




07 


Bowers 


101 




' rofts 


114 


36 


Darwcll 




124 


Fuller 


5-2 


70 


Lenox 


1 19 



Newbury - 179 

Parley 113 

nore - 53 

To God the praise 99 

C. II. 91. 

Bellville - 87 

Boston - 85 

('under - 101 

Little - 85 

Mavoy - 113 

S. II 91. 

Alderbrook - 132 

Billows rcll - 123 

?• M 

\ ension - 55 

Austin - 51 

1 i 'man - 84 

Chapel - 142 

Christian - 54 

Crais - 43 

- 1 62 
Hope - 167 
Jay - 161 
Orison 

Porter - 47 

Request - I 18 

Villow - 139 

Watch of Israel 9 I 
Watchman tell us 89 

8s 4b 7s M 

• lecil - 44 

Digbv - 64 
Friday 

uville - 112 

Hilton - [19 

Holmes - 69 
Protection 

Saxony - 127 
Sicily 

- 1 19 
Willard - 138 
Willow - 128 
Wilrnot - 103 

8s, 7» rf. « M. 

Calvary - 71 I 



Cleaveland 


55 


Crucifixion - 


55 


Helmsley — 


105 


Leominster - 


159 


Sicily 


89 


Trust - 


129 


\ esper - 


119 


6s 4fc 4s 91 




Desire - 


130 


3s A. 6s M- 




Leeds — 


53 


5» & 8s M. 




!!i lhany - 


125 


6s M. 




Plant 


114 


Os & Is V. 




America 


117 


Bermondsey - 


63 


Heber - 


52 


Italian Hymn 


118 


6s A 5 s M. 




Church Bell - 


117 


Sweet Sprang 


1 l 


Wl n snail we 


111 


r.s, 7s sV s .11 


# 


Monadnock 


ltln 


Room - 


47 


Cs, 8s & 4s 91. 


Dune! - 


98 


7« A Is M. 




Mortality 


43 


7s £ .,, M. 




W ncbester - 




7 s & f,s M. 




terdam - 


122 


-ion 


37 


ison - 


137 


Franconia - 


[ i 


Karen 


111 


ith evening 


115 


thack 


110 


7s, r.s- A 8s HI. 


my 


i 9 


Leeucl 





8s 91. 

Daneville - 130 
Fountain - 48 
Slate - 77 

Spring - 145 

8*, 3s & O 91. 
Teacher's Pi 

8s A J M. 
Davidson - 139 

Olivet - 130 

Rest - 15!» 

8s A 69 M. 

Alvin . 51 

88, 6 A- I 91. 

Albamts - 51 

liues 8s. 
gs 82 

10s Iff. 

Bowman - 101 

Cape Town - 152 

UN, 5s A 1 1, 91. 

■.Hills 95 

10s A *s 91. 

Bethany - 125 

ell - 1 25 



10s & lis iff. 

Lyons - 94 

Providence - 105 

lis M. 

•Afton - 90 

Bowden - 93 

Farewell i bam I7'i 

I iiiiiay - 75 

Kedron 160 

Salem - 131 

Shaw - 50 

111 A <",s M 

A way from the— 92 
1 1» A hs M. 

Badger - 88 

Us A :is m. 

Lowmain 

I is A Ids M 
Star in the East 116 

I 1 9 & 129 M 

Humon - 96 

12s & 9t II. 

Rowle] - '" 

Sunlight - 93 

r.-s •• is M 

rid - ISO 



IM)EX 



TO THE 

fVNTHEMS AND (II VNTS 

Away from the [Temperance.] - 
A« av that r . j _ 

Belmhl li,. 

Bleasi d is the Lord - 

ei pie - 

Christmas I 

. lovely Spring - 

I'urnp, ye disxnris 

\ Mil. I.I - 

irk - 

Dismission _ 

'tis a charming sound 
Harvest or Thanksgiving Hymn - 
Hallelujah to the Lord 



92 

49 
162 

i 

"7 
172 
ISI 

6 

170 

• a 

17.; 

54 
144 



192 



INDEX TO THE ANTHEMS AND CHANTS. Continued. FIRST LINE INDEX. 



Head of the < "hutch 
Holiness becometh 
Hope in death. Dirge 



44 
39 
45 



In thy bounty. Thanksgiving 109 
Land of lieauty. Hymn - 140 
Loved ones lie sleeping - 61 
Methinks I hear - 165 

O, Absalom my son [canon] 123 
Ogive thanks. Thanksgiving 56 
Peace, troubled Soul - 115 

Remember thy Creator - 79 
Sabbath Morning - 72 

Shout the glad tidings - 46 
Songs of rejoicing - 91 

Temperance Anthem - 174 

The Church militant - 109 

The dying Chrisiian - 180 

The earth is full of thy glory 170 
The Filth Commandment - 78 
The Lord is King - 66 

The Lord's Prayer - 40 

The Pastor's Benefit. Hymn 72 
The Resolve - 154 

The Temperance Clarion - 175 
To God ihe praise belongs 99 
Watchman, tell us. Hymn 89 
When I can read. Hymn 71 
Zion's brightness - 121 

CHANTS. 

Benedic Anima Mea - 189 

Benediction Chant - 112 

Benedictus - 186 

Bonum est Confiteri — 189 

Cantate Domino - 187 

Chants for Hvmns and Selections 

102. 104, 184, 185, 186, 187,188 
Dens Misereatur - 188 

Double Chant - 102 

Farewell Chant - 179 

Gloria in Excelsis - 183 

Hymn Chant - 39 

Jubilate Deo - 185 

Kyrie Eleison - 183 

Response to the Decalogue 188 

" after the Tenth Command. 187 
Saints' Home - 126 



Sanctus 
Six Line Chant 
Thanksgiving Chant 
The Lord's Prayer 
Venue Exultimus 



183 
141 
117 
79 
184 



INDEX. 



Again returns the day 


152 


All hail ihe great 


88 


All hail happy day 


92 


All hail Ihe power 


100 


And am 1 


58 


And must this body 


36 


Ashamed of Jesus 


00 


As pants the hart 


185 


As showers ou 


57 


Away from ihe revel 


32 


Away that cup 


38 


Awake rny soul 


158 


Awake my tongue 


65 


Awoke our souls 


58 


Awake ye saints 


108 


Before Jehovah's 


176 


Begin my soul 


118 


Behold bow the Lord 


125 


Behold ihe amazing 


38 


Behold the grace 


83 


Behold the morning 


77 


Behold the Prince of 


35 


Be Ihou O God 


33 


Blest be the tie 


134 


Bright glories rush 


135 


By cool Siloam's 


106 


Cease ve mourners 


44 


Children of ihe 


1+2 


Christ for ever lives 


§9 


Christ ihe Lord 4" 


i 84 


Come away to Ihe skies 


90 


Come hither, all 


141 


Come holy Spirit 102, 


141! 


Come holy Sabbath 


115 


Come humble sinner 


154 


Come let us join 


49 


Come let us pray 


85 


Come let us anew 


95 


Come O my soul 


33 


Come saith Jesus' 


167 


Come thou Almighty 


118 


Come thou soul 129 


, 55 



Come ye disconsolate 131 

Come ye that love 135 

Early my God 133 

Exail the Lord 70, 151 

Faith is the Christian's 123 

Farewell my dear 179 

Far far o'er hill 117 

Far from mortal 1 12 

Far from ibese 8? 

Faiher. God we glorify 116 

Father I stretch 59 

Firm as the earth 87 

Fountain of 80 

From every stormy 39 

From ihe third heaven 157 

God of the seas 184 

Glorious in thy saints 139 

Glory to God G3 

God in the gospel OKI 

God is a Spu ii .,2 

God is love his 52 

God is the fountain 107 

Go up with shouts 114 

Gracious Spirit 161 

Great God attend 150 

Hail happy day 104 

Hail to ihe brightness" 116 

Hark ! hark ! a shout 47 

Hark, hark with harps 97 

Hatk hnw the gospel 130 
Hark the voice of 55, 71 

Head ol the church 41, 109 

He knell, the Savior 85 

High in yonder 43 

His hoary frost 153 

How cheering the 90 

How long dear Savior 168 

How pleased and blest 152 

How sweet, how 133 

How sweet to bless 84 

How tedder is thy IG4 



In a song of 93 

In God's own house 171 

In thy bounty 169 

I'm not ashamed 143 
I would tioi live 75, 93 

Jesus lei ihy pitying 139 

Jerusalem my 41 

Lei all the earth 38 

Lo he comes 119 

Ko round die throne 150 
Lord dismiss ps 68, 82 

Lord let thy 151 

Lord thou hast 127 

Lord when llrm 67 

Lowly and solemn 52 

Methinks I heat 165 

Mid scenes ol 126 

Morning breaks 80 

Mortals awake 76 
My country 'lis of thee 117 

My dear Redeemer 147 

My God how 86 

My God my father 51 
My God my iverlnsting 59 

My God my King 74 
My God thy boundless 129 

My gracious 74 

My Shepherd will 70 

My Spirit loots 151 

Night galherel o'er 106 

No more fatigie 65 

Nor eye hath een 146 

Now can my oul 158 

Now io the slining 161 



O could we sjeak 
O'er Ihe eloon,y hills 
D for a sight 
O lor a thousind 
O for a closer 
O lor a shoulrtf 
(> lor the dealt 
Of those who 
O Lord lei oir 
O Lord our heivenly 
Once more m; soul 
Once more bore 
One there is a<ove 
On Jordan's sunny 
Onward, onwa-H 103, 
O praise ihe Lid 110, 
O praise ye tin Lord 
O sweetly breahc 
O thou my *nu 
O Ihou lliat he.r'sl 
O Ihou Whose 



124 

in.) 

73 

76 

143 

ll.; 

133 

61 

96 

35 

in.; 

160 

127 

106 

119 

169 

94 

96 

111 

95 

48 



Our blest Redeemer 51 

O what is life 113 

O Zinn lune thy, 101, 179 

Peace troubled soul* 115 

Praise the Lord 138 

Rejoice Ihe Lord 99 

Rise my soul 37, 122 

Rise sun of glory 52 

Roll on Ihou mighty » 111 

Savior ere we part 130 

See the leaves f 61 

Shepherd while ihv 91 

Shout the glad tidings 46 
So fades the summer 54 
So fades Ihe lovely 60 

Soltly now the light 162 

Soldiers of the cross 45 

Songs of rejoicing 91 

Still on the 'Lord 42 

Sweet is Ihe day 178 

Sweet is the thought 120, 141 
Sweet is the 67. 84, 107, 147 
Sweet Spring is 
Sweet the moments 
Sweet the time 



112 
128 
51 
36 

54 



The day is past and 
The God ofnarvest 
The Lord is great • 88 
The Lord descended 166 
The Lord is my 50, 131 

The Lord is risen 164 

The Lord Jehovah 132 

The Lord my shepherd 36 
The Lord will come 108 
The morning light 142 

The pity ol ihe Lord 35 

The praise of Zion 60 

The temperance banner 98 
The voice of my beloved 104 
There's a glorious land 140 
There is a caini 139, 159 
146 
81 
107 
14.5 
148 
82 
34 
132 
98 
120 
59 
72 
105 
160 
64 



There is a land 
The Savior now 
The swill declining 
The winter is over 
They who on the Lord 
Thine earthly sabbaths 
This is the dav ihe 
This place is holy 
Tho' nature's strength 
Thou art gone 
Thou art my portion 
Thou God of mere v 
Though troubles assail 
Thou sweel gliding 
Through the day 



'Thus far the Lord 147 

Thy name Almighty 103 

Thy works ol gfory 163 

Time is wingiDg 137 

To Jesus the crown 130 

To maik Ihe sufferings 70 

To our Redeemer's 137 

Underneath the 45 

United in a pea«eful 175 

Unshaken as the 34 

Upward 1 lilt mine eyes 53 

Vital 6park of 180 

Wanderer from God 86 

Watchman, watchman 89 

Watch of Israel 94 

We come O Lord 143 

We have met in 69 

We've no abiding 128 

Welcome delightful 114 

Welcome sweel dav 124,149 

What are those ' 64, 86 

What heavenly music 159 

What shall I ]09 

When Ahram full of 186 

When blooming youth 75 

When'er the Saviour's 76 

Where'er the clouds 83 

When fainting in the 34 

When God is nigh 50 

When I can reafl 71, 127 

When I can trust 46,87,101 

When 1 survey 135 

When marshalled . 110, 140 

When shall we meet HI 

When strangers 168 

When the vale of 43 

When Ihou my rigltteous 128 

When v\c our wearied 154. 

While shepherds 42,81,153 

Who are these 121 

WlinOI.mil 127 

Why do we mourn 66 

Why droops my soul 134 

Wide ye heavenly 55 

Willi alt my powers 57 

Te angels who 77 

Ye boundless realms 122 

Ye Chrisiian heralds 150 

Ye servants of God 53 

Ye sons of men 166 

Yes thcre'are 80 

Yes we trust 159 

Ye lubes of Adam 149 

Your harps ye 73 

Zion awake 74, 133, 165 



f 



.* 



?■ 



VAttJicBJjE yflUSlC 



jltj*. m ,1 



W#BES. 



PAY & 'BEA&'S 
SIGHT SINGING BOOKS 

TO TEACHERS OF MUSIC, 
achers of 3Iusic, Choristers, and leadeis of 
>r others, "'in may v. sh to purchase more n> - less 
>f Diy & Beai's Si Books to u*e in Sr'.ools, 

i wise, can obtain them < 'most 

izpJ to sell them on the m a rea- 

■liroct from our publishing office, No. 8, 

Court Sij'iar- at the lowest prices, if th:.y buy 

the largest qu n Our bookj published, 

Till-; BOSTON NUMHRAE HARMONS with 
all the rudirncn.s for learners ; with tunes in all k' .s and 
men. tins Schools, Choirs. at; 1 con- 



' PLNGING (.1 
glees and four-pa; L songs, desigi 



lot 



hymn 






.IT'i'l «ER,des i /'/- 

ami 
nsic. 

flsr, coniStimn-i • ire 
hundred tuue9 in various msii"s • , i > 

i of 
i M containing a variety 
ular rnusid - 4 pages. 

ilA'G ViANUAt fqr 

nts in i : ■., i is exercises for cultivaj 
iiiid instrocuon* in musical olocution,'vith 

i f h 



ORDERS, 
:T. \V. Day, Noi 3, Court 
ate utieni. 



TO BOOKSELLERS 

win- works are put to *B»okselIers a. id Music dealttflQpV; 
the in us — at mo i llie usual discount. 

K\n. md other means of ■on v ey Sncc, enable us to 

forward them Hi all parts of the country. Should you ' rve 
any orders, please to forward thein to us wyh the c. sh, 
and they will receive immediate attention. | Booksellers 

s'/ho ! ' 

ih. at account. D.\Y k BE \l .. 

No. 3 Court Square, Roston. 
Remarks. Tin 1 One Line Sigi ; singing Aotr.tion is 
and wide into Many towus a 
Unittd Stales and even farther west. It has been intro- 
duced into both Canadas and is universally admired by all 
irho I K tmine and use it. Being' admirably adapted to all 
Metis of vocal and instrumental Music The public may 
expect in due time a full supply of oniric and instruction 

the 
.Method have established a type foundry expressly for the 
Notation type and boohs, and are now forwarding 
ic tiion of new and old music with all passible energy. 
WIl.'S HARP, or 
Book. ■ The successive editions oi this worSTtesli'y strj»ng- 
ii. its favor. It has now been before 'he pcblic just 
lona enough to accuire notoriety a- i>< ar it- of the most 
eoniplete publications ef the kind eve ■ issue.d in this con - 
try. It contai in many diftei 'urge 

variety of music and hymns for varioue'oc.-asions — for Fu- 
nerals. Anniversaries, Fourth of July, for T mperance, 
.Missionary and other meetings, embracing uie largest 
number of tunes and hymns — most vciied and pleaiin™ «)mt 
have ever been pul i any liki io the pn 

time. A ■ p Btiition . puoJudr* A 

will be sold t'or $3. 30 cts. per doz. Conien*i: — -Io tunes 
and 332 "hymns, 176' pages. Small books must necessarily 
be very deficient in variety. 1 ublished at No. 8 Court 
e and for sale generally. Address H. W. Dav. 















i 1